You are on page 1of 2071

Publication No.

ATF160G5-1/S1-1E

Model ATF-160G-5
Applicable Serial No. GB5060 --
CHAPTER 1
Preface & Technical Datas

Total Pages

Spec sheet.................................................................................................................... 33

Load rating chart


Boom --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42
Fly jib --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 36
Notes to the Load Rating Chart ------------------------------------------------------- 1
Counterweight configuration ------------------------------------------------------------ 6

Moving on construction site


Distribution of counterweights depending
on rig arrangement-------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
Front and rear axle loads for moving the crane in full rig
arrangement on construction sites...................................................... 2

Tighten torque list ................................................................................................... 2

Symbol list .............................................................................................................(none)


CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

(cont'd.) 6.6.2.1 Picking up and depositing the counterweights

DANGER The red warning light 28 "counterweight not UP" must not be lit during crane oper-
ation. If it does, no rotary motion is possible. Actuate rocker tip switch 27 - "Counter-
weight up - down" to position "UP" and keep it pressed until the ballast cylinders are
completely retracted. The red warning light 28 "Counterweight not UP" must go out.
When it goes on again, stop crane work immediately, find out the reason of the
malfunction and eliminate it.

To deposit and remove the counterweights, proceed analogously by reversing the above procedure.

Overriding the swing mechanism/counterweight (emergency control in case of crane shut-off).

If the counterweight is raised to its stop, the indicator "counterweight DOWN" must have gone out.

If the red warning light 28 "counterweight not UP" goes on during crane operation, this may indicate a fault
e.g. leaky hoist cylinder.
No rotary movement can be performed!
- Actuate rocker tip switch 31 „Swing mechanism/counterweight override“.
Now, the counterweight can be lifted again and the superstructure can be slewed.

DANGER To avoid damaging the chassis body components while the counterweight
has not reached its upper stop position, rotary motions must be
performed with extreme caution.

6.6.2.1 0.00 t counterweight

No counterweight is mounted (Either the 1.0t


compensation weight or the second hoist winch is
mounted).

Driving on public roads is admissible with this


counterweight distribution. EC approval.

NOTE Only the 0.00 t load chart data may be


used to adjust the AML.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 1/6
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

6.6.2.2 Mounting the 2.8 t counterweight

Attention Driving on public roads is 2,8 t


prohibited with this counterweight
distribution. No EC approval.

DANGER For driving on the construction


site with the counterweight
mounted, refer to item 7.4.

Picking up and fastening the 1.8 t counterweight


to the superstructure

Prerequisite:

The crane is supported by outriggers as specified.


Fasten counterweight (1) via points (9) using
appropriate securing devices, and lift it to the
counterweight rest.
- Mount counterweight to the superstructure as
described under item 6.6.2.1.

Check visually.

NOTE Only the 2.8 t load chart data may be used to adjust the AML.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 2/6
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

6.6.2.3 Mounting the 13 t counterweight

Attention Driving on public roads is 13t


prohibited with this
counterweight distribution.
No EC approval.

DANGER Driving with mounted


counterweight on the
construction site refer to
item 7.4.

Picking up and fastening the 12 t


counterweight to the superstructure

Prerequisite:

The crane is supported by outriggers as


specified.
Fasten counterweight (1) to points (9)
using appropriate securing devices, and lift
it to the counterweight rest. Pick up
counterweight (2) on points (10) and place
it on the counterweight (1).
- Mount counterweight to the superstructure as
described under item 6.6.2.1.

Check visually.

NOTE Only the 13 t load chart data


may be used to adjust the
AML.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 3/6
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

6.6.2.4 Mounting the 25 t counterweight

Attention Driving on public roads is 25t


prohibited with this
counterweight distribution.
No EC approval.

DANGER Driving with mounted


counterweight on the
construction site refer to
item 7.4.

Picking up and fastening the 24 t


counterweight to the superstructure

Prerequisite:

The crane is supported by outriggers as


specified.
Fasten counterweight (1) to points (9)
using appropriate securing devices, and lift
it to the counterweight rest. Pick up
counterweights (2) and (3) on points (10)
and place it on the counterweight (1).
- Mount counterweight to the superstructure as
described under item 6.6.2.1.

Check visually.

NOTE Only the 25 t load chart data


may be used to adjust the
AML.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 4/6
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

6.6.2.5 Mounting the 37 t counterweight

Attention Driving on public roads is 37 t


prohibited with this counterweight
distribution. No EC approval.

DANGER Driving with mounted


counterweight on the construction
site refer to item 7.4.

Picking up and fastening the 36 t counterweight


to the superstructure

Prerequisite:

The crane is supported by outriggers as specified.


Fasten counterweight (1) to points (9) using
appropriate securing devices, and lift it to the
counterweight rest. Pick up counterweights (2, 3)
and (4) on points (10) and place them on the
counterweight (1).
- Mount counterweight to the superstructure as
described under item 6.6.2.1.

Check visually.

NOTE Only the 37 t load chart data may


be used to adjust the AML.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 5/6
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 1

6.6.2.6 Mounting the 51 t counterweight

Attention Driving on public roads is 51 t


prohibited with this
counterweight
distribution. No EC
approval.

DANGER Driving with mounted


counterweight on the
construction site refer to
item 7.4.

Picking up and fastening the 50 t


counterweight to the superstructure

Prerequisite:

The crane is supported by outriggers as


specified.
Fasten counterweight (1) via points (9)
using appropriate securing devices, and
lift it to the counterweight rest. Pick up
the counterweights (2, 3, and 4) via
points (10) and deposit them on counter-
weight (1). Pick up the counterweights (5)
and (6) via points (10) and attach them to
counterweight (4).

- Mount counterweight to the superstructure


as described under item 6.6.2.1.

Check visually.

NOTE Only the 51 t load chart


data may be used to
adjust the AML.

6.6.3 Removal of the various counterweight variants

For removal of the counterweights, proceed analogously by reversing the above sequence of operations.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_counterweight.DOC
2003-01 6/6
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 51,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 140,7* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 149,8* 129,6* 74 50.8 74 120,0* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 138,7* 120,0* 72 48.4 72 120,0* 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 115,6* 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 129,1* 111,6* 70 46.2 70 111,8* 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 111,5* 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 120,5* 101.1 69 44.2 69 101.3 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 101.0 73 95.3 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 99.7 88.8 65 40.7 65 89.0 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 88.6 71 86.4 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 83.9 78.4 61 37.7 61 78.6 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 78.3 68 79.0 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 72.1 70.0 57 35.2 57 70.2 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 69.9 65 72.0 70 25.5 70 42.2 8.0
9.0 34 62.9 62.9 53 33.0 53 63.1 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 62.6 62 63.6 67 23.6 67 39.4 9.0
10.0 23 50.6 50.6 48 31.1 48 55.7 59 20.7 59 33.2 59 55.7 59 56.8 65 21.9 65 36.9 10.0
11.0 43 29.5 43 50.6 55 19.4 55 31.2 55 50.1 55 51.2 62 20.5 62 34.7 11.0
12.0 38 28.0 38 46.0 52 18.2 52 29.2 52 45.5 52 46.5 60 19.2 60 32.6 12.0
14.0 24 26.0 24 38.6 44 16.3 44 26.1 44 38.1 44 39.1 54 17.1 54 29.0 14.0
16.0 36 14.8 36 23.6 36 30.7 36 32.2 48 15.4 48 26.1 16.0
18.0 24 13.6 24 21.7 24 25.2 24 26.6 42 14.0 42 23.8 18.0
20.0 34 12.9 34 21.8 20.0
22.0 24 12.0 24 20.3 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789289 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 51,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 89.1 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 89.1 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 79.1 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 53.2 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 71.4 73 21.7 73 44.4 73 48.6 76 22.7 76 45.1 76 44.7 78 22.7 78 41.4 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 63.0 71 20.1 71 42.2 71 44.7 74 21.1 74 43.6 74 41.2 76 21.0 76 38.4 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 56.2 69 18.6 69 39.8 69 41.4 72 19.7 72 41.6 72 38.1 75 19.6 75 35.7 75 26.7 10.0
11.0 62 50.6 67 17.4 67 37.7 67 38.6 70 18.5 70 39.6 70 35.6 73 18.4 73 33.4 73 25.3 11.0
12.0 60 46.0 65 16.3 65 35.6 65 35.8 69 17.4 69 37.6 69 33.1 72 17.2 72 31.2 72 24.0 12.0
14.0 54 38.6 61 14.4 61 32.1 61 31.5 65 15.6 65 34.2 65 29.2 68 15.2 68 27.6 68 21.7 14.0
16.0 48 31.5 56 12.9 56 29.1 56 28.0 61 14.1 61 31.3 61 26.0 65 13.6 65 24.6 65 19.9 16.0
18.0 42 26.0 51 11.7 51 26.6 51 25.1 57 12.8 57 27.9 57 23.4 62 12.3 62 22.2 62 18.3 18.0
20.0 34 21.8 46 10.7 46 24.3 46 21.1 53 11.8 53 23.6 53 21.1 58 11.2 58 20.1 58 17.0 20.0
22.0 24 18.5 40 9.8 40 21.0 40 17.9 49 10.9 49 20.3 49 18.7 55 10.3 55 18.4 55 15.9 22.0
24.0 33 9.1 33 18.3 33 15.2 44 10.1 44 17.6 44 16.1 51 9.4 51 16.9 51 14.9 24.0
26.0 24 8.5 24 16.1 24 13.1 39 9.4 39 15.4 39 13.9 47 8.7 47 14.8 47 14.0 26.0
28.0 32 8.9 32 13.6 32 12.1 42 8.1 42 12.9 42 13.2 28.0
30.0 25 8.4 25 12.0 25 10.6 37 7.6 37 11.4 37 12.6 30.0
32.0 32 7.1 32 10.1 32 11.4 32.0
34.0 25 6.7 25 8.9 25 10.2 34.0
36.0 15 6.3 15 7.9 15 9.2 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789289 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 51,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 33.4 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3 82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 33.4 80 19.5 80 26.9 80 22.3 81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 32.3 79 19.5 79 26.9 79 22.3 80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 30.3 77 18.8 77 26.0 77 21.6 79 17.6 79 21.2 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 28.3 76 18.1 76 25.1 76 21.0 78 17.6 78 20.9 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 17.5 71 25.2 74 16.4 74 22.9 74 19.1 75 16.6 75 19.2 77 16.4 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 16.0 68 22.5 71 14.9 71 21.0 71 17.4 73 15.2 73 17.6 75 15.1 76 14.0 16.0
18.0 65 13.2 65 14.7 65 20.3 68 13.7 68 19.0 68 16.0 71 14.0 71 16.3 73 14.0 74 13.0 18.0
20.0 62 12.1 62 13.6 62 18.4 66 12.6 66 17.3 66 14.8 68 13.0 68 15.1 70 13.0 72 12.2 20.0
22.0 59 11.1 59 12.6 59 16.8 63 11.7 63 15.8 63 13.8 66 12.1 66 14.1 68 12.2 70 11.4 22.0
24.0 56 10.3 56 11.8 56 15.4 60 10.8 60 14.5 60 12.9 63 11.3 63 13.2 66 11.4 68 10.7 24.0
26.0 53 9.6 53 11.1 53 14.2 57 10.1 57 13.3 57 12.0 61 10.6 61 12.4 64 10.8 66 9.9 26.0
28.0 49 8.9 49 10.4 49 12.9 54 9.5 54 12.3 54 11.3 58 9.9 58 11.7 61 10.1 64 9.0 28.0
30.0 45 8.4 45 9.9 45 11.4 51 8.9 51 11.4 51 10.7 55 9.4 55 11.0 59 9.6 61 8.3 30.0
32.0 41 7.9 41 9.4 41 10.0 48 8.4 48 10.2 48 10.1 52 8.8 52 10.2 56 9.1 59 7.6 32.0
34.0 37 7.4 37 8.9 37 8.9 44 7.9 44 9.1 44 9.6 50 8.4 50 9.5 54 8.6 57 7.0 34.0
36.0 31 7.0 31 8.5 31 7.9 40 7.5 40 8.1 40 9.0 46 8.0 46 8.5 51 8.2 54 6.5 36.0
38.0 25 6.7 25 8.2 25 7.0 36 7.2 36 7.2 36 8.1 43 7.6 43 7.6 48 7.9 52 6.0 38.0
40.0 16 6.4 16 7.8 16 6.2 31 6.8 31 6.4 31 7.3 39 7.3 39 6.8 45 7.2 49 5.4 40.0
42.0 26 6.4 26 5.7 26 6.5 36 6.9 36 6.1 42 6.5 46 5.0 42.0
44.0 18 6.0 18 5.1 18 5.9 31 6.3 31 5.4 39 5.9 43 4.6 44.0
46.0 26 5.7 26 4.8 35 5.3 40 4.2 46.0
48.0 19 5.2 19 4.3 31 4.7 37 3.9 48.0
50.0 26 4.2 33 3.5 50.0
52.0 20 3.8 29 3.2 52.0
54.0 24 2.9 54.0
56.0 17 2.6 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789289 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789289
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 160.0 918 140.7 905 53.3 487 120.0 787 39.0 489 54.6 492 115.6 764 101.2 676 40.5 492 52.9 492 3.0
3.5 149.8 914 129.6 905 50.8 460 120.0 846 36.8 468 54.6 464 115.6 822 101.2 726 38.5 471 52.9 465 3.5
4.0 138.7 900 120.0 905 48.4 435 120.0 905 34.8 449 52.3 440 115.6 879 101.2 777 36.7 452 52.9 443 4.0
4.5 129.1 888 111.6 904 46.2 430 111.8 906 33.0 432 50.3 453 111.5 907 100.3 820 35.0 435 52.9 471 4.5
5.0 120.5 877 101.1 880 44.2 439 101.3 882 31.3 417 48.3 464 101.0 883 95.3 832 33.3 419 51.1 484 5.0
6.0 99.7 817 88.8 876 40.7 457 89.0 878 28.4 389 44.9 486 88.6 879 86.4 851 30.3 390 47.8 509 6.0
7.0 83.9 769 78.4 868 37.7 473 78.6 871 26.0 365 41.7 503 78.3 872 79.0 869 27.7 366 44.8 531 7.0
8.0 72.1 733 70.0 861 35.2 488 70.2 864 24.0 364 38.4 513 69.9 866 72.0 877 25.5 373 42.2 551 8.0
9.0 62.9 704 62.9 854 33.0 503 63.1 857 22.2 372 35.6 523 62.6 857 63.6 856 23.6 380 39.4 564 9.0
10.0 50.6 639 50.6 771 31.1 517 55.7 834 20.7 381 33.2 533 55.7 839 56.8 839 21.9 387 36.9 576 10.0
11.0 29.5 531 50.6 826 19.4 389 31.2 544 50.1 826 51.2 826 20.5 394 34.7 587 11.0
12.0 28.0 545 46.0 817 18.2 396 29.2 551 45.5 816 46.5 815 19.2 400 32.6 596 12.0
14.0 26.0 578 38.6 801 16.3 412 26.1 568 38.1 801 39.1 799 17.1 413 29.0 611 14.0
16.0 14.8 428 23.6 584 30.7 758 32.2 765 15.4 426 26.1 625 16.0
18.0 13.6 444 21.7 603 25.2 725 26.6 731 14.0 438 23.8 640 18.0
20.0 12.9 451 21.8 653 20.0
22.0 12.0 465 20.3 671 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789289
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 609 3.0
3.5 89.1 654 33.7 474 49.8 464 74.2 565 3.5
4.0 89.1 699 31.8 457 49.8 438 73.1 596 4.0
4.5 89.1 744 30.1 441 49.8 450 68.9 604 30.5 442 45.1 421 55.1 501 4.5
5.0 89.1 789 28.5 427 49.8 476 65.1 611 29.1 427 45.1 445 55.1 530 5.0
6.0 89.1 878 25.9 402 49.8 528 58.6 624 26.6 402 45.1 493 53.5 575 26.1 402 41.4 466 32.2 379 6.0
7.0 79.1 874 23.6 381 47.0 554 53.2 636 24.5 379 45.1 541 48.7 587 24.5 378 41.4 512 32.1 414 7.0
8.0 71.4 875 21.7 362 44.4 576 48.6 646 22.7 359 45.1 589 44.7 599 22.7 358 41.4 557 30.1 429 8.0
9.0 63.0 855 20.1 345 42.2 598 44.7 655 21.1 349 43.6 620 41.2 608 21.0 350 38.4 569 28.3 442 9.0
10.0 56.2 838 18.6 345 39.8 614 41.4 665 19.7 356 41.6 643 38.1 617 19.6 357 35.7 579 26.7 455 10.0
11.0 50.6 825 17.4 352 37.7 630 38.6 675 18.5 364 39.6 662 35.6 627 18.4 365 33.4 589 25.3 468 11.0
12.0 46.0 815 16.3 358 35.6 641 35.8 680 17.4 371 37.6 677 33.1 633 17.2 370 31.2 596 24.0 479 12.0
14.0 38.6 799 14.4 368 32.1 664 31.5 696 15.6 385 34.2 706 29.2 648 15.2 381 27.6 611 21.7 500 14.0
16.0 31.5 761 12.9 379 29.1 682 28.0 709 14.1 398 31.3 731 26.0 662 13.6 392 24.6 624 19.9 520 16.0
18.0 26.0 729 11.7 390 26.6 700 25.1 722 12.8 409 27.9 736 23.4 675 12.3 402 22.2 640 18.3 538 18.0
20.0 21.8 704 10.7 401 24.3 712 21.1 701 11.8 421 23.6 710 21.1 685 11.2 412 20.1 648 17.0 556 20.0
22.0 18.5 684 9.8 411 21.0 693 17.9 683 10.9 433 20.3 690 18.7 685 10.3 423 18.4 661 15.9 575 22.0
24.0 9.1 422 18.3 677 15.2 666 10.1 443 17.6 674 16.1 671 9.4 430 16.9 672 14.9 592 24.0
26.0 8.5 434 16.1 665 13.1 656 9.4 453 15.4 661 13.9 658 8.7 439 14.8 661 14.0 608 26.0
28.0 8.9 467 13.6 652 12.1 648 8.1 449 12.9 649 13.2 623 28.0
30.0 8.4 479 12.0 642 10.6 641 7.6 459 11.4 642 12.6 642 30.0
32.0 7.1 468 10.1 636 11.4 639 32.0
34.0 6.7 478 8.9 629 10.2 632 34.0
36.0 6.3 487 7.9 624 9.2 627 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789289
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 410 24.5 400 33.4 399 6.0
7.0 22.4 384 24.5 371 33.4 437 19.5 391 26.9 374 22.3 374 7.0
8.0 22.4 358 24.3 366 33.4 475 19.5 367 26.9 406 22.3 350 17.6 372 21.6 348 8.0
9.0 21.6 358 22.9 378 33.4 513 19.5 343 26.9 438 22.3 377 17.6 349 21.6 375 17.0 348 9.0
10.0 20.2 366 21.6 390 32.3 538 19.5 362 26.9 470 22.3 404 17.6 342 21.6 402 17.0 341 14.0 344 10.0
11.0 19.0 374 20.4 400 30.3 549 18.8 376 26.0 490 21.6 422 17.6 365 21.2 423 17.0 636 14.0 325 11.0
12.0 17.9 382 19.3 409 28.3 556 18.1 389 25.1 509 21.0 440 17.6 387 20.9 445 17.0 385 14.0 343 12.0
14.0 16.1 397 17.5 428 25.2 574 16.4 407 22.9 535 19.1 462 16.6 416 19.2 471 16.4 420 14.0 382 14.0
16.0 14.5 410 16.0 446 22.5 587 14.9 423 21.0 558 17.4 480 15.2 434 17.6 492 15.1 440 14.0 420 16.0
18.0 13.2 422 14.7 462 20.3 601 13.7 438 19.0 572 16.0 498 14.0 450 16.3 513 14.0 460 13.0 440 18.0
20.0 12.1 434 13.6 478 18.4 613 12.6 452 17.3 585 14.8 514 13.0 467 15.1 531 13.0 477 12.2 460 20.0
22.0 11.1 444 12.6 491 16.8 624 11.7 466 15.8 597 13.8 531 12.1 482 14.1 550 12.2 496 11.4 477 22.0
24.0 10.3 455 11.8 507 15.4 635 10.8 476 14.5 608 12.9 547 11.3 497 13.2 567 11.4 511 10.7 493 24.0
26.0 9.6 467 11.1 522 14.2 646 10.1 489 13.3 617 12.0 560 10.6 511 12.4 584 10.8 530 9.9 505 26.0
28.0 8.9 475 10.4 534 12.9 650 9.5 502 12.3 628 11.3 575 9.9 523 11.7 601 10.1 543 9.0 510 28.0
30.0 8.4 488 9.9 550 11.4 643 8.9 513 11.4 637 10.7 591 9.4 538 11.0 615 9.6 559 8.3 519 30.0
32.0 7.9 498 9.4 564 10.0 634 8.4 525 10.2 634 10.1 604 8.8 549 10.2 623 9.1 574 7.6 525 32.0
34.0 7.4 506 8.9 577 8.9 630 7.9 535 9.1 630 9.6 619 8.4 563 9.5 632 8.6 587 7.0 531 34.0
36.0 7.0 517 8.5 591 7.9 626 7.5 547 8.1 626 9.0 628 8.0 577 8.5 628 8.2 601 6.5 539 36.0
38.0 6.7 529 8.2 607 7.0 621 7.2 561 7.2 621 8.1 624 7.6 589 7.6 624 7.9 618 6.0 546 38.0
40.0 6.4 541 7.8 618 6.2 618 6.8 570 6.4 618 7.3 620 7.3 603 6.8 620 7.2 618 5.4 546 40.0
42.0 6.4 578 5.7 615 6.5 613 6.9 612 6.1 617 6.5 616 5.0 553 42.0
44.0 6.0 584 5.1 614 5.9 613 6.3 611 5.4 612 5.9 615 4.6 558 44.0
46.0 5.7 608 4.8 609 5.3 612 4.2 561 46.0
48.0 5.2 608 4.3 608 4.7 607 3.9 568 48.0
50.0 4.2 604 3.5 569 50.0
52.0 3.8 605 3.2 574 52.0
54.0 2.9 577 54.0
56.0 2.6 579 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 140,0* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 149,8* 129,0* 74 50.8 74 120,0* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 132,8* 119,2* 72 48.4 72 120,0* 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 115,6* 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 121,3* 110,4* 70 46.2 70 110,8* 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 111,0* 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 109.2 100.3 69 44.2 69 100.5 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 99.8 73 95.3 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 90.7 90.1 65 40.7 65 89.8 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 89.4 71 86.4 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 77.4 77.0 61 37.7 61 77.2 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 76.6 68 77.8 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 67.2 67.0 57 35.2 57 67.1 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 66.5 65 67.6 70 25.5 70 42.2 8.0
9.0 34 59.3 59.3 53 33.0 53 59.1 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 58.6 62 59.7 67 23.6 67 39.4 9.0
10.0 23 50.6 50.6 48 31.1 48 52.7 59 20.7 59 33.2 59 52.2 59 53.3 65 21.9 65 36.9 10.0
11.0 43 29.5 43 47.0 55 19.4 55 31.2 55 46.2 55 48.0 62 20.5 62 34.7 11.0
12.0 38 28.0 38 40.8 52 18.2 52 29.2 52 40.0 52 41.7 60 19.2 60 32.6 12.0
14.0 24 26.0 24 31.4 44 16.3 44 26.1 44 30.8 44 32.3 54 17.1 54 29.0 14.0
16.0 36 14.8 36 23.6 36 24.4 36 25.9 48 15.4 48 26.1 16.0
18.0 24 13.6 24 21.7 24 19.8 24 21.2 42 14.0 42 23.5 18.0
20.0 34 12.9 34 19.9 20.0
22.0 24 12.0 24 17.0 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789290 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 89.1 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 89.1 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 77.1 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 53.2 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 67.0 73 21.7 73 44.4 73 48.6 76 22.7 76 45.1 76 44.7 78 22.7 78 41.4 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 59.1 71 20.1 71 42.2 71 44.7 74 21.1 74 43.6 74 41.2 76 21.0 76 38.4 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 52.7 69 18.6 69 39.8 69 41.4 72 19.7 72 41.6 72 38.1 75 19.6 75 35.7 75 26.7 10.0
11.0 62 47.2 67 17.4 67 37.7 67 38.6 70 18.5 70 39.6 70 35.6 73 18.4 73 33.4 73 25.3 11.0
12.0 60 40.9 65 16.3 65 35.6 65 35.8 69 17.4 69 37.6 69 33.1 72 17.2 72 31.2 72 24.0 12.0
14.0 54 31.6 61 14.4 61 32.1 61 30.9 65 15.6 65 33.7 65 29.2 68 15.2 68 27.6 68 21.7 14.0
16.0 48 25.2 56 12.9 56 28.0 56 24.5 61 14.1 61 27.2 61 25.5 65 13.6 65 24.6 65 19.9 16.0
18.0 42 20.5 51 11.7 51 23.2 51 19.9 57 12.8 57 22.4 57 20.8 62 12.3 62 21.7 62 18.3 18.0
20.0 34 17.0 46 10.7 46 19.6 46 16.4 53 11.8 53 18.9 53 17.2 58 11.2 58 18.2 58 17.0 20.0
22.0 24 14.2 40 9.8 40 16.7 40 13.6 49 10.9 49 16.0 49 14.4 55 10.3 55 15.3 55 15.9 22.0
24.0 33 9.1 33 14.4 33 11.3 44 10.1 44 13.7 44 12.2 51 9.4 51 13.0 51 14.4 24.0
26.0 24 8.5 24 12.5 24 9.5 39 9.4 39 11.8 39 10.3 47 8.7 47 11.2 47 12.5 26.0
28.0 32 8.9 32 10.3 32 8.8 42 8.1 42 9.6 42 10.9 28.0
30.0 25 8.4 25 9.0 25 7.5 37 7.6 37 8.3 37 9.6 30.0
32.0 32 7.1 32 7.2 32 8.5 32.0
34.0 25 6.7 25 6.2 25 7.5 34.0
36.0 15 6.3 15 5.3 15 6.6 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789290 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 33.4 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3 82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 33.4 80 19.5 80 26.9 80 22.3 81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 32.3 79 19.5 79 26.9 79 22.3 80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 30.3 77 18.8 77 26.0 77 21.6 79 17.6 79 21.2 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 28.3 76 18.1 76 25.1 76 21.0 78 17.6 78 20.9 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 17.5 71 25.2 74 16.4 74 22.9 74 19.1 75 16.6 75 19.2 77 16.4 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 16.0 68 22.5 71 14.9 71 21.0 71 17.4 73 15.2 73 17.6 75 15.1 76 14.0 16.0
18.0 65 13.2 65 14.7 65 20.3 68 13.7 68 19.0 68 16.0 71 14.0 71 16.3 73 14.0 74 13.0 18.0
20.0 62 12.1 62 13.6 62 18.1 66 12.6 66 17.3 66 14.8 68 13.0 68 15.1 70 13.0 72 12.2 20.0
22.0 59 11.1 59 12.6 59 15.3 63 11.7 63 15.5 63 13.8 66 12.1 66 14.1 68 12.2 70 11.4 22.0
24.0 56 10.3 56 11.8 56 13.0 60 10.8 60 13.2 60 12.9 63 11.3 63 13.2 66 11.4 68 10.7 24.0
26.0 53 9.6 53 11.1 53 11.1 57 10.1 57 11.4 57 12.0 61 10.6 61 11.8 64 10.8 66 9.9 26.0
28.0 49 8.9 49 10.4 49 9.6 54 9.5 54 9.8 54 10.7 58 9.9 58 10.2 61 10.1 64 9.0 28.0
30.0 45 8.4 45 9.9 45 8.3 51 8.9 51 8.5 51 9.4 55 9.4 55 8.9 59 9.3 61 8.3 30.0
32.0 41 7.9 41 8.8 41 7.1 48 8.4 48 7.3 48 8.2 52 8.7 52 7.7 56 8.2 59 7.6 32.0
34.0 37 7.4 37 7.8 37 6.2 44 7.9 44 6.4 44 7.3 50 7.7 50 6.7 54 7.2 57 7.0 34.0
36.0 31 7.0 31 7.0 31 5.3 40 7.2 40 5.5 40 6.4 46 6.8 46 5.9 51 6.3 54 6.4 36.0
38.0 25 6.7 25 6.2 25 4.6 36 6.4 36 4.8 36 5.6 43 6.1 43 5.1 48 5.6 52 5.6 38.0
40.0 16 6.1 16 5.5 16 3.9 31 5.8 31 4.1 31 5.0 39 5.4 39 4.5 45 4.9 49 4.9 40.0
42.0 26 5.2 26 3.5 26 4.4 36 4.8 36 3.9 42 4.3 46 4.3 42.0
44.0 18 4.6 18 3.0 18 3.8 31 4.3 31 3.3 39 3.8 43 3.8 44.0
46.0 26 3.8 26 2.8 35 3.3 40 3.3 46.0
48.0 19 3.3 19 2.4 31 2.8 37 2.9 48.0
50.0 26 2.4 33 2.5 50.0
52.0 20 2.1 29 2.1 52.0
54.0 24 1.7 54.0
56.0 17 1.4 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789290 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789290
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m
3.0 160.0 905 140.0 908 53.3 403 120.0 794 39.0 400 54.6 406 115.6 771 101.2 682 40.5 404 52.9 404 3.0
3.5 149.8 901 129.0 908 50.8 415 120.0 853 36.8 379 54.6 434 115.6 828 101.2 732 38.5 383 52.9 423 3.5
4.0 132.8 857 119.2 906 48.4 426 120.0 912 34.8 361 52.3 447 115.6 885 101.2 783 36.7 364 52.9 450 4.0
4.5 121.3 833 110.4 902 46.2 436 110.8 905 33.0 344 50.3 460 111.0 910 100.3 826 35.0 346 52.9 477 4.5
5.0 109.2 799 100.3 880 44.2 445 100.5 882 31.3 341 48.3 471 99.8 880 95.3 838 33.3 351 51.1 491 5.0
6.0 90.7 748 90.1 893 40.7 463 89.8 892 28.4 352 44.9 492 89.4 892 86.4 858 30.3 362 47.8 515 6.0
7.0 77.4 712 77.0 861 37.7 479 77.2 864 26.0 361 41.7 509 76.6 862 77.8 864 27.7 371 44.8 537 7.0
8.0 67.2 684 67.0 837 35.2 495 67.1 839 24.0 371 38.4 520 66.5 837 67.6 837 25.5 379 42.2 557 8.0
9.0 59.3 663 59.3 820 33.0 509 59.1 819 22.2 379 35.6 530 58.6 818 59.7 818 23.6 387 39.4 571 9.0
10.0 50.6 630 50.6 777 31.1 523 52.7 803 20.7 387 33.2 539 52.2 803 53.3 803 21.9 393 36.9 582 10.0
11.0 29.5 538 47.0 786 19.4 395 31.2 550 46.2 781 48.0 791 20.5 400 34.7 594 11.0
12.0 28.0 551 40.8 761 18.2 402 29.2 557 40.0 746 41.7 755 19.2 406 32.6 602 12.0
14.0 26.0 584 31.4 694 16.3 418 26.1 574 30.8 692 32.3 698 17.1 420 29.0 617 14.0
16.0 14.8 434 23.6 590 24.4 653 25.9 660 15.4 432 26.1 631 16.0
18.0 13.6 450 21.7 609 19.8 626 21.2 632 14.0 444 23.5 640 18.0
20.0 12.9 457 19.9 620 20.0
22.0 12.0 471 17.0 601 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789290
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m
3.0 89.1 615 3.0
3.5 89.1 660 33.7 385 49.8 405 74.2 571 3.5
4.0 89.1 705 31.8 368 49.8 431 73.1 602 4.0
4.5 89.1 750 30.1 353 49.8 457 68.9 610 30.5 353 45.1 427 55.1 507 4.5
5.0 89.1 795 28.5 339 49.8 483 65.1 617 29.1 339 45.1 451 55.1 537 5.0
6.0 89.1 885 25.9 324 49.8 534 58.6 631 26.6 328 45.1 499 53.5 581 26.1 325 41.4 473 32.2 385 6.0
7.0 77.1 862 23.6 331 47.0 560 53.2 642 24.5 338 45.1 547 48.7 593 24.5 340 41.4 518 32.1 420 7.0
8.0 67.0 836 21.7 338 44.4 583 48.6 652 22.7 347 45.1 596 44.7 605 22.7 349 41.4 563 30.1 435 8.0
9.0 59.1 817 20.1 346 42.2 605 44.7 662 21.1 355 43.6 627 41.2 615 21.0 356 38.4 575 28.3 449 9.0
10.0 52.7 802 18.6 351 39.8 621 41.4 671 19.7 363 41.6 649 38.1 623 19.6 364 35.7 585 26.7 461 10.0
11.0 47.2 787 17.4 358 37.7 636 38.6 682 18.5 370 39.6 668 35.6 633 18.4 371 33.4 595 25.3 474 11.0
12.0 40.9 750 16.3 364 35.6 647 35.8 687 17.4 377 37.6 683 33.1 639 17.2 377 31.2 602 24.0 485 12.0
14.0 31.6 695 14.4 375 32.1 670 30.9 693 15.6 391 33.7 704 29.2 654 15.2 387 27.6 617 21.7 506 14.0
16.0 25.2 657 12.9 386 28.0 669 24.5 654 14.1 404 27.2 665 25.5 659 13.6 398 24.6 630 19.9 526 16.0
18.0 20.5 628 11.7 397 23.2 640 19.9 627 12.8 415 22.4 636 20.8 631 12.3 408 21.7 634 18.3 544 18.0
20.0 17.0 608 10.7 408 19.6 619 16.4 607 11.8 428 18.9 616 17.2 609 11.2 418 18.2 614 17.0 563 20.0
22.0 14.2 591 9.8 418 16.7 600 13.6 590 10.9 439 16.0 597 14.4 592 10.3 429 15.3 595 15.9 581 22.0
24.0 9.1 429 14.4 586 11.3 575 10.1 449 13.7 583 12.2 580 9.4 436 13.0 581 14.4 586 24.0
26.0 8.5 440 12.5 575 9.5 566 9.4 460 11.8 571 10.3 568 8.7 446 11.2 571 12.5 574 26.0
28.0 8.9 473 10.3 564 8.8 560 8.1 455 9.6 561 10.9 564 28.0
30.0 8.4 485 9.0 557 7.5 553 7.6 466 8.3 554 9.6 557 30.0
32.0 7.1 474 7.2 549 8.5 552 32.0
34.0 6.7 485 6.2 543 7.5 546 34.0
36.0 6.3 493 5.3 537 6.6 540 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
50.0 50.0
52.0 52.0
54.0 54.0
56.0 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789290
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 321 24.5 317 33.4 405 6.0
7.0 22.4 321 24.5 346 33.4 443 19.5 302 26.9 351 22.3 330 7.0
8.0 22.4 347 24.3 372 33.4 481 19.5 321 26.9 412 22.3 357 17.6 304 21.6 354 8.0
9.0 21.6 364 22.9 385 33.4 519 19.5 344 26.9 444 22.3 384 17.6 326 21.6 381 17.0 325 9.0
10.0 20.2 372 21.6 395 32.3 544 19.5 368 26.9 476 22.3 411 17.6 349 21.6 408 17.0 347 14.0 310 10.0
11.0 19.0 381 20.4 406 30.3 555 18.8 382 26.0 496 21.6 428 17.6 371 21.2 429 17.0 369 14.0 330 11.0
12.0 17.9 388 19.3 415 28.3 562 18.1 396 25.1 515 21.0 446 17.6 393 20.9 452 17.0 391 14.0 349 12.0
14.0 16.1 404 17.5 434 25.2 580 16.4 414 22.9 541 19.1 468 16.6 422 19.2 477 16.4 426 14.0 388 14.0
16.0 14.5 416 16.0 452 22.5 594 14.9 429 21.0 564 17.4 486 15.2 440 17.6 498 15.1 447 14.0 427 16.0
18.0 13.2 428 14.7 468 20.3 607 13.7 445 19.0 578 16.0 504 14.0 457 16.3 519 14.0 466 13.0 446 18.0
20.0 12.1 440 13.6 484 18.1 613 12.6 458 17.3 591 14.8 521 13.0 473 15.1 537 13.0 484 12.2 466 20.0
22.0 11.1 450 12.6 498 15.3 596 11.7 472 15.5 596 13.8 538 12.1 489 14.1 556 12.2 502 11.4 483 22.0
24.0 10.3 462 11.8 513 13.0 582 10.8 483 13.2 582 12.9 554 11.3 503 13.2 573 11.4 518 10.7 500 24.0
26.0 9.6 473 11.1 528 11.1 570 10.1 496 11.4 573 12.0 566 10.6 518 11.8 574 10.8 536 9.9 511 26.0
28.0 8.9 482 10.4 541 9.6 562 9.5 509 9.8 563 10.7 564 9.9 529 10.2 564 10.1 549 9.0 517 28.0
30.0 8.4 494 9.9 557 8.3 556 8.9 519 8.5 556 9.4 558 9.4 545 8.9 557 9.3 556 8.3 525 30.0
32.0 7.9 504 8.8 551 7.1 547 8.4 531 7.3 547 8.2 549 8.7 552 7.7 549 8.2 551 7.6 531 32.0
34.0 7.4 513 7.8 546 6.2 545 7.9 541 6.4 545 7.3 547 7.7 546 6.7 543 7.2 545 7.0 538 34.0
36.0 7.0 523 7.0 543 5.3 539 7.2 543 5.5 539 6.4 541 6.8 540 5.9 541 6.3 539 6.4 542 36.0
38.0 6.7 536 6.2 538 4.6 537 6.4 537 4.8 537 5.6 536 6.1 538 5.1 535 5.6 538 5.6 537 38.0
40.0 6.1 535 5.5 534 3.9 533 5.8 537 4.1 533 5.0 535 5.4 534 4.5 535 4.9 534 4.9 533 40.0
42.0 5.2 535 3.5 530 4.4 533 4.8 532 3.9 532 4.3 531 4.3 530 42.0
44.0 4.6 530 3.0 530 3.8 528 4.3 531 3.3 528 3.8 531 3.8 529 44.0
46.0 3.8 529 2.8 525 3.3 528 3.3 527 46.0
48.0 3.3 525 2.4 526 2.8 524 2.9 528 48.0
50.0 2.4 523 2.5 527 50.0
52.0 2.1 526 2.1 524 52.0
54.0 1.7 520 54.0
56.0 1.4 521 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 131,4* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 149,8* 119,7* 74 50.8 74 119,6* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 132,8* 109.8 72 48.4 72 109.7 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 109.3 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 121,3* 101.3 70 46.2 70 101.2 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 100.8 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 109.2 94.0 69 44.2 69 93.9 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 91.7 73 94.0 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 90.7 81.9 65 40.7 65 78.0 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 71.4 71 73.5 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 77.4 65.2 61 37.7 61 63.0 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 57.8 68 59.8 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 67.2 51.4 57 35.2 57 51.3 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 48.2 65 50.0 70 25.5 70 42.2 8.0
9.0 34 59.3 42.0 53 33.0 53 41.9 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 41.1 62 42.7 67 23.6 67 39.4 9.0
10.0 23 50.6 35.1 48 31.1 48 35.0 59 20.7 59 33.2 59 34.3 59 36.0 65 21.9 65 36.9 10.0
11.0 43 29.5 43 29.9 55 19.4 55 31.2 55 29.2 55 30.8 62 20.5 62 33.4 11.0
12.0 38 28.0 38 25.9 52 18.2 52 29.1 52 25.2 52 26.8 60 19.2 60 29.3 12.0
14.0 24 21.9 24 19.8 44 16.3 44 22.9 44 19.2 44 20.7 54 17.1 54 23.1 14.0
16.0 36 14.8 36 18.5 36 15.0 36 16.4 48 15.4 48 18.7 16.0
18.0 24 13.6 24 15.2 24 11.8 24 13.2 42 14.0 42 15.4 18.0
20.0 34 12.9 34 12.9 20.0
22.0 24 11.6 24 10.9 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789291 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 85.2 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 67.4 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 55.3 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 51.2 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 46.5 73 21.7 73 44.4 73 43.2 76 22.7 76 44.3 76 42.2 78 22.7 78 41.3 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 39.9 71 20.1 71 41.0 71 37.1 74 21.1 74 38.4 74 36.5 76 21.0 76 35.9 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 34.6 69 18.6 69 36.2 69 32.3 72 19.7 72 33.9 72 31.9 75 19.6 75 31.6 75 26.7 10.0
11.0 62 30.0 67 17.4 67 32.0 67 28.1 70 18.5 70 30.1 70 28.2 73 18.4 73 28.0 73 25.3 11.0
12.0 60 26.1 65 16.3 65 28.8 65 25.0 69 17.4 69 27.0 69 25.1 72 17.2 72 25.0 72 24.0 12.0
14.0 54 20.0 61 14.4 61 22.7 61 19.3 65 15.6 65 22.0 65 20.3 68 15.2 68 20.1 68 21.7 14.0
16.0 48 15.8 56 12.9 56 18.3 56 15.1 61 14.1 61 17.6 61 16.0 65 13.6 65 16.8 65 18.4 16.0
18.0 42 12.6 51 11.7 51 15.1 51 11.9 57 12.8 57 14.4 57 12.8 62 12.3 62 13.7 62 15.1 18.0
20.0 34 10.1 46 10.7 46 12.6 46 9.5 53 11.8 53 11.9 53 10.4 58 11.2 58 11.2 58 12.6 20.0
22.0 24 8.2 40 9.8 40 10.6 40 7.6 49 10.9 49 9.9 49 8.4 55 10.3 55 9.3 55 10.6 22.0
24.0 33 9.1 33 9.0 33 6.1 44 10.1 44 8.4 44 6.9 51 9.4 51 7.7 51 9.0 24.0
26.0 24 8.5 24 7.7 24 4.8 39 9.0 39 7.0 39 5.6 47 8.7 47 6.4 47 7.7 26.0
28.0 32 7.8 32 5.9 32 4.5 42 7.7 42 5.3 42 6.6 28.0
30.0 25 6.9 25 5.0 25 3.6 37 6.7 37 4.4 37 5.6 30.0
32.0 32 5.9 32 3.6 32 4.8 32.0
34.0 25 5.2 25 2.9 25 4.1 34.0
36.0 15 4.5 15 2.2 15 3.5 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789291 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 37,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 33.4 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3
82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 33.4 80 19.5 80 26.9 80 22.3
81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 30.4 79 19.5 79 26.9 79 22.3
80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 27.1 77 18.8 77 26.0 77 21.6
79 17.6 79 21.2 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 24.1 76 18.1 76 23.7 76 21.0
78 17.6 78 20.9 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 17.5 71 19.7 74 16.4 74 19.3 74 19.1
75 16.6 75 19.2 77 16.4 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 16.0 68 16.4 71 14.9 71 16.1 71 17.2
73 15.2 73 17.5 75 15.1 76 14.0 16.0
18.0 65 13.2 65 14.7 65 13.6 68 13.7 68 13.6 68 14.7
71 14.0 71 14.3 73 13.8 74 13.0 18.0
20.0 62 12.1 62 13.0 62 11.2 66 12.6 66 11.4 66 12.3
68 12.8 68 11.8 70 11.9 72 11.7 20.0
22.0 59 11.1 59 11.0 59 9.2 63 11.2 63 9.5 63 10.4
66 10.9 66 9.9 68 10.1 70 10.2 22.0
24.0 56 10.0 56 9.4 56 7.7 60 9.6 60 7.9 60 8.8
63 9.2 63 8.3 66 8.5 68 8.8 24.0
26.0 53 8.7 53 8.0 53 6.4 57 8.3 57 6.6 57 7.5
61 7.9 61 6.9 64 7.2 66 7.4 26.0
28.0 49 7.5 49 6.9 49 5.3 54 7.2 54 5.5 54 6.4
58 6.8 58 5.8 61 6.1 64 6.3 28.0
30.0 45 6.6 45 6.0 45 4.3 51 6.2 51 4.5 51 5.4
55 5.9 55 4.9 59 5.1 61 5.4 30.0
32.0 41 5.7 41 5.2 41 3.5 48 5.4 48 3.7 48 4.6
52 5.0 52 4.1 56 4.3 59 4.6 32.0
34.0 37 5.0 37 4.4 37 2.8 44 4.7 44 3.0 44 3.9
50 4.3 50 3.4 54 3.6 57 3.9 34.0
36.0 31 4.4 31 3.8 31 2.2 40 4.0 40 2.4 40 3.3
46 3.7 46 2.8 51 2.9 54 3.2 36.0
38.0 25 3.8 25 3.3 25 1.7 36 3.5 36 1.9 36 2.7
43 3.1 43 2.2 48 2.4 52 2.7 38.0
40.0 16 3.3 16 2.8 31 3.0 31 2.2
39 2.6 39 1.7 45 1.9 49 2.2 40.0
42.0 26 2.5 26 1.8
36 2.2 36 1.3 42 1.4 46 1.8 42.0
44.0 18 2.1 18 1.4
31 1.8 43 1.4 44.0
46.0 26 1.4 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789291 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789291
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 160.0 905 131.4 931 53.3 403 120.0 856 39.0 413 54.6 406 115.6 830 101.2 727 40.5 417 52.9 405 3.0
3.5 149.8 901 119.7 931 50.8 422 119.6 931 36.8 388 54.6 444 115.6 906 101.2 793 38.5 391 52.9 430 3.5
4.0 132.8 857 109.8 931 48.4 439 109.7 931 34.8 366 52.3 463 109.3 932 101.2 860 36.7 368 52.9 466 4.0
4.5 121.3 833 101.3 932 46.2 454 101.2 932 33.0 345 50.3 482 100.8 932 100.3 918 35.0 346 52.9 502 4.5
5.0 109.2 799 94.0 932 44.2 468 93.9 932 31.3 344 48.3 498 91.7 917 94.0 927 33.3 355 51.1 522 5.0
6.0 90.7 748 81.9 933 40.7 495 78.0 894 28.4 360 44.9 530 71.4 831 73.5 841 30.3 372 47.8 558 6.0
7.0 77.4 712 65.2 852 37.7 519 63.0 828 26.0 375 41.7 556 57.8 774 59.8 783 27.7 386 44.8 589 7.0
8.0 67.2 684 51.4 767 35.2 543 51.3 767 24.0 389 38.4 573 48.2 734 50.0 742 25.5 399 42.2 619 8.0
9.0 59.3 663 42.0 710 33.0 564 41.9 710 22.2 402 35.6 589 41.1 705 42.7 712 23.6 411 39.4 639 9.0
10.0 50.6 627 35.1 668 31.1 584 35.0 667 20.7 414 33.2 604 34.3 664 36.0 673 21.9 421 36.9 657 10.0
11.0 29.5 605 29.9 638 19.4 426 31.2 620 29.2 635 30.8 642 20.5 432 33.4 653 11.0
12.0 28.0 624 25.9 615 18.2 437 29.1 629 25.2 612 26.8 620 19.2 441 29.3 630 12.0
14.0 21.9 589 19.8 579 16.3 460 22.9 593 19.2 577 20.7 584 17.1 461 23.1 593 14.0
16.0 14.8 482 18.5 566 15.0 553 16.4 559 15.4 479 18.7 567 16.0
18.0 13.6 505 15.2 546 11.8 534 13.2 540 14.0 496 15.4 547 18.0
20.0 12.9 515 12.9 533 20.0
22.0 11.6 522 10.9 521 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789291
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 650 3.0
3.5 89.1 710 33.7 399 49.8 410 74.2 606 3.5
4.0 89.1 769 31.8 378 49.8 444 73.1 648 4.0
4.5 89.1 828 30.1 360 49.8 478 68.9 663 30.5 360 45.1 444 55.1 540 4.5
5.0 85.2 852 28.5 343 49.8 513 65.1 676 29.1 342 45.1 475 55.1 579 5.0
6.0 67.4 784 25.9 325 49.8 581 58.6 700 26.6 331 45.1 539 53.5 640 26.1 327 41.4 508 32.2 400 6.0
7.0 55.3 738 23.6 337 47.0 618 51.2 697 24.5 346 45.1 603 48.7 660 24.5 348 41.4 568 32.1 447 7.0
8.0 46.5 704 21.7 349 44.4 650 43.2 670 22.7 360 44.3 656 42.2 648 22.7 362 41.3 626 30.1 469 8.0
9.0 39.9 680 20.1 360 41.0 665 37.1 649 21.1 372 38.4 637 36.5 630 21.0 373 35.9 611 28.3 488 9.0
10.0 34.6 659 18.6 370 36.2 651 32.3 633 19.7 383 33.9 625 31.9 616 19.6 384 31.6 600 26.7 507 10.0
11.0 30.0 637 17.4 379 32.0 634 28.1 616 18.5 394 30.1 613 28.2 605 18.4 396 28.0 589 25.3 525 11.0
12.0 26.1 616 16.3 388 28.8 626 25.0 607 17.4 404 27.0 605 25.1 596 17.2 404 25.0 580 24.0 541 12.0
14.0 20.0 580 14.4 404 22.7 591 19.3 578 15.6 423 22.0 589 20.3 583 15.2 420 20.1 563 21.7 570 14.0
16.0 15.8 557 12.9 420 18.3 564 15.1 554 14.1 443 17.6 562 16.0 557 13.6 436 16.8 558 18.4 566 16.0
18.0 12.6 538 11.7 436 15.1 546 11.9 535 12.8 459 14.4 544 12.8 539 12.3 451 13.7 542 15.1 545 18.0
20.0 10.1 523 10.7 451 12.6 532 9.5 522 11.8 477 11.9 529 10.4 526 11.2 465 11.2 527 12.6 531 20.0
22.0 8.2 513 9.8 465 10.6 520 7.6 512 10.9 492 9.9 517 8.4 514 10.3 480 9.3 517 10.6 519 22.0
24.0 9.1 480 9.0 511 6.1 506 10.1 507 8.4 511 6.9 508 9.4 490 7.7 509 9.0 510 24.0
26.0 8.5 496 7.7 505 4.8 500 9.0 508 7.0 502 5.6 502 8.7 503 6.4 502 7.7 504 26.0
28.0 7.8 499 5.9 497 4.5 496 7.7 502 5.3 497 6.6 499 28.0
30.0 6.9 497 5.0 494 3.6 494 6.7 496 4.4 495 5.6 493 30.0
32.0 5.9 493 3.6 492 4.8 490 32.0
34.0 5.2 491 2.9 490 4.1 488 34.0
36.0 4.5 485 2.2 484 3.5 487 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789291
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 325 24.5 318 33.4 426 6.0
7.0 22.4 325 24.5 356 33.4 476 19.5 303 26.9 400 22.3 400 7.0
8.0 22.4 360 24.3 391 33.4 527 19.5 327 26.9 442 22.3 442 17.6 308 21.6 370 8.0
9.0 21.6 383 22.9 409 33.4 577 19.5 359 26.9 484 22.3 484 17.6 337 21.6 406 17.0 336 9.0
10.0 20.2 395 21.6 425 30.4 582 19.5 390 26.9 526 22.3 526 17.6 367 21.6 441 17.0 365 14.0 336 10.0
11.0 19.0 407 20.4 440 27.1 575 18.8 410 26.0 554 21.6 554 17.6 396 21.2 470 17.0 394 14.0 365 11.0
12.0 17.9 419 19.3 453 24.1 565 18.1 428 23.7 555 21.0 555 17.6 425 20.9 495 17.0 424 14.0 394 12.0
14.0 16.1 441 17.5 480 19.7 556 16.4 454 19.3 544 19.1 544 16.6 464 19.2 535 16.4 470 14.0 424 14.0
16.0 14.5 459 16.0 505 16.4 550 14.9 475 16.1 539 17.2 539 15.2 490 17.5 562 15.1 498 14.0 470 16.0
18.0 13.2 476 14.7 528 13.6 540 13.7 497 13.6 535 14.7 535 14.0 513 14.3 544 13.8 520 13.0 498 18.0
20.0 12.1 493 13.0 533 11.2 528 12.6 516 11.4 528 12.3 528 12.8 531 11.8 529 11.9 520 11.7 520 20.0
22.0 11.1 507 11.0 521 9.2 516 11.2 521 9.5 519 10.4 519 10.9 522 9.9 520 10.1 513 10.2 520 22.0
24.0 10.0 514 9.4 513 7.7 510 9.6 512 7.9 510 8.8 510 9.2 510 8.3 511 8.5 503 8.8 513 24.0
26.0 8.7 508 8.0 504 6.4 504 8.3 506 6.6 504 7.5 504 7.9 504 6.9 502 7.2 497 7.4 503 26.0
28.0 7.5 499 6.9 499 5.3 499 7.2 501 5.5 499 6.4 499 6.8 499 5.8 467 6.1 491 6.3 497 28.0
30.0 6.6 497 6.0 496 4.3 492 6.2 495 4.5 492 5.4 492 5.9 497 4.9 494 5.1 484 5.4 491 30.0
32.0 5.7 490 5.2 493 3.5 489 5.4 492 3.7 489 4.6 489 5.0 490 4.1 491 4.3 481 4.6 484 32.0
34.0 5.0 488 4.4 487 2.8 487 4.7 490 3.0 487 3.9 487 4.3 487 3.4 489 3.6 478 3.9 481 34.0
36.0 4.4 487 3.8 486 2.2 486 4.0 484 2.4 486 3.3 486 3.7 486 2.8 488 2.9 472 3.2 478 36.0
38.0 3.8 483 3.3 486 1.7 487 3.5 485 1.9 487 2.7 487 3.1 482 2.2 484 2.4 472 2.7 472 38.0
40.0 3.3 481 2.8 485 3.0 484 2.2 2.6 480 1.7 482 1.9 470 2.2 472 40.0
42.0 2.5 479 1.8 2.2 482 1.3 483 1.4 465 1.8 470 42.0
44.0 2.1 479 1.4 1.8 481 1.4 465 44.0
46.0 1.4 478 46.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 140,0* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 149,8* 129,0* 74 50.8 74 120,0* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 128,9* 119,2* 72 48.4 72 120,0* 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 115,6* 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 114,7* 114,0* 70 46.2 70 114,5* 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 113,8* 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 103.2 103.2 69 44.2 69 103.1 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 102.4 73 95.3 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 85.8 85.8 65 40.7 65 85.6 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 85.0 71 86.2 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 73.1 73.1 61 37.7 61 72.9 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 72.3 68 73.5 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 63.5 63.5 57 35.2 57 63.3 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 62.7 65 63.8 70 25.5 70 42.2 8.0
9.0 34 54.7 54.7 53 33.0 53 54.5 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 53.7 62 55.7 67 23.6 67 39.4 9.0
10.0 23 45.0 45.0 48 31.1 48 45.0 59 20.7 59 33.2 59 44.2 59 46.0 65 21.9 65 36.9 10.0
11.0 43 29.5 43 37.9 55 19.4 55 31.2 55 37.2 55 38.9 62 20.5 62 34.7 11.0
12.0 38 28.0 38 32.7 52 18.2 52 29.2 52 32.0 52 33.7 60 19.2 60 32.6 12.0
14.0 24 26.0 24 24.9 44 16.3 44 26.1 44 24.2 44 25.8 54 17.1 54 28.3 14.0
16.0 36 14.8 36 22.5 36 18.7 36 20.2 48 15.4 48 22.7 16.0
18.0 24 13.6 24 18.3 24 14.7 24 16.1 42 14.0 42 18.5 18.0
20.0 34 12.9 34 15.4 20.0
22.0 24 12.0 24 13.0 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789292 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 89.1 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 85.5 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 72.8 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 53.2 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 63.2 73 21.7 73 44.4 73 48.6 76 22.7 76 45.1 76 44.7 78 22.7 78 41.4 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 54.8 71 20.1 71 42.2 71 44.7 74 21.1 74 43.6 74 41.2 76 21.0 76 38.4 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 45.2 69 18.6 69 39.8 69 41.4 72 19.7 72 41.6 72 38.1 75 19.6 75 35.7 75 26.7 10.0
11.0 62 38.1 67 17.4 67 37.7 67 37.3 70 18.5 70 39.6 70 35.6 73 18.4 73 33.4 73 25.3 11.0
12.0 60 32.9 65 16.3 65 35.6 65 32.1 69 17.4 69 35.2 69 33.1 72 17.2 72 31.2 72 24.0 12.0
14.0 54 25.1 61 14.4 61 28.0 61 24.3 65 15.6 65 27.2 65 25.3 68 15.2 68 26.4 68 21.7 14.0
16.0 48 19.5 56 12.9 56 22.3 56 18.8 61 14.1 61 21.6 61 19.7 65 13.6 65 20.8 65 19.9 16.0
18.0 42 15.5 51 11.7 51 18.2 51 14.8 57 12.8 57 17.4 57 15.7 62 12.3 62 16.7 62 18.2 18.0
20.0 34 12.5 46 10.7 46 15.1 46 11.8 53 11.8 53 14.4 53 12.7 58 11.2 58 13.6 58 15.1 20.0
22.0 24 10.1 40 9.8 40 12.7 40 9.5 49 10.9 49 12.0 49 10.4 55 10.3 55 11.3 55 12.7 22.0
24.0 33 9.1 33 10.8 33 7.7 44 10.1 44 10.1 44 8.5 51 9.4 51 9.4 51 10.8 24.0
26.0 24 8.5 24 9.2 24 6.2 39 9.4 39 8.5 39 7.0 47 8.7 47 7.9 47 9.2 26.0
28.0 32 8.9 32 7.2 32 5.7 42 8.1 42 6.6 42 7.9 28.0
30.0 25 8.1 25 6.2 25 4.7 37 7.6 37 5.5 37 6.8 30.0
32.0 32 7.0 32 4.6 32 5.9 32.0
34.0 25 6.2 25 3.8 25 5.1 34.0
36.0 15 5.4 15 3.1 15 4.3 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789292 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 33.4 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3
82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 33.4 80 19.5 80 26.9 80 22.3
81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 32.3 79 19.5 79 26.9 79 22.3
80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 30.3 77 18.8 77 26.0 77 21.6
79 17.6 79 21.2 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 28.3 76 18.1 76 25.1 76 21.0
78 17.6 78 20.9 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 17.5 71 25.2 74 16.4 74 22.9 74 19.1
75 16.6 75 19.2 77 16.4 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 16.0 68 20.7 71 14.9 71 21.0 71 17.4
73 15.2 73 17.6 75 15.1 76 14.0 16.0
18.0 65 13.2 65 14.7 65 16.6 68 13.7 68 16.9 68 16.0
71 14.0 71 16.3 73 14.0 74 13.0 18.0
20.0 62 12.1 62 13.6 62 13.6 66 12.6 66 13.8 66 14.8
68 13.0 68 14.3 70 13.0 72 12.2 20.0
22.0 59 11.1 59 12.6 59 11.2 63 11.7 63 11.5 63 12.4
66 12.1 66 11.9 68 12.2 70 11.4 22.0
24.0 56 10.3 56 11.2 56 9.3 60 10.8 60 9.6 60 10.5
63 11.0 63 10.0 66 10.5 68 10.5 24.0
26.0 53 9.6 53 9.6 53 7.8 57 9.9 57 8.0 57 9.0
61 9.5 61 8.4 64 8.9 66 9.0 26.0
28.0 49 8.9 49 8.3 49 6.5 54 8.5 54 6.8 54 7.7
58 8.2 58 7.1 61 7.6 64 7.7 28.0
30.0 45 7.8 45 7.2 45 5.5 51 7.4 51 5.7 51 6.6
55 7.1 55 6.1 59 6.5 61 6.6 30.0
32.0 41 6.8 41 6.2 41 4.5 48 6.5 48 4.7 48 5.6
52 6.1 52 5.1 56 5.6 59 5.6 32.0
34.0 37 6.0 37 5.4 37 3.7 44 5.7 44 3.9 44 4.8
50 5.3 50 4.3 54 4.8 57 4.8 34.0
36.0 31 5.3 31 4.7 31 3.0 40 4.9 40 3.2 40 4.1
46 4.6 46 3.6 51 4.1 54 4.1 36.0
38.0 25 4.7 25 4.1 25 2.4 36 4.3 36 2.6 36 3.5
43 3.9 43 3.0 48 3.5 52 3.5 38.0
40.0 16 4.1 16 3.5 16 1.9 31 3.7 31 2.1 31 2.9
39 3.4 39 2.4 45 2.9 49 2.9 40.0
42.0 26 3.2 26 1.6 26 2.4
36 2.9 36 2.0 42 2.4 46 2.4 42.0
44.0 18 2.8 18 1.1 18 2.0
31 2.4 31 1.5 39 2.0 43 2.0 44.0
46.0 26 2.0 26 1.1 35 1.6 40 1.6 46.0
48.0 19 1.7 31 1.2 37 1.2 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789292 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789292
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 160.0 894 140.0 913 53.3 408 120.0 799 39.0 323 54.6 411 115.6 776 101.2 688 40.5 327 52.9 401 3.0
3.5 149.8 891 129.0 913 50.8 420 120.0 858 36.8 329 54.6 439 115.6 833 101.2 738 38.5 335 52.9 428 3.5
4.0 128.9 826 119.2 911 48.4 431 120.0 917 34.8 335 52.3 452 115.6 891 101.2 788 36.7 344 52.9 455 4.0
4.5 114.7 786 114.0 933 46.2 441 114.5 937 33.0 342 50.3 465 113.8 935 100.3 832 35.0 351 52.9 482 4.5
5.0 103.2 754 103.2 907 44.2 451 103.1 907 31.3 347 48.3 476 102.4 905 95.3 844 33.3 357 51.1 496 5.0
6.0 85.8 706 85.8 862 40.7 468 85.6 861 28.4 357 44.9 498 85.0 860 86.2 861 30.3 367 47.8 521 6.0
7.0 73.1 672 73.1 830 37.7 484 72.9 829 26.0 367 41.7 515 72.3 828 73.5 829 27.7 376 44.8 543 7.0
8.0 63.5 646 63.5 806 35.2 500 63.3 805 24.0 376 38.4 525 62.7 804 63.8 804 25.5 384 42.2 562 8.0
9.0 54.7 616 54.7 774 33.0 515 54.5 773 22.2 384 35.6 535 53.7 769 55.7 779 23.6 392 39.4 576 9.0
10.0 45.0 568 45.0 714 31.1 529 45.0 716 20.7 392 33.2 545 44.2 712 46.0 720 21.9 398 36.9 588 10.0
11.0 29.5 543 37.9 673 19.4 401 31.2 555 37.2 670 38.9 677 20.5 406 34.7 599 11.0
12.0 28.0 556 32.7 643 18.2 408 29.2 562 32.0 640 33.7 648 19.2 412 32.6 608 12.0
14.0 26.0 590 24.9 597 16.3 424 26.1 579 24.2 593 25.8 601 17.1 425 28.3 612 14.0
16.0 14.8 439 22.5 576 18.7 559 20.2 565 15.4 437 22.7 577 16.0
18.0 13.6 456 18.3 548 14.7 533 16.1 538 14.0 449 18.5 549 18.0
20.0 12.9 463 15.4 529 20.0
22.0 12.0 477 13.0 515 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789292
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 621 3.0
3.5 89.1 666 33.7 308 49.8 410 74.2 577 3.5
4.0 89.1 711 31.8 310 49.8 436 73.1 608 4.0
4.5 89.1 756 30.1 315 49.8 462 68.9 616 30.5 317 45.1 433 55.1 513 4.5
5.0 89.1 800 28.5 320 49.8 488 65.1 623 29.1 323 45.1 457 55.1 542 5.0
6.0 85.5 860 25.9 329 49.8 540 58.6 636 26.6 334 45.1 505 53.5 587 26.1 331 41.4 478 32.2 391 6.0
7.0 72.8 827 23.6 337 47.0 565 53.2 648 24.5 343 45.1 553 48.7 599 24.5 345 41.4 524 32.1 426 7.0
8.0 63.2 803 21.7 344 44.4 588 48.6 658 22.7 353 45.1 601 44.7 610 22.7 354 41.4 569 30.1 440 8.0
9.0 54.8 774 20.1 351 42.2 610 44.7 667 21.1 361 43.6 632 41.2 620 21.0 361 38.4 580 28.3 454 9.0
10.0 45.2 716 18.6 357 39.8 626 41.4 677 19.7 368 41.6 655 38.1 628 19.6 369 35.7 590 26.7 467 10.0
11.0 38.1 674 17.4 364 37.7 641 37.3 670 18.5 376 39.6 674 35.6 639 18.4 377 33.4 600 25.3 479 11.0
12.0 32.9 644 16.3 370 35.6 653 32.1 641 17.4 383 35.2 655 33.1 645 17.2 382 31.2 608 24.0 491 12.0
14.0 25.1 598 14.4 380 28.0 611 24.3 594 15.6 397 27.2 607 25.3 598 15.2 393 26.4 604 21.7 511 14.0
16.0 19.5 562 12.9 391 22.3 574 18.8 559 14.1 409 21.6 572 19.7 562 13.6 403 20.8 569 19.9 532 16.0
18.0 15.5 537 11.7 402 18.2 548 14.8 534 12.8 420 17.4 544 15.7 537 12.3 414 16.7 542 18.2 548 18.0
20.0 12.5 518 10.7 413 15.1 528 11.8 515 11.8 433 14.4 526 12.7 518 11.2 424 13.6 522 15.1 528 20.0
22.0 10.1 502 9.8 423 12.7 513 9.5 501 10.9 444 12.0 511 10.4 505 10.3 434 11.3 508 12.7 513 22.0
24.0 9.1 434 10.8 502 7.7 491 10.1 455 10.1 499 8.5 493 9.4 442 9.4 497 10.8 501 24.0
26.0 8.5 445 9.2 492 6.2 483 9.4 465 8.5 489 7.0 485 8.7 451 7.9 489 9.2 491 26.0
28.0 8.9 479 7.2 481 5.7 477 8.1 461 6.6 481 7.9 484 28.0
30.0 8.1 481 6.2 475 4.7 474 7.6 471 5.5 475 6.8 477 30.0
32.0 7.0 477 4.6 471 5.9 474 32.0
34.0 6.2 473 3.8 467 5.1 470 34.0
36.0 5.4 467 3.1 464 4.3 463 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
46.0 46.0
48.0 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789292
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 300 24.5 323 33.4 411 6.0
7.0 22.4 326 24.5 351 33.4 449 19.5 302 26.9 386 22.3 335 7.0
8.0 22.4 352 24.3 378 33.4 487 19.5 326 26.9 418 22.3 362 17.6 310 21.6 360 8.0
9.0 21.6 369 22.9 390 33.4 525 19.5 350 26.9 450 22.3 389 17.6 332 21.6 387 17.0 330 9.0
10.0 20.2 378 21.6 401 32.3 550 19.5 373 26.9 482 22.3 416 17.6 354 21.6 413 17.0 353 14.0 316 10.0
11.0 19.0 386 20.4 412 30.3 561 18.8 288 26.0 502 21.6 434 17.6 376 21.2 435 17.0 375 14.0 335 11.0
12.0 17.9 394 19.3 421 28.3 568 18.1 401 25.1 520 21.0 452 17.6 399 20.9 457 17.0 397 14.0 355 12.0
14.0 16.1 409 17.5 440 25.2 586 16.4 419 22.9 546 19.1 473 16.6 427 19.2 483 16.4 432 14.0 393 14.0
16.0 14.5 421 16.0 458 20.7 568 14.9 434 21.0 569 17.4 492 15.2 445 17.6 503 15.1 452 14.0 432 16.0
18.0 13.2 434 14.7 474 16.6 541 13.7 450 16.9 543 16.0 509 14.0 462 16.3 524 14.0 471 13.0 452 18.0
20.0 12.1 446 13.6 489 13.6 522 12.6 463 13.8 522 14.8 526 13.0 479 14.3 526 13.0 489 12.2 471 20.0
22.0 11.1 456 12.6 503 11.2 507 11.7 477 11.5 509 12.4 511 12.1 494 11.9 511 12.2 508 11.4 488 22.0
24.0 10.3 467 11.2 504 9.3 495 10.8 488 9.6 498 10.5 499 11.0 501 10.0 499 10.5 501 10.5 500 24.0
26.0 9.6 478 9.6 493 7.8 487 9.9 496 8.0 487 9.0 492 9.5 494 8.4 489 8.9 491 9.0 492 26.0
28.0 8.9 487 8.3 486 6.5 479 8.5 485 6.8 482 7.7 484 8.2 486 7.1 481 7.6 483 7.7 485 28.0
30.0 7.8 481 7.2 480 5.5 476 7.4 479 5.7 476 6.6 478 7.1 480 6.1 478 6.5 477 6.6 479 30.0
32.0 6.8 474 6.2 473 4.5 469 6.5 476 4.7 469 5.6 471 6.1 473 5.1 471 5.6 473 5.6 472 32.0
34.0 6.0 471 5.4 469 3.7 465 5.7 472 3.9 465 4.8 467 5.3 470 4.3 468 4.8 469 4.8 468 34.0
36.0 5.3 468 4.7 466 3.0 462 4.9 466 3.2 462 4.1 464 4.6 467 3.6 464 4.1 466 4.1 465 36.0
38.0 4.7 466 4.1 464 2.4 460 4.3 464 2.6 460 3.5 462 3.9 461 3.0 462 3.5 464 3.5 463 38.0
40.0 4.1 462 3.5 460 1.9 459 3.7 460 2.1 459 2.9 458 3.4 461 2.4 457 2.9 460 2.9 459 40.0
42.0 3.2 457 1.6 457 2.4 456 2.9 459 2.0 459 2.4 458 2.4 457 42.0
44.0 2.8 458 1.1 453 2.0 456 2.4 455 1.5 456 2.0 458 2.0 457 44.0
46.0 2.0 454 1.1 454 1.6 457 1.6 456 46.0
48.0 1.7 456 1.2 455 1.2 454 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 128,5* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 149,8* 117,3* 74 50.8 74 117,2* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 128,9* 107.6 72 48.4 72 107.5 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 99.3 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 114,7* 99.3 70 46.2 70 94.5 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 83.7 75 86.0 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 103.2 90.4 69 44.2 69 80.5 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 81.9 73 74.2 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 85.8 67.7 65 40.7 65 61.4 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 55.5 71 57.6 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 73.1 53.1 61 37.7 61 49.1 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 44.7 68 46.6 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 63.5 39.9 57 35.2 57 39.8 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 36.9 65 38.8 70 25.5 70 39.5 8.0
9.0 34 54.7 32.3 53 33.0 53 32.2 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 31.2 62 32.9 67 23.6 67 34.1 9.0
10.0 23 45.0 26.8 48 29.0 48 26.7 59 20.7 59 30.2 59 26.0 59 27.7 65 21.9 65 29.7 10.0
11.0 43 24.7 43 22.5 55 19.4 55 25.8 55 21.8 55 23.4 62 20.5 62 26.1 11.0
12.0 38 21.5 38 19.3 52 18.2 52 22.7 52 18.7 52 20.2 60 19.2 60 22.7 12.0
14.0 24 16.4 24 14.4 44 16.3 44 18.2 44 13.8 44 15.3 54 17.1 54 17.7 14.0
16.0 36 14.0 36 13.9 36 10.4 36 11.8 48 14.9 48 14.1 16.0
18.0 24 11.3 24 11.2 24 7.9 24 9.2 42 12.2 42 11.4 18.0
20.0 34 10.1 34 9.4 20.0
22.0 24 8.5 24 7.7 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789293 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 77.0 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 67.0 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 60.0 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 52.5 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 48.0 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 46.2 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 42.5 75 23.6 75 43.7 75 39.4 77 24.5 77 40.4 77 38.2 79 24.5 79 37.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 35.7 73 21.7 73 37.0 73 32.9 76 22.7 76 34.4 76 32.3 78 22.7 78 31.8 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 30.2 71 20.1 71 32.0 71 27.7 74 21.1 74 29.5 74 27.6 76 21.0 76 27.2 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 26.0 69 18.6 69 27.8 69 24.1 72 19.7 72 26.0 72 24.0 75 19.6 75 24.0 75 25.7 10.0
11.0 62 22.7 67 17.4 67 24.7 67 21.0 70 18.5 70 22.9 70 21.0 73 18.4 73 21.2 73 22.8 11.0
12.0 60 19.5 65 16.3 65 22.0 65 18.3 69 17.4 69 20.3 69 18.5 72 17.2 72 18.7 72 20.4 12.0
14.0 54 14.6 61 14.4 61 17.3 61 13.9 65 15.6 65 16.3 65 14.6 68 15.2 68 15.0 68 16.5 14.0
16.0 48 11.2 56 12.9 56 13.8 56 10.5 61 14.1 61 13.0 61 11.4 65 13.6 65 12.2 65 13.8 16.0
18.0 42 8.6 51 11.7 51 11.1 51 8.0 57 12.5 57 10.4 57 8.8 62 12.3 62 9.7 62 11.1 18.0
20.0 34 6.6 46 10.3 46 9.1 46 6.0 53 10.4 53 8.4 53 6.8 58 10.3 58 7.7 58 9.1 20.0
22.0 24 5.1 40 8.6 40 7.5 40 4.5 49 8.8 49 6.8 49 5.3 55 8.6 55 6.1 55 7.5 22.0
24.0 33 7.3 33 6.2 33 3.2 44 7.5 44 5.5 44 4.0 51 7.3 51 4.9 51 6.2 24.0
26.0 24 6.2 24 5.1 24 2.2 39 6.4 39 4.4 39 3.0 47 6.2 47 3.8 47 5.1 26.0
28.0 32 5.5 32 3.5 32 2.1 42 5.3 42 2.9 42 4.2 28.0
30.0 25 4.7 25 2.8 37 4.5 37 2.2 37 3.4 30.0
32.0 32 3.8 32 1.5 32 2.8 32.0
34.0 25 3.2 25 2.2 34.0
36.0 15 2.7 15 1.7 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789293 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 25,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 30.3 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3 82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 26.3 80 19.5 80 25.4 80 22.3 81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 23.0 79 19.5 79 22.3 79 22.3 80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 20.3 77 18.8 77 19.8 77 20.9 79 17.6 79 19.5 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 18.0 76 18.1 76 17.6 76 18.7 78 17.6 78 17.5 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 16.3 71 14.3 74 16.3 74 14.1 74 15.1 75 15.2 75 14.1 77 14.2 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 13.7 68 11.7 71 13.5 71 11.5 71 12.6 73 12.8 73 11.6 75 11.8 76 11.5 16.0
18.0 65 12.2 65 11.5 65 9.6 68 11.5 68 9.5 68 10.5 71 10.7 71 9.6 73 9.8 74 9.6 18.0
20.0 62 10.1 62 9.5 62 7.7 66 9.7 66 7.9 66 8.8 68 9.1 68 8.0 70 8.3 72 8.1 20.0
22.0 59 8.5 59 7.8 59 6.1 63 8.1 63 6.3 63 7.2 66 7.7 66 6.7 68 7.0 70 6.8 22.0
24.0 56 7.1 56 6.5 56 4.8 60 6.8 60 5.0 60 5.9 63 6.3 63 5.4 66 5.7 68 5.8 24.0
26.0 53 6.1 53 5.4 53 3.8 57 5.7 57 4.0 57 4.9 61 5.3 61 4.4 64 4.6 66 4.9 26.0
28.0 49 5.1 49 4.5 49 2.9 54 4.8 54 3.1 54 4.0 58 4.4 58 3.5 61 3.7 64 3.9 28.0
30.0 45 4.4 45 3.8 45 2.1 51 4.0 51 2.3 51 3.2 55 3.6 55 2.7 59 2.9 61 3.2 30.0
32.0 41 3.7 41 3.1 41 1.5 48 3.3 48 1.7 48 2.5 52 3.0 52 2.0 56 2.2 59 2.5 32.0
34.0 37 3.1 37 2.5 44 2.7 44 2.0 50 2.4 50 1.5 54 1.7 57 1.9 34.0
36.0 31 2.6 31 2.0 40 2.2 40 1.5 46 1.9 54 1.4 36.0
38.0 25 2.1 25 1.5 36 1.8 43 1.4 38.0
40.0 16 1.7 31 1.4 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789293 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789293
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 160.0 894 128.5 930 53.3 422 120.0 875 39.0 323 54.6 425 115.6 849 101.2 746 40.5 327 52.9 413 3.0
3.5 149.8 891 117.3 933 50.8 441 117.2 932 36.8 333 54.6 462 115.6 925 101.2 812 38.5 340 52.9 449 3.5
4.0 128.9 826 107.6 933 48.4 457 107.5 933 34.8 344 52.3 481 99.3 873 101.2 878 36.7 353 52.9 485 4.0
4.5 114.7 786 99.3 934 46.2 473 94.5 894 33.0 354 50.3 500 83.7 807 86.0 816 35.0 364 52.9 521 4.5
5.0 103.2 754 90.4 919 44.2 487 80.5 830 31.3 362 48.3 517 81.9 847 74.2 767 33.3 374 51.1 541 5.0
6.0 85.8 706 67.7 806 40.7 514 61.4 743 28.4 379 44.9 549 55.5 687 57.6 697 30.3 391 47.8 577 6.0
7.0 73.1 672 53.1 732 37.7 539 49.1 687 26.0 394 41.7 575 44.7 643 46.6 651 27.7 405 44.8 608 7.0
8.0 63.5 646 39.9 640 35.2 561 39.8 640 24.0 408 38.4 592 36.9 610 38.8 619 25.5 418 39.5 603 8.0
9.0 54.7 616 32.3 594 33.0 583 32.2 594 22.2 421 35.6 607 31.2 587 32.9 594 23.6 430 34.1 584 9.0
10.0 45.0 568 26.8 561 29.0 572 26.7 561 20.7 433 30.2 577 26.0 558 27.7 566 21.9 440 29.7 567 10.0
11.0 24.7 546 22.5 536 19.4 445 25.8 551 21.8 533 23.4 540 20.5 451 26.1 553 11.0
12.0 21.5 529 19.3 519 18.2 456 22.7 536 18.7 517 20.2 523 19.2 460 22.7 533 12.0
14.0 16.4 498 14.4 490 16.3 478 18.2 518 13.8 488 15.3 495 17.1 480 17.7 505 14.0
16.0 14.0 483 13.9 483 10.4 469 11.8 475 14.9 486 14.1 483 16.0
18.0 11.3 467 11.2 466 7.9 456 9.2 460 12.2 470 11.4 467 18.0
20.0 10.1 458 9.4 457 20.0
22.0 8.5 449 7.7 445 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789293
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 669 3.0
3.5 89.1 728 33.7 308 49.8 428 74.2 625 3.5
4.0 89.1 788 31.8 313 49.8 463 73.1 667 4.0
4.5 77.0 745 30.1 322 49.8 497 68.9 682 30.5 324 45.1 462 55.1 559 4.5
5.0 67.0 707 28.5 329 49.8 531 60.0 649 29.1 333 45.1 494 55.1 597 5.0
6.0 52.5 650 25.9 344 49.8 600 48.0 610 26.6 349 45.1 558 46.2 583 26.1 346 41.4 526 32.2 419 6.0
7.0 42.5 610 23.6 356 43.7 599 39.4 581 24.5 365 40.4 568 38.2 559 24.5 366 37.4 541 32.1 465 7.0
8.0 35.7 586 21.7 368 37.0 575 32.9 558 22.7 378 34.4 550 32.3 541 22.7 381 31.8 525 30.1 487 8.0
9.0 30.2 564 20.1 379 32.0 559 27.7 538 21.1 391 29.5 533 27.6 526 21.0 392 27.2 509 28.3 507 9.0
10.0 26.0 549 18.6 388 27.8 543 24.1 529 19.7 402 26.0 525 24.0 516 19.6 403 24.0 504 25.7 511 10.0
11.0 22.7 537 17.4 398 24.7 534 21.0 519 18.5 413 22.9 515 21.0 507 18.4 414 21.2 497 22.8 503 11.0
12.0 19.5 520 16.3 407 22.0 525 18.3 509 17.4 423 20.3 506 18.5 499 17.2 423 18.7 489 20.4 497 12.0
14.0 14.6 492 14.4 423 17.3 502 13.9 489 15.6 443 16.3 494 14.6 488 15.2 439 15.0 480 16.5 485 14.0
16.0 11.2 473 12.9 439 13.8 482 10.5 470 14.1 462 13.0 478 11.4 474 13.6 454 12.2 474 13.8 482 16.0
18.0 8.6 458 11.7 454 11.1 466 8.0 457 12.5 470 10.4 463 8.8 459 12.3 469 9.7 461 11.1 465 18.0
20.0 6.6 447 10.3 459 9.1 455 6.0 446 10.4 457 8.4 453 6.8 447 10.3 459 7.7 450 9.1 455 20.0
22.0 5.1 440 8.6 448 7.5 447 4.5 439 8.8 449 6.8 444 5.3 441 8.6 448 6.1 442 7.5 446 22.0
24.0 7.3 442 6.2 441 3.2 432 7.5 443 5.5 437 4.0 434 7.3 442 4.9 438 6.2 440 24.0
26.0 6.2 436 5.1 435 2.2 429 6.4 437 4.4 431 3.0 431 6.2 436 3.8 432 5.1 433 26.0
28.0 5.5 433 3.5 427 2.1 427 5.3 432 2.9 428 4.2 430 28.0
30.0 4.7 429 2.8 426 4.5 428 2.2 427 3.4 425 30.0
32.0 3.8 424 1.5 423 2.8 426 32.0
34.0 3.2 421 2.2 423 34.0
36.0 2.7 420 1.7 422 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789293
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 310 24.5 337 33.4 445 6.0
7.0 22.4 344 24.5 375 33.4 495 19.5 315 26.9 418 22.3 356 7.0
8.0 22.4 378 24.3 410 30.3 506 19.5 346 26.9 461 22.3 392 17.6 326 21.6 389 8.0
9.0 21.6 402 22.9 428 26.3 497 19.5 377 25.4 482 22.3 427 17.6 356 21.6 424 17.0 354 9.0
10.0 20.2 414 21.6 444 23.0 489 19.5 409 22.3 476 22.3 463 17.6 385 21.6 460 17.0 384 14.0 338 10.0
11.0 19.0 426 20.4 459 20.3 483 18.8 429 19.8 472 20.9 476 17.6 415 19.5 461 17.0 413 14.0 364 11.0
12.0 17.9 437 19.3 472 18.0 477 18.1 447 17.6 467 18.7 471 17.6 444 17.5 459 17.0 442 14.0 389 12.0
14.0 16.1 459 16.3 475 14.3 467 16.3 470 14.1 459 15.1 462 15.2 455 14.1 452 14.2 445 14.0 441 14.0
16.0 14.5 477 13.7 472 11.7 464 13.5 463 11.5 455 12.6 460 12.8 455 11.6 449 11.8 444 11.5 436 16.0
18.0 12.2 470 11.5 467 9.6 460 11.5 462 9.5 453 10.5 456 10.7 450 9.6 446 9.8 440 9.6 434 18.0
20.0 10.1 457 9.5 457 7.7 452 9.7 456 7.9 452 8.8 453 9.1 449 8.0 445 8.3 441 8.1 434 20.0
22.0 8.5 449 7.8 446 6.1 443 8.1 448 6.3 443 7.2 444 7.7 446 6.7 444 7.0 440 6.8 433 22.0
24.0 7.1 440 6.5 439 4.8 436 6.8 441 5.0 436 5.9 437 6.3 436 5.4 437 5.7 433 5.8 435 24.0
26.0 6.1 437 5.4 433 3.8 433 5.7 435 4.0 433 4.9 435 5.3 433 4.4 435 4.6 426 4.9 436 26.0
28.0 5.1 430 4.5 429 2.9 429 4.8 432 3.1 429 4.0 431 4.4 429 3.5 431 3.7 422 3.9 428 28.0
30.0 4.4 429 3.8 429 2.1 425 4.0 427 2.3 425 3.2 427 3.6 425 2.7 426 2.9 417 3.2 428 30.0
32.0 3.7 426 3.1 425 1.5 425 3.3 424 1.7 425 2.5 423 3.0 425 2.0 422 2.2 412 2.5 424 32.0
34.0 3.1 423 2.5 422 2.7 421 2.0 424 2.4 422 1.5 424 1.7 413 1.9 421 34.0
36.0 2.6 422 2.0 421 2.2 419 1.5 423 1.9 421 1.4 420 36.0
38.0 2.1 418 1.5 417 1.8 421 1.4 418 38.0
40.0 1.7 418 1.4 420 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 13,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 160,0* 140,0* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 138,5* 128,6* 74 50.8 74 120,0* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 121,6* 118,7* 72 48.4 72 120,0* 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 115,6* 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 108.2 108.2 70 46.2 70 108.0 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 107.3 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 97.3 97.3 69 44.2 69 97.1 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 96.5 73 95.3 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 80.8 80.8 65 40.7 65 80.6 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 80.0 71 81.2 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 68.8 68.8 61 37.7 61 68.6 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 68.0 68 69.2 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 53.4 53.4 57 35.2 57 53.3 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 52.4 65 54.6 70 25.5 70 42.2 8.0
9.0 34 42.3 42.3 53 33.0 53 42.2 62 22.2 62 35.6 62 41.4 62 43.4 67 23.6 67 39.4 9.0
10.0 23 34.5 34.5 48 31.1 48 34.4 59 20.7 59 33.2 59 33.6 59 35.5 65 21.9 65 36.9 10.0
11.0 43 29.5 43 28.4 55 19.4 55 31.2 55 27.6 55 29.4 62 20.5 62 32.5 11.0
12.0 38 26.4 38 24.0 52 18.2 52 27.7 52 23.2 52 25.0 60 19.2 60 27.9 12.0
14.0 24 19.7 24 17.5 44 16.3 44 20.9 44 16.8 44 18.4 54 17.1 54 21.1 14.0
16.0 36 14.8 36 16.3 36 12.5 36 14.0 48 15.4 48 16.5 16.0
18.0 24 13.2 24 13.1 24 9.4 24 10.9 42 14.0 42 13.3 18.0
20.0 34 11.6 34 10.8 20.0
22.0 24 9.7 24 8.9 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789294 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 13,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 89.1 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 80.5 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 65.5 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 53.2 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 53.6 73 21.7 73 44.4 73 48.6 76 22.7 76 45.1 76 44.7 78 22.7 78 41.4 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 42.5 71 20.1 71 42.2 71 41.5 74 21.1 74 43.6 74 41.2 76 21.0 76 38.4 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 34.6 69 18.6 69 38.2 69 33.7 72 19.7 72 37.2 72 34.9 75 19.6 75 35.7 75 26.7 10.0
11.0 62 28.6 67 17.4 67 32.1 67 27.7 70 18.5 70 31.1 70 28.9 73 18.4 73 30.2 73 25.3 11.0
12.0 60 24.2 65 16.3 65 27.5 65 23.3 69 17.4 69 26.6 69 24.5 72 17.2 72 25.7 72 24.0 12.0
14.0 54 17.7 61 14.4 61 20.7 61 16.9 65 15.6 65 19.9 65 18.0 68 15.2 68 19.1 68 20.8 14.0
16.0 48 13.3 56 12.9 56 16.2 56 12.6 61 14.1 61 15.4 61 13.6 65 13.6 65 14.6 65 16.2 16.0
18.0 42 10.2 51 11.7 51 12.9 51 9.5 57 12.8 57 12.2 57 10.5 62 12.3 62 11.4 62 13.0 18.0
20.0 34 7.9 46 10.7 46 10.5 46 7.2 53 11.8 53 9.8 53 8.1 58 11.2 58 9.1 58 10.5 20.0
22.0 24 6.1 40 9.8 40 8.6 40 5.4 49 10.0 49 7.9 49 6.3 55 9.9 55 7.2 55 8.6 22.0
24.0 33 8.3 33 7.1 33 4.0 44 8.5 44 6.4 44 4.9 51 8.3 51 5.7 51 7.1 24.0
26.0 24 7.1 24 5.9 24 2.8 39 7.2 39 5.2 39 3.7 47 7.1 47 4.5 47 5.9 26.0
28.0 32 6.2 32 4.2 32 2.7 42 6.0 42 3.5 42 4.9 28.0
30.0 25 5.3 25 3.4 25 1.9 37 5.1 37 2.7 37 4.0 30.0
32.0 32 4.4 32 2.0 32 3.3 32.0
34.0 25 3.7 25 1.4 25 2.6 34.0
36.0 15 3.2 15 2.1 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789294 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 13,0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7 43,7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52,4 52,4 56,7 60.0
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 82 33.4 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 81 33.4 82 19.5 82 26.9 82 22.3 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 79 33.4 81 19.5 81 26.9 81 22.3 82 17.6 82 21.6 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 78 33.4 80 19.5 80 26.9 80 22.3 81 17.6 81 21.6 82 17.0 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 77 32.3 79 19.5 79 26.9 79 22.3 80 17.6 80 21.6 81 17.0 82 14.0 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 75 30.1 77 18.8 77 26.0 77 21.6 79 17.6 79 21.2 80 17.0 81 14.0 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 19.3 74 25.6 76 18.1 76 25.1 76 21.0 78 17.6 78 20.9 79 17.0 80 14.0 12.0
14.0 71 16.1 71 17.5 71 19.0 74 16.4 74 19.3 74 19.1 75 16.6 75 19.2 77 16.4 78 14.0 14.0
16.0 68 14.5 68 16.0 68 14.6 71 14.9 71 14.8 71 15.9 73 15.2 73 15.3 75 15.1 76 14.0 16.0
18.0 65 13.2 65 13.4 65 11.4 68 13.7 68 11.6 68 12.7 71 13.2 71 12.1 73 12.6 74 12.7 18.0
20.0 62 11.6 62 10.9 62 9.0 66 11.2 66 9.3 66 10.3 68 10.8 68 9.7 70 10.2 72 10.3 20.0
22.0 59 9.7 59 9.0 59 7.2 63 9.3 63 7.4 63 8.4 66 8.9 66 7.8 68 8.3 70 8.4 22.0
24.0 56 8.2 56 7.5 56 5.7 60 7.8 60 5.9 60 6.9 63 7.4 63 6.3 66 6.8 68 6.9 24.0
26.0 53 6.9 53 6.3 53 4.5 57 6.5 57 4.7 57 5.7 61 6.1 61 5.1 64 5.6 66 5.6 26.0
28.0 49 5.9 49 5.2 49 3.5 54 5.5 54 3.7 54 4.6 58 5.1 58 4.1 61 4.6 64 4.6 28.0
30.0 45 5.0 45 4.4 45 2.7 51 4.6 51 2.9 51 3.8 55 4.3 55 3.3 59 3.7 61 3.8 30.0
32.0 41 4.2 41 3.6 41 1.9 48 3.9 48 2.2 48 3.0 52 3.5 52 2.5 56 3.0 59 3.0 32.0
34.0 37 3.6 37 3.0 37 1.3 44 3.2 44 1.5 44 2.4 50 2.9 50 1.9 54 2.4 57 2.4 34.0
36.0 31 3.0 31 2.4 40 2.7 40 1.9 46 2.3 46 1.4 51 1.8 54 1.8 36.0
38.0 25 2.5 25 1.9 36 2.2 36 1.4 43 1.8 48 1.3 52 1.3 38.0
40.0 16 2.1 16 1.5 31 1.7 39 1.4 40.0
42.0 26 1.3 42.0
44.0 18 1.0 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789294 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789294
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 160.0 884 140.0 919 53.3 413 120.0 804 39.0 327 54.6 417 115.6 782 101.2 693 40.5 332 52.9 406 3.0
3.5 138.5 824 128.6 916 50.8 426 120.0 863 36.8 334 54.6 445 115.6 839 101.2 743 38.5 341 52.9 433 3.5
4.0 121.6 777 118.7 913 48.4 437 120.0 922 34.8 341 52.3 458 115.6 896 101.2 793 36.7 349 52.9 461 4.0
4.5 108.2 740 108.2 897 46.2 447 108.0 896 33.0 347 50.3 471 107.3 894 100.3 837 35.0 356 52.9 488 4.5
5.0 97.3 709 97.3 868 44.2 456 97.1 867 31.3 352 48.3 482 96.5 866 95.3 849 33.3 362 51.1 502 5.0
6.0 80.8 664 80.8 825 40.7 474 80.6 824 28.4 363 44.9 503 80.0 823 81.2 824 30.3 373 47.8 526 6.0
7.0 68.8 631 68.8 795 37.7 490 68.6 794 26.0 372 41.7 520 68.0 793 69.2 793 27.7 382 44.8 548 7.0
8.0 53.4 560 53.4 707 35.2 505 53.3 707 24.0 382 38.4 531 52.4 703 54.6 714 25.5 390 42.2 568 8.0
9.0 42.3 506 42.3 640 33.0 520 42.2 640 22.2 390 35.6 541 41.4 636 43.4 647 23.6 397 39.4 582 9.0
10.0 34.5 468 34.5 593 31.1 534 34.4 592 20.7 398 33.2 550 33.6 588 35.5 598 21.9 404 36.9 593 10.0
11.0 29.5 549 28.4 554 19.4 406 31.2 561 27.6 550 29.4 559 20.5 411 32.5 576 11.0
12.0 26.4 539 24.0 527 18.2 413 27.7 547 23.2 523 25.0 532 19.2 417 27.9 548 12.0
14.0 19.7 496 17.5 485 16.3 429 20.9 503 16.8 482 18.4 490 17.1 430 21.1 503 14.0
16.0 14.8 445 16.3 473 12.5 455 14.0 462 15.4 443 16.5 473 16.0
18.0 13.2 453 13.1 453 9.4 435 10.9 443 14.0 455 13.3 454 18.0
20.0 11.6 441 10.8 437 20.0
22.0 9.7 429 8.9 425 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
34.0 34.0
36.0 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789294
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 626 3.0
3.5 89.1 671 33.7 310 49.8 416 74.2 582 3.5
4.0 89.1 716 31.8 316 49.8 442 73.1 613 4.0
4.5 89.1 761 30.1 321 49.8 468 68.9 621 30.5 322 45.1 438 55.1 518 4.5
5.0 89.1 806 28.5 325 49.8 494 65.1 628 29.1 328 45.1 462 55.1 547 5.0
6.0 80.5 823 25.9 334 49.8 545 58.6 641 26.6 339 45.1 510 53.5 592 26.1 336 41.4 484 32.2 396 6.0
7.0 65.5 764 23.6 342 47.0 571 53.2 653 24.5 349 45.1 558 48.7 604 24.5 350 41.4 529 32.1 431 7.0
8.0 53.6 709 21.7 349 44.4 593 48.6 663 22.7 358 45.1 606 44.7 616 22.7 360 41.4 574 30.1 446 8.0
9.0 42.5 642 20.1 357 42.2 616 41.5 637 21.1 366 43.6 638 41.2 626 21.0 367 38.4 586 28.3 460 9.0
10.0 34.6 593 18.6 362 38.2 612 33.7 589 19.7 374 37.2 607 34.9 595 19.6 374 35.7 596 26.7 472 10.0
11.0 28.6 555 17.4 369 32.1 574 27.7 550 18.5 381 31.1 568 28.9 557 18.4 382 30.2 564 25.3 485 11.0
12.0 24.2 528 16.3 375 27.5 545 23.3 523 17.4 388 26.6 541 24.5 530 17.2 388 25.7 536 24.0 496 12.0
14.0 17.7 487 14.4 386 20.7 501 16.9 483 15.6 402 19.9 497 18.0 489 15.2 398 19.1 494 20.8 502 14.0
16.0 13.3 458 12.9 396 16.2 472 12.6 456 14.1 415 15.4 469 13.6 460 13.6 409 14.6 465 16.2 472 16.0
18.0 10.2 439 11.7 408 12.9 451 9.5 436 12.8 426 12.2 448 10.5 442 12.3 419 11.4 444 13.0 452 18.0
20.0 7.9 425 10.7 419 10.5 436 7.2 422 11.8 438 9.8 434 8.1 426 11.2 429 9.1 431 10.5 436 20.0
22.0 6.1 415 9.8 428 8.6 424 5.4 412 10.0 429 7.9 421 6.3 416 9.9 431 7.2 419 8.6 424 22.0
24.0 8.3 420 7.1 415 4.0 405 8.5 421 6.4 412 4.9 409 8.3 420 5.7 410 7.1 415 24.0
26.0 7.1 414 5.9 409 2.8 398 7.2 412 5.2 406 3.7 402 7.1 414 4.5 403 5.9 408 26.0
28.0 6.2 407 4.2 401 2.7 397 6.0 406 3.5 398 4.9 403 28.0
30.0 5.3 402 3.4 398 1.9 394 5.1 401 2.7 395 4.0 398 30.0
32.0 4.4 398 2.0 392 3.3 395 32.0
34.0 3.7 393 1.4 391 2.6 390 34.0
36.0 3.2 393 2.1 390 36.0
38.0 38.0
40.0 40.0
42.0 42.0
44.0 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789294
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7 43.7 48.0 48.0 48.0 52.4 52.4 56.7 60.0

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 306 24.5 328 33.4 416 6.0
7.0 22.4 332 24.5 357 33.4 454 19.5 308 26.9 391 22.3 341 7.0
8.0 22.4 358 24.3 383 33.4 492 19.5 331 26.9 423 22.3 368 17.6 315 21.6 365 8.0
9.0 21.6 375 22.9 396 33.4 530 19.5 355 26.9 455 22.3 395 17.6 337 21.6 392 17.0 336 9.0
10.0 20.2 383 21.6 407 32.3 555 19.5 379 26.9 487 22.3 422 17.6 360 21.6 419 17.0 358 14.0 321 10.0
11.0 19.0 392 20.4 417 30.1 563 18.8 393 26.0 507 21.6 439 17.6 382 21.2 440 17.0 380 14.0 341 11.0
12.0 17.9 399 19.3 426 25.6 536 18.1 407 25.1 526 21.0 457 17.6 404 20.9 463 17.0 402 14.0 360 12.0
14.0 16.1 415 17.5 445 19.0 493 16.4 425 19.3 495 19.1 479 16.6 433 19.2 488 16.4 437 14.0 399 14.0
16.0 14.5 427 16.0 463 14.6 466 14.9 440 14.8 466 15.9 471 15.2 451 15.3 468 15.1 457 14.0 438 16.0
18.0 13.2 439 13.4 454 11.4 445 13.7 456 11.6 445 12.7 451 13.2 452 12.1 448 12.6 450 12.7 451 18.0
20.0 11.6 440 10.9 437 9.0 430 11.2 439 9.3 432 10.3 436 10.8 438 9.7 433 10.2 435 10.3 437 20.0
22.0 9.7 429 9.0 426 7.2 420 9.3 428 7.4 420 8.4 424 8.9 426 7.8 421 8.3 423 8.4 425 22.0
24.0 8.2 420 7.5 417 5.7 411 7.8 419 5.9 411 6.9 415 7.4 417 6.3 412 6.8 414 6.9 416 24.0
26.0 6.9 412 6.3 411 4.5 404 6.5 410 4.7 404 5.7 409 6.1 408 5.1 406 5.6 408 5.6 407 26.0
28.0 5.9 407 5.2 403 3.5 399 5.5 405 3.7 399 4.6 401 5.1 403 4.1 401 4.6 403 4.6 402 28.0
30.0 5.0 401 4.4 400 2.7 396 4.6 400 2.9 396 3.8 398 4.3 401 3.3 398 3.7 397 3.8 399 30.0
32.0 4.2 396 3.6 395 1.9 391 3.9 397 2.2 394 3.0 393 3.5 395 2.5 392 3.0 395 3.0 394 32.0
34.0 3.6 394 3.0 393 1.3 389 3.2 392 389 2.4 391 2.9 393 1.9 391 2.4 393 2.4 392 34.0
36.0 3.0 391 2.4 389 2.7 392 1.9 391 2.3 390 1.4 390 1.8 389 1.8 388 36.0
38.0 2.5 388 1.9 387 2.2 390 1.4 388 1.8 387 1.3 387 1.3 386 38.0
40.0 2.1 388 1.5 387 1.7 386 1.4 387 40.0
42.0 1.3 384 42.0
44.0 1.0 386 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 93 0 93 46 46 93 93 100 1
2 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 2
3 93 46 46 93 93 93 93 93 93 100 3
4 93 93 46 93 46 93 93 93 93 100 4
5 93 93 46 93 46 46 93 46 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13,2 17,6 17,6 21,9 21,9 21,9 21,9 26,3 26,3


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
1) ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 70 150,0* 140,0* 76 53.3 76 120,0* 79 39.0 79 54.6 79 115,6* 79 101.2 81 40.5 81 52.9 3.0
3.5 68 129,4* 129,4* 74 50.8 74 120,0* 77 36.8 77 54.6 77 115,6* 77 101.2 80 38.5 80 52.9 3.5
4.0 65 113,6* 113,6* 72 48.4 72 113,4* 76 34.8 76 52.3 76 112,6* 76 101.2 79 36.7 79 52.9 4.0
4.5 63 101.0 101.0 70 46.2 70 100.8 75 33.0 75 50.3 75 100.1 75 100.3 78 35.0 78 52.9 4.5
5.0 60 90.9 90.9 69 44.2 69 90.7 73 31.3 73 48.3 73 90.0 73 91.2 77 33.3 77 51.1 5.0
6.0 55 72.9 72.9 65 40.7 65 72.8 71 28.4 71 44.9 71 71.4 71 74.6 74 30.3 74 47.8 6.0
7.0 49 49.9 49.7 61 37.7 61 49.5 68 26.0 68 41.7 68 48.4 68 51.0 72 27.7 72 44.8 7.0
8.0 42 37.1 36.0 57 35.2 57 35.9 65 24.0 65 38.4 65 34.8 65 37.3 70 25.5 70 41.5 8.0
9.0 34 29.0 27.2 53 30.1 53 27.0 62 22.2 62 31.7 62 26.1 62 28.3 67 23.6 67 32.0 9.0
10.0 23 23.2 21.2 48 24.0 48 21.2 59 20.7 59 25.4 59 20.3 59 22.3 65 21.9 65 25.6 10.0
11.0 43 19.6 43 17.0 55 19.4 55 20.9 55 16.2 55 18.0 62 20.5 62 21.1 11.0
12.0 38 16.4 38 13.9 52 18.2 52 17.6 52 13.2 52 14.9 60 18.9 60 17.9 12.0
14.0 24 11.7 24 9.4 44 13.0 44 12.9 44 8.8 44 10.4 54 14.0 54 13.1 14.0
16.0 36 9.8 36 9.7 36 5.8 36 7.4 48 10.7 48 9.9 16.0
18.0 24 7.5 24 7.4 24 3.7 24 5.2 42 8.4 42 7.6 18.0
20.0 34 6.6 34 5.8 20.0
22.0 24 5.3 24 4.5 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5
1) Over rear with superstructure locking pin engaged.
* With additional lifting equipment.

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789295 page 1 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3
° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 81 89.1 3.0
3.5 80 89.1 82 33.7 82 49.8 82 74.2 3.5
4.0 79 89.1 81 31.8 81 49.8 81 73.1 4.0
4.5 78 89.1 80 30.1 80 49.8 80 68.9 82 30.5 82 45.1 82 55.1 4.5
5.0 77 89.1 79 28.5 79 49.8 79 65.1 81 29.1 81 45.1 81 55.1 5.0
6.0 74 73.1 77 25.9 77 49.8 77 58.6 79 26.6 79 45.1 79 53.5 81 26.1 81 41.4 81 32.2 6.0
7.0 72 49.8 75 23.6 75 47.0 75 48.6 77 24.5 77 45.1 77 48.7 79 24.5 79 41.4 79 32.1 7.0
8.0 70 36.2 73 21.7 73 40.9 73 35.0 76 22.7 76 39.6 76 36.6 78 22.7 78 38.3 78 30.1 8.0
9.0 67 27.3 71 20.1 71 31.5 71 26.3 74 21.1 74 30.3 74 27.7 76 21.0 76 29.2 76 28.3 9.0
10.0 65 21.4 69 18.6 69 25.2 69 20.5 72 19.7 72 24.1 72 21.8 75 19.6 75 23.1 75 25.2 10.0
11.0 62 17.2 67 17.4 67 20.7 67 16.3 70 18.5 70 19.7 70 17.5 73 18.4 73 18.8 73 20.8 11.0
12.0 60 14.1 65 16.3 65 17.5 65 13.3 69 17.4 69 16.6 69 14.5 72 17.2 72 15.7 72 17.5 12.0
14.0 54 9.7 61 14.3 61 12.7 61 8.9 65 14.4 65 11.9 65 10.0 68 14.2 68 11.1 68 12.8 14.0
16.0 48 6.7 56 11.0 56 9.5 56 6.0 61 11.1 61 8.7 61 6.9 65 10.9 65 8.0 65 9.6 16.0
18.0 42 4.5 51 8.6 51 7.2 51 3.8 57 8.8 57 6.5 57 4.8 62 8.6 62 5.7 62 7.3 18.0
20.0 34 2.9 46 6.8 46 5.5 46 2.2 53 7.0 53 4.8 53 3.1 58 6.8 58 4.1 58 5.6 20.0
22.0 40 5.5 40 4.2 49 5.6 49 3.5 55 5.5 55 2.8 55 4.2 22.0
24.0 33 4.4 33 3.1 44 4.5 44 2.5 51 4.4 51 3.2 24.0
26.0 24 3.5 24 2.3 39 3.6 47 3.5 47 2.3 26.0
28.0 32 2.9 42 2.7 42 1.6 28.0
30.0 25 2.3 37 2.1 30.0
32.0 32 1.6 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789295 page 2 of 3


Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom
Counterweight 0 t
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43,7 43,7
° °
∠ ∠
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 82 22.4 82 24.5 6.0
7.0 81 22.4 81 24.5 7.0
8.0 79 22.4 79 24.3 8.0
9.0 78 21.6 78 22.9 9.0
10.0 77 20.2 77 21.6 10.0
11.0 75 19.0 75 20.4 11.0
12.0 74 17.9 74 18.0 12.0
14.0 71 14.0 71 13.2 14.0
16.0 68 10.7 68 10.0 16.0
18.0 65 8.4 65 7.7 18.0
20.0 62 6.6 62 5.9 20.0
22.0 59 5.3 59 4.6 22.0
24.0 56 4.2 56 3.5 24.0
26.0 53 3.3 53 2.7 26.0
28.0 49 2.6 49 1.9 28.0
30.0 45 2.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 1
2 46 46 2
3 93 46 3
4 93 93 4
5 93 93 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789295 page 3 of 3


Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789295
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

13.2 17.6 17.6 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 26.3 26.3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 150.0 826 140.0 925 53.3 420 120.0 811 39.0 333 54.6 423 115.6 788 101.2 699 40.5 338 52.9 412 3.0
3.5 129.4 768 129.4 927 50.8 432 120.0 870 36.8 340 54.6 451 115.6 845 101.2 749 38.5 347 52.9 440 3.5
4.0 113.6 724 113.6 885 48.4 443 113.4 885 34.8 347 52.3 464 112.6 882 101.2 800 36.7 355 52.9 467 4.0
4.5 101.0 689 101.0 852 46.2 453 100.8 851 33.0 353 50.3 477 100.1 849 100.3 843 35.0 363 52.9 494 4.5
5.0 90.9 661 90.9 826 44.2 462 90.7 825 31.3 359 48.3 488 90.0 823 91.2 824 33.3 368 51.1 508 5.0
6.0 72.9 603 72.9 765 40.7 480 72.8 765 28.4 369 44.9 509 71.4 757 74.6 775 30.3 379 47.8 533 6.0
7.0 49.9 490 49.7 622 37.7 496 49.5 621 26.0 378 41.7 526 48.4 615 51.0 629 27.7 388 44.8 554 7.0
8.0 37.1 427 36.0 534 35.2 512 35.9 534 24.0 388 38.4 537 34.8 528 37.3 542 25.5 396 41.5 567 8.0
9.0 29.0 388 27.2 477 30.1 494 27.0 476 22.2 396 31.7 503 26.1 471 28.3 483 23.6 404 32.0 505 9.0
10.0 23.2 360 21.2 437 24.0 454 21.2 438 20.7 404 25.4 462 20.3 433 22.3 444 21.9 410 25.6 462 10.0
11.0 19.6 426 17.0 412 19.4 412 20.9 433 16.2 407 18.0 417 20.5 417 21.1 433 11.0
12.0 16.4 406 13.9 392 18.2 419 17.6 412 13.2 389 14.9 398 18.9 419 17.9 414 12.0
14.0 11.7 376 9.4 364 13.0 383 12.9 383 8.8 362 10.4 370 14.0 388 13.1 383 14.0
16.0 9.8 363 9.7 363 5.8 343 7.4 352 10.7 366 9.9 363 16.0
18.0 7.5 349 7.4 348 3.7 331 5.2 338 8.4 352 7.6 349 18.0
20.0 6.6 340 5.8 337 20.0
22.0 5.3 334 4.5 330 22.0
24.0 24.0
26.0 26.0
28.0 28.0
30.0 30.0
32.0 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 0 0 2
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 46 0 46 3
4 0 0 0 0 46 0 0 46 46 4
5 0 46 0 93 46 0 0 93 46 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 1 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789295
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

26,3 30,6 30,6 30,6 35.0 35.0 35.0 39,3 39,3 39,3

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 89.1 633 3.0
3.5 89.1 677 33.7 316 49.8 422 74.2 588 3.5
4.0 89.1 722 31.8 322 49.8 448 73.1 619 4.0
4.5 89.1 767 30.1 327 49.8 474 68.9 627 30.5 329 45.1 444 55.1 524 4.5
5.0 89.1 812 28.5 331 49.8 500 65.1 634 29.1 335 45.1 468 55.1 554 5.0
6.0 73.1 766 25.9 341 49.8 552 58.6 648 26.6 345 45.1 516 53.5 599 26.1 342 41.4 490 32.2 402 6.0
7.0 49.8 622 23.6 348 47.0 577 48.6 616 24.5 355 45.1 564 48.7 610 24.5 357 41.4 535 32.1 437 7.0
8.0 36.2 536 21.7 356 40.9 564 35.0 529 22.7 364 39.6 556 36.6 539 22.7 366 38.3 548 30.1 452 8.0
9.0 27.3 478 20.1 363 31.5 502 26.3 472 21.1 372 30.3 495 27.7 480 21.0 373 29.2 489 28.3 466 9.0
10.0 21.4 439 18.6 368 25.2 461 20.5 435 19.7 380 24.1 454 21.8 442 19.6 381 23.1 449 25.2 460 10.0
11.0 17.2 413 17.4 375 20.7 431 16.3 408 18.5 387 19.7 426 17.5 414 18.4 388 18.8 422 20.8 432 11.0
12.0 14.1 393 16.3 381 17.5 412 13.3 390 17.4 394 16.6 407 14.5 397 17.2 394 15.7 403 17.5 412 12.0
14.0 9.7 366 14.3 390 12.7 381 8.9 362 14.4 389 11.9 377 10.0 369 14.2 389 11.1 374 12.8 382 14.0
16.0 6.7 348 11.0 369 9.5 361 6.0 345 11.1 368 8.7 357 6.9 349 10.9 367 8.0 355 9.6 362 16.0
18.0 4.5 334 8.6 353 7.2 346 3.8 331 8.8 354 6.5 344 4.8 337 8.6 354 5.7 340 7.3 348 18.0
20.0 2.9 325 6.8 342 5.5 336 2.2 322 7.0 343 4.8 333 3.1 326 6.8 342 4.1 331 5.6 338 20.0
22.0 5.5 335 4.2 329 5.6 334 3.5 326 5.5 335 2.8 324 4.2 328 22.0
24.0 4.4 329 3.1 322 4.5 327 2.5 321 4.4 329 3.2 324 24.0
26.0 3.5 323 2.3 319 3.6 322 3.5 324 2.3 318 26.0
28.0 2.9 319 2.7 318 1.6 315 28.0
30.0 2.3 317 2.1 316 30.0
32.0 1.6 314 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 46 0 0 93 0 46 93 0 93 46 1
2 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 0 46 46 2
3 46 0 46 46 46 46 46 93 46 46 3
4 0 93 46 0 93 46 46 93 46 46 4
5 0 93 46 0 93 46 0 93 46 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 2 of 3
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at telescopic boom,
load rating chart 99707789295
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Counterweight 0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m

Boom length (m)

43.7 43.7

m F m F
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.5
4.0 4.0
4.5 4.5
5.0 5.0
6.0 22.4 402 24.5 334 6.0
7.0 22.4 437 24.5 363 7.0
8.0 22.4 452 24.3 389 8.0
9.0 21.6 466 22.9 402 9.0
10.0 20.2 460 21.6 413 10.0
11.0 19.0 432 20.4 423 11.0
12.0 17.9 412 18.0 414 12.0
14.0 14.0 382 13.2 384 14.0
16.0 10.7 362 10.0 364 16.0
18.0 8.4 348 7.7 349 18.0
20.0 6.6 338 5.9 337 20.0
22.0 5.3 328 4.6 330 22.0
24.0 4.2 324 3.5 323 24.0
26.0 3.3 318 2.7 321 26.0
28.0 2.6 315 1.9 315 28.0
30.0 2.0 316 30.0
32.0 32.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 46 1
2 46 46 2
3 93 46 3
4 93 93 4
5 93 93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account. Page 3 of 3
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 16.8 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 7.5 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 7.0 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 7.2 70 6.9 71 6.6 70 6.7 72 6.4 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 6.8 69 6.6 69 6.4 69 6.4 70 6.1 71 6.0 26.0
28.0 65 6.5 67 6.3 67 6.2 67 6.1 68 5.9 69 5.8 28.0
30.0 63 6.3 64 6.0 65 5.9 65 5.8 66 5.6 67 5.5 30.0
32.0 61 6.0 62 5.8 63 5.7 63 5.6 64 5.4 65 5.3 32.0
34.0 59 5.8 60 5.6 61 5.5 61 5.4 63 5.2 63 5.1 34.0
36.0 57 5.6 58 5.4 59 5.3 59 5.2 60 5.0 61 5.0 36.0
38.0 55 5.4 56 5.2 56 5.2 57 5.0 58 4.9 59 4.8 38.0
40.0 52 5.2 53 5.1 54 5.0 55 4.9 56 4.7 57 4.7 40.0
44.0 47 4.9 48 4.8 49 4.8 51 4.6 52 4.5 52 4.4 44.0
48.0 42 4.7 43 4.6 43 4.6 46 4.3 47 4.2 47 4.2 48.0
52.0 35 3.8 36 3.9 40 3.8 41 3.9 41 3.9 52.0
56.0 26 3.0 26 2.9 33 3.0 34 3.0 56.0
60.0 24 2.3 24 2.3 60.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789297
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 5,4 m,
load rating chart 99707789297
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 33.2 489 3.0
3.5 31.4 471 23.7 483 3.5
4.0 30.6 454 22.5 470 4.0
4.5 29.1 439 22.2 456 18.5 469 4.5
5.0 28.4 423 21.6 444 18.2 458 5.0
6.0 26.0 397 20.5 420 17.9 434 6.0
7.0 24.5 372 19.8 397 17.5 412 7.0
8.0 22.9 356 19.0 375 17.2 390 8.0
9.0 21.6 369 18.5 354 16.9 368 9.0
10.0 20.5 382 18.0 344 16.8 346 10.7 367 10.0
11.0 19.6 395 17.5 361 16.8 347 10.3 354 9.6 358 11.0
12.0 18.8 408 17.2 380 16.8 370 10.0 340 9.2 357 9.3 345 8.6 362 12.0
14.0 17.5 435 16.8 419 9.4 314 8.7 332 8.2 345 8.7 321 8.1 337 7.7 350 14.0
16.0 16.8 468 8.8 331 8.2 310 7.8 321 8.2 321 7.7 314 7.3 327 16.0
18.0 8.4 353 7.8 331 7.5 318 7.8 342 7.3 321 7.0 307 18.0
20.0 7.9 371 7.5 353 7.2 338 7.4 361 7.0 342 6.7 328 20.0
22.0 7.5 390 7.2 373 6.9 359 7.0 379 6.7 362 6.4 347 22.0
24.0 7.2 410 6.9 392 6.6 378 6.7 397 6.4 380 6.2 368 24.0
26.0 6.8 425 6.6 411 6.4 398 6.4 415 6.1 397 6.0 387 26.0
28.0 6.5 443 6.3 428 6.2 418 6.1 432 5.9 416 5.8 407 28.0
30.0 6.3 462 6.0 444 5.9 435 5.8 447 5.6 432 5.5 422 30.0
32.0 6.0 477 5.8 462 5.7 453 5.6 465 5.4 449 5.3 440 32.0
34.0 5.8 495 5.6 480 5.5 471 5.4 482 5.2 466 5.1 457 34.0
36.0 5.6 512 5.4 497 5.3 488 5.2 498 5.0 482 5.0 477 36.0
38.0 5.4 528 5.2 513 5.2 508 5.0 513 4.9 501 4.8 493 38.0
40.0 5.2 543 5.1 532 5.0 524 4.9 532 4.7 516 4.7 512 40.0
44.0 4.9 576 4.8 565 4.8 563 4.6 564 4.5 552 4.4 545 44.0
48.0 4.7 612 4.6 602 4.6 600 4.3 593 4.2 583 4.2 580 48.0
52.0 3.8 610 3.9 611 3.8 611 3.9 611 3.9 610 52.0
56.0 3.0 608 2.9 600 3.0 608 3.0 605 56.0
60.0 2.3 606 2.3 604 60.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 16.8 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 7.5 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 7.0 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 7.2 70 6.9 71 6.6 70 6.7 72 6.4 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 6.8 69 6.6 69 6.4 69 6.4 70 6.1 71 6.0 26.0
28.0 65 6.5 67 6.3 67 6.2 67 6.1 68 5.9 69 5.8 28.0
30.0 63 6.3 64 6.0 65 5.9 65 5.8 66 5.6 67 5.5 30.0
32.0 61 6.0 62 5.8 63 5.7 63 5.6 64 5.4 65 5.3 32.0
34.0 59 5.8 60 5.6 61 5.5 61 5.4 63 5.2 63 5.1 34.0
36.0 57 5.6 58 5.4 59 5.3 59 5.2 60 5.0 61 5.0 36.0
38.0 55 5.4 56 5.2 56 5.2 57 5.0 58 4.9 59 4.8 38.0
40.0 52 5.0 53 5.1 54 5.0 55 4.9 56 4.7 57 4.7 40.0
44.0 47 3.8 48 3.9 49 4.0 51 3.8 52 3.9 52 4.0 44.0
48.0 42 2.9 43 3.0 43 3.0 46 2.8 47 3.0 47 3.0 48.0
52.0 35 2.1 36 2.1 40 2.1 41 2.1 41 2.1 52.0
56.0 26 1.4 26 1.4 33 1.4 34 1.4 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789298
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 5,4 m,
load rating chart 99707789298
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 33.2 401 3.0
3.5 31.4 383 23.7 394 3.5
4.0 30.6 366 22.5 381 4.0
4.5 29.1 350 22.2 368 18.5 380 4.5
5.0 28.4 335 21.6 355 18.2 369 5.0
6.0 26.0 334 20.5 331 17.9 346 6.0
7.0 24.5 350 19.8 308 17.5 323 7.0
8.0 22.9 362 19.0 313 17.2 301 8.0
9.0 21.6 375 18.5 332 16.9 308 9.0
10.0 20.5 388 18.0 350 16.8 330 10.7 279 10.0
11.0 19.6 401 17.5 367 16.8 353 10.3 283 9.6 274 11.0
12.0 18.8 415 17.2 386 16.8 376 10.0 295 9.2 273 9.3 286 8.6 273 12.0
14.0 17.5 441 16.8 426 9.4 318 8.7 296 8.2 279 8.7 307 8.1 287 7.7 271 14.0
16.0 16.8 474 8.8 338 8.2 317 7.8 301 8.2 327 7.7 308 7.3 292 16.0
18.0 8.4 359 7.8 337 7.5 323 7.8 248 7.3 328 7.0 314 18.0
20.0 7.9 379 7.5 359 7.2 345 7.4 367 7.0 348 6.7 333 20.0
22.0 7.5 396 7.2 379 6.9 365 7.0 385 6.7 368 6.4 353 22.0
24.0 7.2 416 6.9 399 6.6 384 6.7 404 6.4 386 6.2 374 24.0
26.0 6.8 432 6.6 417 6.4 405 6.4 421 6.1 404 6.0 394 26.0
28.0 6.5 449 6.3 434 6.2 425 6.1 438 5.9 424 5.8 413 28.0
30.0 6.3 468 6.0 450 5.9 441 5.8 453 5.6 438 5.5 429 30.0
32.0 6.0 484 5.8 468 5.7 459 5.6 471 5.4 456 5.3 446 32.0
34.0 5.8 501 5.6 486 5.5 477 5.4 488 5.2 472 5.1 463 34.0
36.0 5.6 518 5.4 503 5.3 494 5.2 504 5.0 488 5.0 483 36.0
38.0 5.4 534 5.2 519 5.2 514 5.0 519 4.9 508 4.8 499 38.0
40.0 5.0 542 5.1 538 5.0 530 4.9 538 4.7 522 4.7 518 40.0
44.0 3.8 535 3.9 533 4.0 534 3.8 535 3.9 533 4.0 534 44.0
48.0 2.9 534 3.0 533 3.0 531 2.8 529 3.0 533 3.0 530 48.0
52.0 2.1 531 2.1 527 2.1 531 2.1 526 2.1 525 52.0
56.0 1.4 527 1.4 525 1.4 528 1.4 524 56.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 16.8 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 7.5 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 7.0 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 7.2 70 6.9 71 6.6 70 6.7 72 6.4 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 6.8 69 6.6 69 6.4 69 6.4 70 6.1 71 6.0 26.0
28.0 65 6.3 67 6.3 67 6.2 67 6.1 68 5.9 69 5.8 28.0
30.0 63 5.4 64 5.7 65 5.9 65 5.4 66 5.6 67 5.5 30.0
32.0 61 4.6 62 4.8 63 5.0 63 4.6 64 4.8 65 5.0 32.0
34.0 59 3.9 60 4.1 61 4.2 61 3.8 63 4.1 63 4.2 34.0
36.0 57 3.2 58 3.4 59 3.6 59 3.2 60 3.4 61 3.6 36.0
38.0 55 2.7 56 2.9 56 3.0 57 2.7 58 2.9 59 3.0 38.0
40.0 52 2.2 53 2.4 54 2.4 55 2.2 56 2.4 57 2.5 40.0
44.0 47 1.3 48 1.5 49 1.5 51 1.3 52 1.5 52 1.5 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789299
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 5,4 m,
load rating chart 99707789299
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 33.2 419 3.0
3.5 31.4 397 23.7 420 3.5
4.0 30.6 376 22.5 404 4.0
4.5 29.1 356 22.2 386 18.5 407 4.5
5.0 28.4 337 21.6 370 18.2 392 5.0
6.0 26.0 338 20.5 340 17.9 362 6.0
7.0 24.5 361 19.8 310 17.5 332 7.0
8.0 22.9 379 19.0 318 17.2 303 8.0
9.0 21.6 397 18.5 343 16.9 312 9.0
10.0 20.5 415 18.0 367 16.8 342 10.7 280 10.0
11.0 19.6 434 17.5 390 16.8 372 10.3 286 9.6 275 11.0
12.0 18.8 452 17.2 415 16.8 403 10.0 303 9.2 274 9.3 290 8.6 274 12.0
14.0 17.5 489 16.8 469 9.4 333 8.7 304 8.2 283 8.7 319 8.1 293 7.7 273 14.0
16.0 16.8 532 8.8 360 8.2 332 7.8 312 8.2 346 7.7 321 7.3 301 16.0
18.0 8.4 389 7.8 360 7.5 342 7.8 374 7.3 348 7.0 330 18.0
20.0 7.9 413 7.5 389 7.2 370 7.4 400 7.0 376 6.7 357 20.0
22.0 7.5 438 7.2 416 6.9 397 7.0 424 6.7 402 6.4 383 22.0
24.0 7.2 465 6.9 442 6.6 423 6.7 449 6.4 426 6.2 410 24.0
26.0 6.8 486 6.6 467 6.4 451 6.4 473 6.1 450 6.0 437 26.0
28.0 6.3 502 6.3 490 6.2 477 6.1 495 5.9 475 5.8 462 28.0
30.0 5.4 500 5.7 500 5.9 499 5.4 500 5.6 496 5.5 483 30.0
32.0 4.6 497 4.8 494 5.0 495 4.6 498 4.8 494 5.0 494 32.0
34.0 3.9 495 4.1 493 4.2 490 3.8 491 4.1 493 4.2 490 34.0
36.0 3.2 490 3.4 489 3.6 491 3.2 490 3.4 489 3.6 491 36.0
38.0 2.7 491 2.9 491 3.0 490 2.7 491 2.9 491 3.0 489 38.0
40.0 2.2 490 2.4 490 2.4 485 2.2 490 2.4 490 2.5 489 40.0
44.0 1.3 485 1.5 488 1.5 484 1.3 1.5 488 1.5 483 44.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 16.8 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 7.5 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 7.0 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 7.2 70 6.9 71 6.6 70 6.7 72 6.4 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 6.8 69 6.6 69 6.4 69 6.4 70 6.1 71 6.0 26.0
28.0 65 6.5 67 6.3 67 6.2 67 6.1 68 5.9 69 5.8 28.0
30.0 63 6.3 64 6.0 65 5.9 65 5.8 66 5.6 67 5.5 30.0
32.0 61 5.6 62 5.8 63 5.7 63 5.6 64 5.4 65 5.3 32.0
34.0 59 4.8 60 5.1 61 5.2 61 4.8 63 5.1 63 5.1 34.0
36.0 57 4.1 58 4.3 59 4.5 59 4.1 60 4.3 61 4.5 36.0
38.0 55 3.5 56 3.7 56 3.8 57 3.5 58 3.7 59 3.8 38.0
40.0 52 2.9 53 3.1 54 3.2 55 2.9 56 3.1 57 3.2 40.0
44.0 47 2.0 48 2.1 49 2.2 51 2.0 52 2.1 52 2.2 44.0
48.0 42 1.2 43 1.3 43 1.3 46 1.2 47 1.3 47 1.4 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789300
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 5,4 m,
load rating chart 99707789300
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 33.2 324 3.0
3.5 31.4 306 23.7 317 3.5
4.0 30.6 309 22.5 304 4.0
4.5 29.1 316 22.2 291 18.5 303 4.5
5.0 28.4 327 21.6 278 18.2 292 5.0
6.0 26.0 339 20.5 283 17.9 269 6.0
7.0 24.5 355 19.8 302 17.5 273 7.0
8.0 22.9 368 19.0 319 17.2 293 8.0
9.0 21.6 381 18.5 337 16.9 313 9.0
10.0 20.5 393 18.0 355 16.8 335 10.7 278 10.0
11.0 19.6 407 17.5 372 16.8 358 10.3 289 9.6 280 11.0
12.0 18.8 420 17.2 391 16.8 382 10.0 301 9.2 279 9.3 291 8.6 271 277 12.0
14.0 17.5 447 16.8 431 9.4 323 8.7 301 8.2 285 8.7 312 8.1 292 7.7 298 14.0
16.0 16.8 480 8.8 343 8.2 322 7.8 307 8.2 333 7.7 313 7.3 319 16.0
18.0 8.4 365 7.8 343 7.5 329 7.8 353 7.3 333 7.0 339 18.0
20.0 7.9 383 7.5 364 7.2 350 7.4 373 7.0 354 6.7 359 20.0
22.0 7.5 402 7.2 385 6.9 370 7.0 390 6.7 373 6.4 379 22.0
24.0 7.2 421 6.9 404 6.6 389 6.7 409 6.4 392 6.2 399 24.0
26.0 6.8 437 6.6 422 6.4 410 6.4 427 6.1 409 6.0 419 26.0
28.0 6.5 455 6.3 440 6.2 430 6.1 443 5.9 428 5.8 434 28.0
30.0 6.3 474 6.0 456 5.9 446 5.8 459 5.6 444 5.5 452 30.0
32.0 5.6 476 5.8 474 5.7 465 5.6 476 5.4 461 5.3 469 32.0
34.0 4.8 473 5.1 474 5.2 472 4.8 473 5.1 474 5.1 471 34.0
36.0 4.1 470 4.3 469 4.5 471 4.1 470 4.3 469 4.5 467 36.0
38.0 3.5 468 3.7 468 3.8 467 3.5 468 3.7 468 3.8 464 38.0
40.0 2.9 464 3.1 465 3.2 465 2.9 465 3.1 465 3.2 461 40.0
44.0 2.0 463 2.1 461 2.2 462 2.0 463 2.1 461 2.2 461 44.0
48.0 1.2 460 1.3 459 1.3 457 1.2 460 1.3 459 1.4 48.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 13.9 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 6.8 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 6.6 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 5.7 70 6.1 71 6.5 70 5.6 72 6.0 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 4.8 69 5.2 69 5.5 69 4.7 70 5.1 71 5.4 26.0
28.0 65 4.0 67 4.3 67 4.5 67 3.9 68 4.2 69 4.5 28.0
30.0 63 3.2 64 3.5 65 3.7 65 3.2 66 3.5 67 3.7 30.0
32.0 61 2.5 62 2.8 63 2.9 63 2.5 64 2.8 65 3.0 32.0
34.0 59 1.9 60 2.2 61 2.3 61 1.9 63 2.2 63 2.3 34.0
36.0 58 1.6 59 1.7 60 1.6 61 1.8 36.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789301
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 5,4 m,
load rating chart 99707789301
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
3.0 33.2 329 3.0
3.5 31.4 307 23.7 330 3.5
4.0 30.6 313 22.5 313 4.0
4.5 29.1 323 22.2 296 18.5 317 4.5
5.0 28.4 338 21.6 280 18.2 302 5.0
6.0 26.0 357 20.5 288 17.9 271 6.0
7.0 24.5 380 19.8 314 17.5 277 7.0
8.0 22.9 397 19.0 336 17.2 304 8.0
9.0 21.6 416 18.5 362 16.9 331 9.0
10.0 20.5 434 18.0 386 16.8 360 10.7 290 10.0
11.0 19.6 452 17.5 409 16.8 391 10.3 305 9.6 294 11.0
12.0 18.8 471 17.2 434 16.8 422 10.0 321 9.2 293 9.3 309 8.6 283 12.0
14.0 17.5 507 16.8 487 9.4 351 8.7 323 8.2 302 8.7 338 8.1 311 7.7 292 14.0
16.0 13.9 486 8.8 378 8.2 351 7.8 331 8.2 365 7.7 340 7.3 320 16.0
18.0 8.4 408 7.8 379 7.5 361 7.8 393 7.3 367 7.0 348 18.0
20.0 7.9 432 7.5 408 7.2 389 7.4 419 7.0 394 6.7 376 20.0
22.0 6.8 437 7.2 435 6.9 416 6.6 431 6.7 420 6.4 401 22.0
24.0 5.7 436 6.1 435 6.5 439 5.6 433 6.0 432 6.2 429 24.0
26.0 4.8 436 5.2 437 5.5 438 4.7 433 5.1 434 5.4 435 26.0
28.0 4.0 436 4.3 435 4.5 434 3.9 433 4.2 431 4.5 433 28.0
30.0 3.2 432 3.5 432 3.7 432 3.2 432 3.5 432 3.7 431 30.0
32.0 2.5 429 2.8 430 2.9 426 2.5 429 2.8 430 3.0 430 32.0
34.0 1.9 426 2.2 428 2.3 425 1.9 426 2.2 428 2.3 425 34.0
36.0 1.6 424 1.7 422 1.6 424 1.8 426 36.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition,
05.07.2004 dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981,
at fly jib 5,4 m
Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


5,4 m 5,4 m 5,4 m
offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
3.0 76 33.2 3.0
3.5 74 31.4 80 23.7 3.5
4.0 73 30.6 78 22.5 4.0
4.5 71 29.1 77 22.2 81 18.5 4.5
5.0 70 28.4 75 21.6 79 18.2 5.0
6.0 66 26.0 72 20.5 76 17.9 6.0
7.0 63 24.5 68 19.8 72 17.5 7.0
8.0 59 22.9 64 19.0 68 17.2 8.0
9.0 56 21.6 61 18.5 64 16.9 9.0
10.0 52 20.5 57 18.0 60 16.8 81 10.7 10.0
11.0 48 19.6 52 17.5 56 16.8 80 10.3 81 9.6 11.0
12.0 43 18.8 48 17.2 51 16.8 80 10.0 81 9.2 80 9.3 82 8.6 12.0
14.0 33 17.5 37 16.8 78 9.4 79 8.7 81 8.2 79 8.7 80 8.1 81 7.7 14.0
16.0 15 16.4 76 8.8 78 8.2 79 7.8 77 8.2 79 7.7 80 7.3 16.0
18.0 74 8.4 76 7.8 77 7.5 75 7.8 77 7.3 78 7.0 18.0
20.0 73 7.9 74 7.5 75 7.2 74 7.4 75 7.0 76 6.7 20.0
22.0 71 7.5 72 7.2 73 6.9 72 7.0 74 6.7 75 6.4 22.0
24.0 69 6.9 70 6.9 71 6.6 70 6.7 72 6.4 73 6.2 24.0
26.0 67 5.7 69 6.1 69 6.4 69 5.7 70 6.1 71 6.0 26.0
28.0 65 4.7 67 5.0 67 5.3 67 4.7 68 5.0 69 5.3 28.0
30.0 63 3.8 64 4.1 65 4.3 65 3.8 66 4.1 67 4.3 30.0
32.0 61 3.1 62 3.3 63 3.5 63 3.0 64 3.3 65 3.5 32.0
34.0 59 2.4 60 2.7 61 2.8 61 2.4 63 2.7 63 2.8 34.0
36.0 57 1.8 58 2.1 59 2.2 59 1.8 60 2.1 61 2.2 36.0
38.0 55 1.3 56 1.5 56 1.7 57 1.3 58 1.5 59 1.7 38.0
40.0 53 1.1 54 1.2 56 1.1 57 1.2 40.0
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 0 93 100 1
2 0 93 100 2
3 0 93 100 3
4 0 93 100 4
5 0 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789302
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib


13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m
offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 20°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 5.6 82 4.2 12
14 79 7.5 80 5.6 81 4.2 81 3.2 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 79 5.6 79 4.2 80 3.1 2.2 16
18 76 6.7 80 5.4 77 5.6 78 4.2 79 3.0 2.1 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 76 5.4 81 4.6 77 4.2 78 2.9 2.0 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 75 5.1 79 4.4 76 4.0 77 2.9 2.0 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 78 4.2 73 4.9 78 4.2 75 3.9 81 3.2 76 2.8 1.9 24
26 70 5.6 73 4.8 76 4.2 72 4.7 76 4.1 80 3.7 73 3.8 79 3.1 75 2.7 1.9 26
28 68 5.3 72 4.7 74 4.1 70 4.5 75 3.9 79 3.6 72 3.7 78 3.0 74 2.6 80 2.1 1.8 28
30 66 5.1 70 4.5 72 4.0 69 4.3 73 3.8 77 3.5 71 3.6 76 2.9 81 2.5 72 2.6 79 2.0 1.7 30
32 65 4.9 68 4.4 71 4.0 67 4.1 72 3.6 75 3.4 69 3.5 75 2.9 80 2.5 71 2.5 78 2.0 1.7 81 1.3 32
34 63 4.7 66 4.3 69 3.9 66 4.0 70 3.5 74 3.2 68 3.3 74 2.8 78 2.4 70 2.4 77 1.9 1.6 79 1.3 34
36 61 4.6 65 4.1 67 3.8 64 3.8 69 3.4 72 3.2 67 3.2 72 2.7 77 2.4 69 2.3 75 1.9 81 1.7 1.6 78 1.2 36
38 59 4.4 63 4.0 65 3.8 63 3.7 67 3.3 70 3.1 65 3.1 71 2.7 75 2.3 67 2.3 74 1.8 79 1.6 1.5 77 1.2 38
40 58 4.2 61 3.9 63 3.7 61 3.6 65 3.2 69 3.0 64 3.0 69 2.6 73 2.3 66 2.2 73 1.8 78 1.6 1.5 76 1.1 40
44 54 4.0 57 3.7 59 3.6 58 3.3 62 3.0 65 2.8 61 2.8 66 2.4 70 2.2 63 2.1 70 1.7 75 1.5 1.4 73 1.1 44
48 49 3.7 52 3.5 54 3.4 54 3.2 58 2.8 61 2.7 58 2.6 63 2.3 67 2.1 61 2.0 67 1.6 72 1.5 1.3 70 1.0 48
52 45 3.5 48 3.4 49 3.3 50 3.0 54 2.7 56 2.6 54 2.4 59 2.2 63 2.1 58 1.9 64 1.6 68 1.4 1.2 68 1.0 52
56 40 3.4 42 3.2 43 3.2 46 2.8 50 2.6 52 2.5 51 2.3 56 2.1 59 2.0 55 1.8 61 1.5 65 1.4 1.1 56
60 33 2.8 36 2.9 36 2.8 41 2.7 45 2.5 46 2.4 47 2.2 52 2.0 54 1.9 51 1.7 57 1.4 61 1.3 1.1 60
64 25 2.2 27 2.2 24 2.0 36 2.4 39 2.4 40 2.4 43 2.1 47 1.9 49 1.8 48 1.6 54 1.4 57 1.3 1.0 64
68 29 1.9 32 1.9 30 1.8 38 2.0 42 1.8 43 1.8 44 1.6 49 1.3 52 1.3 1.0 68
72 19 1.4 20 1.3 32 1.5 36 1.7 35 1.5 40 1.5 45 1.3 46 1.3 72
76 24 1.1 27 1.1 35 1.2 40 1.3 39 1.3 76
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5
Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book. For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.
05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789303
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789303
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
7.5 381 11
7.5 368 5.6 387 4.2 402 12
7.5 341 5.6 365 4.2 382 3.2 395 14
7.1 320 5.6 362 5.6 342 4.2 362 3.1 378 2.2 334 16
6.7 312 5.4 342 5.6 320 4.2 343 3.0 362 2.1 320 18
6.4 330 5.2 322 4.4 354 5.4 306 4.6 347 4.2 323 2.9 346 2.0 303 20
6.1 348 5.1 301 4.3 335 5.1 321 4.4 329 4.0 306 2.9 329 2.0 314 22
5.8 364 4.9 318 4.2 315 4.9 338 4.2 312 3.9 311 3.2 345 2.8 313 1.9 348 24
5.6 382 4.8 337 4.2 303 4.7 354 4.1 305 3.7 330 3.8 327 3.1 328 2.7 298 1.9 377 26
5.3 396 4.7 356 4.1 321 4.5 369 3.9 320 3.6 312 3.7 344 3.0 312 2.6 311 2.1 345 1.8 412 28
5.1 412 4.5 372 4.0 339 4.3 384 3.8 336 3.5 301 3.6 359 2.9 297 2.5 342 2.6 327 2.0 331 1.7 441 30
4.9 428 4.4 390 4.0 361 4.1 397 3.6 350 3.4 318 3.5 375 2.9 315 2.5 324 2.5 341 2.0 315 1.7 477 1.3 345 32
4.7 443 4.3 408 3.9 378 4.0 414 3.5 366 3.2 331 3.3 387 2.8 330 2.4 309 2.4 354 1.9 302 1.6 514 1.3 330 34
4.6 460 4.1 422 3.8 396 3.8 426 3.4 382 3.2 351 3.2 401 2.7 344 2.4 300 2.3 367 1.9 305 1.7 334 1.6 552 1.2 318 36
4.4 474 4.0 439 3.8 417 3.7 442 3.3 397 3.1 367 3.1 415 2.7 362 2.3 314 2.3 383 1.8 317 1.6 320 1.5 593 1.2 303 38
4.2 487 3.9 455 3.7 434 3.6 457 3.2 412 3.0 382 3.0 429 2.6 376 2.3 333 2.2 395 1.8 333 1.6 303 1.5 367 1.1 296 40
4.0 519 3.7 488 3.6 472 3.3 482 3.0 442 2.8 413 2.8 456 2.4 402 2.2 365 2.1 423 1.7 361 1.5 314 1.4 392 1.1 326 44
3.7 544 3.5 519 3.4 505 3.2 514 2.8 470 2.7 448 2.6 481 2.3 433 2.1 397 2.0 450 1.6 388 1.5 348 1.3 416 1.0 351 48
3.5 573 3.4 554 3.3 542 3.0 540 2.7 502 2.6 482 2.4 505 2.2 462 2.1 434 1.9 477 1.6 420 1.4 377 1.2 440 1.0 380 52
3.4 606 3.2 583 3.2 579 2.8 565 2.6 533 2.5 516 2.3 532 2.1 492 2.0 466 1.8 502 1.5 447 1.4 412 1.1 463 56
2.8 609 2.9 605 2.8 600 2.7 594 2.5 565 2.4 551 2.2 559 2.0 521 1.9 498 1.7 527 1.4 473 1.3 441 1.1 491 60
2.2 607 2.2 602 2.0 597 2.4 610 2.4 596 2.4 593 2.1 586 1.9 549 1.8 531 1.6 551 1.4 506 1.3 477 1.0 513 64
1.9 611 1.9 601 1.8 599 2.0 611 1.8 578 1.8 571 1.6 581 1.3 532 1.3 514 1.0 540 68
1.4 608 1.3 599 1.5 608 1.7 606 1.5 593 1.5 604 1.3 564 1.3 552 72
1.1 609 1.1 600 1.2 612 1.3 598 1.3 593 76
Telescoping sequence % Tel.
93 1
93 2
93 3
93 4
93 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
12 81 6.3 81 4.8 12
14 79 6.3 80 4.8 81 3.6 82 2.8 14
16 78 6.3 79 4.8 80 3.6 81 2.8 81 2.1 16
18 77 6.3 80 5.3 78 4.8 79 3.6 80 2.8 80 2.0 18
20 75 6.0 79 5.2 81 4.4 77 4.8 81 4.4 78 3.6 79 2.8 79 1.9 20
22 74 5.7 77 5.0 80 4.3 75 4.8 80 4.2 77 3.6 78 2.7 78 1.9 22
24 73 5.5 76 4.9 78 4.2 74 4.6 79 4.0 75 3.6 81 3.1 76 2.7 77 1.8 24
26 71 5.2 74 4.7 77 4.1 73 4.4 77 3.9 81 3.5 74 3.6 80 3.0 75 2.6 76 1.8 26
28 69 5.0 73 4.5 75 4.1 71 4.2 76 3.7 80 3.4 73 3.6 79 2.9 74 2.5 81 2.0 75 1.7 28
30 68 4.8 71 4.3 74 4.0 70 4.1 74 3.6 78 3.3 72 3.4 77 2.9 82 2.5 73 2.5 80 2.0 74 1.7 30
32 66 4.6 70 4.2 72 3.9 69 3.9 73 3.4 77 3.2 71 3.3 76 2.8 80 2.5 72 2.4 78 1.9 73 1.6 32
34 65 4.5 68 4.1 70 3.8 67 3.8 72 3.3 75 3.1 69 3.2 75 2.7 79 2.4 71 2.3 77 1.9 72 1.6 34
36 63 4.3 66 3.9 68 3.7 66 3.6 70 3.2 73 3.0 68 3.0 73 2.7 78 2.4 70 2.3 76 1.8 71 1.5 36
38 61 4.1 65 3.8 67 3.6 64 3.5 68 3.1 72 2.9 67 2.9 72 2.6 76 2.3 69 2.2 75 1.8 70 1.5 38
40 60 4.0 63 3.7 65 3.5 63 3.4 67 3.0 70 2.8 65 2.8 71 2.5 75 2.3 67 2.2 73 1.8 69 1.4 40
44 56 3.7 59 3.5 61 3.4 60 3.2 64 2.8 67 2.7 62 2.6 68 2.3 72 2.2 65 2.1 71 1.7 67 1.4 44
48 52 3.5 55 3.3 57 3.2 56 3.0 60 2.7 63 2.6 60 2.5 65 2.2 68 2.1 62 2.0 68 1.6 64 1.3 48
52 48 3.3 51 3.1 52 3.1 53 2.8 57 2.6 59 2.4 56 2.3 61 2.1 65 2.0 60 1.9 65 1.5 62 1.2 52
56 44 3.1 46 3.0 47 2.9 49 2.6 53 2.4 55 2.3 53 2.2 58 2.0 61 1.9 57 1.8 62 1.4 60 1.2 56
60 38 2.7 41 2.9 41 2.8 45 2.5 48 2.3 50 2.3 50 2.1 54 1.9 57 1.8 54 1.7 59 1.4 57 1.1 60
64 32 2.1 34 2.2 33 2.1 40 2.3 44 2.2 44 2.2 46 1.9 50 1.7 53 1.7 51 1.6 56 1.3 54 1.1 64
68 23 1.6 25 1.6 21 1.3 34 1.8 38 1.9 38 1.9 42 1.7 46 1.5 47 1.6 47 1.5 52 1.2 51 1.0 68
72 27 1.3 30 1.3 27 1.2 37 1.4 41 1.3 41 1.5 43 1.4 48 1.2 72
76 31 1.0 34 1.1 32 1.0 39 1.1 44 1.1 76
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5
Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.
05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789304
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789304
Counterweight 51,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
12 6.3 377 4.8 393 12
14 6.3 353 4.8 372 3.6 387 2.8 398 14
16 6.3 328 4.8 350 3.6 368 2.8 380 2.1 391 16
18 6.3 305 5.3 342 4.8 329 3.6 349 2.8 363 2.0 376 18
20 6.0 323 5.2 321 4.4 354 4.8 308 4.4 349 3.6 330 2.8 346 1.9 362 20
22 5.7 340 5.0 302 4.3 334 4.8 316 4.2 331 3.6 311 2.7 330 1.9 347 22
24 5.5 358 4.9 319 4.2 315 4.6 332 4.0 315 3.6 305 3.1 346 2.7 313 1.8 333 24
26 5.2 372 4.7 336 4.1 300 4.4 348 3.9 301 3.5 333 3.6 324 3.0 329 2.6 298 1.8 317 26
28 5.0 389 4.5 352 4.1 322 4.2 362 3.7 315 3.4 316 3.6 343 2.9 313 2.5 310 2.0 346 1.7 304 28
30 4.8 405 4.3 367 4.0 340 4.1 380 3.6 332 3.3 298 3.4 356 2.9 299 2.5 341 2.5 327 2.0 330 1.7 302 30
32 4.6 420 4.2 385 3.9 358 3.9 393 3.4 345 3.2 312 3.3 371 2.8 313 2.5 323 2.4 341 1.9 316 1.6 314 32
34 4.5 437 4.1 402 3.8 375 3.8 409 3.3 361 3.1 328 3.2 386 2.7 328 2.4 308 2.3 354 1.9 300 1.6 330 34
36 4.3 451 3.9 416 3.7 393 3.6 421 3.2 376 3.0 344 3.0 397 2.7 346 2.4 301 2.3 370 1.8 303 1.5 341 36
38 4.1 464 3.8 432 3.6 410 3.5 437 3.1 391 2.9 360 2.9 411 2.6 360 2.3 316 2.2 383 1.8 319 1.5 356 38
40 4.0 481 3.7 449 3.5 426 3.4 452 3.0 406 2.8 375 2.8 425 2.5 374 2.3 334 2.2 399 1.8 335 1.4 367 40
44 3.7 508 3.5 480 3.4 463 3.2 480 2.8 435 2.7 410 2.6 451 2.3 400 2.2 366 2.1 427 1.7 364 1.4 396 44
48 3.5 537 3.3 511 3.2 495 3.0 508 2.7 467 2.6 444 2.5 480 2.2 430 2.1 398 2.0 455 1.6 391 1.3 421 48
52 3.3 565 3.1 540 3.1 531 2.8 533 2.6 499 2.4 472 2.3 504 2.1 460 2.0 430 1.9 481 1.5 418 1.2 445 52
56 3.1 592 3.0 573 2.9 562 2.6 558 2.4 524 2.3 505 2.2 531 2.0 489 1.9 461 1.8 507 1.4 445 1.2 474 56
60 2.7 606 2.9 606 2.8 597 2.5 586 2.3 555 2.3 545 2.1 558 1.9 517 1.8 493 1.7 532 1.4 477 1.1 497 60
64 2.1 604 2.2 602 2.1 597 2.3 608 2.2 585 2.2 579 1.9 578 1.7 540 1.7 524 1.6 557 1.3 503 1.1 525 64
68 1.6 605 1.6 601 1.3 591 1.8 609 1.9 602 1.9 601 1.7 597 1.5 561 1.6 556 1.5 580 1.2 528 1.0 547 68
72 1.3 606 1.3 597 1.2 598 1.4 607 1.3 581 1.5 590 1.4 603 1.2 561 72
76 1.0 608 1.1 601 1.0 597 1.1 611 1.1 586 76
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 5.6 82 4.2 12
14 79 7.5 80 5.6 81 4.2 81 3.2 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 79 5.6 79 4.2 80 3.1 81 2.2 16
18 76 6.7 79 5.4 77 5.6 78 4.2 79 3.0 80 2.1 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 76 5.4 81 4.6 77 4.2 78 2.9 79 2.0 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 75 5.1 79 4.4 76 4.0 77 2.9 78 2.0 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 77 4.2 73 4.9 78 4.2 75 3.9 80 3.2 76 2.8 77 1.9 24
26 70 5.6 73 4.8 76 4.2 72 4.7 76 4.1 80 3.7 73 3.8 79 3.1 74 2.7 76 1.9 26
28 68 5.3 71 4.7 74 4.1 70 4.5 75 3.9 79 3.6 72 3.7 78 3.0 73 2.6 80 2.1 74 1.8 28
30 66 5.1 70 4.5 72 4.0 69 4.3 73 3.8 77 3.5 71 3.6 76 2.9 81 2.5 72 2.6 79 2.0 73 1.7 30
32 65 4.9 68 4.4 71 4.0 67 4.1 72 3.6 75 3.4 69 3.5 75 2.9 80 2.5 71 2.5 77 2.0 72 1.7 80 1.3 32
34 63 4.7 66 4.3 69 3.9 66 4.0 70 3.5 74 3.2 68 3.3 74 2.8 78 2.4 70 2.4 76 1.9 71 1.6 79 1.3 34
36 61 4.6 65 4.1 67 3.8 64 3.8 69 3.4 72 3.2 67 3.2 72 2.7 77 2.4 68 2.3 75 1.9 80 1.7 70 1.6 77 1.2 36
38 59 4.4 63 4.0 65 3.8 63 3.7 67 3.3 70 3.1 65 3.1 71 2.7 75 2.3 67 2.3 74 1.8 79 1.6 69 1.5 76 1.2 38
40 57 4.2 61 3.9 63 3.7 61 3.6 65 3.2 69 3.0 64 3.0 69 2.6 73 2.3 66 2.2 72 1.8 77 1.6 68 1.5 75 1.1 40
44 54 4.0 57 3.7 59 3.6 57 3.3 62 3.0 65 2.8 61 2.8 66 2.4 70 2.2 63 2.1 70 1.7 74 1.5 65 1.4 72 1.1 44
48 49 3.3 52 3.5 54 3.4 54 3.2 58 2.8 61 2.7 58 2.6 63 2.3 66 2.1 61 2.0 67 1.6 71 1.5 63 1.3 70 1.0 48
52 45 2.6 48 2.8 49 2.9 50 2.8 54 2.7 56 2.6 54 2.4 59 2.2 63 2.1 58 1.9 64 1.6 68 1.4 60 1.2 67 1.0 52
56 40 1.9 42 2.1 43 2.1 46 2.1 50 2.4 52 2.5 51 2.2 56 2.1 59 2.0 55 1.8 60 1.5 65 1.4 57 1.1 56
60 33 1.3 36 1.4 36 1.3 41 1.5 45 1.8 46 1.8 47 1.6 52 2.0 54 1.9 51 1.7 57 1.4 61 1.3 55 1.1 60
64 36 1.0 39 1.2 40 1.1 43 1.1 47 1.5 49 1.6 48 1.2 53 1.4 57 1.3 52 1.0 64
68 49 1.2 52 1.3 68
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5
Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789305
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789305
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
11 7.5 292 11
12 7.5 279 5.6 298 4.2 313 12
14 7.5 281 5.6 276 4.2 293 3.2 306 14
16 7.1 300 5.6 273 5.6 272 4.2 274 3.1 290 2.2 303 16
18 6.7 318 5.4 268 5.6 294 4.2 265 3.0 273 2.1 288 18
20 6.4 337 5.2 287 4.4 266 5.4 312 4.6 261 4.2 285 2.9 257 2.0 274 20
22 6.1 354 5.1 307 4.3 269 5.1 328 4.4 278 4.0 300 2.9 274 2.0 258 22
24 5.8 370 4.9 324 4.2 288 4.9 344 4.2 293 3.9 317 3.2 257 2.8 288 1.9 266 24
26 5.6 388 4.8 344 4.2 309 4.7 360 4.1 311 3.7 272 3.8 334 3.1 273 2.7 303 1.9 281 26
28 5.3 403 4.7 363 4.1 328 4.5 376 3.9 326 3.6 290 3.7 350 3.0 288 2.6 317 2.1 257 1.8 294 28
30 5.1 419 4.5 378 4.0 346 4.3 390 3.8 343 3.5 307 3.6 366 2.9 303 2.5 255 2.6 334 2.0 266 1.7 306 30
32 4.9 434 4.4 396 4.0 367 4.1 404 3.6 356 3.4 324 3.5 381 2.9 321 2.5 273 2.5 347 2.0 282 1.7 321 1.3 256 32
34 4.7 449 4.3 414 3.9 385 4.0 420 3.5 372 3.2 337 3.3 393 2.8 336 2.4 288 2.4 360 1.9 295 1.6 332 1.3 265 34
36 4.6 467 4.1 428 3.8 402 3.8 433 3.4 388 3.2 357 3.2 408 2.7 350 2.4 306 2.3 373 1.9 311 1.7 261 1.6 347 1.2 277 36
38 4.4 480 4.0 445 3.8 423 3.7 448 3.3 404 3.1 373 3.1 422 2.7 368 2.3 321 2.3 390 1.8 323 1.6 274 1.5 358 1.2 291 38
40 4.2 493 3.9 462 3.7 440 3.6 463 3.2 419 3.0 389 3.0 436 2.6 382 2.3 339 2.2 402 1.8 339 1.6 291 1.5 373 1.1 302 40
44 4.0 525 3.7 494 3.6 478 3.3 488 3.0 448 2.8 419 2.8 462 2.4 409 2.2 371 2.1 430 1.7 367 1.5 321 1.4 398 1.1 332 44
48 3.3 532 3.5 525 3.4 511 3.2 520 2.8 476 2.7 454 2.6 487 2.3 439 2.1 403 2.0 457 1.6 395 1.5 354 1.3 423 1.0 357 48
52 2.6 534 2.8 530 2.9 528 2.8 536 2.7 508 2.6 488 2.4 511 2.2 469 2.1 440 1.9 483 1.6 427 1.4 384 1.2 446 1.0 387 52
56 1.9 531 2.1 530 2.1 526 2.1 533 2.4 529 2.5 523 2.2 533 2.1 498 2.0 472 1.8 508 1.5 453 1.4 418 1.1 469 56
60 1.3 528 1.4 525 1.3 519 1.5 531 1.8 530 1.8 523 1.6 531 2.0 527 1.9 504 1.7 533 1.4 480 1.3 447 1.1 497 60
64 1.0 531 1.2 528 1.1 519 1.1 530 1.5 531 1.6 525 1.2 533 1.4 512 1.3 483 1.0 519 64
68 1.2 531 1.3 520 68
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
12 81 6.3 81 4.8 12
14 79 6.3 80 4.8 81 3.6 82 2.8 14
16 78 6.3 79 4.8 80 3.6 81 2.8 81 2.1 16
18 77 6.3 80 5.3 78 4.8 79 3.6 80 2.8 80 2.0 18
20 75 6.0 79 5.2 81 4.4 77 4.8 81 4.4 78 3.6 79 2.8 79 1.9 20
22 74 5.7 77 5.0 80 4.3 75 4.8 80 4.2 77 3.6 78 2.7 78 1.9 22
24 73 5.5 76 4.9 78 4.2 74 4.6 79 4.0 75 3.6 81 3.1 76 2.7 77 1.8 24
26 71 5.2 74 4.7 77 4.1 73 4.4 77 3.9 81 3.5 74 3.6 80 3.0 75 2.6 76 1.8 26
28 69 5.0 73 4.5 75 4.1 71 4.2 76 3.7 80 3.4 73 3.6 79 2.9 74 2.5 81 2.0 75 1.7 28
30 68 4.8 71 4.3 74 4.0 70 4.1 74 3.6 78 3.3 72 3.4 77 2.9 82 2.5 73 2.5 80 2.0 74 1.7 30
32 66 4.6 70 4.2 72 3.9 69 3.9 73 3.4 77 3.2 71 3.3 76 2.8 80 2.5 72 2.4 78 1.9 73 1.6 32
34 65 4.5 68 4.1 70 3.8 67 3.8 72 3.3 75 3.1 69 3.2 75 2.7 79 2.4 71 2.3 77 1.9 72 1.6 34
36 63 4.3 66 3.9 68 3.7 66 3.6 70 3.2 73 3.0 68 3.0 73 2.7 78 2.4 70 2.3 76 1.8 71 1.5 36
38 61 4.1 65 3.8 67 3.6 64 3.5 68 3.1 72 2.9 67 2.9 72 2.6 76 2.3 69 2.2 75 1.8 70 1.5 38
40 60 4.0 63 3.7 65 3.5 63 3.4 67 3.0 70 2.8 65 2.8 71 2.5 75 2.3 67 2.2 73 1.8 69 1.4 40
44 56 3.7 59 3.5 61 3.4 60 3.2 64 2.8 67 2.7 62 2.6 68 2.3 72 2.2 65 2.1 71 1.7 67 1.4 44
48 52 3.3 55 3.3 57 3.2 56 3.0 60 2.7 63 2.6 60 2.5 65 2.2 68 2.1 62 2.0 68 1.6 64 1.3 48
52 48 2.5 51 2.8 52 2.9 53 2.7 57 2.6 59 2.4 56 2.3 61 2.1 65 2.0 60 1.9 65 1.5 62 1.2 52
56 44 1.8 46 2.0 47 2.1 49 2.0 53 2.4 55 2.3 53 2.1 58 2.0 61 1.9 57 1.8 62 1.4 60 1.2 56
60 38 1.3 41 1.4 41 1.4 45 1.4 48 1.7 50 1.9 50 1.6 54 1.9 57 1.8 54 1.6 59 1.4 57 1.1 60
64 44 1.2 44 1.2 46 1.1 50 1.4 53 1.6 51 1.1 56 1.3 54 1.1 64
68 47 1.0 52 1.1 68
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789306
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789306
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
12 6.3 288 4.8 304 12
14 6.3 264 4.8 283 3.6 298 2.8 309 14
16 6.3 287 4.8 262 3.6 279 2.8 292 2.1 302 16
18 6.3 311 5.3 267 4.8 280 3.6 260 2.8 274 2.0 288 18
20 6.0 329 5.2 288 4.4 265 4.8 301 4.4 260 3.6 274 2.8 257 1.9 273 20
22 5.7 346 5.0 305 4.3 269 4.8 322 4.2 274 3.6 293 2.7 271 1.9 258 22
24 5.5 364 4.9 325 4.2 288 4.6 338 4.0 289 3.6 312 3.1 257 2.7 288 1.8 265 24
26 5.2 379 4.7 342 4.1 307 4.4 354 3.9 307 3.5 268 3.6 330 3.0 271 2.6 303 1.8 281 26
28 5.0 395 4.5 358 4.1 328 4.2 369 3.7 321 3.4 285 3.6 349 2.9 287 2.5 317 2.0 257 1.7 294 28
30 4.8 411 4.3 373 4.0 346 4.1 386 3.6 338 3.3 302 3.4 362 2.9 305
2.5 256 2.5 333 2.0 267 1.7 309 30
32 4.6 426 4.2 391 3.9 364 3.9 399 3.4 351 3.2 318 3.3 377 2.8 320
2.5 274 2.4 347 1.9 280 1.6 321 32
34 4.5 444 4.1 408 3.8 382 3.8 416 3.3 367 3.1 335 3.2 392 2.7 334
2.4 289 2.3 360 1.9 297 1.6 336 34
36 4.3 458 3.9 422 3.7 399 3.6 428 3.2 382 3.0 351 3.0 403 2.7 352
2.4 307 2.3 377 1.8 309 1.5 347 36
38 4.1 471 3.8 439 3.6 416 3.5 443 3.1 398 2.9 366 2.9 417 2.6 366
2.3 322 2.2 389 1.8 326 1.5 362 38
40 4.0 487 3.7 455 3.5 433 3.4 458 3.0 412 2.8 382 2.8 431 2.5 380
2.3 340 2.2 405 1.8 342 1.4 373 40
44 3.7 514 3.5 487 3.4 470 3.2 487 2.8 441 2.7 416 2.6 457 2.3 407
2.2 372 2.1 433 1.7 370 1.4 403 44
48 3.3 534 3.3 517 3.2 502 3.0 514 2.7 473 2.6 450 2.5 486 2.2 437
2.1 404 2.0 461 1.6 398 1.3 427 48
52 2.5 531 2.8 531 2.9 527 2.7 535 2.6 505 2.4 479 2.3 510 2.1 466
2.0 436 1.9 488 1.5 425 1.2 451 52
56 1.8 528 2.0 525 2.1 525 2.0 531 2.4 531 2.3 512 2.1 532 2.0 495
1.9 468 1.8 513 1.4 451 1.2 480 56
60 1.3 531 1.4 526 1.4 523 1.4 529 1.7 526 1.9 528 1.6 536 1.9 524
1.8 499 1.6 533 1.4 483 1.1 503 60
64 1.2 530 1.2 523 1.1 535 1.4 527
1.6 524 1.1 532 1.3 509 1.1 531 64
68 1.0 524 1.1 528 68
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 5.6 82 4.2 12
14 79 7.5 80 5.6 81 4.2 81 3.2 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 79 5.6 79 4.2 80 3.1 81 2.2 16
18 76 6.7 79 5.4 77 5.6 78 4.2 79 3.0 80 2.1 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 76 5.4 81 4.6 77 4.2 78 2.9 79 2.0 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 75 5.1 79 4.4 76 4.0 77 2.9 78 2.0 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 77 4.2 73 4.9 78 4.2 75 3.9 80 3.2 76 2.8 77 1.9 24
26 70 5.6 73 4.8 76 4.2 72 4.7 76 4.1 80 3.7 73 3.8 79 3.1 74 2.7 76 1.9 26
28 68 5.3 71 4.7 74 4.1 70 4.5 75 3.9 79 3.6 72 3.7 78 3.0 73 2.6 80 2.1 74 1.8 28
30 66 5.1 70 4.5 72 4.0 69 4.3 73 3.8 77 3.5 71 3.6 76 2.9 81 2.5 72 2.6 79 2.0 73 1.7 30
32 65 4.9 68 4.4 71 4.0 67 4.1 72 3.6 75 3.4 69 3.5 75 2.9 80 2.5 71 2.5 77 2.0 72 1.7 32
34 63 4.4 66 4.3 69 3.9 66 4.0 70 3.5 74 3.2 68 3.3 74 2.8 78 2.4 70 2.4 76 1.9 71 1.6 34
36 61 3.7 65 4.1 67 3.8 64 3.8 69 3.4 72 3.2 67 3.2 72 2.7 77 2.4 68 2.3 75 1.9 70 1.6 36
38 59 3.2 63 3.7 65 3.8 63 3.4 67 3.3 70 3.1 65 3.1 71 2.7 75 2.3 67 2.3 74 1.8 69 1.5 38
40 57 2.7 61 3.1 63 3.4 61 2.9 65 3.2 69 3.0 64 3.0 69 2.6 73 2.3 66 2.2 72 1.8 68 1.5 40
44 54 1.8 57 2.2 59 2.4 57 2.0 62 2.6 65 2.8 61 2.2 66 2.4 70 2.2 63 2.1 70 1.7 44
48 54 1.6 58 1.8 61 2.1 63 2.1 66 2.1 61 1.5 67 1.6 48
52 63 1.8 64 1.6 52
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789307
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789307
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
11 7.5 300 11
12 7.5 283 5.6 310 4.2 331 12
14 7.5 286 5.6 280 4.2 304 3.2 322 14
16 7.1 312 5.6 277 5.6 275 4.2 278 3.1 300 2.2 318 16
18 6.7 336 5.4 271 5.6 304 4.2 267 3.0 279 2.1 299 18
20 6.4 360 5.2 296 4.4 268 5.4 329 4.6 262 4.2 293 2.9 258 2.0 280 20
22 6.1 384 5.1 322 4.3 272 5.1 349 4.4 284 4.0 314 2.9 279 2.0 259 22
24 5.8 406 4.9 346 4.2 298 4.9 372 4.2 305 3.9 336 3.2 257 2.8 299 1.9 269 24
26 5.6 429 4.8 371 4.2 326 4.7 393 4.1 328 3.7 277 3.8 358 3.1 278 2.7 318 1.9 289 26
28 5.3 449 4.7 396 4.1 350 4.5 413 3.9 348 3.6 301 3.7 380 3.0 299 2.6 337 2.1 257 1.8 306 28
30 5.1 470 4.5 417 4.0 375 4.3 432 3.8 371 3.5 324 3.6 401 2.9 319
2.5 256 2.6 359 2.0 269 1.7 322 30
32 4.9 491 4.4 441 4.0 403 4.1 451 3.6 388 3.4 346 3.5 421 2.9 343
2.5 280 2.5 377 2.0 291 1.7 342 32
34 4.4 497 4.3 465 3.9 426 4.0 473 3.5 410 3.2 364 3.3 437 2.8 362
2.4 299 2.4 394 1.9 308 1.6 358 34
36 3.7 492 4.1 484 3.8 450 3.8 489 3.4 431 3.2 390 3.2 456 2.7 381
2.4 323 2.3 412 1.9 329 1.6 378 36
38 3.2 493 3.7 491 3.8 477 3.4 495 3.3 451 3.1 411 3.1 475 2.7 405
2.3 342 2.3 433 1.8 346 1.5 392 38
40 2.7 492 3.1 487 3.4 485 2.9 494 3.2 472 3.0 432 3.0 494 2.6 423
2.3 366 2.2 449 1.8 367 1.5 412 40
44 1.8 488 2.2 487 2.4 483 2.0 490 2.6 488 2.8 473 2.2 496 2.4 456
2.2 409 2.1 486 1.7 404 44
48 1.6 484 1.8 487 2.1 482 2.1 487
2.1 452 1.5 492 1.6 441 48
52 1.8 481 1.6 483 52
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
12 81 6.3 81 4.8 12
14 79 6.3 80 4.8 81 3.6 82 2.8 14
16 78 6.3 79 4.8 80 3.6 81 2.8 81 2.1 16
18 77 6.3 80 5.3 78 4.8 79 3.6 80 2.8 80 2.0 18
20 75 6.0 79 5.2 81 4.4 77 4.8 81 4.4 78 3.6 79 2.8 79 1.9 20
22 74 5.7 77 5.0 80 4.3 75 4.8 80 4.2 77 3.6 78 2.7 78 1.9 22
24 73 5.5 76 4.9 78 4.2 74 4.6 79 4.0 75 3.6 81 3.1 76 2.7 77 1.8 24
26 71 5.2 74 4.7 77 4.1 73 4.4 77 3.9 81 3.5 74 3.6 80 3.0 75 2.6 76 1.8 26
28 69 5.0 73 4.5 75 4.1 71 4.2 76 3.7 80 3.4 73 3.6 79 2.9 74 2.5 81 2.0 75 1.7 28
30 68 4.8 71 4.3 74 4.0 70 4.1 74 3.6 78 3.3 72 3.4 77 2.9 82 2.5 73 2.5 80 2.0 74 1.7 30
32 66 4.6 70 4.2 72 3.9 69 3.9 73 3.4 77 3.2 71 3.3 76 2.8 80 2.5 72 2.4 78 1.9 73 1.6 32
34 65 4.3 68 4.1 70 3.8 67 3.8 72 3.3 75 3.1 69 3.2 75 2.7 79 2.4 71 2.3 77 1.9 72 1.6 34
36 63 3.7 66 3.9 68 3.7 66 3.6 70 3.2 73 3.0 68 3.0 73 2.7 78 2.4 70 2.3 76 1.8 71 1.5 36
38 61 3.1 65 3.6 67 3.6 64 3.3 68 3.1 72 2.9 67 2.9 72 2.6 76 2.3 69 2.2 75 1.8 70 1.5 38
40 60 2.6 63 3.1 65 3.4 63 2.8 67 3.0 70 2.8 65 2.8 71 2.5 75 2.3 67 2.2 73 1.8 69 1.4 40
44 56 1.8 59 2.2 61 2.4 60 1.9 64 2.6 67 2.7 62 2.1 68 2.3 72 2.2 65 2.1 71 1.7 44
48 57 1.6 60 1.8 63 2.1 65 2.1 68 2.1 62 1.4 68 1.6 48
52 65 1.8 65 1.5 52
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789308
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789308
Counterweight 37,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
12 6.3 296 4.8 318 12
14 6.3 264 4.8 290 3.6 311 2.8 326 14
16 6.3 295 4.8 262 3.6 286 2.8 303 2.1 317 16
18 6.3 327 5.3 269 4.8 286 3.6 261 2.8 280 2.0 298 18
20 6.0 351 5.2 296 4.4 268 4.8 314 4.4 261 3.6 279 2.8 257 1.9 279 20
22 5.7 373 5.0 320 4.3 273 4.8 342 4.2 279 3.6 304 2.7 276 1.9 257 22
24 5.5 397 4.9 347 4.2 298 4.6 364 4.0 300 3.6 329 3.1 257 2.7 298 1.8 269 24
26 5.2 417 4.7 369 4.1 323 4.4 385 3.9 323 3.5 271 3.6 354 3.0 276 2.6 318 1.8 289 26
28 5.0 439 4.5 390 4.1 351 4.2 405 3.7 342 3.4 294 3.6 379 2.9 297 2.5 336 2.0 259 1.7 306 28
30 4.8 460 4.3 411 4.0 375 4.1 427 3.6 364 3.3 317 3.4 396 2.9 321
2.5 257 2.5 359 2.0 271 1.7 326 30
32 4.6 480 4.2 434 3.9 399 3.9 445 3.4 382 3.2 339 3.3 416 2.8 341
2.5 281 2.4 377 1.9 289 1.6 342 32
34 4.3 495 4.1 457 3.8 422 3.8 467 3.3 403 3.1 360 3.2 436 2.7 360
2.4 301 2.3 394 1.9 311 1.6 362 34
36 3.7 494 3.9 476 3.7 445 3.6 483 3.2 424 3.0 381 3.0 451 2.7 384
2.4 325 2.3 416 1.8 327 1.5 378 36
38 3.1 491 3.6 488 3.6 468 3.3 494 3.1 444 2.9 402 2.9 470 2.6 402
2.3 344 2.2 433 1.8 349 1.5 397 38
40 2.6 489 3.1 489 3.4 485 2.8 492 3.0 464 2.8 423 2.8 488 2.5 421
2.3 368 2.2 454 1.8 370 1.4 412 40
44 1.8 491 2.2 488 2.4 483 1.9 488 2.6 490 2.7 468 2.1 494 2.3 456
2.2 411 2.1 491 1.7 408 44
48 1.6 484 1.8 489 2.1 483 2.1 490
2.1 453 1.4 491 1.6 444 48
52 1.8 482 1.5 480 52
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 5.6 82 4.2 12
14 79 7.5 80 5.6 81 4.2 81 3.2 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 79 5.6 79 4.2 80 3.1 81 2.2 16
18 76 6.7 79 5.4 77 5.6 78 4.2 79 3.0 80 2.1 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 76 5.4 81 4.6 77 4.2 78 2.9 79 2.0 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 75 5.1 79 4.4 76 4.0 77 2.9 78 2.0 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 77 4.2 73 4.9 78 4.2 75 3.9 80 3.2 76 2.8 77 1.9 24
26 70 5.6 73 4.8 76 4.2 72 4.7 76 4.1 80 3.7 73 3.8 79 3.1 74 2.7 76 1.9 26
28 68 5.3 71 4.7 74 4.1 70 4.5 75 3.9 79 3.6 72 3.7 78 3.0 73 2.6 80 2.1 74 1.8 28
30 66 5.1 70 4.5 72 4.0 69 4.3 73 3.8 77 3.5 71 3.6 76 2.9 81 2.5 72 2.6 79 2.0 73 1.7 30
32 65 4.9 68 4.4 71 4.0 67 4.1 72 3.6 75 3.4 69 3.5 75 2.9 80 2.5 71 2.5 77 2.0 72 1.7 80 1.3 32
34 63 4.7 66 4.3 69 3.9 66 4.0 70 3.5 74 3.2 68 3.3 74 2.8 78 2.4 70 2.4 76 1.9 71 1.6 79 1.3 34
36 61 4.6 65 4.1 67 3.8 64 3.8 69 3.4 72 3.2 67 3.2 72 2.7 77 2.4 68 2.3 75 1.9 80 1.7 70 1.6 77 1.2 36
38 59 4.0 63 4.0 65 3.8 63 3.7 67 3.3 70 3.1 65 3.1 71 2.7 75 2.3 67 2.3 74 1.8 79 1.6 69 1.5 76 1.2 38
40 57 3.5 61 3.9 63 3.7 61 3.6 65 3.2 69 3.0 64 3.0 69 2.6 73 2.3 66 2.2 72 1.8 77 1.6 68 1.5 75 1.1 40
44 54 2.5 57 2.9 59 3.1 57 2.7 62 3.0 65 2.8 61 2.8 66 2.4 70 2.2 63 2.1 70 1.7 74 1.5 65 1.4 72 1.1 44
48 49 1.7 52 2.0 54 2.2 54 1.9 58 2.4 61 2.7 58 2.1 63 2.3 66 2.1 61 2.0 67 1.6 71 1.5 63 1.3 70 1.0 48
52 45 1.0 48 1.3 49 1.4 50 1.2 54 1.7 56 1.9 54 1.4 59 2.0 63 2.1 58 1.5 64 1.6 68 1.4 60 1.2 67 1.0 52
56 50 1.0 52 1.2 56 1.3 59 1.6 60 1.5 65 1.4 57 1.0 56
60 54 1.0 57 1.0 61 1.3 60
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789309
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789309
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
11 7.5 247 11
12 7.5 260 5.6 232 4.2 236 12
14 7.5 287 5.6 254 4.2 231 3.2 229 14
16 7.1 306 5.6 255 5.6 277 4.2 251 3.1 231 2.2 226 16
18 6.7 324 5.4 274 5.6 300 4.2 271 3.0 246 2.1 229 18
20 6.4 342 5.2 292 4.4 255 5.4 318 4.6 267 4.2 290 2.9 262 2.0 242 20
22 6.1 360 5.1 313 4.3 274 5.1 333 4.4 283 4.0 306 2.9 279 2.0 258 22
24 5.8 376 4.9 330 4.2 293 4.9 350 4.2 299 3.9 323 3.2 262 2.8 294 1.9 271 24
26 5.6 394 4.8 349 4.2 315 4.7 366 4.1 317 3.7 278 3.8 339 3.1 278 2.7 308 1.9 286 26
28 5.3 408 4.7 368 4.1 333 4.5 381 3.9 331 3.6 295 3.7 355 3.0 294 2.6 322 2.1 258 1.8 299 28
30 5.1 424 4.5 384 4.0 351 4.3 395 3.8 348 3.5 313 3.6 371 2.9 309
2.5 261 2.6 339 2.0 271 1.7 311 30
32 4.9 440 4.4 402 4.0 372 4.1 409 3.6 362 3.4 329 3.5 387 2.9 327
2.5 279 2.5 353 2.0 287 1.7 326 1.3 256 32
34 4.7 455 4.3 420 3.9 390 4.0 426 3.5 378 3.2 343 3.3 398 2.8 341
2.4 294 2.4 366 1.9 300 1.6 338 1.3 271 34
36 4.6 472 4.1 434 3.8 408 3.8 438 3.4 394 3.2 362 3.2 413 2.7 356
2.4 312 2.3 379 1.9 316 1.7 267 1.6 353 1.2 282 36
38 4.0 471 4.0 451 3.8 429 3.7 454 3.3 409 3.1 378 3.1 427 2.7 374
2.3 326 2.3 395 1.8 329 1.6 280 1.5 364 1.2 297 38
40 3.5 471 3.9 467 3.7 446 3.6 469 3.2 424 3.0 394 3.0 441 2.6 387
2.3 344 2.2 407 1.8 345 1.6 297 1.5 379 1.1 308 40
44 2.5 466 2.9 465 3.1 462 2.7 468 3.0 453 2.8 425 2.8 468 2.4 414
2.2 377 2.1 435 1.7 373 1.5 326 1.4 404 1.1 337 44
48 1.7 463 2.0 460 2.2 460 1.9 465 2.4 463 2.7 459 2.1 469 2.3 444
2.1 409 2.0 462 1.6 400 1.5 360 1.3 428 1.0 362 48
52 1.0 459 1.3 460 1.4 458 1.2 461 1.7 463 1.9 458 1.4 466 2.0 464
2.1 445 1.5 468 1.6 432 1.4 389 1.2 452 1.0 392 52
56 1.0 458 1.2 458 1.3 460
1.6 456 1.5 459 1.4 423 1.0 469 56
60 1.0 458 1.0 462 1.3 453 60
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 1
2 93 2
3 93 3
4 93 4
5 93 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
12 81 6.3 81 4.8 12
14 79 6.3 80 4.8 81 3.6 82 2.8 14
16 78 6.3 79 4.8 80 3.6 81 2.8 81 2.1 16
18 77 6.3 80 5.3 78 4.8 79 3.6 80 2.8 80 2.0 18
20 75 6.0 79 5.2 81 4.4 77 4.8 81 4.4 78 3.6 79 2.8 79 1.9 20
22 74 5.7 77 5.0 80 4.3 75 4.8 80 4.2 77 3.6 78 2.7 78 1.9 22
24 73 5.5 76 4.9 78 4.2 74 4.6 79 4.0 75 3.6 81 3.1 76 2.7 77 1.8 24
26 71 5.2 74 4.7 77 4.1 73 4.4 77 3.9 81 3.5 74 3.6 80 3.0 75 2.6 76 1.8 26
28 69 5.0 73 4.5 75 4.1 71 4.2 76 3.7 80 3.4 73 3.6 79 2.9 74 2.5 81 2.0 75 1.7 28
30 68 4.8 71 4.3 74 4.0 70 4.1 74 3.6 78 3.3 72 3.4 77 2.9 82 2.5 73 2.5 80 2.0 74 1.7 30
32 66 4.6 70 4.2 72 3.9 69 3.9 73 3.4 77 3.2 71 3.3 76 2.8 80 2.5 72 2.4 78 1.9 73 1.6 32
34 65 4.5 68 4.1 70 3.8 67 3.8 72 3.3 75 3.1 69 3.2 75 2.7 79 2.4 71 2.3 77 1.9 72 1.6 34
36 63 4.3 66 3.9 68 3.7 66 3.6 70 3.2 73 3.0 68 3.0 73 2.7 78 2.4 70 2.3 76 1.8 71 1.5 36
38 61 4.0 65 3.8 67 3.6 64 3.5 68 3.1 72 2.9 67 2.9 72 2.6 76 2.3 69 2.2 75 1.8 70 1.5 38
40 60 3.4 63 3.7 65 3.5 63 3.4 67 3.0 70 2.8 65 2.8 71 2.5 75 2.3 67 2.2 73 1.8 69 1.4 40
44 56 2.4 59 2.9 61 3.1 60 2.6 64 2.8 67 2.7 62 2.6 68 2.3 72 2.2 65 2.1 71 1.7 67 1.4 44
48 52 1.7 55 2.0 57 2.2 56 1.8 60 2.4 63 2.6 60 2.0 65 2.2 68 2.1 62 2.0 68 1.6 64 1.3 48
52 48 1.0 51 1.3 52 1.4 53 1.2 57 1.6 59 1.9 56 1.3 61 1.9 65 2.0 60 1.4 65 1.5 62 1.2 52
56 53 1.0 55 1.2 58 1.3 61 1.6 62 1.4 56
60 57 1.0 59 1.0 60
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed ! 99707789310
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m / 19,2 m / 25,2 m / 31,2 m / 37,2 m, load rating chart 99707789310
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib Fly jib
13,2 m 19,2 m 25,2 m 31,2 m 37,2 m
offset offset offset offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°

m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F m F
12 6.3 244 4.8 227 12
14 6.3 268 4.8 243 3.6 223 2.8 232 14
16 6.3 293 4.8 264 3.6 242 2.8 227 2.1 225 16
18 6.3 317 5.3 272 4.8 285 3.6 260 2.8 244 2.0 229 18
20 6.0 335 5.2 293 4.4 255 4.8 306 4.4 263 3.6 279 2.8 262 1.9 242 20
22 5.7 351 5.0 311 4.3 275 4.8 328 4.2 279 3.6 298 2.7 277 1.9 258 22
24 5.5 370 4.9 331 4.2 294 4.6 344 4.0 295 3.6 317 3.1 261 2.7 294 1.8 271 24
26 5.2 384 4.7 347 4.1 312 4.4 359 3.9 312 3.5 273 3.6 336 3.0 277 2.6 308 1.8 286 26
28 5.0 401 4.5 363 4.1 333 4.2 374 3.7 327 3.4 290 3.6 355 2.9 292 2.5 322 2.0 256 1.7 299 28
30 4.8 417 4.3 379 4.0 352 4.1 391 3.6 343 3.3 307 3.4 368 2.9 310
2.5 262 2.5 339 2.0 273 1.7 314 30
32 4.6 432 4.2 396 3.9 370 3.9 405 3.4 357 3.2 234 3.3 383 2.8 325
2.5 280 2.4 352 1.9 286 1.6 326 32
34 4.5 449 4.1 414 3.8 387 3.8 421 3.3 372 3.1 340 3.2 398 2.7 340
2.4 295 2.3 366 1.9 302 1.6 341 34
36 4.3 463 3.9 427 3.7 405 3.6 433 3.2 388 3.0 356 3.0 409 2.7 358
2.4 313 2.3 382 1.8 315 1.5 353 36
38 4.0 472 3.8 444 3.6 422 3.5 448 3.1 403 2.9 372 2.9 423 2.6 372
2.3 327 2.2 395 1.8 331 1.5 368 38
40 3.4 469 3.7 460 3.5 438 3.4 463 3.0 418 2.8 387 2.8 436 2.5 386
2.3 346 2.2 411 1.8 347 1.4 379 40
44 2.4 463 2.9 466 3.1 462 2.6 466 2.8 447 2.7 421 2.6 463 2.3 412
2.2 378 2.1 439 1.7 375 1.4 408 44
48 1.7 465 2.0 461 2.2 460 1.8 463 2.4 465 2.6 455 2.0 469 2.2 442
2.1 410 2.0 466 1.6 403 1.3 433 48
52 1.0 461 1.3 461 1.4 457 1.2 464 1.6 460 1.9 459 1.3 465 1.9 462
2.0 441 1.4 468 1.5 430 1.2 457 52
56 1.0 460 1.2 458 1.3 463
1.6 457 1.4 457 56
60 1.0 458 1.0 465 60
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 100 1
2 100 2
3 100 3
4 100 4
5 100 5

05.07.2004 The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 /
ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib


13,2 m 13,2 m
offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 6.3 12
14 79 7.5 79 6.3 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 78 6.3 16
18 76 6.7 79 5.4 77 6.3
80 5.3 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 75 6.0
79 5.2 81 4.4 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 74 5.7
77 5.0 80 4.3 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 77 4.2 73 5.5
76 4.9 78 4.2 24
26 70 4.9 73 4.8 76 4.2 71 4.7
74 4.7 77 4.1 26
28 68 4.1 71 4.7 74 4.1 69 4.0
73 4.5 75 4.1 28
30 66 3.5 70 4.2 72 4.0 68 3.3
71 4.1 74 4.0 30
32 65 2.9 68 3.6 71 4.0 66 2.7
70 3.5 72 3.9 32
34 63 2.3 66 3.0 69 3.5 65 2.2
68 2.9 70 3.5 34
36 61 1.9 65 2.5 67 2.9 63 1.7
66 2.4 68 2.9 36
38 59 1.4 63 2.0 65 2.3 61 1.3
65 1.9 67 2.3 38
40 61 1.5 63 1.8 63 1.5 65 1.8 40
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 100 1
2 93 100 2
3 93 100 3
4 93 100 4
5 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789311
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 /
BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m, load rating chart 99707789311
Counterweight 25,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area

Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers half extended, outrigger base 5,60 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib


13,2 m 13,2 m
offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F
11 7.5 252 11
12 7.5 270 6.3 250 12
14 7.5 305 6.3 282 14
16 7.1 330 5.6 264 6.3 314 16
18 6.7 354 5.4 290 6.3 346 5.3 288 18
20 6.4 379 5.2 314 4.4 266 6.0 370 5.2 315 4.4 266 20
22 6.1 402 5.1 341 4.3 291 5.7 392 5.0 339 4.3 292 22
24 5.8 424 4.9 364 4.2 316 5.5 416 4.9 365 4.2 317 24
26 4.9 424 4.8 390 4.2 345 4.7 419 4.7 388 4.1 342 26
28 4.1 423 4.7 415 4.1 369 4.0 421 4.5 409 4.1 370 28
30 3.5 426 4.2 424 4.0 393 3.3 420 4.1 422 4.0 394 30
32 2.9 426 3.6 427 4.0 421 2.7 420 3.5 424 3.9 418 32
34 2.3 424 3.0 427 3.5 428 2.2 421 2.9 423 3.5 428 34
36 1.9 427 2.5 428 2.9 427 1.7 420 2.4 425 2.9 427 36
38 1.4 424 2.0 427 2.3 423 1.3 422 1.9 424 2.3 423 38
40 1.5 424 1.8 422 1.5 425 1.8 421 40
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 100 1
2 93 100 2
3 93 100 3
4 93 100 4
5 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the
worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.

05.07.2004
Load rating chart ATF 160G-5 Serial-No.:
Lifting capacities in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 /
ISO 4305 / BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m
Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area
Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib


13,2 m 13,2 m
offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°


° ° ° ° ° °
∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠ ∠
11 81 7.5 11
12 80 7.5 81 6.3 12
14 79 7.5 79 6.3 14
16 77 7.1 81 5.6 78 6.3 16
18 76 6.7 79 5.4 77 6.3
80 5.3 18
20 74 6.4 78 5.2 81 4.4 75 6.0
79 5.2 81 4.4 20
22 73 6.1 76 5.1 79 4.3 74 5.7
77 5.0 80 4.3 22
24 71 5.8 75 4.9 77 4.2 73 5.5
76 4.9 78 4.2 24
26 70 5.6 73 4.8 76 4.2 71 5.2
74 4.7 77 4.1 26
28 68 5.2 71 4.7 74 4.1 69 5.0
73 4.5 75 4.1 28
30 66 4.4 70 4.5 72 4.0 68 4.3
71 4.3 74 4.0 30
32 65 3.6 68 4.3 71 4.0 66 3.6
70 4.2 72 3.9 32
34 63 2.9 66 3.6 69 3.9 65 2.9
68 3.5 70 3.8 34
36 61 2.4 65 2.9 67 3.4 63 2.3
66 2.9 68 3.3 36
38 59 1.9 63 2.4 65 2.8 61 1.8
65 2.4 67 2.7 38
40 57 1.4 61 1.9 63 2.2 60 1.4
63 1.9 65 2.2 40
44 57 1.1 59 1.3 61 1.3 44
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 100 1
2 93 100 2
3 93 100 3
4 93 100 4
5 93 100 5

The operation manual and the notes to the load rating chart have to be observed !

Remarks: This load chart is only the part of the complete load chart book.
For the available load charts, please refer to the load chart book, which shall be supplied with your crane.

05.07.2004 99707789312
Outrigger reaction force chart ATF 160G-5
Outrigger reaction force F in (kN)
Lifting capacities m in metric tons acc. to DIN 15019, part 2 / ISO 4305 /
BS 1757 ed. 1981, at fly jib 13,2 m, load rating chart 99707789312
Counterweight 13,0 t
On outriggers, 360° working area

Working radius (m)

Working radius (m)


Outriggers fully extended, outrigger base 8,30 m
Boom length 13,2 m to 56,7 m Boom length 13,2 m to 60,0 m

Fly jib Fly jib


13,2 m 13,2 m
offset offset

0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

m F m F m F m F m F m F
11 7.5 253 11
12 7.5 266 6.3 250 12
14 7.5 292 6.3 274 14
16 7.1 311 5.6 260 6.3 298 16
18 6.7 329 5.4 279 6.3 322 5.3 278 18
20 6.4 348 5.2 298 4.4 260 6.0 340 5.2 298 4.4 261 20
22 6.1 365 5.1 318 4.3 280 5.7 357 5.0 316 4.3 280 22
24 5.8 381 4.9 335 4.2 299 5.5 375 4.9 336 4.2 299 24
26 5.6 399 4.8 355 4.2 320 5.2 390 4.7 353 4.1 318 26
28 5.2 411 4.7 374 4.1 338 5.0 406 4.5 369 4.1 339 28
30 4.4 408 4.5 389 4.0 357 4.3 407 4.3 384 4.0 357 30
32 3.6 403 4.3 404 4.0 378 3.6 405 4.2 402 3.9 375 32
34 2.9 399 3.6 401 3.9 396 2.9 400 3.5 399 3.8 393 34
36 2.4 399 2.9 396 3.4 399 2.3 397 2.9 397 3.3 396 36
38 1.9 397 2.4 396 2.8 397 1.8 395 2.4 397 2.7 393 38
40 1.4 393 1.9 394 2.2 392 1.4 395 1.9 395 2.2 392 40
44 1.1 393 1.3 390 1.3 390 44
Tel. Telescoping sequence % Tel.
1 93 100 1
2 93 100 2
3 93 100 3
4 93 100 4
5 93 100 5

The chart shows the maximum existing outrigger reaction forces in the
worst condition, dynamic influences are not being taken into account.

05.07.2004
Notes to the Load Rating Chart ATF 160G-5
Serial-No.:

1- The operation manual is to be observed !


Note: If counterweight goes down (warning light comes on), slewing is disconnected.
Counterweight must be lifted.

2- The lifting capacity ratings above the separating line are based on the strength of the components and below on tipping
stability. The lifting capacities are applicable only when the crane is positioned horizontally on a solid ground.

3- The working radius is the horizontal distance between the centre of the rotation and the centre of the hook block or the
load, the deflection of the boom due to its deadweight and the rated load being are taken into account.

4- The outriggers floats must be placed on large-sized supports of resistant material, if this is required by the ground
conditions.

5- The outrigger beams must be extended to the dimension written on the load rating chart and secured by pins.

6- The supporting cylinders must be extended so, that all wheels are clear of the ground.

7- Slewing of the superstructure is admissible only when the crane is supported by outriggers.

8- Working on wheels and travelling with load is not allowed.

9- Maximum admissible wind velocity for all duties at telescopic boom is 10 m/sec. and at fly jib is 7 m/sec. with a load
surface sail area not exceeded 1,2 m2 per metric ton lifting capacity.

10- Exact dead weights of hook blocks, hooks, sling ropes, crossbeams etc., given at the type plates of these parts, are part of
the load and must be deducted from the lifting capacities.
Hooks / hook blocks (t) 10,0 25,0 63,0 80,0 125,0 160,0
Number of sheaves - 1 3 5 7 9
Weight (kg) 300 300 600 800 1200 1600

11- The lifting capacity ratings specified in the load rating charts apply to the telescopic boom without fly jib fixed in transport-
or working position. If the fly jib is secured to the telescopic boom in transport- or working position, the lifting capacities at
the telescopic boom are reduced according to the values specified below. The weight of the fly jib is detected in terms of a
load, and the automatic safe load indicator will shut off earlier. The working radii specified in the load rating charts for the
fly jib apply only if the telescopic boom is extended to the length given at load rating chart. If one or more elements of the
telescopic boom are retracted completely or partially, the specified boom angles will be decisive.
Load rating reduction for the telescopic boom with mounted fly jib
Boom length (m)
Position of the fly jib 13,2 21,9 30,6 35,0 43,7 48,0 52,4 56,7 60,0
Load rating reduction (t)
5,4 m/13,2 m fly jib, mounted in transport position 0,60 0,30 0,22 0,18 0,18 0,15 0,15 0,12 0,10
5,4 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 1,94 1,68 1,49 1,38 1,33 1,29 1,26 1,24 1,22
13,2 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 2,65 2,15 1,85 1,65 1,58 1,53 1,50 1,50 1,48
19,2 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 3,43 2,62 2,24 2,11 2,04 1,98 1,93 1,89 1,86
25,2 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 4,12 2,97 2,62 2,50 2,41 2,33 2,26 2,21 2,17
31,2 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 5,95 4,03 3,54 3,29 3,08 2,91 2,79 2,69 2,62
37,2 m fly jib, mounted to the boom head 7,70 5,85 4,84 4,16 3,78 3,50 3,26 3,06 2,98

12- Working with Single Top


The maximum allowed line pull for single top operation is 80 kN. For operations with the single top mounted, use the load
rating chart for the telescopic boom in accordance with existing counterweight and outrigger base to find the total rated
lifting capacity and also select the correct A.S.L.I. code with single line. The radius and load indication at A.S.L.I. display
are not absolutely exact, because geometrical data for the single top are not taken into account by A.S.L.I. system.

13- Working with auxiliary winch


The weight of the auxiliary winch is taken into account as a part of counterweight. Therefore the auxiliary winch must be
always attached to the superstructure for crane working. In case that the auxiliary winch is disassembled from
superstructure, the counterweight piece with 1,0 t have to be attached to the superstructure instead of auxiliary winch.

14 Automatic Safe Load Indicator (A.S.L.I.)


Before working with the telescopic boom or fly jib, make sure that the A.S.L.I. code is set according to the desired
counterweight version resp. to the outrigger base, while the telescopic boom is completely retracted. A change of the
A.S.L.I. code referring to counterweight resp. outrigger base is only possible, if the telescopic boom is fully retracted.

30.11.2005 99707789313
Page 1 of 1
B2-6

6.6.4 Distribution of counterweights depending on rig arrangement

Counterweight (kg)
Model total deposited on Rear Auxiliary Remark
front end montiert vehicle

with driver

25 t hook block attached

Tires 16.00 R25

Drive 10 x 8 51000 1000 50000 12t axle load

with fly jib 1000 EC


homologation
10t hook block in hook block
rest

Counterweight (kg)
Model total deposited on Rear Auxiliary Remark
front end montiert vehicle

with driver

25 t hook block attached

Tires 16.00 R25


1800 Axle load
Drive 10 x 8 51000 10200 1000 38000 exceeding
12 t
with fly jib 13000
no EC
10t hook block in hook block homologation
rest

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00_moving.DOC
2003-01 1/1
B2-

Front and rear axle loads for moving the crane in full rig arrangement on construction sites.

3rd axle lifted, axle load data referred to the center of the 1st and 2nd axle or the center of the 4th and 5th axle
Counterweight
1t 13t 25t 37t 51t
Length of main
boom Length of fly jib Boom angle Axle load (t)
HA ( m ) SP ( m ) α(°) 1st & 2nd 4th & 5th 1st & 2nd 4th & 5th 1st & 2nd 4th & 5th 1st & 2nd 4th & 5th 1st & 2nd 4th & 5th
5.4 / 13.2 0 26 57
laterally in 30 20 51 30 54 39 57
transport 45 15 45 24 48 33 51 42 53 53 57
position 60 20 40 29 43 38 46 47 49 57 52
5.4 30 21 50 30 53 39 56 49 59
mounted to 45 17 41 26 44 35 47 44 50 55 53
boom head 60 24 35 33 38 42 41 51 43
13.2 30 20 51 29 54 38 57
mounted to 45 16 42 25 45 34 48 44 51 54 54
13.2 boom head 60 24 35 33 38 42 41 51 44
other boom 19.2 30 18 53 27 56 36 59
lengths are not mounted to 45 16 44 25 47 34 50 43 52 53 56
admissible boom head 60 23 36 32 39 41 42 50 45
25.2 30 26 58
mounted to 45 23 48 32 51 42 54 52 57
boom head 60 23 37 32 40 41 43 50 46
31.2 30
mounted to 45 22 50 31 53 40 56 51 59
boom head 60 22 38 31 41 40 44 49 47 60 50
37.2 30
mounted to 45 20 52 30 55 39 58
boom head 60 21 39 30 42 40 45 49 48 59 51

inadmissible ranges

0205_EN_FA029_B2_07_00_00_moving.doc
2001-06 1/2
B2-

Front and rear axle loads for moving the crane in full rig arrangement on construction sites

Note:
Boom over-rear and superstructure lock pin inserted, swing brake engaged; solid, resistant, level and horizontal
ground, suspension locked, specified tire pressure, max. 1.4 km/h at creeping speed, if possible, with the outrigger beams extended and the
outrigger floats as close as possible above the ground.
rd
With the 3 axle lowered (12 t), the front / rear axle loads specified below are reduced by approx. 6t / 5t.

0205_EN_FA029_B2_07_00_00_moving.doc
2/2 2001-06
ALL-TERRAIN ISO 9001

ATF 160G-5

(0) 91 23 95 50
(0) 17 18 11 43 24

(0) 91 23 18 51 55
(0) 91 23 18 52 19
(0) 91 23 30 85
ATF 160G-5
Service + Spare parts
e-mail: service@tadanofaun.de
e-mail: spareparts@tadanofaun.de

D + + 49

TADANO FAUN GmbH


Postfach 10 02 64
D-91205 Lauf / Germany
03/XI 04/2/d,e,f,sp/DS

Tel. (0) 91 23 95 50
Fax (0) 91 23 30 85
http://www.tadanofaun.de
e-mail: info@tadanofaun.de
ATF 160G-5
Maße (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensiones (mm)

16.00 R 25

15248
13200
5082
4352
2600

ATF 160G-5
3990 *

3711
22°

16°
120

1790 2436 2700 1650 2440 1700 1770


5390 3590
9132 4158
* - 118 / + 158 13264

5556 3424
R~
12
30
0
R
~1
16
00

3000
5600
8300

R~
10
90
0
R~
530
0

5224 3756
8980

v < 25 km/h v < 50 km/h v > 50 km/h

2 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Gewichte / Geschwindigkeiten
Weights / Working speeds
Poids / Vitesses
Pesos / Velocidades de trabajo

Achse / Axle Gesamtgewicht / Total weight


1 2 3 4 5
Essieu / Eje Poids total / Peso total
(t) 12 12 12 12 12 60 *
* Incl. 1 t Gegengewicht, 5,4 m / 13,2 m Auslegerverlängerung, 25 t Unterflasche, 10 t Hakengeschirr, Antrieb 10 x 8, Bereifung 16.00 R 25.
* Incl. 1 t counterweight, 5.4 m / 13.2 m boom extension, 25 t hook block, 10 t swivel hook, drive 10 x 8, tyres 16.00 R 25.
* Incl. de 1 t contrepoids, 5,4 m / 13,2 m fléchette, 25 t moufle, 10 t elingues, entraînement 10 x 8, pneus 16.00 R 25.
* Incl. contrapeso de 1 t, 5,4 m / 13,2 m plumín, 25 t gancho, 10 t gancho de bola, tracción 10 x 8, neumáticos 16.00 R 25.

Traglast / Lifting capacity / Force Rollen / Sheaves Stränge / Parts of line Gewicht / Weight
de levage / Capacidad de elevación Pulies / Poleas Brins / Ramales de cable Poid / Peso
160 t * 9 19 1600 kg
125 t * 7 15 1200 kg
80 t * 5 11 800 kg
* Doppelhaken 63 t * 3 7 600 kg
* Rams horn
* Moufle avec crochet marin 63 t 3 7 600 kg
* Gancho doble
25 t 1 3 300 kg
10 t - 1 300 kg

V+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 R1 R2

6 7 8 10 12 15 18 21 26 31 38 46 56 68 80 85 6 7 47%
km/h
3 3 4 4 5 7 8 9 11 14 17 20 24 30 35 42 3 3 > 61%*

16.00 R 25

* Mit Geländeübersetzung
* Off road range
* Avec mode tout terrain
* Con transmisión todo terreno

Stufenlos Seil Max. Seilzug


Infinitely variable Rope Max. single line pull
V+ Progressivement variable
Infinitamente variable
Câble
Cable
Effort maxi au brin simple
Trio máximo por ramal
0 - 130 m/min für einfachen Strang 21 mm / 310 m 95 kN 1. Lage
single line 1st layer
1 au brin simple 1er brin
ramal simple capa 1
0 - 130 m/min für einfachen Strang 21 mm / 250 m 95 kN 1. Lage
single line 1st layer
2 au brin simple 1er brin
ramal simple capa 1
0 - 1.8 min -1
360°

-1.5° - + 84° ca. 50 s


approx. 50 s
env. 50 s
aproximadamente 50 s
13.2 m - 60.0 m ca. 400 s
approx. 400 s
env. 400 s
aproximadamente 400 s

Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso 3
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m * 13.2 m 17.6 m 21.9 m 26.3 m 30.6 m 35.0 m 39.3 m 43.7 m 48.0 m 52.4 m 56.7 m 60.0 m
m
3.0 160.0** 140.7** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1
3.5 149.8** 129.6** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 74.2
4.0 138.7** 120.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 73.1
4.5 129.1** 111.6** 111.8** 111.5** 89.1 68.9 55.1
5.0 120.5** 101.1 101.3 101.0 89.1 65.1 55.1
6.0 99.7 88.8 89.0 88.6 89.1 58.6 53.5 41.4 33.4
7.0 83.9 78.4 78.6 79.0 79.1 53.2 48.7 41.4 33.4 26.9
8.0 72.1 70.0 70.2 72.0 71.4 48.6 45.1 41.4 33.4 26.9 21.6
9.0 62.9 62.9 63.1 63.6 63.0 44.7 43.6 38.4 33.4 26.9 21.6 17.0
10.0 50.6 50.6 55.7 56.8 56.2 41.4 41.6 35.7 32.3 26.9 21.6 17.0 14.0
11.0 50.6 51.2 50.6 38.6 39.6 33.4 30.3 26.0 21.2 17.0 14.0
12.0 46.0 46.5 46.0 35.8 37.6 31.2 28.3 25.1 20.9 17.0 14.0
14.0 38.6 39.1 38.6 32.1 34.2 27.6 25.2 22.9 19.2 16.4 14.0
16.0 32.2 31.5 29.1 31.3 24.6 22.5 21.0 17.6 15.1 14.0
18.0 26.6 26.0 26.6 27.9 22.2 20.3 19.0 16.3 14.0 13.0
20.0 21.8 24.3 23.6 20.1 18.4 17.3 15.1 13.0 12.2
22.0 20.3 21.0 20.3 18.4 16.8 15.8 14.1 12.2 11.4
24.0 18.3 17.6 16.9 15.4 14.5 13.2 11.4 10.7
26.0 16.1 15.4 14.8 14.2 13.3 12.4 10.8 9.9
28.0 13.6 13.2 12.9 12.3 11.7 10.1 9.0
30.0 12.0 12.6 11.4 11.4 11.0 9.6 8.3
32.0 11.4 10.0 10.2 10.2 9.1 7.6
34.0 10.2 8.9 9.6 9.5 8.6 7.0
36.0 9.2 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.2 6.5
38.0 8.2 8.1 7.6 7.9 6.0
40.0 7.8 7.3 7.3 7.2 5.4
42.0 6.5 6.9 6.5 5.0
44.0 6.0 6.3 5.9 4.6
46.0 5.7 5.3 4.2
48.0 5.2 4.7 3.9
50.0 4.2 3.5
52.0 3.8 3.2
54.0 2.9
56.0 2.6
I 0 0 0 0/0/46/0 0/0/46 0/0/93 0/46/93 0/93/46 0/46/93 0/93/46 46/93 93 100
II 0 0 0/46 0/0/46/46 0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/93 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
III 0 0 0 0/0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/46 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
% IV 0 0 0 0/46/0/0 46/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/46 93/46/93 93/93 93 100
V 0 0 46/0 93/46/0/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/93 93/93/46 93/46/46 93/46 93 100
* Nach hinten / * Over rear / * A l'arrière / * Sobre la parte trasera
** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional

4 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

66
60.0 m
64
14.00
14.0
14.

62
14.0
14.0
13.0

60
2
12.

4
11.

58
.7
10
9.9

56
9.0

54
8.3

48.0 m
7.6

52
26.99
26. 9

0
26.

26.09
6.

7.

50
25.1
2

22.9

5
6.
0

48
21.

0
19.

6.
.3

46
17

4
8

5.
.

39.3 m
15

44
.5

0
5.
14
41.44

.3
41.4

42
41.

35. 4

13
33.47
8.

6
4.
2

.3
3

31.

40
12
6
27.

.4
.6

4.2 38
11
24

.2

.2
22

10 36
.1

30.6 m
3.9
20

.4

6
73.1

9. 34
58.61

18
65.
53.2
48.6
41 .7

.9

32
38 .4

3.5
16

9.0
44

. 6
.8

.8
30
35

14
.1
32

8.1
°

.2 28
88. 1.0 70

.1

13 3.2
29

21.9 m
115 .6**
10 .6**

.6
60

26
26

.6
115

12 7.3
79. 6

.3 24
0

24
50
.0

2.9
56 .6
72

.4 22
51 .8
63

.0 11
° 21
46 .2

40 6.5 20
.5

13.2 m .3 18
.1 18
10.2
13 0.0**

39 30
°
99 0.5 **

16
12 8.7
.7 **

2.6
16

.2
32 6.0 14
16.1
.9 20°
83 .1 12
72
9 26.6 9.2 10
62.
10° 8
50.6 6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 m

** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional 5
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m * 13.2 m 17.6 m 21.9 m 26.3 m 30.6 m 35.0 m 39.3 m 43.7 m 48.0 m 52.4 m 56.7 m 60.0 m
m
3.0 160.0** 140.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1
3.5 149.8** 129.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 74.2
4.0 132.8** 119.2** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 73.1
4.5 121.3** 110.4** 110.8** 111.0** 89.1 68.9 55.1
5.0 109.2 100.3 100.5 99.8 89.1 65.1 55.1
6.0 90.7 90.1 89.8 89.4 89.1 58.6 53.5 41.4 33.4
7.0 77.4 77.0 77.2 77.8 77.1 53.2 48.7 41.4 33.4 26.9
8.0 67.2 67.0 67.1 67.6 67.0 48.6 45.1 41.4 33.4 26.9 21.6
9.0 59.3 59.3 59.1 59.7 59.1 44.7 43.6 38.4 33.4 26.9 21.6 17.0
10.0 50.6 50.6 52.7 53.3 52.7 41.4 41.6 35.7 32.3 26.9 21.6 17.0 14.0
11.0 47.0 48.0 47.2 38.6 39.6 33.4 30.3 26.0 21.2 17.0 14.0
12.0 40.8 41.7 40.9 35.8 37.6 31.2 28.3 25.1 20.9 17.0 14.0
14.0 31.4 32.3 31.6 32.1 33.7 27.6 25.2 22.9 19.2 16.4 14.0
16.0 25.9 26.1 28.0 27.2 24.6 22.5 21.0 17.6 15.1 14.0
18.0 21.7 23.5 23.2 22.4 21.7 20.3 19.0 16.3 14.0 13.0
20.0 19.9 19.6 18.9 18.2 18.1 17.3 15.1 13.0 12.2
22.0 17.0 16.7 16.0 15.9 15.3 15.5 14.1 12.2 11.4
24.0 14.4 13.7 14.4 13.0 13.2 13.2 11.4 10.7
26.0 12.5 11.8 12.5 11.1 12.0 11.8 10.8 9.9
28.0 10.3 10.9 10.4 10.7 10.2 10.1 9.0
30.0 9.0 9.6 9.9 9.4 9.4 9.3 8.3
32.0 8.5 8.8 8.4 8.7 8.2 7.6
34.0 7.5 7.8 7.9 7.7 7.2 7.0
36.0 6.6 7.0 7.2 6.8 6.3 6.4
38.0 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.6 5.6
40.0 6.1 5.8 5.4 4.9 4.9
42.0 5.2 4.8 4.3 4.3
44.0 4.6 4.3 3.8 3.8
46.0 3.8 3.3 3.3
48.0 3.3 2.8 2.9
50.0 2.4 2.5
52.0 2.1 2.1
54.0 1.7
56.0 1.4
I 0 0 0 0/0/46/0 0/0/46 0/0/93 0/46/93 0/93/46 0/46/93 0/93/46 46/93 93 100
II 0 0 0/46 0/0/46/46 0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/93 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
III 0 0 0 0/0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/46 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
% IV 0 0 0 0/46/0/0 46/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/46 93/46/93 93/93 93 100
V 0 0 46/0 93/46/0/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/93 93/93/46 93/46/46 93/46 93 100
* Nach hinten / * Over rear / * A l'arrière / * Sobre la parte trasera
** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional

6 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

66
60.0 m
64
14.00
14.0
14.

62
14.0
14.0
13.0

60
2
12.

4
11.

58
.7
10
9.9

56
9.0

54
8.3

48.0 m
7.6

52
26.99
26. 9

0
26.

26.09
6.

7.

50
25.1
2

22.9

4
6.
0

48
21.

6
19.

5.
.3

46
17

9
5

4.
.

39.3 m
15

44
.2

3
4.
13
41.44

.0
41.4

42
41.

35. 4

12
33.47
8.

8
3.
2

.7
3

31.

40
10
6
27.

.6

3.3
4

38
9.
24

.7

4
21

8. 36
.2

30.6 m
2.9
18

.9

9
73.1

7. 34
65.1
53.26

15
8.
48.6
41 .7

.4
5

32
38 .4

2.5
14

7.2
44

. 6
.8

.5
30
35

12
.1
32

6.4
70°

.9 28
.0

10 2.1
28

21.9 m
115 .6**
99 .6**

.2
60

26
23
115

9.6 5.8
89. .8
77. 4

.6 24
8

19
50
.6

1.7
53 .7
67

22
48 .3
59

.7 8.5
° 16
41 .0

40 5.2 20
.7

13.2 m .4 18
.3 14
13 0.0**

32 30
° 7.5
90 9.2 **

16
10 2.8

1.4
16

.9
25 4.6 14
12.5
.7

.4 20°
77 .2 12
67
3 21.7 6.6 10
59.
10° 8
50.6 6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 m

** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional 7
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m * 13.2 m 17.6 m 21.9 m 26.3 m 30.6 m 35.0 m 39.3 m 43.7 m 48.0 m 52.4 m 56.7 m 60.0 m
m
3.0 160.0** 140.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1
3.5 149.8** 129.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 74.2
4.0 128.9** 119.2** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 73.1
4.5 114.7** 114.0** 114.5** 113.8** 89.1 68.9 55.1
5.0 103.2 103.2 103.1 102.4 89.1 65.1 55.1
6.0 85.8 85.8 85.6 86.2 85.5 58.6 53.5 41.4 33.4
7.0 73.1 73.1 72.9 73.5 72.8 53.2 48.7 41.4 33.4 26.9
8.0 63.5 63.5 63.3 63.8 63.2 48.6 45.1 41.4 33.4 26.9 21.6
9.0 54.7 54.7 54.5 55.7 54.8 44.7 43.6 38.4 33.4 26.9 21.6 17.0
10.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 46.0 45.2 41.4 41.6 35.7 32.3 26.9 21.6 17.0 14.0
11.0 37.9 38.9 38.1 37.7 39.6 33.4 30.3 26.0 21.2 17.0 14.0
12.0 32.7 33.7 32.9 35.6 35.2 31.2 28.3 25.1 20.9 17.0 14.0
14.0 26.0 26.1 28.3 28.0 27.2 26.4 25.2 22.9 19.2 16.4 14.0
16.0 22.5 22.7 22.3 21.6 20.8 20.7 21.0 17.6 15.1 14.0
18.0 18.3 18.5 18.2 17.4 18.2 16.6 16.9 16.3 14.0 13.0
20.0 15.4 15.1 14.4 15.1 13.6 14.8 14.3 13.0 12.2
22.0 13.0 12.7 12.0 12.7 12.6 12.4 12.1 12.2 11.4
24.0 10.8 10.1 10.8 11.2 10.8 11.0 10.5 10.5
26.0 9.2 9.4 9.2 9.6 9.9 9.5 8.9 9.0
28.0 8.9 8.1 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.6 7.7
30.0 8.1 7.6 7.8 7.4 7.1 6.5 6.6
32.0 7.0 6.8 6.5 6.1 5.6 5.6
34.0 6.2 6.0 5.7 5.3 4.8 4.8
36.0 5.4 5.3 4.9 4.6 4.1 4.1
38.0 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.5
40.0 4.1 3.7 3.4 2.9 2.9
42.0 3.2 2.9 2.4 2.4
44.0 2.8 2.4 2.0 2.0
46.0 2.0 1.6 1.6
48.0 1.7 1.2 1.2
I 0 0 0 0/0/46/0 0/0/46 0/0/93 0/46/93 0/93/46 0/46/93 0/93/46 46/93 93 100
II 0 0 0/46 0/0/46/46 0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/93 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
III 0 0 0 0/0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/46 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
% IV 0 0 0 0/46/0/0 46/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/46 93/46/93 93/93 93 100
V 0 0 46/0 93/46/0/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/93 93/93/46 93/46/46 93/46 93 100
* Nach hinten / * Over rear / * A l'arrière / * Sobre la parte trasera
** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional

8 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

66
60.0 m
64
14.00
14.0
14.

62
14.0
14.0
13.0

60
2
12.

4
11.

58
.5
10
9.0

56
7.7

54
6.6

48.0 m
5.6

52
26.99
26. 9

8
26.

26.09
6.

4.

50
25.1
2

22.9

1
4.
0

48
21.

5
16.

3.
.8

46
14

9
4

2.
.

39.3 m
12

44
.8

4
2.
10
41.44
41.4

42
41.

35. 4

9
33.47

9.
8.

0
2.
2
3

31.

40
4

8.
26.

.8

1.6
4

38
7.
20

.2

5
18

6. 36
.1

30.6 m
1.2
15

.7

7
73.1

5. 34
58.61

12
65.
53.2
48.6
41 .7

.8

32
37 .4

10

4.9
44

. 7
.6

2 30
35

9.
.0
28

4.3
°

28
86. 2.4 70

.3

1
8.
22

21.9 m
115 .6**
10 .6**

.2
60

26
18
115

7.6 3.7
73. 2

.1 24
5

15
50
.8
46 .7
63

22
38 .0
55

.7 7.0
° 12
33 .9

40 3.2 20
.7

13.2 m .8 18
.1 10
12 0.0**

26 30
° 6.2
85 3.2 **

16
10 8.9
16

.5
22 2.8 14
.8

9.2
.1 20°
73 .5 12
63
7 18.3 5.4 10
54.
10° 8
45.0 6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 m

** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional 9
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 13.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m * 13.2 m 17.6 m 21.9 m 26.3 m 30.6 m 35.0 m 39.3 m 43.7 m 48.0 m 52.4 m 56.7 m 60.0 m
m
3.0 160.0** 140.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1
3.5 138.5** 128.6** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 74.2
4.0 121.6** 118.7** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 73.1
4.5 108.2 108.2 108.0 107.3 89.1 68.9 55.1
5.0 97.3 97.3 97.1 96.5 89.1 65.1 55.1
6.0 80.8 80.8 80.6 81.2 80.5 58.6 53.5 41.4 33.4
7.0 68.8 68.8 68.6 69.2 65.5 53.2 48.7 41.4 33.4 26.9
8.0 53.4 53.4 53.3 54.6 53.6 48.6 45.1 41.4 33.4 26.9 21.6
9.0 42.3 42.3 42.2 43.4 42.5 42.2 43.6 38.4 33.4 26.9 21.6 17.0
10.0 34.5 34.5 34.4 35.5 36.9 38.2 37.2 35.7 32.3 26.9 21.6 17.0 14.0
11.0 29.5 31.2 32.5 32.1 31.1 30.2 30.1 26.0 21.2 17.0 14.0
12.0 26.4 27.7 27.9 27.5 26.6 25.7 25.6 25.1 20.9 17.0 14.0
14.0 19.7 20.9 21.1 20.7 19.9 20.8 19.0 19.3 19.2 16.4 14.0
16.0 16.3 16.5 16.2 15.4 16.2 16.0 15.9 15.3 15.1 14.0
18.0 13.2 14.0 12.9 12.8 13.0 13.4 13.7 13.2 12.6 12.7
20.0 11.6 10.7 11.8 11.2 11.6 11.2 10.8 10.2 10.3
22.0 9.7 9.8 10.0 9.9 9.7 9.3 8.9 8.3 8.4
24.0 8.3 8.5 8.3 8.2 7.8 7.4 6.8 6.9
26.0 7.1 7.2 7.1 6.9 6.5 6.1 5.6 5.6
28.0 6.2 6.0 5.9 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.6
30.0 5.3 5.1 5.0 4.6 4.3 3.7 3.8
32.0 4.4 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.0 3.0
34.0 3.7 3.6 3.2 2.9 2.4 2.4
36.0 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.8
38.0 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.3 1.3
40.0 2.1 1.7 1.4
42.0 1.3
44.0 1.0
I 0 0 0 0/0/46/0 0/0/46 0/0/93 0/46/93 0/93/46 0/46/93 0/93/46 46/93 93 100
II 0 0 0/46 0/0/46/46 0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/93 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
III 0 0 0 0/0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/46 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/93 93/93 93 100
% IV 0 0 0 0/46/0/0 46/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93/46 93/46/93 93/93 93 100
V 0 0 46/0 93/46/0/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/93 93/93/46 93/46/46 93/46 93 100
* Nach hinten / * Over rear / * A l'arrière / * Sobre la parte trasera
** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional

10 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 13.0 t DIN / ISO

66
60.0 m
64
14.00
14.0
14.

62
14.0
14.0
12.7

60
3
10.
8.4

58
6.9
5.6

56
4 .6

54
3.8

48.0 m
3.0

52
26.99
26. 9

4
26.

26.09
6.

2.

50
25.1
2

19.3

8
1.
9

48
15.

3
13.

1.
.2

46
11
9.3

39.3 m 44
7.8
41.44
41.4

42
41.

35. 4

5
30.27

6.
8.

7
3

25.

40
8

5.
20.

.2

38
4.
16

.0

9
13

3. 36
.2

30.6 m
11

2
73.1

3. 34
65.1

9
53.26

9.
8.
48.6
38 .2
5

32
32 .2

2.7
42

8.
. 1
.5

1 30
27

7.
.7
20

2.2
70°

28
.2

0
6.
16

21.9 m
115 .6**
96 .6**

.9
60

26
12
115

5.1 1.7
81. .5
69. 2

.7 24
2

10
50
.6
35 .4
54

22
31 .5
43

° 9.8 4.4
27 .2

40 1.3 20
.7

13.2 m 18
.9 8.3
12 0.0**

20 30
° 3.7
80 .3 **

16
97 1.6
16

.3
16 1.0 14
.8

7.1
.8 20°
68 .4 12
53
3 13.2 3.2 10
42.
10° 8
34.5 6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 m

** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional 11
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 0t DIN / ISO

13.2 m* 13.2 m 17.6 m 21.9 m 26.3 m 30.6 m 35.0 m 39.3 m 43.7 m


m
3.0 150.0** 140.0** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1
3.5 129.4** 129.4** 120.0** 115.6** 89.1 74.2
4.0 113.6** 113.6** 113.4** 112.6** 89.1 73.1
4.5 101.0 101.0 100.8 100.3 89.1 68.9 55.1
5.0 90.9 90.9 90.7 91.2 89.1 65.1 55.1
6.0 72.9 72.9 72.8 74.6 73.1 58.6 53.5 41.4 24.5
7.0 49.9 49.7 49.5 51.0 49.8 48.6 48.7 41.4 24.5
8.0 37.1 36.0 35.9 38.4 41.5 40.9 39.6 38.3 24.3
9.0 29.0 27.2 30.1 31.7 32.0 31.5 30.3 29.2 22.9
10.0 23.2 21.2 24.0 25.4 25.6 25.2 24.1 25.2 21.6
11.0 19.6 20.9 21.1 20.7 19.7 20.8 20.4
12.0 16.4 18.2 18.9 17.5 17.4 17.5 18.0
14.0 11.7 13.0 14.0 14.3 14.4 14.2 14.0
16.0 9.8 10.7 11.0 11.1 10.9 10.7
18.0 7.5 8.4 8.6 8.8 8.6 8.4
20.0 6.6 6.8 7.0 6.8 6.6
22.0 5.3 5.5 5.6 5.5 5.3
24.0 4.4 4.5 4.4 4.2
26.0 3.5 3.6 3.5 3.3
28.0 2.9 2.7 2.6
30.0 2.3 2.1 2.0
32.0 1.6
I 0 0 0 0/0/46/0 0/0/46 0/0/93 0/46/93 0/93/46 0/46
II 0 0 0/46 0/0/46/46 0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46
III 0 0 0 0/0/0/46 0/46/46 0/46/46 46/46/46 93/46/46 93/46
% IV 0 0 0 0/46/0/0 46/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/46 93/46/46 93/93
V 0 0 46/0 93/46/0/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/0 93/46/93 93/93
* Nach hinten / * Over rear / * A l'arrière / * Sobre la parte trasera
** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional

12 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 0t DIN / ISO

m
56
54
52
50
43.7 m
48
24.55
22.93
24.

20 6

46
24.

18. .4
1.

0
2

39.3 m 44
14.

.7
10
41.44
29.23

42
41.

8.4
38.

20 2
17. .8
5.

6.6
5

40
2

5.3
14.

.9

38
2
10

4.
8.6

30.6 m 36
3.
6.8

6
73.1

34
65.1

2.
48.66

5.
8.

31. .9
5

.0
5

32
40

20 .2

2
4.
17 .7
5

.5
2

5 30
3.
.3
14
70°

28
.0

7
2.
11

21.9 m
112 .6**
91 .6**

°
60

26
6
8.
115

2.1
74. .2
51. 6

8 24
0

6.
50
31 .4
25 .7
38

22
20 .4

° 5.5 1.6
18 .9

40 20
.2

13.2 m 18
.0 4.4
11 0.0**

13 30
°
72 .9 **

16
90 3.6
15

9.8 14
.9

3.5
.9 20°
49 .1 12
37
0 7.5 10
29.
10° 8
23.2 6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 m

** Mit Zusatzhubausrüstung / ** With additional lifting equipment / ** Avec équipement supplémentaire / ** Con equipo adicional 13
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m + 5.4 m 56.7 m + 5.4 m 60.0 m + 5.4 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

3.0 33.2
3.5 31.4 23.7
4.0 30.6 22.5
4.5 29.1 22.2 18.5
5.0 28.4 21.6 18.2
6.0 26.0 20.5 17.9
7.0 24.5 19.8 17.5
8.0 22.9 19.0 17.2
9.0 21.6 18.5 16.9
10.0 20.5 18.0 16.8 10.7
11.0 19.6 17.5 16.8 10.3 9.6
12.0 18.8 17.2 16.8 10.0 9.2 9.3 8.6
14.0 17.5 16.8 9.4 8.7 8.2 8.7 8.1 7.7
16.0 16.8 8.8 8.2 7.8 8.2 7.7 7.3
18.0 8.4 7.8 7.5 7.8 7.3 7.0
20.0 7.9 7.5 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.7
22.0 7.5 7.2 6.9 7.0 6.7 6.4
24.0 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.7 6.4 6.2
26.0 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.4 6.1 6.0
28.0 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.8
30.0 6.3 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5
32.0 6.0 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.3
34.0 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
36.0 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.0 5.0
38.0 5.4 5.2 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.8
40.0 5.2 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.7
44.0 4.9 4.8 4.8 4.6 4.5 4.4
48.0 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.3 4.2 4.2
52.0 3.8 3.9 3.8 3.9 3.9
56.0 3.0 2.9 3.0 3.0
60.0 2.3 2.3
I 0 93 100
II 0 93 100
III 0 93 100
% IV 0 93 100
V 0 93 100

14 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°

m
78
76
74
60.0 m + 5. 72
4m
70
9.6
9.3
8.7

68
8.2
7.8
7.4

66
7.0

60.0 m
6.7

64
6.4
6.1

62
5.8
5.6

60
5.4

58
5.2

56
0
5.

54
9
4.

48.0 m
52
6

50
4.

48
. 3 46
4
39.3 m 44
42
3.8 40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

. 0 34
3
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
2.3 24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

15
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

60.0 m + 13.2 m 60.0 m + 19.2 m 60.0 m + 25.2 m 60.0 m + 31.2 m 60.0 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


12.0 6.3 4.8
14.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8
16.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.1
18.0 6.3 5.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.0
20.0 6.0 5.2 4.4 4.8 4.4 3.6 2.8 1.9
22.0 5.7 5.0 4.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 2.7 1.9
24.0 5.5 4.9 4.2 4.6 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 1.8
26.0 5.2 4.7 4.1 4.4 3.9 3.5 3.6 3.0 2.6 1.8
28.0 5.0 4.5 4.1 4.2 3.7 3.4 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.7
30.0 4.8 4.3 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.3 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.6 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.4 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.4 1.9 1.6
34.0 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.3 3.1 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.6
36.0 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.8 1.5
38.0 4.1 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.5
40.0 4.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.4
44.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.4
48.0 3.5 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.3
52.0 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.5 1.2
56.0 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.4 1.2
60.0 2.7 2.9 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.4 1.1
64.0 2.1 2.2 2.1 2.3 2.2 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.3 1.1
68.0 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.8 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.2 1.0
72.0 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.4 1.2
76.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.1
I 100 100 100 100 100
II 100 100 100 100 100
III 100 100 100 100 100
% IV
V
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

56.7 m + 13.2 m 56.7 m + 19.2 m 56.7 m + 25.2 m 56.7 m + 31.2 m 56.7 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°


11.0 7.5
12.0 7.5 5.6 4.2
14.0 7.5 5.6 4.2 3.2
16.0 7.1 5.6 5.6 4.2 3.1 2.2
18.0 6.7 5.4 5.6 4.2 3.0 2.1
20.0 6.4 5.2 4.4 5.4 4.6 4.2 2.9 2.0
22.0 6.1 5.1 4.3 5.1 4.4 4.0 2.9 2.0
24.0 5.8 4.9 4.2 4.9 4.2 3.9 3.2 2.8 1.9
26.0 5.6 4.8 4.2 4.7 4.1 3.7 3.8 3.1 2.7 1.9
28.0 5.3 4.7 4.1 4.5 3.9 3.6 3.7 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.8
30.0 5.1 4.5 4.0 4.3 3.8 3.5 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.6 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.9 4.4 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.4 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7 1.3
34.0 4.7 4.3 3.9 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.4 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.3
36.0 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.2
38.0 4.4 4.0 3.8 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.7 2.3 2.3 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.2
40.0 4.2 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.1
44.0 4.0 3.7 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.1
48.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.0
52.0 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0
56.0 3.4 3.2 3.2 2.8 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.1
60.0 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.1
64.0 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.0
68.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.0
72.0 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3
76.0 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3
I 93 93 93 93 93
II 93 93 93 93 93
III 93 93 93 93 93
% IV
V
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93

16 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 51.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°
m
60.0 m + 37
.2 m 102
2.1

100
2.0
1.9
1.9
1.8
98
1.8
60.0 m + 31

1.7
1.7
.2 m 96

1.6
1.6
2.8
2.8

94

1.5
2.8
2.8

1.5
2.7
2.7

1.4
92
2.6
2.5
2.5
90

1.4
2.4
2.3
88

1.3
2.3
2.2
86

2.2
60.0 m + 19

1.2
.2 m 84

2.1
4.8
4.8

1.2
82
4.8
4.8
4.8

2.0
60.0 m + 13
4.8

80
4.6

.2 m

1
4.4

1.
78
4.2
6.3

1.9
6.3

4.1
6.3
6.3

3.9

76
6.0

1
3.8
5.7

1.
8
5.5

74
3.6

1.
5.2

3.5
5.0

60.0 m + 5. 0 72
4.8

3.4

4m .

7
1
4.6

1.
70
4.5

2
4.3

68
3.
4.1

6
1.
66
0
4.0

60.0 m
3.

64
5
7

. 8 1 . 62
3.

2
60
5
3.

. 6 58
2
1.4 56
3
3. 54
48.0 m 5
2. 52
1 50
3.
1.1 48
2 . 3
46
39.3 m
2.7 44
42
1.8 40
38
2.1
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

. 3 32
1
30
°
50

21.9 m 1 . 6 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

17
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m + 5.4 m 56.7 m + 5.4 m 60.0 m + 5.4 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

3.0 33.2
3.5 31.4 23.7
4.0 30.6 22.5
4.5 29.1 22.2 18.5
5.0 28.4 21.6 18.2
6.0 26.0 20.5 17.9
7.0 24.5 19.8 17.5
8.0 22.9 19.0 17.2
9.0 21.6 18.5 16.9
10.0 20.5 18.0 16.8 10.7
11.0 19.6 17.5 16.8 10.3 9.6
12.0 18.8 17.2 16.8 10.0 9.2 9.3 8.6
14.0 17.5 16.8 9.4 8.7 8.2 8.7 8.1 7.7
16.0 16.8 8.8 8.2 7.8 8.2 7.7 7.3
18.0 8.4 7.8 7.5 7.8 7.3 7.0
20.0 7.9 7.5 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.7
22.0 7.5 7.2 6.9 7.0 6.7 6.4
24.0 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.7 6.4 6.2
26.0 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.4 6.1 6.0
28.0 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.8
30.0 6.3 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5
32.0 6.0 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.3
34.0 5.8 5.6 5.5 5.4 5.2 5.1
36.0 5.6 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.0 5.0
38.0 5.4 5.2 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.8
40.0 5.0 5.1 5.0 4.9 4.7 4.7
44.0 3.8 3.9 4.0 3.8 3.9 4.0
48.0 2.9 3.0 3.0 2.8 3.0 3.0
52.0 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
56.0 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
I 0 93 100
II 0 93 100
III 0 93 100
% IV 0 93 100
V 0 93 100

18 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°

m
78
76
74
60.0 m + 5. 72
4m
70
9.6
9.3
8.7

68
8.2
7.8
7.4

66
7.0

60.0 m
6.7

64
6.4
6.1

62
5.8
5.6

60
5.4

58
5.2

56
0
5.

54
9
4.

48.0 m
52
8

50
3.

48
. 8 46
2
39.3 m 44
42
2.1 40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

. 4 34
1
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

19
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

60.0 m + 13.2 m 60.0 m + 19.2 m 60.0 m + 25.2 m 60.0 m + 31.2 m 60.0 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


12.0 6.3 4.8
14.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8
16.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.1
18.0 6.3 5.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.0
20.0 6.0 5.2 4.4 4.8 4.4 3.6 2.8 1.9
22.0 5.7 5.0 4.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 2.7 1.9
24.0 5.5 4.9 4.2 4.6 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 1.8
26.0 5.2 4.7 4.1 4.4 3.9 3.5 3.6 3.0 2.6 1.8
28.0 5.0 4.5 4.1 4.2 3.7 3.4 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.7
30.0 4.8 4.3 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.3 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.6 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.4 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.4 1.9 1.6
34.0 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.3 3.1 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.6
36.0 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.8 1.5
38.0 4.1 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.5
40.0 4.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.4
44.0 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.4
48.0 3.3 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.3
52.0 2.5 2.8 2.9 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.5 1.2
56.0 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.4 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.4 1.2
60.0 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.7 1.9 1.6 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.1
64.0 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.1 1.3 1.1
68.0 1.0 1.1
I 100 100 100 100 100
II 100 100 100 100 100
III 100 100 100 100 100
% IV
V
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

56.7 m + 13.2 m 56.7 m + 19.2 m 56.7 m + 25.2 m 56.7 m + 31.2 m 56.7 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°


11.0 7.5
12.0 7.5 5.6 4.2
14.0 7.5 5.6 4.2 3.2
16.0 7.1 5.6 5.6 4.2 3.1 2.2
18.0 6.7 5.4 5.6 4.2 3.0 2.1
20.0 6.4 5.2 4.4 5.4 4.6 4.2 2.9 2.0
22.0 6.1 5.1 4.3 5.1 4.4 4.0 2.9 2.0
24.0 5.8 4.9 4.2 4.9 4.2 3.9 3.2 2.8 1.9
26.0 5.6 4.8 4.2 4.7 4.1 3.7 3.8 3.1 2.7 1.9
28.0 5.3 4.7 4.1 4.5 3.9 3.6 3.7 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.8
30.0 5.1 4.5 4.0 4.3 3.8 3.5 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.6 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.9 4.4 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.4 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7 1.3
34.0 4.7 4.3 3.9 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.4 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.3
36.0 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.2
38.0 4.4 4.0 3.8 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.7 2.3 2.3 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.2
40.0 4.2 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.1
44.0 4.0 3.7 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.1
48.0 3.3 3.5 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.0
52.0 2.6 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0
56.0 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.5 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.4 1.1
60.0 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.6 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.1
64.0 1.0 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.4 1.3 1.0
68.0 1.2 1.3
I 93 93 93 93 93
II 93 93 93 93 93
III 93 93 93 93 93
% IV
V
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93

20 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 37.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°
m
60.0 m + 37
.2 m 102
2.1

100
2.0
1.9
1.9
1.8
98
1.8
60.0 m + 31

1.7
1.7
.2 m 96

1.6
1.6
2.8
2.8

94

1.5
2.8
2.8

1.5
2.7
2.7

1.4
92
2.6
2.5
2.5
90

1.4
2.4
2.3
88

1.3
2.3
2.2
86

2.2
60.0 m + 19

1.2
.2 m 84

2.1
4.8
4.8

1.2
82
4.8
4.8
4.8

2.0
60.0 m + 13
4.8

80
4.6

.2 m

1
4.4

1.
78
4.2
6.3

1.9
6.3

4.1
6.3
6.3

3.9

76
6.0

1
3.8
5.7

1.
8
5.5

74
3.6

1.
5.2

3.5
5.0

60.0 m + 5. 72
4.8

3.4

4m

6
4.6

1.
70
4.5

2
4.3

68
3.
4.1

1
1.
66
0
4.0

60.0 m
3.

64
7

. 7 62
3.

2
60
3
3.

. 0 58
2
56
5
2. 54
48.0 m 4
1. 52
8 50
1.
48
46
39.3 m
1.3 44
42
40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

21
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m + 5.4 m 56.7 m + 5.4 m 60.0 m + 5.4 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°

3.0 33.2
3.5 31.4 23.7
4.0 30.6 22.5
4.5 29.1 22.2 18.5
5.0 28.4 21.6 18.2
6.0 26.0 20.5 17.9
7.0 24.5 19.8 17.5
8.0 22.9 19.0 17.2
9.0 21.6 18.5 16.9
10.0 20.5 18.0 16.8 10.7
11.0 19.6 17.5 16.8 10.3 9.6
12.0 18.8 17.2 16.8 10.0 9.2 9.3 8.6
14.0 17.5 16.8 9.4 8.7 8.2 8.7 8.1 7.7
16.0 16.8 8.8 8.2 7.8 8.2 7.7 7.3
18.0 8.4 7.8 7.5 7.8 7.3 7.0
20.0 7.9 7.5 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.7
22.0 7.5 7.2 6.9 7.0 6.7 6.4
24.0 7.2 6.9 6.6 6.7 6.4 6.2
26.0 6.8 6.6 6.4 6.4 6.1 6.0
28.0 6.5 6.3 6.2 6.1 5.9 5.8
30.0 6.3 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.6 5.5
32.0 5.6 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.3
34.0 4.8 5.1 5.2 4.8 5.1 5.1
36.0 4.1 4.3 4.5 4.1 4.3 4.5
38.0 3.5 3.7 3.8 3.5 3.7 3.8
40.0 2.9 3.1 3.2 2.9 3.1 3.2
44.0 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.0 2.1 2.2
48.0 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.4
I 0 93 100
II 0 93 100
III 0 93 100
% IV 0 93 100
V 0 93 100

22 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°

m
78
76
74
60.0 m + 5. 72
4m
70
9.6
9.3
8.7

68
8.2
7.8
7.4

66
7.0

60.0 m
6.7

64
6.4
6.1

62
5.8
5.6

60
4.8

58
4.1

56
5
3.

54
9
2.

48.0 m
52
0

50
2.

48
. 2 46
1
39.3 m 44
42
40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

23
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

60.0 m + 13.2 m 60.0 m + 19.2 m 60.0 m + 25.2 m 60.0 m + 31.2 m 60.0 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 0°


12.0 6.3 4.8
14.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8
16.0 6.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.1
18.0 6.3 5.3 4.8 3.6 2.8 2.0
20.0 6.0 5.2 4.4 4.8 4.4 3.6 2.8 1.9
22.0 5.7 5.0 4.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 2.7 1.9
24.0 5.5 4.9 4.2 4.6 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 1.8
26.0 5.2 4.7 4.1 4.4 3.9 3.5 3.6 3.0 2.6 1.8
28.0 5.0 4.5 4.1 4.2 3.7 3.4 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.7
30.0 4.8 4.3 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.3 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.6 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.4 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.4 1.9 1.6
34.0 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.3 3.1 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.6
36.0 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.8 1.5
38.0 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.5
40.0 3.4 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.4
44.0 2.4 2.9 3.1 2.6 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.4
48.0 1.7 2.0 2.2 1.8 2.4 2.6 2.0 2.2 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.3
52.0 1.0 1.3 1.4 1.2 1.6 1.9 1.3 1.9 2.0 1.4 1.5 1.2
56.0 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.4
60.0 1.0 1.0
I 100 100 100 100 100
II 100 100 100 100 100
III 100 100 100 100 100
% IV
V
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

56.7 m + 13.2 m 56.7 m + 19.2 m 56.7 m + 25.2 m 56.7 m + 31.2 m 56.7 m + 37.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20°


11.0 7.5
12.0 7.5 5.6 4.2
14.0 7.5 5.6 4.2 3.2
16.0 7.1 5.6 5.6 4.2 3.1 2.2
18.0 6.7 5.4 5.6 4.2 3.0 2.1
20.0 6.4 5.2 4.4 5.4 4.6 4.2 2.9 2.0
22.0 6.1 5.1 4.3 5.1 4.4 4.0 2.9 2.0
24.0 5.8 4.9 4.2 4.9 4.2 3.9 3.2 2.8 1.9
26.0 5.6 4.8 4.2 4.7 4.1 3.7 3.8 3.1 2.7 1.9
28.0 5.3 4.7 4.1 4.5 3.9 3.6 3.7 3.0 2.6 2.1 1.8
30.0 5.1 4.5 4.0 4.3 3.8 3.5 3.6 2.9 2.5 2.6 2.0 1.7
32.0 4.9 4.4 4.0 4.1 3.6 3.4 3.5 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.7 1.3
34.0 4.7 4.3 3.9 4.0 3.5 3.2 3.3 2.8 2.4 2.4 1.9 1.6 1.3
36.0 4.6 4.1 3.8 3.8 3.4 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.2
38.0 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.7 2.3 2.3 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.2
40.0 3.5 3.9 3.7 3.6 3.2 3.0 3.0 2.6 2.3 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.1
44.0 2.5 2.9 3.1 2.7 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.1
48.0 1.7 2.0 2.2 1.9 2.4 2.7 2.1 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.0
52.0 1.0 1.3 1.4 1.2 1.7 1.9 1.4 2.0 2.1 1.5 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0
56.0 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.0
60.0 1.0 1.0 1.3
I 93 93 93 93 93
II 93 93 93 93 93
III 93 93 93 93 93
% IV
V
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93

24 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 25.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°
m
60.0 m + 37
.2 m 102
2.1

100
2.0
1.9
1.9
1.8
98
1.8
60.0 m + 31

1.7
1.7
.2 m 96

1.6
1.6
2.8
2.8

94

1.5
2.8
2.8

1.5
2.7
2.7

1.4
92
2.6
2.5
2.5
90

1.4
2.4
2.3
88

1.3
2.3
2.2
86

2.2
60.0 m + 19

1.2
.2 m 84

2.1
4.8
4.8

82
4.8
4.8
4.8

2.0
60.0 m + 13
4.8

80
4.6

.2 m
4.4

78
4.2
6.3

1.4
6.3

4.1
6.3
6.3

3.9

76
6.0

3.8
5.7
5.5

74
3.6
5.2

3.5
5.0

60.0 m + 5. 72
4.8

3.4

4m
4.6

70
4.5

6
4.3

68
2.
4.0

66
8
3.4

60.0 m
1.

64
4

. 2 62
2.

1
60
7
1.

58
56
0
1. 54
48.0 m
52
50
48
46
39.3 m 44
42
40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

25
ATF 160G-5
Tragfähigkeiten
Lifting capacities
Capacités de levage
Capacidades de elevación

360° 13.0 t DIN / ISO

13.2 m + 5.4 m 56.7 m + 5.4 m 60.0 m + 5.4 m 56.7 m + 13.2 m 60.0 m + 13.2 m

m 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40° 0° 20° 40°
3.0 33.2
3.5 31.4 23.7
4.0 30.6 22.5
4.5 29.1 22.2 18.5
5.0 28.4 21.6 18.2
6.0 26.0 20.5 17.9
7.0 24.5 19.8 17.5
8.0 22.9 19.0 17.2
9.0 21.6 18.5 16.9
10.0 20.5 18.0 16.8 10.7
11.0 19.6 17.5 16.8 10.3 9.6 7.5
12.0 18.8 17.2 16.8 10.0 9.2 9.3 8.6 7.5 6.3
14.0 17.5 16.8 9.4 8.7 8.2 8.7 8.1 7.7 7.5 6.3
16.0 16.4 8.8 8.2 7.8 8.2 7.7 7.3 7.1 5.6 6.3
18.0 8.4 7.8 7.5 7.8 7.3 7.0 6.7 5.4 6.3 5.3
20.0 7.9 7.5 7.2 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.4 5.2 4.4 6.0 5.2 4.4
22.0 7.5 7.2 6.9 7.0 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.1 4.3 5.7 5.0 4.3
24.0 6.9 6.9 6.6 6.7 6.4 6.2 5.8 4.9 4.2 5.5 4.9 4.2
26.0 5.7 6.1 6.4 5.7 6.1 6.0 5.6 4.8 4.2 5.2 4.7 4.1
28.0 4.7 5.0 5.3 4.7 5.0 5.3 5.2 4.7 4.1 5.0 4.5 4.1
30.0 3.8 4.1 4.3 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.0 4.3 4.3 4.0
32.0 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.6 4.3 4.0 3.6 4.2 3.9
34.0 2.4 2.7 2.8 2.4 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.6 3.9 2.9 3.5 3.8
36.0 1.8 2.1 2.2 1.8 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.9 3.4 2.3 2.9 3.3
38.0 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.4 2.8 1.8 2.4 2.7
40.0 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.2 1.4 1.9 2.2
44.0 1.1 1.3 1.3
I 0 93 100 93 100
II 0 93 100 93 100
III 0 93 100 93 100
% IV
V
0
0
93
93
100
100
93
93
100
100

26 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5
Hubhöhen
Lifting heights
Hauteurs de levage
Alturas de elevación

360° 13.0 t DIN / ISO

0° 20° 40°
m
86
84
82
60.0 m + 13 80
.2 m
78
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3

76
6.0
5.7
5.5

74
5.2
5.0

60.0 m + 5. 72
4.3

4m
3.6

70
2.9
9.6
9.3
8.7

2.3

68
8.2
7.8

1.8
7.4

66
7.0

1.4

60.0 m
6.7

64
5.7
4.7

62
3.8
3.0

60
2.4

58
1.8

56
3
1.

54
48.0 m
52
50
48
46
39.3 m 44
42
40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

27
ATF 160G- 5

Anmerkungen zu den Traglasttabellen Remarques relatives aux tableaux des charges

Die Tragfähigkeiten im Festigkeitsbereich basieren auf DIN 15018 Les forces de levage sont conformes aux normes DIN 15018, p. 2
Blatt 2 und Blatt 3 und F.E.M. et 3, et F.E.M.

Die Tragfähigkeiten im Standsicherheitsbereich entsprechen Les forces de levage dans la partie de stabilité au renversement
DIN 15019 Teil 2 / ISO 4305. sont conformes aux normes DIN 15019, chap. 2 / ISO 4305.

Die zulässige Windgeschwindigkeit beträgt maximal 10 m / sec. La grue peut travailler aux vitesses de vent allant jusqu'à 10 m / s.

Die Tragfähigkeiten sind in metrischen Tonnen angegeben. Les forces de levage sont données en tonnes métriques.

Das Gewicht des Lasthakens bzw. der Hakenflasche und weiterer Le poids du crochet-moufle et de tous les accessoires d'élingage
Anschlagmittel ist von der Tragfähigkeit abzuziehen. font partie de la charge et sont à déduire des charges indiquées.

Die Tragfähigkeiten für den Teleskopausleger gelten nur bei demon- Les forces de levage indiquées pour la flèche télescopique s'entendent
tierter Spitze. flèchette déposée.

Die Ausladung ist der horizontale Abstand von Mitte Drehkranz bis Comme portée, on entend la distance horizontale du centre de la
Mitte freihängender, nicht schwingender Last. couronne de rotation au centre de la charge librement suspendue
et non oscillante.
Tragfähigkeitsänderungen vorbehalten.
Sauf modification de forces de levage.
Obige Angaben dienen nur zur Information. Die Bedienungsanlei-
tungen müssen zu Rate gezogen werden, bevor die Maschine in Les données ci-dessus servent à titre d'information. Avant la mise
Betrieb genommen wird. Alle hier gemachten Angaben beziehen en marche de la grue il est conseillé d'étudier les instructions de
sich auf die Standard-Ausführung. Jegliche Ausrüstungsverände- service. Toutes les données indiquées ci-dessus se réfèrent à la
rungen können die angegebenen Werte beeinflussen. machine de base. Tout changement de l'équipement de la grue peut
influencer ces valeurs.

Remarks relating to the rating charts Notas relativas a los graficos de carga
The lifting capacities in the structural area are based on DIN 15018 En cuanto a los datos referentes a resistencia, las capacidades de
parts 2 and 3 and F.E.M. carga están baseados sobre las normas DIN 15018, pág. 2 y 3, y
F.E.M.
The lifting capacities in the stability area are based on DIN 15019
part 2 / ISO 4305. En cuanto a los datos referentes a estabilidad anti-vuelco, las
capacidades de carga están baseados sobre las normas
The maximum permissible wind speed for crane operation is DIN 15019, Cap. 2 / ISO 4305.
10 m / sec.
La velocidad anemométrica max. admisible es de 10 m / seg.
The lifting capacities shown are in metric tons.
Las capacidades de carga indicadas en las tablas corresponden a
The weight of load handling devices such as hook blocks, slings, toneladas métricas.
etc., must be considered as part of the load and must be deducted
from the lifting capacities. Hay que deducir los pesos del gancho, eslingas y de otros dispositivos
para fijación de cargas de los valores indicados en las tablas.
The lifting capacities for the telescopic boom apply to a crane with
no boom extensions being stowed or mounted on the crane. Las capacidades de carga referentes a la pluma telescópica valen
solamente si el plumín está desmontada.
The working radius is the horizontal distance from the centre of
rotation to the centre of the freely suspended non-oscillating load. Como alcance se entiende la distancia horizontal desde el centro
de la corona de giro hasta el centro de la carga suspendida libremente
The lifting capacities are subject to change without prior notice. y no oscilante.

The above remarks are for basic information only and the operator's Salvo modificación de capacidades de carga, sin previo aviso.
manual must be consulted before operating this crane. All data and
performances refer to the standard crane. The addition of optional Los datos arriba indicados sirven solamente para su información.
and other equipment may affect the performance of the crane. Hay que leer las instrucciones para el uso antes de la puesta en
servicio de la máquina. Todos los datos mencionados en las presentes
tablas rigen para los modelos standard. Cualquier modificación del
equipo montado puede dar lugar a modi-ficaciones de aquellos
valores.

28 Änderungen vorbehalten / Subject to change without prior notice / Cette documentation est modifiable sans préavis / Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso
ATF 160G-5

Rahmen Verwindungs- und biegesteife Schweißkonstruktion Rahmen Verwindungssteife Schweißkonstruktion mit einer
aus hochfestem Feinkornstahl. Zentralschmieranlage. außenverzahnten, einreihigen Kugeldrehverbindung, um 360°
unbegrenzt drehbar. Zentralschmieranlage.
Abstützung 4-Punkt-Abstützung, hydraulisch,
Bedienungsmöglichkeiten an beiden Seiten des Fahrgestelles Motor Mercedes-Benz 6-Zylinder-Dieselmotor OM 906 LA
und in der Oberwagenkabine. (Euromot 2 / EPA 2), wassergekühlt. Drehzahl ist über
Abstützbasis 8,3 m (und 5,6 m) x 8,98 m. Fußpedal stufenlos regelbar, Leistung 135 kW (184 PS) bei
1800 min-1. Drehmoment 750 Nm (76 kpm) bei 1200 - 1600 min-1
Motor Mercedes-Benz 8-Zylinder-Dieselmotor OM 502 LA (Motorleistung nach 80/1269/EWG und DIN 6270B / DIN 6271).
(Euromot 2 / EPA 2), wassergekühlt, Leistung 380 kW
(517 PS) bei 1800 min-1. Drehmoment 2400 Nm (245 kpm) Hydraulik System Diesel-hydraulisch mit 3-Kreishydraulik,
bei 1200 min-1. 1 Axialkolbendoppelpumpe und 1 Axialkolbenpumpe.

Getriebe ZF-AS-Tronic 16 AS 2602 mechanisches Steuerung Zwei 4-fach Kreuzsteuerhebel mit elektrischer
Schaltgetriebe mit elektronisch-pneumatisch geregelter Vorsteuerung.
Trockenkupplung und vollautomatischer Schaltung mit
16 Vorwärts- und 2 Rückwärtsgängen. Teleskopausleger Sechsteiliger Teleskopausleger aus
hochfestem Feinkornstahl, bestehend aus einem
Verteilergetriebe 2-stufiges Verteilergetriebe VG 3750. Grundausleger und 5 Teleskopteilen, 1 Teleskopzylinder,
hydraulisch unter Teillast teleskopierbar. 13,2 m - 60,0 m lang.
Antrieb 10 x 8
Wippwerk Ein Differentialzylinder mit angebautem
Achsen Senkbremssperrventil.
1. Achse: gelenkt, angetrieben, Differentialsperre quer
2. Achse: gelenkt, angetrieben, zuschaltbar, Hubwerk Axialkolben-Motor, Hubwerkstrommel mit
Differentialsperre quer eingebautem Planetengetriebe und federbelasteter Hydro-
3. Achse: nicht gelenkt, nicht angetrieben, liftbar Lamellenbremse mit integriertem Freilauf beim Heben.
4. Achse: gelenkt, angetrieben, Differentialsperre längs und Hubseil mit 'Super-Stop' Einrichtung.
quer
5. Achse: gelenkt, angetrieben, Differentialsperre quer Drehwerk Axialkolben-Konstant-Motor, dreistufiges
Planetengetriebe mit automatischer Feststellbremse,
Achsaufhängung Hydropneumatische Federung mit offener Kreis mit Drehwerk-Freischaltung.
Niveauregulierung. Drehgeschwindigkeit stufenlos von 0 - 1,5 min-1.

Bremsen Druckluft-Zweikreis-Bremsanlage. Feststellbremse Gegengewicht Gesamtgewicht 51 t teilbar.


als Federspeicherbremse an der 2., 4. und 5. Achse wirkend. Die Bedienung erfolgt aus der Oberwagenkabine.
Intarder und Dauerbremse als Konstantdrosselanlage mit
Auspuffklappenbremse. Oberwagenkabine Großräumige Krankabine in Stahl-
Kunststoffausführung mit Sicherheitsverglasung mit getönten
Räder 10-fach 16.00 R 25 Scheiben, kippbarem Arbeitsplatz mit verstellbarem,
gefedertem, gedämpftem Fahrersitz, motorabhängige und
Lenkung ZF-Servocom-Zweikreishydrolenkung. Mechanische motorunabhängige Warmwasserheizung (mit Motor-
Lenkung der 1. und 2. Achse und Mitlenken der 4. Achse bis Vorwärmung), Kontroll- und Bedienungselemente sowie
zu einer Geschwindigkeit von 25 km/h und der 5. Achse bis graphische LCD-Anzeige für Kranbetrieb.
zu einer Fahrgeschwindigkeit von 50 km/h, mit Notlenkpumpe.
Elektrische Anlage 24 Volt-Gleichstrom, 2 Batterien.
Unterwagenkabine Zwei-Mann-Frontfahrerhaus in Stahl-
Kunststoff-Verbund-Konstruktion, Sicherheitsverglasung, Sicherheitseinrichtungen 'Lift Adjuster', Lastmomentbe-
luftgefederte Sitze und motorabhängige Warmwasserheizung, grenzung (LMB), Windmesser, Arbeitsbereichsbegrenzung,
Kontroll- und Bedienungselemente für den Fahrbetrieb, Hubendschalter, Windenendschalter, Seilwindendrehmelder,
Tempomat-Funktion. Sicherheitsventile gegen Rohr- und Schlauchbrüche.
Sperrventile an Hydraulik-Zylindern.
Elektrische Anlage 24 Volt-Gleichstrom, 2 Batterien,
Verdrahtung mit CAN-Bus-Komponenten, integrierte Zusatzausrüstung (gegen Mehrpreis) Auslegerverlängerungen
Eigendiagnose Faun-CSS-System, Abstützbeleuchtung. von 13,2 m bis 37,2 m, Schwerlastspitze 5,4 m,
Die elektrische Anlage entspricht der EG-Norm. Gegengewichtsvarianten 13 t / 25 t / 37 t, Unterflaschen von
10 t bis 160 t, Klimaanlage, 2. Hubwerk, Sonderlackierung
Zusatzausrüstung (gegen Mehrpreis) Anhängekupplung, und Beschriftung.
Zusatzheizung, Motorvorwärmung, Klimaanlage, ABS, Weitere Zusatzausrüstung auf Anfrage.
20.5 R 25 Bereifung, Reserverad, Sonderlackierung und
Beschriftung, Stützkraftanzeige.
Weitere Zusatzausrüstung auf Anfrage.

Änderungen vorbehalten 29
ATF 160G-5

Frame Torsion resistant, welded construction made from Frame Torsion-resistant, all-welded structure of high strength
high strength, fine-grained steel. Central lubricating system. steel. Connected to carrier by single-row ball-bearing slewing
ring with external gearing for 360° continuous rotation.
Outriggers 4 point, double telescopic hydraulic outriggers Central lubricating system.
with controls on both sides of carrier and in superstructure
cab. Outrigger base 8.3 m (5.6 m mid extension) x 8.98 m. Superstructure engine Mercedes-Benz 6 cylinder model
OM 906 LA (Euromot 2 / EPA 2), water cooled, diesel engine.
Carrier engine Mercedes-Benz 8 cylinder model OM 502 LA Rated at 135 kW (184 HP) at 1800 min-1. Torque 750 Nm
(Euromot 2 / EPA 2), water-cooled diesel engine. Rated at (76 kpm) at 1200 - 1600 min-1. (Engine rating according to
380 kW (517 HP) at 1800 min-1. Torque 2400 Nm (245 kpm) 80/1269 EEC and DIN 6270B / DIN 6271).
at 1200 min-1.
Hydraulic system Three circuit diesel hydraulic system with
Transmission ZF-AS-Tronic 16 AS 2602 mechanical 1 double axial piston pump and 1 axial piston pump.
transmission with electro-pneumatically actuated dry-type
clutch and automatic gear shifting with 16 forward gears and Controls Electrical, 2 joy-stick levers for simultaneous
2 reverse gears. operation of crane motions.

Transfer Case Two stage Steyr model VG 3750. Telescopic boom 6 sections, made of high tensile, fine-
grained steel, consisting of 1 base section and 5 telescoping
Drive 10 x 8 sections extended by means of a single telescopic cylinder.
All telescope sections extendable under partial load.
Axles 13.2 m to 60.0 m long.
1st axle: steered, driven
2nd axle: steered, driven Derricking system 1 double acting hydraulic cylinder with
3rd axle: not steered, not driven, lift axle integral brake and holding valve.
4th axle: steered, driven, with longitudinal differential lock
5th axle: steered, driven Main winch Axial piston constant displacement motor, winch
All driven axles with transverse differential locks. drum with integrated planetary reduction and with hydraulically
controlled spring-loaded, multiple disc brake and with
Suspension Hydro-pneumatic with levelling adjustment. integrated free rotation (no sagging of load when hoisting).
Hoist cable with 'Super-Stop' easy reeving system.
Brake system Service brakes: dual circuit compressed air
system. Parking brake: spring loaded type acting on 2nd, 4th Slewing system Constant displacement motor with three-
and 5th axles. Auxiliary brakes: intarder, engine exhaust stage planetary reduction with a foot actuated or automatic
brake and constant throttle engine brake system. service and a parking brake, open circuit with free slewing
function. Speed infinitely variable 0 - 1.5 min-1.
Tyres (10) 16.00 R 25.
Counterweight 51 t divisible, assembled and disassembled
Steering system ZF-Servocom, dual circuit hydraulic by hydraulic cylinders controlled from superstructure cab.
steering, mechanical hydraulically-assisted steering of front
two axles and automatic steering of the 4th axle up to a travel Superstructure cab Spacious all-steel panoramic cab with
speed of 25 km/h and of the 5th axle up to 50 km/h, with safety (tinted) glass windows, tiltable cockpit with hydraulically
emergency steering pump. cushioned adjustable seat, one engine dependent hot water
heater and one engine independent hot-water heater (with
Carrier cab Two man full width cab of composite (steel sheet engine pre-heat). Complete controls and instrumentation plus
metal and fibre-glass) structure, with safety glass, LCD graphic display for crane operation.
air-cushioned adjustable seats, engine dependent hot-water
heater. Complete controls and instrumentation for road travel. Electrical system 24 volt DC system, 2 batteries.
Speed control.
Safety devices 'Lift Adjuster', load moment device (LMD),
Electrical system 24 volt DC system, 2 batteries, anemometer, working area limiter, hoist limit switch, lower limit
CAN-Bus system with Faun CSS integrated self-diagnosis switch and drum turn indicator, safety valves against pipe and
system, outrigger lighting. hose rupture, holding valves on hydraulic cylinders.
Electrical system conforms with EEC regulations.
Optional Equipment (at extra charge) Boom extensions
Optional Equipment (at extra charge) Towing attachment, 13.2 m to 37.2 m, heavy duty jib 5.4 m, counterweight
additional heater, engine pre-heat, air conditioning, ABS, variations 13 t / 25 t / 37 t, selection of hook blocks 10 t - 160 t,
20.5 R 25 tyres, spare wheel and tyre, special painting and air conditioning, auxiliary winch, special painting and lettering.
lettering, outrigger load display. Further optional equipment available upon request.
Further optional equipment available upon request.

30 Subject to change without prior notice


ATF 160G-5

Châssis Construction mécano-soudée, en acier fin, résistante Plate forme Construction mécano-soudée résistante à la
aux fléxions et aux torsions. Système de graissage centralisé. torsion. Couronne d'orientation à billes à une rangée, à
denture extérieure, permettant une rotation illimitée sur 360°.
Calage Calage à 4 points, complètement hydraulique. Système de graissage centralisé.
Commande des stabilisateurs latéralement à gauche et à
droite du châssis et à partir de la cabine du grutier. Moteur Mercedes Benz diesel de 6 cylindres, modèle
Calage 8,3 m (aussi 5,6 m) x 8,98 m. OM 906 LA (Euromot 2 / EPA 2), refroidi par eau. Réglage du
nombre de tours par pédale, de 135 kW (184 CV) à 1800 min-1.
Moteur Mercedes Benz diesel de 8 cylindres, modèle Couple: 750 Nm (76 kpm) à 1200 - 1600 min-1 (puissance
OM 502 LA (Euromot 2 / EPA 2), refroidi par eau, de 380 kW selon DIN 6270B / DIN 6271).
(517 CV) à 1800 min-1. Couple: 2400 Nm (245 kpm) à
1200 min-1. Système hydraulique Diesel-hydraulique à 3 circuits,
1 double pompe à pistons axiaux et 1 pompe à pistons axiaux.
Boîte de vitesse Boîte mécanique ZF-AS-Tronic, modèle
16 AS 2602 avec embrayage électro-pneumatique et boîte Commande 2 manipulateurs à commande en croix (4 sens),
automatique, 16 vitesses AV et 2 vitesses AR. assistés électriquement.

Boîte de transfert Boîte de transfert VG 3750. Flèche télescopique 1 flèche de base et 5 éléments
télescopiques en acier fin, hydrauliquement télescopables aussi
Entraînement 10 x 8 sous charge partielle avec une logueur de 13,2 m à 60,0 m.

Essieux Mécanisme de relevage 1 vérin différentiel muni de clapet


1er essieu: directeur, entraîné, blocage de différentiel de freinage de descente.
entre-roues
2ème essieu: directeur, entraîné, netraîné sur commande, Mécanisme de levage Moteur hydraulique, tambour de
blocage de différentiel entre-roues levage avec boîte planétaire incorporée, frein d'arrêt à disques
3ème essieu: non directeur, non entraîné, peut être levé multiples à ressort, libéré lors du levage. Câble de levage avec
4ème essieu: directeur, entraîné, blocage de différentiel dispositif 'Super-Stop'.
longitudinal et entre-roues
5ème essieu: directeur, entraîné, blocage de différentiel Orientation Moteur hydraulique avec entraînement planétaire
entre-roues à 3 gammes avec frein de stationnement automatique.
Vitesse de rotation 0 à 1,5 min-1 en continu.
Suspension Hydro-pneumatique, avec réglage de niveau.
Contrepoids Poids total 51 t divisible, commandé depuis la
Freins Système à air comprimé, à double circuit. cabine du grutier.
Frein de stationnement: avec accumulateurs à ressort agissant
sur le 2ème, 4ème et 5ème essieu. Intarder, frein continu: Cabine du grutier Cabine de grue spacieuse,construction
Frein sur échappement avec étrangleur. en matière combinée acier / synthétique, avec vitrage de
sécurité en verre teinté, siège réglable et amorti
Pneus 10 x 16.00 R 25 hydrauliquement, inclinable avec instruments de commande,
chauffage à eau chaude dépendant et indépendant du moteur
Direction Servocom à double circuit, marque ZF. Direction (avec préchauffage du moteur), éléments de commande et de
mécanique du 1er et 2ème essieu, à assistance hydraulique, contrôle avec affichage digital pour travaux.
avec pompe de direction auxiliaire direction du 4ème essieu
jusqu'à une vitesse de 25 km/h et du 5ème essieu jusqu'à Système électrique 24 V courant continu, 2 battéries.
une vitesse de 50 km/h, avec pompe de direction auxiliaire.
Dispositifs de sécurité 'Lift Adjuster', limiteur de
Cabine Cabine bi-place, construction en matière combinée charge (CEC), anémomètre, limitation de zone de travail,
acier / synthétique. Vitrage en verre de sécurité, sièges à interrupteur de fin de course de levage et de treuil , indicateur
suspension pneumatique. Chauffage à eau chaude relié au du nombre de tours, soupapes de sécurité contre ruptures
moteur. Organes de contrôle et de commande pour la conduite. des conduites et flexibles, clapets sur verins hydraulique.
Régulateur de vitesse.
Equipement supplémentaire (contre supplément de prix)
Système électrique 24 V courant continu, 2 battéries, Fléchette de 13,2 m à 37,2 m, fléchette pour levage lourde
connexion circuit électrique avec CAN-Bus. Équipement avec 5,4 m, combinaison différentes de contrepoids 13 t / 25 t / 37 t,
prise diagnostic et avec interprétation de code erreur de moufles de 10 t à 160 t, climatisation, 2ème treuil de levage,
système FAUN CSS, illumination des calages. peinture spéciale et inscription.
Conforme aux normes CE. Autres équipements supplémentaires sur demande.
Equipement supplémentaire (contre supplément de prix)
Attache-remorque, chauffage auxiliaire, préchauffage du moteur,
climatisation, ABS, pneus 20.5 R 25, roue de secours, peinture
spéciale et inscription. Indicateur de pression sur les calages.
Autres équipements supplémentaires sur demande.

Cette documentation est modifable sans préavis 31


ATF 160G-5

Chasis portante Construcción de acero de alta resistencia Superestructura Construida en aceros soldados, resistente
soldado, resistente a la torsion y a la flexión. Sistema de a la torsión. Corona de giro con rodamiento de una fila de
engrase central. bolas con dientes externos para giro continuo a 360°.
Sistema de engrase central.
Estabilizadores Estabilizadores hidráulicos de 4 puntos.
Posibilidad de manejo desde ambos lados del chasis portante Motor Mercedes Benz modelo OM 906 LA (Euromot 2 / EPA 2),
y desde la cabina de la grúa. Extensión de los estabilizadores: 6 cilindros, diesel, refrigerado por agua. Las revoluciones
8,3 m (y 5,6 m) x 8,98 m. aumentan de forma gradual accionado el acelerador. Nominal
135 kW (184 HP) a 1800 min-1. Par 750 Nm (76 kpm) a 1200 -
Motor Mercedes Benz modelo OM 502 LA (Euromot 2 / EPA 2), 1600 min-1 (potencia del motor según DIN 6270B / DIN 6271).
8 cilindros, diesel, refrigerado por agua. Nominal 380 kW
(517 HP) a 1800 min-1. Par 2400 Nm (245 kpm) a 1200 min-1. Sistema hidráulico Sistema hidráulico de 3 circuitos, 1 bomba
doble de pistones axiales y una bomba de pistones axiales.
Transmisión Transmisión mecánica ZF tipo AS-Tronic modelo
16 AS 2602, con 16 marchas adelante y dos marchas atrás, Mandos 2 palancas de control de tipo joy-stick para
controladas electro - neumaticamente con embrage en seco. movimientos simultáneos de la grúa (4 direcciones), assistidos
eléctricamente.
Transmisión Caja de distribution de dos escalones
tipo VG 3750. Pluma telescópica 6 secciones, un tramo base
y 5 telescópicos de acero de alta resistenca soldado. Los
Tracción 10 x 8 tramos se pueden telescopar hidráulicamente bajo carga.
Longitud de 13,2 m a 60,0 m.
Ejes
1o eje: de dirección, accionado, con bloqueo diferencial Elevación de pluma Mediante un cilindro hidráulico de doble
transversal efecto con válvula de retención integrada.
2o eje: de dirección, accionado, conectar según necesidad,
con bloqueo diferencial transversal Cabrestante principal Motor hidráulico de pistones axiales
3o eje: no articulado, no direccionable, elevable y caudal fijo. Tambor del cabrestante con reducción planetaria
4o eje: de dirección, accionado, con bloqueo diferencial y frenos de disco múltiples accionado, con sistema libre de
longitudinal y transversal elevación. Cable de elevación con sistema de enhebrado
5o eje: de dirección, accionado, con bloqueo diferencial fácil y 'Super-Stop'.
transversal
Sistema de giro Motor hidráulico de pistones axiales con
Suspensión Suspensión hidroneumática con regulación de reducción planetária de tres etapas. Con freno de giro
nivel. automático. Circuito abierto con mecanismo de giro libre con
posibilidad de desconexión. Velocidad de giro gradual de
Sistemas de frenos Accionamiento neumático de doble 0 a 1,5 min-1.
circuito. Freno de estacionamiento del tipo muelles cargados,
liberados por aire, sobre los ejes 2o, 4o y 5o. Intarder y freno Contrapeso Peso total 51 t divisible, accionado desde la
continuo: sistema estrangulador constante y freno tipo cabina de la grúa.
estrangulación sobre el escape del motor diesel.
Cabina de la grúa Cabina espaciosa y confortable,
Neumáticos 10 x 16.00 R 25 en construcción de acero y fibra de vidrio, con cristales
coloreados de seguridad. Asiento del operador regulable
Dirección Hidráulica ZF Servocom de doble circuito. Dirección amortiguado hidráulicamente, inclinable junto con los
mecánica del 1o y 2o eje y direccionable del 4o eje hasta una instrumentos y mandos, calefacción por agua caliente
velocidad de 25 km/h y del 5o eje hasta una velocidad de dependiente y independiente del motor (con precalefacción
conducción de 50 km/h, con bomba auxiliar de dirección. del motor). Controles, instrumentos y mandos de conducción
como display digital LCD para la operación de la grúa.
Cabina Cabina para dos personas, en construcción de acero
y fibra de vidrio. Cristales de seguridad, asiento con suspensión Sistema eléctrico Sistema de 24 V c.c. con 2 baterias.
neumática, calefacción por agua caliente del motor. Elementos
de control e instrumentos para circulación por carretera. Medidas de seguridad 'Lift Adjuster', limitación del momento
Regulador de velocidad. de carga (LMC), anemómetro, limitación del área de trabajo,
interruptor de final de elevación, interruptor de 3 últimas
Sistema eléctrico Sistema de 24 V c.c. con 2 baterias, vueltas en cabrestante, indicador de bajada o subida del cable
conexiónes eléctricas integradas en el sistema CAN-Bus, del cabrestante, válvulas de seguridad para rotura de tubos y
sístema integrado de diagnostico Faun-CSS. Faros en gatos. latiguillos. Válvulas de retencón en los cilindros hidráulicos.
El sistema eléctrico cumple la normativa CEE.
Equipo adicional (con suplemento de precio) Plumín de
Equipo adicional (con suplemento de precio) Embrague de 13,2 m a 37,2 m, punta pesada 5,4 m, Variantes de
remolque, calefacción adicional, precalefacción del motor, contrapeso 13 t / 25 t / 37 t, climatisación, Gancho de 10 a 160 to.
climatisación, ABS, neumáticos 20.5 R 25, rueda de repuesto, 2o cabrestante, pintura especial y rotulación.
pintura especial e inscripción. Control carga (gatos de apoyo). Otros equipamientos sobre demanda.
Otros equipamientos sobre demanda.

32 Sujeto a cambios sin previo aviso


ATF 160G-5
Hakenhöhen / Kopfhöhen
Hook height / Tip height
Hauteurs sous crochet / Hauteurs tête de flèche
Altura del gancho / Altura de la punta

0° 20° 40°
m
60.0 m + 37
.2 m 102
100
98
60.0 m + 31
.2 m 96
94
92
90
88
86
60.0 m + 19
.2 m 84
82
60.0 m + 13 80
.2 m
78
76
74
60.0 m + 5. 72
4m
70
68
66
60.0 m
64
62
60
58
56
54
48.0 m
52
50
48
46
39.3 m 44
42
40
38
30.6 m 36
70°

34
°
60

32
30
°
50

21.9 m 28
° 26
40
24
22
°
30 20
13.2 m 18
° 16
2 0
14
12
10° 10
8
6
4
2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 m

33
DIN 25202 Seite 7

Tabelle 6. Montagevorspannkräfte FM und Anziehdrehmomente MA (gerechnet mit .uG = 0,12 als mittlere Gewinde-
reibungszahl) für Schaftschrauben mit metrischem Regelgewinde nach DIN 13 Teil 13 und Kopfmaßen von
Sechskantschrauben nach DIN 931 Teil 1 bzw. Zylinderschrauben nach DIN 912

Festig- FM in N für.uG MAin Nmfür.uK


Gewinde keits-
klasse 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,20 0,24 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,20 0,24

8.8 4400 4200 4050 3900 3700 3400 3150 2,2 2,5 2,8 3,1 3,3 3,7 4
M 4 10.9 6400 6200 6000 5700 5500 5000 4600 3,2 3,7 4,1 4,5 4,9 5,4 5,9
A2-70 3100 2980 2860 2750 2640 2420 2230 1,5 1,8 2 2,2 2,4 2,7 2,9

8.8 7200 6900 6600 6400 6100 5600 5100 4,3 4,9 5,5 6,1 6,5 7,3 7,9
M 5 10.9 10500 10100 9700 9300 9000 8200 7500 6,3 7,3 8,1 8,9 9,6 10,7 11,6
A2-70 5050 4870 4680 4490 4310 3960 3640 3 3,5 3,9 4,3 4,7 5,3 5,8

8.8 10100970094009000860079007200 7,4 8,5 9,5 10,4 11,2 12,5 13,5


M 6 .10.9 14900 14300 13700 13200 12600 11600 10600 10,9 12,5 14 15,5 16,5 18,5 20
A2-70 7110 6850 6590 6320 6070 5570 5130 5,2 6 6,8 7,4 8 9,1 9,9

8.8 18500 17900 17200 16500 15800 14500 13300 18 20,5 23 25 27 31 33


M 8 10.9 27000 26000 25000 24200 23200 21300 19500 26 30 34 37 40 45 49
A2-70 '13000 12600 12100 11600 11200 10200 9400 12,5 14,5 16,3 17,9 19,5 22 24

8.8 29500 28500 27500 26000 25000 23100 21200 36 41 46 51 55 62 67


M10 10.9 43500420004000038500370003400031000 52 60 68 75 80 90 98
A2-70 20800 20000 19300 18500 17800 16300 15000 25 29 33 36 39 44 49

8.8 43000 41500 40000 38500 36500 33500 31000 61 . 71 79 87 94 106 115
M 12 10.9 63000 61000 59000 56000 54000 49500 45500 90 104 117 130 140 155 170
A2-70 30300292002810027000259002380021900 43 50 56 62 61 76 83

8.8 59000 57000 55000 53000 50000- 46500 42500 97 113 125 140 150 170 185
M 14 10.9 87000 84000 80000 77000 74000 68000 62000 145 165 185 205 220 250 270
A2-70 41500 40100 38600 37100 35600 32700 30100 68 79 89 98 107 121 132

8.8 81000 78000 75000 72000 70000 64000 59000 145 170 195 215 230 260 280
M 16 10.9 119000 115000 111000 106000 102000 94000 86000 215 250 280 310 340 380 420
A2-70 57000551005310051000490004510041500102 120 135 150 163 185 203

8.8 102000 98000 94000 91000 87000 80000 73000 210 245 280 300 330 370 400
M 18 10.9 145000 140000 135000 129000 124000 114000 104000 300 350 390 430 470 530 570
A2-70 69400 67000 64500 62000 59500 54800 50400 144 167 189 208 226 257 281

8.8 131000126000121000117000112000103000 95000 300 350 390 430 47.0 530 570
M 20 10.9 186000 180000 173000 166000 159000 147000 135000 420 490 560 620 670 750 820
A2-70 89100 86000 82900 79700 76600 70500 64900 201' 235 266 294 320 363 398

c 8.8 163000 157000 152000 146000 140000 129000 118000 400 470 530 580 630 710 180
M 22 10.9 232000 224000 216000 208000 200000 183000 169000 570 670 750 830 900 1020 1110
A2-50 61700 59700 57500 55400 53200 49000 45100 136 158 178 196 212 239 260

8.8 188000 182000 175000 168000 161000 148000 136000 510 600 670 740 800 910 990
M 24 10.9 270000 260000 249000 239000 230000 211000 194000 730 850 960 1060 1140 1300 1400
A2-50 71200 68800 66300 63800 61300 56400 51900 192 225 254 281 305 347 380

8.8 247000 239000 230000 221000 213000 196000 180000 750 880 1000 1100 1200 1350 1450
M 27 10.9 350000 340000 330000 315000 305000 280000 255000 1070 1250 1400 1550 1700 1900 2100
A2-50 93600 90500 87300 84000 80700 74400 68500 281 329 374 414 451 513 564

8.8 300000 290000 280000 270000 260000 237000 218000 1000 1190 1350 1500 1600 1800 2000
'M30 10.9 430000 415000 400000 385000 370000 340000 310000 1450 1700 1900 2100 2300 2600 2800
A2-50 113900110000106000102000 98100 90300 83100 382 448 508 562 612 696 763

I
;

I
.
~!
Seite 8 DIN 25202

Tabelle 7. Montagevorspannkräfte FM und Anziehdrehmomente MA (gerechnet mit .LlG= 0,12als mittlere Gewinde-
reibungszahl) für Schaftschrauben mit metrischem Feingewinde nach DIN 13 Teil 13 und Kopfmaßen von
Zylinderschrauben nach DIN 912

Festig- FM in N tür.LlG MA in Nmtür.LlK


Gewinde keits-
klasse 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,20 0,24 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16' 0,20 0,24

8 8.8 20300 19600 18800 18100 17400 16000 14700 19 22 24,5 27 30 33 36


M 10.9 29500 28500 27500 26500 25500 23400 21500 28 32 36 40 43 49 53
x 1 A2-70 14300 13800 13300 12800 12300 11300 10400 13 15 17 19 20 24 26

8.8 31500 30500 29500 28500 27000 24900 22900 37 43 49 54 58 66 72


M 10 10.9 46500 45000 43000 41500 40000 36500 33500 55 64 72 79 86 97 105
x 1,25 A2-70 22300 21500 20700 19900 19100 17600 16200 26 30 34 38 41 47 51

8.8 48000 46500 45000 43000 41500 38000 35000 65 77 87 96 104 118 130
M::5 10.9 71000 68000 66000 64000 61000 56000 52000 96 112 125 140 150 175 190
x , A2-70 33900 32800 31700 30500 29300 27000 24800 45 53 60 67 73 83 91

8.8 45500 44000 42500 40500 39000 36000 33000 63 74 83 92 99 112 122
M 12 10.9 67000 65000 62000 60000 57000 53000 48500 93 108 122 135 145 166 180
x 1,5 A2-70 32000 31000 29800 28700 27500 25400 23300 52 61 70 78 86 99 109

M 14 8.8 65000 63000 61000 58000 56000 52000 47500 1m 121 135 150 165 185 205 !'
10.9 96000 92000 89000 86000 82000 76000 70000 150 175 200 220 240 270 300
x 1,5 A2-70 45800 44300 42700 41100 39500 36400 33500 70 83 94 104 113 129 141

8.8 88000 85000 82000 79000 76000 70000 64000 155 180 205 230 250 280 310
M~; 10.9 129000 125000 121000 116000 112000 103000 95000 225 2~0 300 340 370 420 450
x , A2-70 62000 60000 57900 55BOO 53600 49400 45500 107 126 143 159 174 198 218

M 18 8.8 118000 114000 110000 106000 102000 94000 87000 230 270 310 350 380 430 470
15 10.9 168000 163000 157000 152000 146000 134000 124000 330 390 440 490 540 610 670
x , A2-70 80500 78000 75300 72600 69800 64400 59300 154 183 209 232 261 290 319

8.8 149000 144000 139000 134000 129000 119000 110000 320 380 430 480 530 600 660
M ~~ 10.9 212000 206000 199000 191000 184000 170000 156000 460 540 620 690 750 850 940
x , A2-70 95200 92100 88900 85600 82300 75800 69800 215 256 293 326 357 408 450

8.8 210000 203000 196000 189000 182000 168000 154000 540 640 730 810 890 1010 1100
M 224 10.9 300000 290000 280000 270000 260000 239000 220000 780 920 1040 1160 1250 1450 1550
x A2-50 79500 77000 74400 71700 69000 63600 58600 203 240 274 305 333 380 418

8.8 270000 265000 255000 245000 236000 218000 200000 790 940 1070 1190 1300 1500 1600
M 2; 10.9 385000 375000 365000 350000 335000 310000 285000 1130 1350 1500 1700 1850 2100 2300
x A2-50 103000 99900 96500 93100 89500 82600 76200 267 316 362 403 441 505 551
ij
M30 8.8 342000 332000 321000 309000 297000 274000 253000 1240 1370 1490 1610 1740 1990 2240
2 10.9 487000 472000 457000 440000 424000 391000 360000 1770 1940 2120 2300 2480 2830 3190
x A2-50 129500125600121500117000112700104000 96000 406 484 554 619 677 776 856

-)
'I
CHAPTER 2
Construction , Operation , Circuits
Total Pages

AML-B ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
ATF160G-5 英文取説流用分
0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML 41

AML-B_ErrorCodeList_00) 15

AML-B_Information-Data_00_FA029(ATF160G-5) 14

AML-B_ServiceManual_00) 61

CAN BUS ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41


・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
ATF160G-
ATF160G-5_110G-
5_110G-5
0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV 16

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM 9

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC 18

7782385_Service_eng_mit_motorfehlercodes 17

ATF160G-5_Pin Arrangement CAN BUS (Fa 029)

CAN_Struktur_und_Funktionen04 2

Diagrams ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・

Esp ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00 cut tele 2

ATF160G-5 Tele Mode エクセルデータ

ESP_BOTU (和英) 6

ESP_Figure_English (和英) 3

Tele control エクセルデータ


Location ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
Crane
0175_EN_FA029_B2_01_00_00 cut 2

0180_EN_FA029_B2_02_00_00 5

0225_EN_FA029_B2_12_00_00 2

0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse 6

Carrier
0110_EN_FA029_B1_01_00_00 cut 4

0115_EN_FA029_B1_02_01_00 cut 4

0145_EN_FA029_B1_07_00_00 4

0165_EN_FA029_B1_11_00_00 4

0295_EN_FA029_C1_12_00_00_relayfuse 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00 4

99707782060_01_OL_1 1

99707782087_01_OS_1 1

99707782103_01_OK_1 1

Presentation ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41
・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
Crane
Overview

A.1_Electric components

A.2_Electric_Counterweight

A2B - Switch

B.1_Pumps-OW

B.2_Solenoids - Hydraulic

B.3_Main control valve- hydraulic

B.4_Proportionalventile OW-Hydraulik

B.5_Control valve_slewing-counterweight

Carrier
Overview

A.1_Elektric driver cap

A.2_Electric components behind front cover

A.3_Rear_Steering
A.4_Suspension - Elektric

B.1_Hydraulicpumps

B.2_Priorityvalve

B.3_Fan System

B.4_Suspension_Hydraulic

B.5_Front steering_Hydraulic

B.6_Outrigger_Hydraulic

C.1_Pneumatic

C.2_Aux_air

Rear Steering ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41


・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
0135_EN_FA029_B1_05_00_00 cut 4

9970Fa029Lenk_E CAN BUS 関連資料 4 章へ

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up 9

VD062_SLC_019_062 9

Tele Motan ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・41


・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・
0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146 8
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

AML-B Operation Manual


for FAUN ATF 160G-5

FAUN GmbH

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 1/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

AML-B Operation Manual for FAUN ATF 160G-5


Table of Contents

1. Function keys and displays


1.1. Function keys
1.2. Displays
1.2.1. LED
1.2.2. LCD panel
1.2.2.1. Numerical displays
1.2.2.2. Segment symbols
1.2.3. Character display
1.2.4. Graphic display
2. Registration of crane-operating conditions
2.1. Registration of outrigger conditions
2.2. Registration of counterweight conditions
2.3. Registration of boom / jib state
2.3.1. Registration of boom / jib state
2.3.2. Registration of jib set
2.4. Registration of rope falls and hook displacement display
3. Telescopic boom operation and LCD graphics
3.1. Telescopic boom selection and operation
3.2. Jib-set operation
3.3. Emergency mode operation
4. Work range limit function
4.1. Item selection, registration and cancellation
4.2. Work range limit function display
4.3. Display example
4.4. Saving the values for the work range limit function
5. Check function
6. Speed pre-selection and maintenance
6.1. Speed pre-selection
6.2. Boom maintenance
6.3 Hook position initalization
6.4. Slow telescoping mode cancel
7. Lift adjuster

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1 Function keys and displays


Fig. 1 shows the AML control panel and graphic display.

AML control panel

Graphic display

Fig.1 AML control panel and graphic display

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 3/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1.1 Function Keys


Rope falls Counterweight Boom Initial display

Tare Back
Plus Jib set

Check Buzzer Work range Forward Set


OFF
Minus Outrigger Outrigger
left-hand right-hand

Fig. 1.1 Function keys

<Initial display>:
Use this key to quit or cancel the current function or condition. If this key
is pushed, the AML goes to initial (basic) display mode.

<Set>:
Use this key to register or determine the selected condition.

<Back>:
Use this key for menu selection. When this key is used for menu
selection, the menu cursor moves upwards or left.

<Forward>:
Use this key for menu selection. When this key is used for menu
selection, the menu cursor moves down or right.

<Boom>:
Use this key for boom or jib operation selection.

<Jib set>:
Use this key for jib set operation.

<Outrigger left>:
Use this key for left-hand outrigger condition selection.

<Outrigger right>:
Use this key for right-hand outrigger condition selection.

<Counterweight>:
Use this key for counterweight condition selection.

<Work range>:
Use this key to activate or cancel the “work range limit function”.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
4/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 1.1 Function Keys

<Plus>:
Use this key to increase the numerical value.

<Minus>:
Use this key to decrease the numerical value.

<Rope fall>:
Use this key to select the rope falls (number of part-lines).

<Buzzer off>:
Use this key to interrupt the buzzer alarm temporarily.

<Tare>:
Use this key to activate or deactivate the “TARE function”. When this key
is pressed, the TARE function is activated and the load display value is
reset to zero. Moreover, the load values are saved before this key is
pressed. While the TARE function is activated, the saved values are
subtracted from the load display. When this key is pressed again, the
TARE function is deactivate.

<Check>:
Use this key to start the AML check function or to display “Speed pre-
selection and maintenance” menu.

Note: In the following description < > means the function key.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 5/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1.2 Displays
TARE LED Angle-based lifting capacity
1.2.1 LED

Override LED Buzzer off LED

Auto-stop LED Work range limit function LEDs


(height) (upper angle limit) (lower angle limit)

(Radius)(Left-hand swing) (Right-hand swing)


Pre-warning LED Work range limit function LEDs

Fig.1.2.1. LED display

Override LED: If the override key or the overwind cancel key is ON, this LED goes on to
indicate that the auto-stop function is deactivated.

Tare LED: This LED lights up if the TARE function is activated.

Buzzer off LED: This LED lights up if the buzzer off function is activated.

Angle-based lifting capacity LED: This LED goes on if the angle-based lifting capacity control
is performed (ex: jib operation).

Auto-stop LED: This LED is lit while an auto-stop condition is present. It is also lit if the
override key or the overwind cancel key is ON.

Pre-warning LED: This LED goes on if the load ratio enters the pre-warning range (90-102.5%).

Work range limit function LEDs: These 6 LEDs indicate the current work range function
status in question.

LED Meaning
status
OFF The work range function is deactivated.
ON The work range function is activated.
Flashing The work range function is activated and auto-stop control is being
performed.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
6/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1.2.2 LCD panel

1.2.2.1 Numerical Displays


Boom length display
Jib length display Jib angle display
Wind speed display

Load display

Rated load display

Boom angle display Work radius display


Outrigger length display
(1-4) Counterweight display

Load Display: Normally displays the load. In some display modes (ex: jib set operation), “- - -”
appears.

Rated Load Display: Normally displays the rated load. In some display modes (ex: jib set
operation), “- - -” appears.

Boom Angle Display: Normally displays the boom angle. While registering or cancelling the
work range limit function, it displays registered lower boom angle limit information.

Boom Length Display: Normally displays the boom length. While the work range limit function
is being registered or cancelled, it displays the registered height limit information.

Work Radius Display: Normally displays the work radius. In some display modes (ex: jib set
operation), “- - -” appears. While the work range limit function is registered or cancelled, it
displays the registered work radius limit information.

Jib Angle Display: Displays the jib offset angle if jib operation is selected. Otherwise, nothing is
displayed.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 7/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 1.2.2.1 Numerical Displays

Jib Length Display: Displays the following information.


While selecting the jib, the jib length is displayed.
If the <Rope fall> key is pressed, “Pxx” is displayed. (xx indicates the number of rope falls)
If the hook displacement switch is on, the hook displacement is displayed.
While the work range limit function is registered or cancelled, it displays the registered boom
upper angle limit information.

Counterweight Display: Displays counterweight information.

Wind speed display: Displays the wind speed.

Outrigger Length Display (1-4): no use for ATF 160G-5

Note: The numerical units are changed according to the information


displayed.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
8/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1.2.2.2 Segment Symbols

18

9
10
8
4
2
21
11 3
16 15 13
1
6
23 24 12
5 1

22 26 13 5

19
5
25 23

17 7 7
14
20

(1) Boom/Jib Symbols


1- Boom symbol: This symbol appears if boom operation is selected.
2- Jib symbol: This symbol appears if jib operation is selected.
3- Single top symbol: This symbol appears if single top operation is selected.
4- : not assigned in case of the ATF 160G-5

(2) Indicating Symbols


5- Boom angle symbol: Shows that the boom angle is displayed on the boom angle display.
6- Boom length symbol: Shows that the boom length is displayed on the boom length
display.
7- Work radius symbol: Shows that the work radius is displayed on the work radius display.
8- Jib angle symbol: Shows that the jib angle is displayed on the jib angle display.
9- Jib length symbol: Shows that the jib length is displayed on the jib length display.
10- Hook symbol: This symbol appears if the rope falls or the hook displacement appears on
the jib length display.
11- Upper angle limit symbol: This symbol shows that the boom upper limit angle is
displayed on the jib length display.
12- Lower angle limit symbol: This symbol shows that the boom lower limit angle is
displayed on the boom angle display.
13- Height limit symbol: This symbol shows that the boom height limit is displayed on the
boom length display.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 9/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 1.2.2.2 Segment Symbols

14- Work radius limit symbol: This symbol appears if the work radius limit is registered or
cancelled.
15- Right swing limit symbol: This symbol appears if the right swing limit area is registered
or cancelled.
16- Left swing limit symbol: This symbol appears if the left swing limit area is registered or
cancelled.
17- Counterweight symbol: This symbol appears if the counterweight is selected.
18- Wind speed symbol: This symbol appears if the wind speed is displayed.

(3) Other Symbols


19- Outrigger state symbols: Shows the outrigger condition. The outer symbol designates
the maximum outrigger length, and the inner symbol shows the selected outrigger status.
20- Swing position symbol: Shows the swing position by 20 segments.
21-26 : no use for ATF 160G-5

1.2.3 Character Display


The character display shows 16 characters x 2 lines. Normally, the load ratio bar graph appears
in the first line, and hook displacement, or pump pressure appear in the 2nd line. The keys
<Back> or <Forward> are used to switch over the display. The error code is displayed if an
error occurs.

<Back> or <Forward>

Warning message (ex. over wind, over load, etc.) appears in the 2nd line. Warning messages
are W----. If system error occurs, error message appears in 1st line. Warning and error
messages are described in the appendix.

Example of warning and error messages

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
10/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

1.2.4 Graphic Display


Graphic display shows the number of rope fall. If an auxiliary winch is installed, information of
auxiliary winch also appears on the graphic display.

Graphic display is used for telescoping, speed pre-selection and maintenance. These
operations are instructed in other chapters.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 11/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

2 Registration of crane-operating conditions


The basic function of the AML is to calculate the load ratio during crane operation, then to give the
information to the crane operator and to stop the crane motion when overloading is detected. Before
starting crane operation, the crane-operating condition must be registered correctly.

In this system, operator must input following actual crane conditions.


right and left side outrigger condition
counterweight condition
boom or jib condition

Notice
It is only possible to register the crane-operating conditions with fully retracted boom.

2.1 Registration of outrigger conditions


With the AML in normal display state, press <Outrigger right> or <Outrigger left>; then the
AML goes to the outrigger registration state and shows the LCD panel as follows:

Maximum (8.3m)

Middle (5.6m)

Minimum (2.74m)

<Set> key

<Outrigger right> key


<Outrigger left> key

Flashing

If the <Outrigger right> key is pressed, the right-hand outrigger state symbols start to flash. For
each actuation of <Outrigger right>, <Back> or <Forward>, the state of the right-hand
outrigger changes to the next condition. Then press <Set> to register the selected outrigger
condition.

If the <Outrigger left> key is pressed, the left-hand outrigger state symbols start to flash. For
each actuation of <Outrigger left>, <Back> or <Forward>, the state of the left-hand outrigger
changes to the next condition. Then press <Set> to register the selected outrigger condition.

If <Initial display> is pressed, the AML exits the outrigger registration state.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
12/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

2.2 Registration of counterweight conditions


With the AML in normal display state, press <Counterweight>; then the AML goes to the
counterweight registration state and shows the LCD panel as follows:

Flashing
<Counterweight> key <Set> key

Whenever the keys <Counterweight>, <Back> or <Forward> are pressed, the counterweight
value changes to the next condition. If the desired condition is reached, press <Set> to register
the counterweight condition.

If <Initial display> is pressed, the AML exits the counterweight registration state.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 13/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

2.3 Registration of boom / jib state

2.3.1 Registration of boom / jib state

Boom
Flashing

Single
Top

Jib

Flashing

<Boom> key <Set> key

If the <Boom> key is pressed with the AML in normal display state, the AML goes to boom/ jib
registration status and shows the LCD panel as follows.

Boom/ Single top /Jib Symbols: Flash to display the boom symbol. Whenever the <Boom>
or <Forward> key is pressed, the flashing symbol position changes cyclically. Use <Back> to
initiate a reverse direction movement.

Jib length display:


As long as the jib symbol appears, the jib Jib angle display:
length condition is displayed by flashing. As long as the jib symbol appears, the jib
offset angle condition is displayed by flashing.

While “jib” is selected, the jib condition appears in the following sequence of operations. First
the jib length and the offset angle condition appears (e.g. 5.4 m, 0.0 degrees). As <Boom> ( or
<Forward>) is pressed, the next offset angle condition appears (e.g. 5.4m, 20.0 degrees). After
all offset angle conditions have appeared, then next jib length condition with first offset angle
condition appears.

Load Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.


Rated Load Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.
Work Radius Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.

Press <Set> to register the selected boom/ jib condition in the AML. If <Initial display> is
pressed, the AML exits the boom/ jib registration state.

For the single-telescope cylinder system, the crane operator has to select the boom telescopic
conditions after registration of the boom/ jib. For the selection of the boom telescopic conditions,
see chapter 3.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
14/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

2.3.2 Registration of jib set


Jib set state is special condition for jib installed. This mode has useful function as follows.

Boom complete down


Over wind stop cancel
Without inputting the telescoping code which appears on LCD graphic screen, 5th boom can
be extended by control lever.

With the AML in normal display state, pressing of <Jib set> sets the AML to the jib-set
registration state. The display state of LCD panel changes as follows.

Flashing

<Jib set> key <Set> key

Boom/ Jib Symbols: Flashes to display the jib symbol. Whenever <Jib set>, <Forward> or
<Back> are pressed, the jib set condition appears on character display.

Jib Length Display: While the jib symbol appears, this indicator flashes to display the jib
length condition.
Jib Angle Display: While the jib symbol is appearing, it flashes to display the jib angle
condition.
Load Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.
Rated Load Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.
Work Radius Display: Flashes to display “- - -“.

If the <Set> key is pressed, the selected jib-set condition is registered in the AML. If the <Initial
display> key is pressed, the AML exits the jib-set registration state. After jib-set crane capacity
registration, the LCD panel display changes as follows.

Jib symbol: turns on.


Jib Length Display: flashes to display the jib length condition.
Jib Angle Display: flashes to display the jib angle condition.
Load Display: Displays “- - -“.
Rated Load Display: Displays “- - -“.
Work Radius Display: Displays “- - -“.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 15/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

2.4 Registration of the rope falls and hook displacement display

(1) Registration of Rope Falls


With the AML in normal display state, if the <Rope falls> key is pressed, the AML goes to the
rope fall registration state. The hook symbol appears on the LCD panel and the default or
previously registered rope fall number (number of part lines) appears on jib length display.
Whenever <Plus> or <Minus> is pressed, the rope fall number changes.
When <Set> or <Initial display> is pressed, the number of rope falls is registered in the AML.

Jib length display during rope fall registration.


'P' indicates that the displayed value is the rope fall.

Caution:
The AML saves the registered number of rope falls after power-off. You always have to
register the rope fall number even if you don’t use the hook displacement function. The
registered rope fall number is also used for capacity control for wire cut protection.

(2) Hook Displacement Display


If the hook displacement switch is on, the AML displays the main-hook or sub-hook
displacement height from their reset position. The main or sub hook information can be changed
using the hook select switch.
During boom or single-top operation, the displacement value is displayed on the jib-length
display.
During jib or jib-set operation, the displacement value is displayed on the character display.

(3) Displacement Reset


If the displacement reset switch (located outside of AML) is used, the AML clears the
displacement value. After the displacement reset, the AML displays the relative hook position
(height) from reset. Plus means that the hook moves upwards, and minus means that it moves
down.

Jib length display during hook displacement


indication. The hook symbol indicates that the
displayed value is displacement.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
16/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

3 Telescopic boom operation and LCD graphics


This chapter explains telescopic boom operation and its LCD graphic display.

3.1 Telescopic boom selection and operation


When boom operation is registered from the control panel, the telescopic boom conditions must
be selected by the following steps.

1) Press rocker tip switch 40 (turn on) telescope display on/off switch. Then telescopic
boom condition menu appears on the LCD graphic screen.

2) Move cursor upwards or down by actuating <Forward> or <Back> and the select
boom condition. Actuating <Plus> or <Minus> changes the menu page.

Box cursor to select boom


condition. Cursor moves by
<Forward> or <Back>. Guide messages or
If cursor reaches bottom, error messages
then the next menu page appear in this area.
appears. Pressing <Plus>
or <Minus> changes the
menu page.
The telescopic ratio
is displayed for
The mark appears on each boom section.
the currently registered
boom condition.

If the boom condition menu is displayed on the graphic, the character display also shows the
boom condition menu.

Only 2 lines are displayed.


No. To select other conditions, actuate
1 13.2m ↓ <Forward> or <Back>, then the displayed
2 17.6m ↓ condition scrolls.
3 21.9m ↓


*10 52.4m ↓
・ Mark appears on the currently
・ registered boom condition.
29 35.0m ↓

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 17/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 3.1 Telescopic boom selection and operation

3) After selection has been accomplished, press <Set>. Then the selected boom condition is
registered and the boom status graphic appears on the graphic screen.
If the telescopic control lever is operated prior to pressing <Set>, the boom status graphic
appears. Press <Initial display> to make the boom condition menu appear again.

4) If the boom status graphic appears, operate telescopic control lever according to the graphic
operator guidance.

5) Telescopic operation finished, press the telescope display on/off switch. Now the graphic
turns off. If the telescope display on/off switch is not actuated, the graphic remains visible.

Guide messages and


error messages appear
here.
Extract operation guide
Target boom condition

Current boom status Retract operation guide

Target boom condition

Telescopic cylinder length

Boom connection pin (B-pin) status graphic:


Cylinder connection pin (C-pin) status graphic:
Green: locked
Long green rectangle locked:
Circle not filled: unlocked
Rectangle not filled: unlocked
Red: detector error

Yellow: now locking or unlocking Red: detector fault

Yellow: now locking or unlocking

If the boom status graphic is displayed on the graphic LCD, the character display also shows
the boom length.

Telescopic menu Target boom length Current cylinder length


number

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
18/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 3.1 Telescopic boom selection and operation

Table Selectable boom condition

No. Boom Tele.1 Tele.2 Tele.3 Tele.4 Tele.5


1 13.2m 0 0 0 0 0
2 17.6m 0 0 0 0 46
3 21.9m 0 0 0 0 93
4 26.3m 0 0 0 46 93
5 30.6m 0 0 0 93 93
6 35.0m 0 0 46 93 93
7 39.3m 0 0 93 93 93
8 43.7m 0 46 93 93 93
9 48.0m 0 93 93 93 93
10 52.4m 46 93 93 93 93
11 56.7m 93 93 93 93 93
12 21.9m 0 0 0 46 46
13 26.3m 0 0 46 46 46
14 30.6m 0 46 46 46 46
15 35.0m 46 46 46 46 46
16 39.3m 93 46 46 46 46
17 39.3m 46 46 46 46 93
18 43.7m 46 46 46 93 93
19 43.7m 93 93 46 46 46
20 48.0m 93 93 93 46 46
21 48.0m 46 93 93 93 46
22 52.4m 93 93 93 93 46
23 60.0m 100 100 100 100 100
24 17.6m 0 46 0 0 0
25 21.9m 46 46 0 0 0
26 21.9m 0 46 46 0 0
27 26.3m 46 46 46 0 0
28 30.6m 93 46 46 0 0
29 35.0m 93 46 46 46 0

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 19/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

3.2 Jib-set operation

When jib-set operation is registered from the control panel, without inputting the telescoping
code which appears on LCD graphic screen, 5th boom can be extended by control lever. During
telescopic operation, the boom status graphic also appears.

Telescopic menu number


(fixed on 99)

Current cylinder length

Graphic display
No.
99 4.39m

Telescopic menu number Current cylinder length


(fixed on 99)

Character display

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
20/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

3.3 Emergency mode operation


When emergency control switch is on, the display may differ in some cases from the normal
boom telescope.

indicates cylinder
“E02” indicates position.
emergency mode.

In emergency mode, B-pin and C-pin operation should be effected while symbol is displayed.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 21/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

4 Work range limit function


If the work range limit area is registered in the AML and if the crane enters the limited area, the
AML performs an auto-stop.
The AML has the following work range limit items.

Height
Boom upper angle limit
Boom lower angle limit
Work radius
Left-hand swing
Right-hand swing

Note: When the AML override switch is on, work range limit function
is canceled.
When slow stop function is canceled,
swing work limit is canceled.
When swing free is selected, swing
sometimes does not stop.

4.1 Item selection, registration and cancellation


With the AML in normal display state, if <Work range> is pressed, the AML goes to the work
range limit registration and cancellation state.
Whenever <Work range > or <Forward> is pressed, the AML changes the selected limiting
items cyclically in the following sequence of operations. Pressing <Back > moves the selected
item backward.

Height => Boom upper angle limit => Boom lower angle limit => Work radius => Left-hand swing
=> Right-hand swing => Height=>....

During item selection, the AML flashes to display the selected limit symbol while the other limit
symbols (not selected) are turned on. If the key <Set> is pressed, the AML registers (if already
registered, it cancels) the current position as the selected limit function value and terminates the
work range limit registration and cancellation mode. Pressing <Set> inverts the item registration
states.
If the key <Initial display> is pressed, the AML exits the work range limit registration and
cancellation state.

4.2 Work range limit function display


(1) Numerical Display
During work range limit registration and cancellation state, the following numerical display
shows limiting values.

Boom Length Display: shows height limiting information.


Jib Length Display: shows boom upper angle limit information.
Boom Angle Display: shows boom lower angle limit information.
Work Radius Display: shows work radius limit information.

For the numerical displays, the displayed state changes according to the selection and
registered state.

Numerical Display States


Not selected (not registered) Shows ‘---‘
Not selected (already registered) Shows the registered value.
Selected (not registered) Flashes to show the current value
0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
22/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

Selected (already registered) Shows the registered value.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 23/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 4.2 Work range limit function display

(2) Swing Angle Limit Area Display


The limited values of the swing angle do not appear on the numerical displays. The registered
status of swing limit must be judged from the work range limit LEDs. (See 1.2.1.)

4.3 Display example

Example-1
Fig. 4.3.1. (A) Shows a display example of the LCD panel when the height limit function is
selected.

The boom height symbol flashes, thus


indicating that the height limit is
selected.

The boom length display flashes while


showing the current boom height.
Flashing means that the value is not
registered.

The other parts of the numerical


display show '- - -', as no other items
are selected and registered.

Fig. 4.3.1. (A) Display example of LCD panel when


height limit function is selected. The height value is not
yet registered.

The boom length display shows the


registered boom height.
Registration will be cancelled by
pressing the <Set> key.

Fig. 4.3.1. (B) Display example of LCD panel when height


limit function is selected. The height value is already
registered.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
24/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 4.3 Display example

Example-2
Fig. 4.3.2. (A) Displays an example of the LCD panel when the boom upper angle limit function
is selected.

The jib length display shows the boom


upper angle limit information. When the limit
function is not registered, the current boom
angle is displayed.

Fig. 4.3.2. (A) Display example of the LCD panel when


boom upper angle limit function is selected

Example-3
Fig. 4.3.3. (A) Displays an example of the LCD panel when the left-hand swing angle limit
function is selected. In this example, the right-hand swing limit is not yet registered.
When the left-hand swing angle limit function is selected, the AML regards the left-hand of 90°
(degree) range from the current swing position as limited range. Moreover, the swing position
symbols in this area flashes.
The left-hand swing limit Current swing position
symbol flashes and indicates
that the left-hand swing angle
limit function is selected.

If the right-hand swing limit is not


yet registered, the AML regards
the left-hand side of the 90°
(degree) range from the current
swing position as limited range.

Fig. 4.3.3. (A) Display example of an LCD panel when


the left-hand swing angle limit function is selected.
In this example, the right-hand swing limit is not yet
registered.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 25/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 4.3 Display example

Fig. 4.3.3. (B) Displays an example of the LCD panel when the left-hand swing angle limit
function is selected. In this example, only the left-hand swing limit is registered and the right-
hand swing limit is not yet registered.

If only the left-hand swing limit is


registered, if the crane enters this area
by left-hand swing, the AML’s auto-stop
function is applied.
However, if the crane enters this area by
right-hand swing, the AML’s auto-stop
function is not applied.

Fig. 4.3.3. (B) Display example of LCD panel when the


left-hand swing angle limit function is selected.
In this example, only the left-hand swing limit is
registered and the right-hand swing limit is not yet
registered.

Fig. 4.3.3. (C) Displays an example of the LCD panel when the right-hand swing angle limit
function is selected. In this example, the left-hand swing limit is already registered and the right-
hand swing limit is not yet registered.
Swing position when right-hand swing limit is registered

The swing area


between the current
position and the
registered right-hand
swing limit position is
regarded as limit area.

Current swing position

Fig. 4.3.3. (C) Display example of LCD panel when the


right-hand swing angle limit function is selected.
In this example, the left-hand swing limit is already
registered.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
26/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 4.3 Display example

Function Summary
(1) Main function
<Work range>: Activates the work range limit function. Moves item.
<Forward>: Moves item.
<Back>: Moves item backward.
<Set>: Registration, cancellation of work range limit function, ends work range limit
registration and cancellation mode.
<Initial display>: Exits work range limit registration and cancellation state.

(2) Limit symbols


Flashing: Item is now selected.
On: Item is not selected.

(3) LEDs
Off: The work range function has been cancelled.
On: The work range function is activated.
Flashing: The work range function is activated and auto-stop control is being performed.

(4) Numerical Displays


Value turned on: The work range function is registered.
Value flashing: The work range function is cancelled and the current position value is
flashing.
‘---‘: The work range function is cancelled and the item is not selected.

4.4 Saving the values for the work range limit function
The AML saves the registered work range limit function after power-off.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 27/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

5 Check function
When the <Check> key is pressed, the AML display goes to check state. The following items
can be checked.

・ LCD panel: All the LCD segments turn on


・ Character Display: All segments turn on.
・ LEDs: All LEDs turn on.
・ Buzzer: Buzzer alarm sounds.
・ Crane Operation: The winch wind-up, boom lowering and extending operations are
deactivated.

If the key <Initial display> is pressed, the AML display returns to normal display state.

6 Speed pre-selection and maintenance


When the <Check> key is pressed for more than 3 seconds, icons for “Speed pre-selection”,
“Boom maintenance” and “Hook position initialize” are displayed on the graphic display

Speed pre-selection icon

Boom maintenance Icon

Hook position initialize Icon

For cursor movements, use <Forward> or <Back> and use <Set> to select menu. Press
<Initial display> to exit the menu.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
28/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

6.1 Speed pre-selection

The following actuator’s maximum speeds are adjustable in steps of 10% from the control panel.

・ Swing (right-hand, left-hand can be adjusted independently)


・ Boom elevation (elevating up, lowering can be adjusted independently)
・ Main winch (up, down can be adjusted independently)
・ Aux. winch (up, down can be adjusted independently)

When the ‘Speed pre-selection’ menu is selected, the adjustable actuator menu appears on the
graphic display. Move cursor by <Forward> or <Back> to select actuator for speed pre-selection.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 29/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
30/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 31/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 6.1 Speed pre-selection

While the “Speed pre-selection” menu is displayed, press <Plus> or <Minus>, then both speeds
(up, down) change at the same time.

To adjust the speed (up, down) independently, press <Plus> or <Minus> while operating the
actuator lever.
For example, pressing <Plus> or <Minus> during right-swing operation, only the right-swing
speed changes. Pressing <Plus> or <Minus> during left-swing operation, the left-swing speed
changes. Other actuators are same.

<Forward> Select the


actuator (Move the cursor)

<Back> Select the actuator


(Move the cursor)

<Plus>: Increase value of


speed pre-selection (max.
100%)

<Minus> Decrease value of


speed pre-selection (min.
10%)

<Set> Register the pre-


selection value.

Return to normal mode

If the key <Set> is pressed, the adjusted speed is registered.


If <Initial display> is pressed, AML display is exited from the “Speed pre-selection” menu

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
32/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

6.2 Boom maintenance

When you need to check or grease the boom, select the “Boom maintenance”.
When the "Boom maintenance" icon is selected, a special telescopic configuration menu
appears on the graphic display. The displayed special telescopic configuration are all intended
for maintenance purpose only, and not for lifting the load.

Table Boom condition of maintenance mode


No. Boom Tele.1 Tele.2 Tele.3 Tele.4 Tele.5
M00 13.2 m 0 0 0 0 0
M01 22.6 m 0 100 0 0 0
M02 22.6 m 0 0 100 0 0
M03 22.6 m 0 0 0 100 0
M04 31.9 m 0 0 100 100 0
M05 22.6 m 0 0 0 0 100
M06 31.9 m 0 100 0 0 100
M07 17.6 m 46 0 0 0 0
M08 21.9 m 93 0 0 0 0
M09 22.6 m 100 0 0 0 0

Boom telescope operation of the “Boom maintenance” is basically same as normal boom operation.
Boom Status Graphic: The character “M” appears on target boom configuration number.

To exit the “Boom maintenance”, use telescope display on/off switch.

“M” indicates maintenance


telescope.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 33/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont’d) 6.2 Boom maintenance

Use the “Boom maintenance” only when maintaining the booms.


Actual load and rated load display are showing “---“ in this mode.
Do not lift anything other than hook block.
Overload prevention system is not functioning in this state.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
34/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

6.3 Hook position initialization

When the accuracy of a hook displacement display deteriorates, this adjustment should be
performed.

(1) Procedure

・ Make sure “rope fall” setting and “Boom configuration” setting of AML at normal display
state.
・ Lowering the hook until it slightly touches the ground. (The boom angle and boom length
conditions are freely selectable.)

Select the “Hook position initialization” icon. The following display appears.

・ Press the <Set>, the initialization is performed and exit menu.


・ To exit the menu, press <Initial display>.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 35/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

6.4 Slow telescoping mode cancel

Slow telescoping mode


In some condition, tortoise symbol appears on the graphic display during boom telescoping operation.
When tortoise symbol appears, B-pin and C-pin movements become slow.
Usually, this symbol appears only when ambient temperature become under –10 degrees centigrade or during
telescoping operation after long interval from the boom extended.
In this condition, telescopic speed becomes slowly for correct telescoping. Such the condition is called slow
telescoping mode.

When tortoise symbol appearing with the temperature more than 0 degree centigrade, you can cancel slow
telescoping mode.

In slow telescoping mode, one icon is added on “Speed pre-selection and maintenance” menu.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
36/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

Select the cursor on “Slow telescoping cancel” icon as above figure.


Press <Set> to cancel the slow telescoping mode. Then, display is returned to normal display state.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 37/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

7 Lift Adjuster

When a load is lifted, boom deflects downward, and increase the working radius.
Operator needs to adjust the boom angle together with the winch operation.

Lift Adjuster can be helpful to minimize the increase of the working radius when the load clears the ground only by
using single lever control (hoisting up control).

Note: If the load is too light, effect of Lift Adjuster is low.


Do not use Lift adjuster when the rated load is less than 1.5 ton, or object has big
deflection, boom head and hook block sway considerably due to the wind, etc.

“Lift Adjuster” operation


1) Center of hook block should be set at the center of gravity of the load.
Add the tension slightly to the sling wire of the load.
Setting the number of part line is very important for accurate control of Lift Adjuster. Check the condition of
number of part line and confirm for other setting of AML.

Note: If the hook block is not set at the center of gravity of the load properly, sway
of the load is large.

Note: Do not add too much tension to sling wire of the load. Excessive tension
(more than 0.2 ton) may cause more sway of the load.

2) Press switch 39 “Lift adjuster” button on the control panel.


“Lift adjuster” appears on the graphic display, buzzer sound continues intermittently and engine speed
increases automatically.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
38/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

Note: During Lift Adjuster operation, engine speed automatically is controlled by


AML. Accelerator pedal does not function.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 39/41
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

3) Operate the winch up lever.


Then AML actuates winch up and elevate up, automatically.
When “Lift Adjuster” operation finishes, the “Lift Adjuster icon” disappears, buzzer turns off, and engine speed
goes down to normal idling speed.

Note: If dangerous conditions occur, return winch lever to neutral position


immediately to stop the operation.

Note: If following listed conditions are occurred, “Lift Adjuster” operation is


automatically cancelled.
Overloaded
Over winding the winch
Press the “Lift adjuster switch”
Elevating cylinder reach to the stroke end.
Operate other (not winch or swing) levers.

Note: Winch up and elevating up movement stop, if winch lever return to neutral
position before the Lift Adjuster operation finishes.
In this condition, Lift Adjuster operation is started again with winch up
operation.

Note: If “Lift Adjuster” operation is cancelled by listed reason reasons, lift the load
from the ground by a manual operation.

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
40/41 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

Memo:

0710_EN_FA029_G2_01_01_00_AML.doc
2003-01 41/41
AML-B Warning and Error Codes

FAUN GmbH
“W----“ shows information of crane state in correct condition.

Table-4.1: Warning messages

Message Description Remedy

Overwind. Wind down hook.


W0015 When overwind cancel switch is on.

Crane capacity is not in defined condition. Register the operating condition correctly.
W0016 Change crane condition to correct condition.

Crane capacity is not in defined condition. Register the operating condition correctly.
W0017 Change crane condition to correct condition.

Stopped due to overload. Make crane to safe posture (ex: elevating


W0023
„up“ boom)
W0024 Stopped due to overwind. Wind down hook.
Stopped due to insufficient backward Operate to increase backward stability (ex.
stability condition. lower boom), and change to correct counter-
W0025 This message appears only in undefined weight and outrigger combination.
crane capacity condition.
Stopped due to working area limit (upper Cancel work range function, or lower the
W0026 boom angle limit). boom.
Stopped due to working area limit (lower Cancel work range function, or elevation
W0027 boom angle limit). „up“ the boom.
Stopped due to working area limit (height Cancel work range function, or lower the
W0028 limit). boom.
Stopped due to working area limit (work Cancel work range function, or elevate the
W0029 radius limit). boom (”up”).
Stopped due to main winch rope reserve Wind up main winch rope
W0034 condition.
Stopped due to sub winch rope reserve Wind up sub winch rope
W0035 condition.
W0039 Armrest is up. Armrest is lowered.

Emergency operation mode It is necessary to operate carefully.


W0040 (Emergency telescopic switch is on).

Stopped due to working area limit (right Cancel work range function, or swing to left.
W0042 swing limit).

Stopped due to working area limit (left swing Cancel work range function, or swing to
W0043 limit). right.

During telescopic operation in manual mode, Retract telescopic cylinder.


W0045 telescopic cylinder reaches its limit.

Stopped due to elevating cylinder lower Elevate the boom (”up”).


W0054 stroke end
Message Description Remedy

Stopped due to elevating cylinder upper Elevate the boom (”down”).


W0055
stroke end
W0057 Front-right outrigger is retracted. Extend outrigger again

W0058 Rear-right outrigger is retracted. Extend outrigger again

W0059 Front-left outrigger is retracted. Extend outrigger again

W0060 Rear-left outrigger is retracted. Extend outrigger again


Boom connection pins (B-pin) or Return the lever to neutral at once. Then
telescope cylinder connection pins retry. Boom angle should be over 70 degree
(C-pin) are uncontrollable. in boom condition. In jib condition, boom
W0093
angle should be over 75 degree.
(B-pin or C-pin lock-out-sensor and
lock-sensor = '0FF' on both side.)
Telescope cylinder connection pin (C-pin) is Return the lever to neutral at once. Then
uncontrollable. retry. Boom angle should be over 70 degree
W0094 in boom condition. In jib condition, boom
angle should be over 75 degree.
Automatic telescope is impossible, because Retry again with full lever and full engine
the boom connection pin (B-pin) speed is revolution. If the temperature is more than 0
W0095 very slow. degree centigrade, it is possible to use “Slow
telescoping mode cancel” function (see
operation manual chapter 6.4).

This message appears when “Slow


W0102 telescoping mode cancel” is selected.

Elevating speed is reduced due to slow stop


W0106 function.

Swing motion speed is reduced due to slow


W0108 stop function.
Crane posture is in elevating capacity limit Elevating “up”, or retract boom.
W0113

Stopped due to elevating cylinder stroke end.


W0121

Counterweight cylinder extends but swing Set counterweight correctly.


W0173
operation is selected.
AML detects superstructure lock at not rear Check superstructure lock pin and swing
W0179 angle sensor.
side of swing angle sensor.
Hook block may touch a boom. Elevate the boom (”down”).
W0180

AML back-up battery power is low. This Replace back-up battery by a new one.
W0999 message only appears at power on.
“E1---“ shows communication error between display unit or transmitter and control unit.
If this group error occurs, crane operation stops. But crane operation is possible via the AML
override key.

Table-4.2: Communication Errors

Code Description Remedy

Communication line between Transmitter


AML cannot receive information from and AML is interrupted.
E1004
Outrigger state transmitter. Outrigger state transmitter fault.
AML circuit fault

Wire fault
E1006 Outrigger state transmitter internal error.
Outrigger state transmitter fault.

Communication line between Transmitter


and AML is interrupted or connected
AML detects data error in data received from
E1010 incorrectly.
Outrigger state transmitter.
AML receive circuit fault.
Transmitter's transmit circuit fault.
Outrigger state transmitter type in data Outrigger state transmitter fault
E1012
received is wrong. Wrong connection of communication line.

AML detects data error in data received from Display Unit fault
E1021
Display Unit Wrong connection of communication line.

Main Unit is not working.


Display Unit cannot receive information from
E1022 Main Unit fault.
main unit.
Wrong connection of communication line.

Display Unit fault


E1023 Display Unit type error
Wrong connection of communication line.

E1024 Display Unit internal error Display Unit fault


Main Unit cannot receive information from Display Unit is not working.
E1025
Display Unit. Wrong connection of communication line.
“E2---“ shows detectors, operating levers, or hydraulic valve error.
If this group error occurs, crane operation stops. Crane operation is basically possible via AML
override key. But in case of some errors, crane operation is not possible via AML override key before
the correct condition exists.

Table-4.3: Detector Errors

Code Description Remedy

Boom length detector error


The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2003 normal range. Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
Normal range is 1.1-21mA (Inside of AML AML circuit fault
convert to voltage 0.25-4.75V).
Boom angle detector error
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2004 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
(Inside of AML convert to voltage 0.25- AML circuit fault
4.75V).
Front right outrigger length detector error
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2009 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit.
(Inside of transmitter convert to voltage 0.25- Outrigger state transmitter circuit fault
4.75V).
Rear right outrigger length detector error
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2010 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit.
(Inside of transmitter convert to voltage 0.25- Outrigger state transmitter circuit fault
4.75V).
Front left outrigger length detector error
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2011 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit.
(Inside of transmitter convert voltage 0.25- Outrigger state transmitter circuit fault
4.75V).
Rear left outrigger length detector error
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2012 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit.
(Inside of AML convert to voltage 0.25- Outrigger state transmitter circuit fault
4.75V).
Telescopic cylinder length detector error.
The input value from detector is out of Detector fault
E2022 normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
(Inside of AML convert to voltage 0.25- AML circuit fault
4.75V).
Moment Error.
Calculated load (weight) becomes negative
Pressure sensor of elevation cylinder fault
(“minus”).
Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
E2023
Adjustment is effected incorrectly
Note: Crane operation which reduces
AML circuit fault
load moment is possible. Error log is not
recorded.
Code Description Remedy

Elevating cylinder's rod pressure detector


error Pressure sensor of elevation cylinder fault
The input value from detector is out of Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
E2030
normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Adjustment is effected incorrectly
(Inside of AML convert to voltage 0.25- AML circuit fault
4.75V).
Elevating cylinder's tube pressure detector
error Pressure sensor of elevation cylinder fault
The input value from detector is out of Detector wire interrupted or short-circuit
E2031
normal range. Normal range is 1.1-21mA Adjustment is effected incorrectly
(Inside of AML convert to voltage 0.25- AML circuit fault
4.75V).
Crane control lever 1 error (analogue)
The input value from lever 1 is out of normal
range.
Lever fault,
Normal range is 0.25-4.75V.
E2041 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 1 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 2 error (analogue)
The input value from lever 2 is out of normal
range.
Lever fault,
Normal range is 0.25-4.75V.
E2042 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 2 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 3 error (analogue)
The input value from lever 3 is out of normal
range.
Lever fault,
Normal range is 0.25-4.75V.
E2043 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 3 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 4 error (analogue)
The input value from lever 4 is out of normal
range.
Lever fault,
Normal range is 0.25-4.75V.
E2044 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 4 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Code Description Remedy
Crane control lever 1 error (mismatch)
When operation detect switch of lever 1 is
off, analog input value from crane control
Lever fault,
lever 1 is not in neutral range.
E2048 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 1 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 2 error (mismatch)
When operation detect switch of lever 2 is
off, analog input value from crane control
Lever fault,
lever 2 is not in neutral range.
E2049 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 2 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 3 error (mismatch)
When operation detect switch of lever 3 is
off, analog input value from crane control
Lever fault,
lever 3 is not in neutral range.
E2050 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 3 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Crane control lever 4 error (mismatch)
When operation detect switch of lever 4 is
off, analog input value from crane control
Lever fault,
lever 4 is not in neutral range.
E2051 Wire-fault (interrupted or short-circuit)
AML circuit fault
Note: Lever 1 operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Swing control output error
AML detect the swing control current flow,
when controlled current output is off.
Wire-fault
E2061
AML circuit fault
Note: Swing operation is not possible.
Another operation is possible via AML
override key.
Main winch control output error
AML detects current flow when controlled
Wire-fault
E2062 current output is off.
AML circuit fault
Note: All operations are not possible.
Sub winch control output error
AML detects current flow when controlled
Wire-fault
E2063 current output is off.
AML circuit fault
Note: All operations are not possible.
Code Description Remedy

Telescopic cylinder control output error


AML detects current flow when controlled
Wire-fault
E2064 current output is off.
AML circuit fault
Note: All operations are not possible.
Elevating cylinder control output error
AML detects current flow when controlled
Wire-fault
E2065 current output is off.
AML circuit fault
Note: All operations are not possible.
Pump1 control output error
AML detects current flow when controlled
Wire-fault
E2067 current output is off.
AML circuit fault
Note: All operations are not possible.
Pump2 control output error
Wire-fault
E2068 AML detects current flow when controlled
AML circuit fault
current output is off.
Swing motion error
When AML does not activate the swing
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, swing motion (to right) is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2081
Swing angle detector fault.
Note: Swing right operation is not
AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Main winch motion error
When AML does not activate the main winch
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but winch motion (up) is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2082
Main winch position sensor fault.
Note: Main winch up operation is not pos-
AML circuit fault.
sible. Another operation is possible via
AML override key.
Sub winch motion error
When AML does not activate the sub winch
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but winch motion (up) is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2083
Sub winch position sensor fault.
Note: Sub winch up operation is not pos-
AML circuit fault.
sible. Another operation is possible via
AML override key.
Telescope motion error
When AML does not activate the telescopic
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but telescopic motion is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2084
Telescopic cylinder length detector fault.
Note: Telescope cylinder extension oper-
AML circuit fault.
ation is not possible. Another operation
is possible via AML override key.
Code Description Remedy

Elevating motion error


When AML does not activate the elevating
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but elevating „up“ motion is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2085
Boom angle detector fault.
Note: Elevation „down“ operation is not
AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Boom section detector error
Plural boom section detectors are turned on
at the same time. Boom section detector fault.
E2087 Wire fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Tele 2 section detector does not turn on in
case of an error
After tele 1 (3) section detector was turned
Tele 1 or tele 2 or tele 3 section detector
on, then tele 3 (1) section detector turned
fault.
E2088 on. Tele 2 section detector does not turn on.
Wire fault.
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Boom section detector error.
While telescopic cylinder is not connected to
the boom, telescopic cylinder length value Cylinder length detector fault or incorrect
exceeds the normal range when boom adjustment.
section detector becomes on. Cylinder Boom section detector fault or incorrect
E2089 length and boom section detector status adjustment.
does not match. Wire fault.
AML circuit fault or wrong memorization of
Note: Telescope operation is not boom status.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
B-pin Error.
Cannot lock or unlock B-pin
B-pin lock status detector and unlock status B-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
E2090 detector are both turned on. Wire fault,
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible.
C-pin Error.
Cannot lock or unlock C-pin
C-pin lock status detector and unlock status C-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
E2091 detector are both turned on. Wire fault,
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible.
Code Description Remedy

B,C pin error


B-pin and C-pin detectors are both unlocked
B-pin, C-pin lock/unlock detector fault
state.
E2092 Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible.
Boom section detector and C-pin status error
C-pin unlock detector goes off when boom
section detector is not turned on. If this state Boom section detector or C-pin lock/unlock
continues more than 1 sec, AML issues this detector fault
E2093
error. Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible.
Tele-reset is necessary.
This error appears after AML exchange or
battery inside AML is at low power.
E2094 Execute tele-reset menu.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible.
Lever-1 operation detect switches are both
turned on. Lever-1 fault
E2095 Wire fault
Note: Lever 1 operation is not possible. AML circuit fault.
Another operation is possible.
Lever-2 operation detect switches are both
turned on. Lever-2 fault
E2096 Wire fault
Note: Lever 2 operation is not possible. AML circuit fault.
Another operation is possible.
Lever-3 operation detect switches are both
turned on. Lever-3 fault
E2097 Wire fault
Note: Lever 3 operation is not possible. AML circuit fault.
Another operation is possible.
Lever-4 operation detect switches are both
turned on. Lever-4 fault
E2098 Wire fault
Note: Lever 4 operation is not possible. AML circuit fault.
Another operation is possible.
Swing motion error
When AML does not activate the swing
Hydraulic circuit fault
valve, swing motion (to the left) is detected.
Wire fault
E2103
Swing angle detector fault.
Note: Swing left operation is not possible.
AML circuit fault
Another operation is possible. via AML
override key
Code Description Remedy

Main winch motion error


When AML does not activate the main winch
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but winch motion (down) is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2104
Main winch position sensor fault.
Note: Main winch down operation is not
AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Sub winch motion error
When AML does not activate the sub winch
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but winch motion (down) is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2105
Sub winch position sensor fault.
Note: Sub winch down operation is not
AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Telescope motion error
When AML does not activate the telescopic
valve, but retract motion is detected. Hydraulic circuit fault.
Solenoid fault.
E2106
Note: Telescope cylinder retract Telescopic cylinder length detector fault.
operation is not possible. Another AML circuit fault.
operation is possible via AML override
key.
Elevating motion error
When AML does not activate the elevating
Hydraulic circuit fault.
valve, but elevating down motion is detected.
Solenoid fault.
E2107
Boom angle detector fault.
Note: Elevation „down“ operation is not
AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Swing angle detector A Error. Swing angle detector fault
E2110 Input current from swing angle detector is Wire fault
out of normal range (1.1-21.6mA) AML circuit fault
Swing angle detector B Error. Swing angle detector fault
E2111 Input current from swing angle detector is Wire fault
out of normal range (1.1-21.6mA) AML circuit fault
Swing angle detectors' offset Error. Swing angle detector fault
E2112 Input current difference between swing angle Wire fault
detector A and B is out of range. AML circuit fault
Overwind detector fault
Input current from overwind detector is out of Overwind connector is not rigged.
E2113
normal range (1.14-21.6mA) Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Code Description Remedy
Tele 3 section detector does not on error
Tele 3 section detector does not turn on. But
after tele 2 (4) section detector was turned
on, then tele 4 (2) section detector turned Tele 2 or tele 3 or tele 4 section detector fault
E2115 on. Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Tele 4 section detectors does not error
Tele 4 section detector does not turn on. But
after tele 3 (5) section detector was turned
on, then tele 5 (3) section detector turned Tele 3 or tele 4 or tele 5 section detector fault
E2116 on. Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Telescope operation is not
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Boom section detector and B-pin status error
B-pin lock detector goes off when C-pin is
not locked. When this state continues more Boom section detector or B-pin lock/unlock
than 1 sec, AML issues this error. detector fault
E2119
Wire fault
Note: Telescope operation is not AML circuit fault.
possible. Another operation is possible
via AML override key.
Tele-ID. Error on one side.
Expected ID-combination not defined on one
Tele-ID detector fault
side.
E2133 Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Continued automatic mode with
error-free side.
Tele-ID. Error on both sides.
Expected ID-combination not defined on both
Tele-ID detector fault
sides.
E2134 Wire fault
AML circuit fault.
Note: Automatic mode stopped. Movement
only in emergency mode.
B-Pin lock-out-sensor and lock-sensor = '0FF'
on one side.
B-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
E2135 Wire fault,
Note: Continued automatic mode in
AML circuit fault.
reduced-speed by tele-cylinder length or
error-free pins.
B-Pin lock or B-Pin unlock error.
Lock-sensor and unlock-sensor = 'ON' on
one side or both side. B-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
E2136 Wire fault,
Note: Telescope operation is not possible, AML circuit fault.
movement only in emergency mode.
Another operation is possible.
Code Description Remedy
C-Pin lock-out-sensor and lock-sensor =
'0FF' on one side.
C-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
E2137 Wire fault,
Note: Continued automatic mode in
AML circuit fault.
reduced-speed by tele-cylinder length or
error-free pins.
C-Pin lock or C-Pin unlock error.
Lock-sensor and unlock-sensor = 'ON' on
C-pin lock/unlock detector fault,
one side or both side.
E2138 Wire fault,
Note: Telescope operation is not possible,
AML circuit fault.
movement only in emergency mode.
Another operation is possible.
“E3---“ shows inside of AML error.
If this group error occurs, crane operation stop. Crane operation is basically possible, but
only in emergency mode

Table-4.4: System Errors

Code Description Remedy

During ROM sum check, error is detected. Re-write program and data
- AML circuit fault
During RAM check, error is detected. Hardware fault due to external noise.
E3002
AML circuit fault
CPU or DMAC address error
E3003
Hardware fault due to external noise.
Illegal instruction
E3004 Re-write program and data
AML circuit fault
Undefined exception is called.
E3005
Applied voltage to analog detector (5V) is out Wire fault
E3006 of range. Circuit fault
Adjustment data in flash memory is not Hardware fault due to external noise.
correct. AML circuit fault

Note:
E3007
Erase error log.
This message remains until erase error
log operation. Re-write program and
data, or do re-adjustment

Input output handling program(s) do(es) not Hardware fault due to external noise.
E3008
run correctly. AML circuit fault
“E4---“ shows Display Unit error.
If this group error occurs, crane operation stops. Crane operation is basically possible via AML override
key.

Table-4.5: Display Unit Detect Errors

Code Description Remedy

Memory fault. Re-write program and data


E4001 During ROM sum check, error is detected.
Display unit circuit fault
Memory fault.
E4002 During RAM check , error is detected. Hardware fault due to external noise.
Display unit circuit fault.

E4003 CPU or DMAC address error

Memory fault. Re-write program and data


E4004 Illegal instruction Hardware fault due to external noise.
Display unit circuit fault

E4005 Undefined exception is called.

Wire fault
Receive timeout error
E4010 Main Unit is updating flash
Cannot receive data from Main Unit
Display unit or Main unit circuit fault
Receive data error
Wire fault
E4011 Cannot receive data from Main Unit.
Display unit or Main unit circuit fault
AML-B Information and DATA
FA029(ATF160G-5)

FAUN GmbH
Information and DATA for AML-B Contents

ATF160G-5.............................................................................................................................. 3
1. Signal specification .................................................................................................................................. 3
1-1. AML-MAIN-UNIT ............................................................................................................................... 3
(1) Digital Inputs .................................................................................................................................. 3
(2) Analog Inputs ................................................................................................................................. 5
Current input 4-20mA, 12bit ................................................................................................................ 5
(3) Counting Inputs (Pulse inputs) ..................................................................................................... 6
(4) Digital Outputs ............................................................................................................................... 7
(5) Analog Outputs AO (Current out)................................................................................................. 8
(6) Data Interface ................................................................................................................................ 9
1-2. AML-MAIN-DISPLAY ...................................................................................................................... 10
(1) Digital Inputs ................................................................................................................................ 10
(2) Transistor Outputs (FET) DO with low current ............................................................................. 10
(3) Data Interface .............................................................................................................................. 10
2. Maintenance Menu ................................................................................................................................ 11
3. Adjustment Menu................................................................................................................................... 12
4. Adjustment Information.......................................................................................................................... 13
ATF160G-5

1. Signal specification
FAUN tries to prevent GND-Signals as far as possible, because it is afraid of short circuit between digital
signals line and crane (earth). We use proximity switches of PNP-connectivity.

1-1. AML-MAIN-UNIT

(1) Digital Inputs

Determination of signal gage AML at general:


Signal ON => 22 –28 V (Battery voltage), also mentioned in the document as 24 V or ON
Signal OFF => 0 – 2 V also mentioned in the document as 0 V or OFF

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


DI-1 CN13-1, 1 Superstructure locking 24V : Pin is set. Output of CGC
PIN Detect rear position for
maximum capacity.
DI-2 CN13-1, 2 Emergency switch for When C/W cylinder S924
extending C/W extends, pilot pressure for P27 of
main vale is cut outside Stromlaufplan
AML. This switch cancels a
stop outside AML.
DI-3 CN13-1, 3 Detect C/W cylinder If CW cylinder extends,
extending swing motion is stopped.
24V C/W is OK.
0V extending of C/W
cylinder
DI-4 CN13-1, 4 Working light on, Always brightness high
Dashboard Light on
DI-5 CN2, 1 Front direction Operation detect A921
operation of JS-Right
DI-6 CN2, 2 Rear direction operation Operation detect A921
of JS-Right
DI-7 CN2, 3 Left direction operation Operation detect A921
of JS-Right
DI-8 CN2, 4 Right direction Operation detect A921
operation of JS-Right
DI-9 CN2, 5 Front direction Operation detect A917
operation of JS-Left
DI-10 CN2, 6 Rear side operation of Operation detect A917
JS-Left
DI-11 CN2, 7 Left side operation of Operation detect A917
JS-Left
DI-12 CN2, 8 Right side operation of Operation detect A914
JS-Left
DI-13 CN2, 9 Speed up 24V : Speed up JS-Right Tip
Switch and
JS-Left Tip
Switch
DI-14 CN2, 10 Select JS for Tele/Sub Select lever switch, A918
winch 0V : Left lever tele Top switch of
operation JS-Right
24 V : Left lever 2nd winch
(only when DI 30 in on)
DI-15 CN2, 11 Not defined
DI-16 CN2, 12 Lift Adjuster 24V : Start Lift Adjuster
control
DI-17 CN2, 13 Swing brake Free Swing brake Free (open) A917
24V : Always break open Top switch of
0V : Break control JS-Left
depending on lever
position
DI-18 CN2, 14 Not defined
DI-19 CN2, 15 Armrest Main Control If this signal is 0V, pilot S940
switch pressure is cut by Y*** Complete
outside AML. motion control
must be
Armrest Main Control stopped, Swing
switch on/off, brake closed
and Sensor plates at the
hand lever

AML does not output signal


to pumps and proportional
valves.

DI-20 CN2, 16 Not defined


DI-21 CN13-1, 5 Automatic stop cancel 24V : AML – BYPASS S904
switch
DI-22 CN13-1, 6 Overwind cancel switch 24V : OVERWIND - S903
BYPASS
DI-23 CN13-1, 7 Not defined
DI-24 CN13-1, 8 Telesco-display on/off Switches the Display of S993
Tip SW Telescreen Momentary
switch
DI-25 CN13-1, 9 Hook displacement S996
Display SW
DI-26 CN13-1, 10 Hook displacement Momentary S996
Reset SW
Option
DI-27 CN13-1, 11 Hook displacement Detent S997
Display main/sub select Detent
Option
DI-28 CN13-1, 12 Not defined
DI-29 CN13-2, 1 Telescope speed up Differential mode, 2 spool S851
DI-30 CN13-2, 2 Sub winch install +24V Sub winch install Dummy wiring in
connector
DI-31 CN13-2, 3 Not defined
DI-32 CN13-2, 4 Emergency mode +24V Emergency mode S925
0V Normal operation mode
DI-33 CN13-2, 5 Cancel slow stop When active: S994
function 1. Elevation hard stop
2. Swing does not stop
DI-34 CN13-2, 6 Not defined
DI-35 CN13-2, 7 Load chart reduction Reservation for customers
Option demand
DI-36 CN13-2, 8 Not defined
DI-37 CN13-2, 9 Not defined
DI-38 CN13-2, 10 Not defined
DI-39 CN13-2, 11 Not defined
Di-40 CN13-2, 12 Main winch rope Stopping Winch down
reserve detect +24V Remain more 4winds
Di-41 CN13-2, 13 Sub winch rope reserve Stopping Winch down
detect +24V Remain more 4winds
DI-42 CN13-2, 14 Not defined
DI-43 CN13-2, 15 Not defined
DI-44 CN13-2, 16 Not defined
Di-45 CN22, 1 Tel.1 boom detect
Di-46 CN22, 2 Tel.2 boom detect
Di-47 CN22, 3 Tel.3 boom detect
Di-48 CN22, 4 Tel.4 boom detect
Di-49 CN22, 5 Tel.5 boom detect
Di-50 CN22, 6 Boom connection pin
(B-pin) IN-detect
Di-51 CN22, 7 Boom connection pin
(B-pin) OUT-detect
Di-52 CN22, 8 Cylinder pin (C-pin) IN-
detect
Di-53 CN22, 9 Cylinder pin (C-pin)
OUT-detect
DI-54 CN22, 10 Not defined
DI-55 CN22, 11 Not defined
DI-56 CN22, 12 Not defined.
DI-57 CN22, 13 Not defined
DI-58 CN22, 14 Not defined
DI-59 CN22, 15 Automatic detection of When the Input is 24 V, the OPTION
O/R length automatic detection of O/R
length is activated, and the
selection of O/R base goes
automatically
Di-60 CN22, 16 Overwind detect Measuring connection with
4 state condition

(2) Analog Inputs

Current input 4-20mA, 12bit


PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark
Ai-A CN14-1, 9 Rod pressure Elevating cylinder 4-20mA
rod pressure 0- 400 bar
Ai-B CN14-1, 8 Tube pressure Elevating cylinder 4-20mA
tube pressure 0- 400 bar
Ai-C CN14-1, 5 Telescopic cylinder Telescopic cylinder 4-20mA
length length FSG 0-15m

Ai-D CN14-1, 4 Boom angle Boom angle sensor PAT LWG 321/5
4-20mA
mech. Pendelum oil
dumped
Ai-E CN14-1, 1 Swing angle 1 Swing angle PAT spec.
detector1
Ai-F CN14-2, 8 Swing angle 2 Swing angle PAT spec.
detector2

Voltage input 0-5V, 10bit


PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark
Ai-1 CN1-2, 2 Front-Rear direction Operation lever for 0.5 – 2.5 – 4.5 V
operation of JS-Right Main winch
Ai-2 CN1-2, 3 Left-Right direction Operation lever for 0.5 – 2.5 – 4.5 V
operation of JS-Right Elevation (Euro),
Telescope or Sub
winch (FAUN)
Ai-3 CN1-2, 4 Front-Rear direction Operation lever for 0.5 – 2.5 – 4.5 V
operation of JS-Left Telescope or Sub
winch (FAUN),
Elevation (Euro),
Ai-4 CN1-2, 5 Left-Right direction Operation lever for 0.5 – 2.5 – 4.5 V
operation of JS-Left Swing
Ai-5 CN1-2, 6 Not defined
Ai-6 CN1-2, 7 Not defined
Ai-7 CN1-2, 8 Not defined
Ai-8 CN1-1, 1 Not defined
Ai-9 CN1-1, 2 Not defined
Ai-10 CN1-1, 3 Not defined
Ai-11 CN1-1, 4 Not defined
Ai-12 CN1-1, 5 Not defined

Current input 4-20mA, 10 bit


PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark
Ai-13 CN23, 2 Pressure working circuit pressure sensor in 4-20mA
working circuit 0-600 bar
This sensor detects
highest pressure of
P1, P2, P3 and P4
pressure.
Ai-14 CN23, 3 Boom length Boom length sensor PAT LWG 321/5
4-20mA
**m-**m
Ai-15 CN23, 4 Wind speed Wind speed sensor FSG 4-20mA
0- 40 m/s
Ai-16 CN23, 5 Not defined

(3) Counting Inputs (Pulse inputs)

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


P1 CN3, 3 Engine revolution
P2 CN3, 7 Not define
PA1 CN3, 1 Main winch motor Calculation of main
PB1 CN3, 2 sensor (2 phase type) hook displacement
PA2 CN3, 5 Sub-winch motor Calculation of sub
PB2 CN3, 6 sensor (2 phase type) hook displacement
(4) Digital Outputs

Relays output (1A)


When relay is on, AML outs power of Battery voltage.
AML has fuses for protection of hardware. All fuses are 3A.
RL-13, 14, 15, 16 are common output type. Common output is as follow. This type circuit don’t have fuses.
Fuse installs outside of AML.

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


RL-1 CN12, 1 AML MAIN valve AML Stopping Function Y941
ON : Crane move Fuse No : FU3
RL-2 CN12, 2 Swing brake valve Automatic open when Y910
motion Fuse No : FU3
ON : brake open
RL-3 CN12, 3 AML alarm buzzer AML acoustic Fuse No : FU4
ON : Alarm
RL-4 CN12, 4 C-pin IN valve C Pin Lock Y976
Fuse No : FU4
RL-5 CN12, 5 C-pin Out valve C Pin Unlock Y977
Fuse No : FU5
RL-6 CN12, 6 B-pin IN valve B Pin Lock Y974
Fuse No : FU5
RL-7 CN12, 11 B-pin Out valve B Pin Unlock Y975
Fuse No : FU6
RL-8 CN12, 12 Monitor of Lift Adjuster Indicator Lift Adjuster Fuse No : FU6
control
Engine revolution up
RL-9 CN12, 13 Not defined Fuse No : FU7
RL-10 CN12, 14 Not defined Fuse No : FU7
RL-11 CN12, 15 Not defined Fuse No : FU8
RL-12 CN12, 16 Prevent high pressure Y947
valve for BC Pin Fuse No : FU8
RL-13 CN12, 7 Differential mode valve Speed up with rode side oil Y915
CN12, 17 for telescope cylinder
RL-14 CN12, 8 Speed up valve Combination of oil volume Y914
CN12, 18 pump 1 and pump 2
RL-15 CN12, 9 Telescope pressure P3 set press Y943
CN12, 19 control valve
RL-16 CN12, 10 BC Pin high pressure Y959
CN12, 20 valve

Transistors outputs (500mA)

When transistor is ON, AML pin connects earth, then current flows to AML.

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


TR1 CN11, 1 Not defined
TR2 CN11, 2 Not defined
TR3 CN11, 3 Not defined
TR4 CN11, 4 Operation Main winch Active when Main Operation hours for
winch is in operation VBG 8
up or down OPTION
TR5 CN11, 5 Not defined
TR6 CN11, 6 Not defined
TR7 CN11, 7 Operation Aux winch Active when Main Operation hours for
winch is in operation VBG 8
up or down OPTION
TR8 CN11, 8 Not defined
TR9 CN21, 1 Not defined
TR10 CN21, 2 Not defined
TR11 CN21, 3 Not defined
TR12 CN21, 4 Not defined

(5) Analog Outputs AO (Current out)

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


SOLA1 CN24-1, 1 Swing Right valve Y919
CN24-1, 9
SOLB1 CN24-1, 2 Swing Left valve Y918
CN24-1, 10
SOLA2 CN24-1, 3 Main Winch up valve Y904
CN24-1, 11
SOLB2 CN24-1, 4 Main Winch down valve Y903
CN24-
1,12
SOLA3 CN24-1, 5 Sub-winch up valve Y907
CN24-1, 13
SOLB3 CN24-1, 6 Sub-winch down valve Y906
CN24-1, 14
SOLA4 CN24-1, 7 Telescopic Cylinder Y905
CN24-1, 15 extract valve1
SOLB4 CN24-1, 8 Telescopic Cylinder Y906
CN24-1, 16 retract valve1
SOLA5 CN24-2, 1 Elevating up valve Y909
CN24-2, 11
SOLB5 CN24-2, 2 Elevating down valve Y908
CN24-2, 12
SOLA6 CN24-2, 3 Telescopic Cylinder Y981
CN24-2, 13 extract valve2
SOLB6 CN24-2, 4 Telescopic Cylinder Y982
CN24-2, 14 retract valve2
SOLA7 CN24-2, 7 Pump Control 1 Y925
CN24-2, 17
SOLA8 CN24-2, 8 Pump Control 2 Y926
CN24-2, 18
SOLA9 CN24-1, 9 Not defined
CN24-1, 19
SOLA10 CN24-1, 10 Not defined
CN24-1, 20
SOLA11 CN24-2, 5 Not defined
CN24-2, 15
SOLB11 CN24-2, 6 Not defined
CN24-2, 16
(6) Data Interface

PIN Connector Signal name Function Remark


TXD CN5, 4 RS232 transmit Maintenance RS-232C
RXD CN5, 8 RS232 receive Maintenance RS-232C
TX1+ CN4, 7 Not define Current Loop 1
TX1- CN4, 15 transmit
RX1+ CN4, 6 Not define Current Loop 1
RX1- CN4, 15 receive
TX2+ CN4, 9 Not define Current Loop 2
TX2- CN4, 18 transmit
RX2+ CN4, 8 Outrigger state Information of O/R Current Loop 2
RX2- CN4, 17 transmitter receive
Option
TXA+ CN4, 11 Transmit for Display Send information to RS-485
TXA- CN4, 1 unit display
RXA+ CN4, 2 Receive from Display Receive data of RS-485
RXA- CN4, 12 unit switch state of
Display unit
RGB CN16 LCD control Control signal for 7
inch colour display
1-2. AML-MAIN-DISPLAY

(1) Digital Inputs

Wired on Number Signal name Function Remark


PIN
AML- DI-Disp1 Not defined
Displ.
AML- DI-Disp2 Not defined
Displ.
AML- DI-Disp4 Not defined
Displ.
AML- DI-Disp5 Not defined GND
Displ. Connecting
AML- DI-Disp6 Not defined GND
Displ. Connecting
AML- DI-Disp7 Not defined GND
Displ. Connecting
AML- DI-Disp8 Not defined GND
Displ. Connecting

(2) Transistor Outputs (FET) DO with low current

Wired on Number Signal name Function Remark


PIN
AML- TR1 Not defined
Displ.
AML- TR2 Not defined
Displ.
AML- TR3 Not defined
Displ.
AML- TR4 Not defined
Displ.

(3) Data Interface

Wired on Number Signal name Function Remark


PIN
AML RS232 TXD Maintenance
AML RS232 RXD Maintenance
AML RS232 GND Maintenance
AML RS485 TXD To AML-MAIN-UNIT
AML RS485 RXD To AML-MAIN-UNIT
AML RS485 GND To AML-MAIN-UNIT
2. Maintenance Menu

No Displayed Menu Functions STD USA JPN

M1 ID Code Check Display the software information X X X

M2 Adjust To go to Adjustment Mode X X X

M3 Di Check Monitoring of digital input state X X X

M4 Ai Check Monitoring of analog input state X X X

M5 Pi Check Monitoring of pulse input state X X X

M6 Si Check Monitoring of serial communication with transmitter / X X X


display state
M7 Do Check Monitoring of digital output state, and test of ON / OFF X X X

M8 Do Check 2 Monitoring of digital output state, and test of ON / OFF X X X

M9 Ao Check Monitoring of analog output state, and test of output X X X

M10 System Volt Monitoring of internal voltage state X X X

M11 Display Check Check the segments of LCD panels and LEDs X X X

M12 Error History Display error history of AML X X X

M13 Error Erase Erasing error history of AML X X X

M14 New History Display overload history in order of time X X X

M15 Max History Display overload history in order of force X X X

M16 Clock Adjust Adjustment of calendar / clock build in AML X X X

M17 Tele. Reset Initialize the telescopic boom status inside of AML X X X

M18 Hour Meter Adj Adjustment the hour meter inside of AML X X X

M19 Language Selection language X X X

M20 RC ChartMaskID Display Loadchart-Mask-Data ID X X X


3. Adjustment Menu

No Displayed Menu Functions STD USA JPN

Adjustment of length/angle detectors X X X

Boom Length X X X
A1 Detector Adj
Boom Angle X X X

Tele-Cylinder Length X X X

Adjustment of slewing angle detectors X X X


A2 Detector Adj2
Swing Angle X X X

Adjustment of moment / working-radius X X X

A3 Moment Adj Moment X X X

Worrking Radius X X X

A4 Valve Adj Adjustment of hydraulic-valve-control-current-output X X X

Adjustment of pump-control-current-output X X X

A5 Pump Adj P1 (mainly for winch) X X X

P2 (mainly for telescope and elevation) X X X

A6 Tele ManualSel Selection manual telescope mode only for adjustment X X X


of hydraulic pressure
A7 Do for Adj Digital output only for adjustment of hydraulic pressure X X X

A8 Precision Adj Adjustment of the load display and work radius X X X


precision
A9 Weight Adj Adjustment of the load display and work radius X X X
precision
A10 Lift Adjuster Adjustment of Lift Adjuster X X X

A11 History Erase Erasing overload log X X X

A12 Lever Type Sel Selection the assignments of joystick lever X X X

A13 Length Adj Correction of boom / tele-cylinder length detector X X X

A14 Warning Buzzer Selection the type of warning-buzzer X X X

A15 Valve Test Confirmation the hydraulic-pressure (only for test) X X X

A16 Option Select Selection options X X X


4. Adjustment Information
4.1. Detector Adjustments

By “A1/ Detector Adj” menu at Adjustment mode

Item Condition Adjustment value

Fully retract boom.


Zero
Measured boom angle 0,0 ゚±0,5 ゚ measured angle:±0,1 ゚
point
Boom Operate downward only
Angle Fully retract boom.
Span
Measured boom angle 80,0 ゚±0,5 ゚ measured angle:±0,1 ゚
point
Operate downward only
Fully retract boom.
Zero Connect C-pin at 0% position of tele-1
0,00m±0,01 m
Tele point boom. Do retract operation and eliminate
Cylinder pin gap.
Length Connect C-pin at 100% position of tele-5
Span
boom. Do retract operation and eliminate 10,56m±0,01 m
point
pin gap.
Zero
Fully retract boom. 13,20m±0,02m
Boom point
length Span
Fully extend boom. 60,00m±0,02m
point

By “ A2/ Detector Adj2” menu

Note: Always adjust rightward swing operation.

Adjustment
Item Condition
value
A1-Zero 0°±0,2°
Front position
B2-Span 360°±0,2°
A1-Span
Rightward position 90°±0,2°
Swing B1-Zero
Angle B1-Span
Backward position 180°±0,2°
A2-Zero
A2-Span
Leftward position 270°±0,2°
B2-Zero
4.2. Moment, Working Radius Adjustments

By “A3/ Moment Adj" menu at Adjustment mode.

Note: Always adjust in downward for boom angle and working radius.

Parts of line: 2, Counterweight: 51t

Item Condition Adjustment value

Boom fully retracted: 13.2m

Moment Hook block only (without load)


Zero point Hook block weight :±0.5t
adjust Over wound

Boom angle display:80.0±0.1 ゚


Boom fully extended: 60.0m
Displayed moment: 100±5%
Working Radius Measured working radius:16.0 m±0.03m Displayed working radius:
16.0 m±0.1m
Rated load : 14.0 t
Boom fully extended: 60.0m
Moment Span Hook block is just above ground. Hook block weight :±0.03 t
adjust
Boom angle display :25.0±0.1 ゚
AML-B Maintenance and Adjustment Manual

FAUN GmbH

.
AML-B Maintenance and Adjustment Manual Contents

Preface......................................................................................................................................................................... 4
Part-1 AML system component............................................................................................................................... 5
1-1. AML-MAIN-UNIT ..........................................................................................................................................................................6
1-2. AML Display Unit...........................................................................................................................................................................8
1-2. AML Display Unit...........................................................................................................................................................................9
1-3. 7inch TFT Display Unit...............................................................................................................................................................10
1-4. Outrigger State Transmitter (Option).........................................................................................................................................11
Part-2 Basic Operation............................................................................................................................................ 12
2-1. Operational Keys ........................................................................................................................................................................12
2-2. Mode Transition and Menu Structure.......................................................................................................................................13
2-2.1. Transition to Maintenance Mode.......................................................................................................................................13
2-2.2. Menu Selection....................................................................................................................................................................13
2-2.3. Transition to Adjustment Mode..........................................................................................................................................13
2-2.4. Menu Structure....................................................................................................................................................................14
2-2.5. Display of Maintenance and Adjustment Mode...............................................................................................................14
Part-3 Maintenance Mode Operation....................................................................................................................15
3-1. Maintenance Mode Main Menu................................................................................................................................................15
3-2. Maintenance Functions..............................................................................................................................................................16
M1. ID Code Check............................................................................................................................................................................16
M3. Di Check ......................................................................................................................................................................................17
M4. Ai Check.......................................................................................................................................................................................18
M5. Pi Check.......................................................................................................................................................................................19
M6. Si Check.......................................................................................................................................................................................19
M6. Si Check.......................................................................................................................................................................................20
M7. Do Check.....................................................................................................................................................................................21
M8. Do Check 2..................................................................................................................................................................................22
M9. Ao Check .....................................................................................................................................................................................23
M10. System Volt ...............................................................................................................................................................................24
M11. Display Check ...........................................................................................................................................................................24
M12. Error History ..............................................................................................................................................................................25
M13. Error Erase................................................................................................................................................................................26
M14. New History...............................................................................................................................................................................27
M15. Max History ...............................................................................................................................................................................27
M16. Clock Adjust...............................................................................................................................................................................28
M17. Tele. Reset.................................................................................................................................................................................28
M19. Language Select ..................................................................................................................................................................29
M20. RC ChartMaskID......................................................................................................................................................................30
Part-4 Error Codes and Error Messages..............................................................................................................31
4-1. Error Code Classification ...........................................................................................................................................................31
4-2. Error Log......................................................................................................................................................................................31
4-3. Notice of Error .............................................................................................................................................................................31
4-4. CPU Status LED.........................................................................................................................................................................32
4-5. Error Codes and Error Messages.............................................................................................................................................33
Part-5 Adjustment Mode Operation......................................................................................................................34
5-1. Adjustment Mode Main Menu...................................................................................................................................................34
5-2. Adjustment Functions.................................................................................................................................................................36
A1. Detector Adj (Detector Adjustment)...........................................................................................................................................36

2
A1-1. Boom Length Detector Adjustment...................................................................................................................................37
A1-2. Boom Angle Detector Adjustment .....................................................................................................................................39
A1-3. Telescopic Cylinder Length Detector Adjustment ............................................................................................................41
A2. Detector Adj2 (Detector Adjustment 2)......................................................................................................................................43
A2-1. Swing Angle Detector Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................43
A3. Moment Adj (Moment and Work Radius Adjustment) .........................................................................................................52
A5. Pump Adj (Pump Control Output Adjustment)......................................................................................................................55
A6. Tele ManualSel (Selection the tele mode for adjustment of hydraulic pressure)..............................................................59
A7. Do for Adj (Digital output only for adjustment of hydraulic pressure) ..................................................................................60
A11. History Erase..............................................................................................................................................................................61

3
Preface

The AML has tree principal operational modes. This manual explains the Maintenance and Adjustment Mode of the
AML-B.

・ Maintenance Mode: Used to make functional checks of AML . Also, some basic adjustment items (ex: clock
adjustment) are performed in this mode.

・ Adjustment Mode: Used to make detectors and actuators adjustment.

・ User Mode: Used to indicate load ratio or to perform AML auto stop function. Crane operator usually uses this mode.
User Mode operation is explained in operation manual.

The contents of display that appears in this document are for ATF160G-5, the contents of a display may differ from other
models.

Refer to attach document "AML-B Information and Data " about information peculiar to models.

4
Part-1 AML system component

Fig.1. shows AML system diagram. AML system consists of AML Main Unit, AML Display Unit, 7inch graphic display,
Outrigger State Transmitter, detectors and hydraulic actuators.

AML Main Unit

Detectors
Ai
Length, Angle
Analog Input
etc.

7inch TFT monitor


Electric JS
Operation lever

Proximity SW Di RGB
Operation SW etc. TFTcontoroller
Digital Input

Main vale
Pump control valve Ao
Proportional valve Analog Output

Magnetic valve Do
Y941 etc Digital Output
RS-485
AML Display Unit
Si
Serial Communication

Center joint
20mA Current Loop
Original Protocol

Outrigger State Transmitter


(Option)
Detectors
Outrigger Length Ai
Analogue Input
Operation SW
Di
Outrigger retract operation
Digital Input

Fig.1. AML system diagram

5
1-1. AML-MAIN-UNIT
AML main unit consists of 3 boards, which are CPU board, IO (Input-Output) board and AO (Analogue-Output) board. Fig 1.1
shows AML Main Unit. Fig 1.2 shows Layout of Fuse, LED and connector. Table 1.1 shows signal arrangement of AML Main Unit.
AML Main Unit has 8 Fuses of 3A.

Fuse
LED for error information and
communication monitor

IO board

CPU board AO board

Fig1.1 AML Main Unit

6
Fig 1.2 Layout of Fuse, LED and connectors

7
Table 1.1 Signal arrangement of AML Main Unit

8
1-2. AML Display Unit
Fig.1.3 shows AML Display Unit.

Control
Board

LCD
Board

Fig.1.3 AML Display Unit

9
1-3. 7inch TFT Display Unit
Fig 1.4 shows TFT controller and Fig.1.5 shows 7inch TFT monitor.

Fig 1.4 TFT controller

Fig.1.5 7inch TFT monitor.

10
1-4. Outrigger State Transmitter (Option)
Fig.1.6 shows Outrigger State Transmitter.

1 10 | 21 28

11 20|29 38

Fig.1.6 Outrigger State Transmitter

11
Part-2 Basic Operation
2-1. Operational Keys

<Plus> <Back> <Initial display>

<Check> <Minus> <Forward> <Set>

In the Maintenance and Adjustment Mode, you can use following keys.

・ <Initial display>: Use this key to move upper level menu, or to quit current menu function.

・ <Set>: Use this key to select menu or to register the value.

・ <Back>: Use this key for menu selection or numerical value input. When <Back> is used for menu selection, menu
cursor goes up. When used for numerical input, cursor position goes left.

・ <Forward>: Use this key for menu selection or numerical value input. When <Forward> is used for menu selection,
menu cursor goes down. When used for numerical input, cursor position goes right.

・ <Plus>: Use this key to increase numerical value and to advance display page.

・ <Minus>: Use this key to decrease numerical value and to return display page.

・ <Check>: Use this key when executing the output test in the Maintenance Mode menu.

12
2-2. Mode Transition and Menu Structure
2-2.1. Transition to Maintenance Mode
In the User Mode, press , and at the same time for more than one second.

Then AML goes to Maintenance Mode, and shows following characters on the Character Display.

Service Menu Shows Maintenance Mode.


ID Code Check ↓ First menu of Maintenance Mode

2-2.2. Menu Selection


For each press of or , displayed menu changes. When you reach the desired menu, press to select menu.
And from each selected menu, press to go back to main menu.
To quit the Maintenance Mode, press , while AML shows Maintenance Mode main menu.

2-2.3. Transition to Adjustment Mode


To enter the Adjustment Mode, select “Adjust” menu in the Maintenance Mode main menu at initial delivery state of AML.
For the Adjustment Mode operation, see Part-5 of this manual.

But after you execute "History Erase" menu 3 times (This menu exists in Adjustment Mode), you have to input the ID-code
to enter Adjustment Mode at the following display,

Character Display sample while ID-code input

Input ID Code
*0****

Digit appears on cursor position and “*” appear on other positions. For each press of or digit changes. To move
the cursor, use or .
When you finish to enter the ID-code, press .
This display does not appear, before execution of "History Erase" menu 3 times.

Note: Daily code system is used for ID-code, so ID-code changes every day. Prior to ID-code input, calendar/clock
adjustment must be finished.

13
2-2.4. Menu Structure
Layered structure menu is used for Maintenance and Adjustment Mode. Use or to move menu cursor, and use
to determine. And use to go back to upper level menu.

Maintenance Mode

Maintenance Mode main menu Adjustment

ID-Input

Adjustment Mode main menu

Fig. 2.4.Maintenance and Adjustment Mode Menu Structure

2-2.5. Display of Maintenance and Adjustment Mode


(1) Character Display
In the Maintenance and Adjustment mode, two-line information is displayed on Character Display.
And if “ “ mark appears on the last line, it shows another information line exists under the current displayed line.

(2) LCD Graphic Display


In some menus of Maintenance or Adjustment Mode, information is displayed also in the LCD graphic display.
LCD graphic display can display 14 information lines.

(3) LCD Panel


The displayed contents of LCD panel are basically same as in User Mode.

14
Part-3 Maintenance Mode Operation

3-1. Maintenance Mode Main Menu


Table3-1. shows the Maintenance Mode main menu.

Table3-1. Maintenance Mode Main Menu.

No Displayed Menu Functions

M1 ID Code Check Display the software information

M2 Adjust To go to Adjustment Mode

M3 Di Check Monitoring of digital input state

M4 Ai Check Monitoring of analog input state

M5 Pi Check Monitoring of pulse input state

M6 Si Check Monitoring of serial communication with transmitter / display state

M7 Do Check Monitoring of digital output state, and test of ON / OFF

M8 Do Check 2 Monitoring of digital output state, and test of ON / OFF

M9 Ao Check Monitoring of analog output state, and test of output

M10 System Volt Monitoring of internal voltage state

M11 Display Check Check the segments of LCD panels and LEDs

M12 Error History Display error history of AML

M13 Error Erase Erasing error history of AML

M14 New History Display overload history in order of time

M15 Max History Display overload history in order of force

M16 Clock Adjust Adjustment of calendar / clock build in AML

M17 Tele. Reset Initialize the telescopic boom status inside of AML

M18 Hour Meter Adj Adjustment the hour meter inside of AML

M19 Language Selection language

M20 RC ChartMaskID Display Loadchart-Mask-Data ID

15
3-2. Maintenance Functions

M1. ID Code Check


Display "ID Code Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
ID Code Check ↓

Then following software information is displayed. To change the displayed information, use or .
To quit menu, press , then main menu appears again.

(1) Character Display Sample

ROM Code No. ↓ Software part number of main control unit


361-918-36000-00 Last 2 digits show revision number

Crane Spec ↓ Crane Spec


ATF160-5

Data ID ↓ Data ID
183600

Program ID ↓
Program ID of main control unit
BC0145

Date ↓ Creation date of data for main control unit


04.12.17 From left, year, month and date

Disp. Code No. ↓ Software part number of display unit


361-902-16000-04 Last 2 digits show revision number

(2) LCD graphic display sample

ID Code Check
Control Unit
Code No. 361-918-36000-00
Crane Spec ATF160-5
Data ID 183600
Program ID BC0145
Date 04.12.17
Display Unit
Code No. 361-902-16000-04

16
M3. Di Check
Display "Di Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Di Check ↓

Then AML shows digital input status.

(1) Character Display


First line shows Di port number and switch input status, and second line shows signal name. For each press of (or
) displayed information changes. To quit menu, press , then main menu appears again. And following rules are
applied for Di port number and switch status.

・ Di1 to Di60: Di input for Main Control Unit


・ Dd1 to Dd8: Di input for Display Unit
・ Ds11 to Ds18: Di input via serial communication port 1
・ Ds21 to Ds28: Di input via serial communication port 2
・ Switch status: Close: Switch close(contact) / Open: Switch open

Display sample

Di60 Close ↓
Overwind Detect

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Di Check
Port State Signal Name
Di60 Close Overwind Detect
Di40 Close M.W. Dead Turn
Di41 Close A.W. Dead Turn
Di59 Open Lower Trns. Rel.
Di17 Open Free Swing
Di 1 Open Swing Rear
Di21 Close Cancel 100%
Di22 Open Cancel Over-wind
Di33 Close Cancel ELV Slow
Di33 Close Cancel SWG Slow

For each press of (or ), graphic display shows next (or previous) page.
And Character Display shows top (or bottom) item of graphic page.

17
M4. Ai Check
Display "Ai Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Ai Check ↓

Then AML shows analog input status.

(1) Character Display


First line shows analog input port number and signal name. Second line shows voltage-converted (0 – 5V) and physical
value. For each press of (or ) displayed information changes. And following rules are applied for Ai port number.

・ Ai A to Ai F: analog inputs to Main Unit


・ Ai 1 to Ai16: analog inputs to Main Unit
・ As11 to As14: analog inputs via serial communication port 1
・ As21 to As24: analog inputs via serial communication port 2

Display sample

Ai B Boom Up P ↓
1.070V 4.9MPa

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Ai Check
Signal Name Volt A/D
Ai B Boom Up P 1.070V 4.9Mpa 877
Ai A Boom Dn P 0.501V 0.0Mpa 720 A/D: A/D converted values.
Ai14 Boom Lng 1.634V 23.92m 1339
Ai D Boom Ang 1.904V 63.2m 1559 (0 –4095 corresponds to 0-5V))
Ai15 Wind Vel. 1.259V 4.3m/s 1032
Ai13 Main Press 1.667V 13.4Mpa 1366
Ai 3 J-Stic1 2.486V – 0.6% 2036
Ai 4 J-Stic2 2.485V 0.7% 2036
Ai 1 J-Stic3 2.489V – 0.4% 2040
Ai 2 J-Stic4 2.484V 0.7% 2036

For each press of (or ), graphic display changes to next (or previous) page. And Character Display shows top
(or bottom) item of graphic page.

18
M5. Pi Check
Display "Pi Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Pi Check ↓

Then AML displays internal pulse counter value.

(1) Character Display


First line shows input port number and signal name. Second line shows current hardware counter and software counter
(total sum). For each press of (or ) displayed information changes.

Display sample

PiA1 M.Drum Pos ↓


7234 20

Hardware counter Revolutions per minute

Following rules are applied for port number.


PiA1 - PiA2: Dual phase pulse counter
Pi 1 - Pi 3: Single phase pulse counter

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Pi Check

Port Signal Name Count r.p.m


PiA1 M.Drum Pos 2381 14
PiA2 A.Drum Pos 479 0
Pi 1 Engine 1287 886

19
M6. Si Check
Display "Si Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Si Check ↓

Then AML displays serial communication port status.

(1) Character Display


First line shows port number and device name Si A Display ↓
Second line shows R(receive) and T(transmit) status R:OK T:OK

Following rules are applied for port number.


・ Si A: communication port for Display Unit
・ Si 1 - Si 2: communication port for transmitter

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Si Check
Signal Name Noise Level Noise Level: means the received error counts.
Si A Display R:OK T:OK 0 Reference for communication line status.
Si 1 R:NG T:? 1
Si 2 R:OK T:NoUse 0 NoUse: means communication device is not defined.

?: means status unknown because of the


communication error.

20
M7. Do Check
Display "Do Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Do Check ↓

In the Do check function, you can monitor the Do (binary output such as relay-out, FET-out) status. While you press ,
AML inverts the selected Do output status. (If selected output was on, then while pressing , selected output goes off.)

(1) Character Display


First line shows port number and signal name. Do 1 Auto Stop ↓
Second line shows output status. ON (Control)

Following rules are applied for port number and output status.
Port number rules
・ Do 1~Do16: Relay output of Main control unit
・ TR 1~TR12: FET output of Main control unit
・ TRd1~TRd4: FET output of Display unit
・ Os11~Os18: Transmitter output via serial communication port-1
・ Os21~Os28: Transmitter output via serial communication port-2

Output Status
・ ON: activated / OFF: deactivated
・ Control: Output monitoring / Check: Output status inverted ( pressed).

(2)LCDgraphic displaysample

Do Check
Port Signal Name OUT Cont/Check
Do 1 Auto Stop ON (Control)
Do 7 B-Pin Out OFF (Check) Output displayed on Character Display
Do 6 B-Pin In ON (Control) can be inverted while pressing .
Do 7 C-Pin Out OFF (Control)
Do 6 C-Pin In ON (Control)
TR 4 MainW. Ope, OFF (Control)
TR 7 Aux.W. Ope, OFF (Control)
TR 5 Swing. Ope, OFF (Control)
Do13 Deff.Tele OFF (Control)
Do16 BCPin L Prs OFF (Control)

By pressing (or ), graphic display shows next (or previous) page. And Character Display shows top (or bottom)
item of graphic page.

21
M8. Do Check 2
Display "Do Check 2" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Do Check 2 ↓

Some of the Do (such as swing break control output) status can be monitored or checked by "Do check 2" menu. ATF
limited output functions are assigned in this menu. Usage is the same to "Do check".

22
M9. Ao Check
Display "Ao Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Ao Check ↓

In the Ao check function, you can monitor the Ao (analog current output) status. Also, you can change the selected output
current value to your desired value by pressing .

(1) Character Display

First line shows port number and signal name.


Second line shows output status. A 1 Swing Right ↓
SET 0 128 F 210

Feedback current (Only for reference)


Check output value.
This value changes (0 –255) by pressing or . Current output value (0 –255: D/A-C setting)
While pressing , selected current output becomes
this value.

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Ao Check
Signal Name SET OUT FB
A 1 Swing Right 0 0 55
B 1 Swing Left 0 0 52
A 2 M Winch Up 0 0 103
B 2 M Winch Down 0 0 74
A 3 Aux.Win.Up 0 0 74
B 3 Aux.Win.Down 0 0 120
A4 Tele Ext 0 0 120
B4 Tele Ret 0 0 115
A5 Derick Up 0 0 115
B5 Derick Down 0 0 88

23
M10. System Volt
Display "System Volt" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
System Volt ↓

In this function, you can monitor the DC power and applied voltage for potentiometer type analog detector in AML Main Unit.
Note: AML internal voltage is monitored, so DC power voltage becomes lower than the actual value.

(1) Character Display sample


First line: signal name V_Bat ↓
Second line: physical value (A/D value 0 -4095) 19.83V (1632)

V_Bat: DC power voltage


V_Ref: applied voltage for potentiometer
V_Owd: Overwind detection circuit input current status

M11. Display Check


Display "Display Check" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Display Check ↓

If you select this function, all the LEDs and LCD panel segments of Display Unit blink. To quit function, press .

24
M12. Error History
Display "Error History" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Error History ↓

In this function, you can see the error log of AML . Displayed order is by newest one appears at first. Up to 50 errors can be
logged. Errors older than 50 ones are erased when new one occurs. And Error log is displayed on both Character Display
and LCD graphic.

(1) Character Display


First line shows error occurred data and time
Note: The digits from left are, year, month, date and time of occurrence.
*01.08.11 15:09 ↓
If “*” is marked at the left side of date, it shows error currently continued.
E1003
Second line shows error code.

(2) LCD graphic display sample

Error History
No. Date Hour Code
1 *01.08.11 15:09 E1003
2 01.08.12 11:50 E2089

By pressing (or ), graphic display shows next (or previous) page. And Character Display shows top (or bottom)
item of graphic page.

25
M13. Error Erase
Display "Error Erase" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Error Erase ↓

You can erase AML error log by following operation.

(1) Character Display

Error Erase ↓
Erase OK?

Press if you want to erase error log. Then end message appears and error log is gone.

Error Erase ↓
Erase Finish!!

If you don’t want to erase error log, then use to quit menu.

26
M14. New History
When you select "New History" menu, you can check the crane's overload log in order of time.
AML memorize up to 100 latest overload log.

Service Menu
New History ↓

(1) Character Display

New001/100 123% ↓ First line "log sequence number" / "total log counts" "load ratio of overload"
00.09.22 13:29 2nd line "Date" and "time" of overload occurrence.

(2) LCD panel


In the LCD panel, crane posture of overload (outrigger and counterweight condition, boom angle and boom length), rated
load and lifted load values are displayed.

To change the log sequence information, use or . Use to quit menu.

M15. Max History


When you select "Max History" menu, you can check the crane's overload log in order of detected load moment. AML
memorize up to 100 largest moment of overload log (not the load ratio).

Service Menu
Max History ↓

Displayed contents in Character Display and LCD panel are the same as in order of time.

27
M16. Clock Adjust
Display "Clock Adjust" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Clock Adjust ↓

You can adjust calendar / clock built in AML

(1) Character Display

Clock Adjust ↓ First line shows menu


00.09.22 13:29 Second line shows current setting.
The digits from left are, year, month, date, hour (24 hours type) and minutes.

To move the cursor, use or


The cursor position digit changes by or .
When you correct date and time, then press to register.

M17. Tele. Reset


Display "Tele. Reset" menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
Tele. Reset ↓

AML memories the telescopic boom status for single cylinder telescopic system. But when manual or emergency
telescopic had performed (most of the case it is caused by detector fault), memorized boom status and actual boom status
does not match. In this case, you have to initialize the telescopic boom status inside of AML by this menu.

Caution! Prior to the operation, telescopic boom must be fully retracted.

(1) Character Display

Tele.Reset ↓ Press to start initialize.


Reset OK?

Tele.Reset ↓ End message appears and telescopic status is initialized.


Done

If you want to quit or cancel menu, then use .

28
M19. Language Select
When you select "Language" menu, you can switch the displayed message language. Language type is
Japanese or English.

Service Menu
Language ↓

(1) Character Display

First line menu Language


2nd line Selected language is displayed. Japanese ↓

When you press or , selected language changes. Press to memorize or to quit.

Language
Japanese ↓

Language
Note: Numerical values are displayed by m-ton.
English(m) ↓

Language
German ↓

Language Note: Numerical values are displayed by ft-lbs.


English(ft) ↓

Note: When you select except for Japanese language, only error code appears and error message does not appear.

29
M20. RC ChartMaskID
Display " RC ChartMaskID " menu with and , and select menu with .

Service Menu
RC ChartMaskID ↓

Then following Rated-load-Chart-Mask data information is displayed. To change the displayed information, use or .
To quit menu, press , then main menu appears again.

(1) Character Display

First line menu RC ChartMaskID


2nd line RC ChartMaskID is displayed. 2029101
(Serial No. of machineusually appears.)

Note: AML has rated load table data of all conditions. However, they may be restricted so that some data may not appear by
Rated-load-Chart-Mask data.

30
Part-4 Error Codes and Error Messages

4-1. Error Code Classification


Error code is represented by four digit codes. The highest rank (E1) indicates error groups. The next three digits indicate
individual error code under error groups.

E1 E2 E3 E4

Individual code

Group code

.
Group1: Communication device (such as transmitter) error.
Group2: Detector error, and abnormal status combination between detectors.
Group3: AML internal error (System error). When this error occurs, control software stops. (Ex: CPU exception)
Group4: Error detected by Display Unit.
Example of group 1 error: E1001

Group0: Warning (Not the error). But AML informs danger or mal operation to the crane operator and activates auto stop
function. For the warning, error code is not defined
Example of group 0 error: W0001

4-2. Error Log


Error codes in Group 1 to 4 are recorded in the AML with the time of error occurrence (Note-1). Up to 50 errors are
recorded in the order of occurrence. Errors older than 50 ones are erased when new one occurs. You can see the error
log through the Maintenance Mode.

Note-1: Most of the group3 errors are not recorded.

4-3. Notice of Error


When AML detects error, it notices to the crane operator by error message on Character Display, and by beep sound.
Error message remains while error occurrence.
If plural errors occur at a same time, AML changes displayed error message cyclical.

31
4-4. CPU Status LED
AML Main Unit has software controlled four LEDs. AML controls these LEDs as follows, and you can check these
LEDs through the monitor window.

Table-4. CPU status LED


LED
CPU Status 4 3 2 1 Description
Normal program execution LED1 to 4 turns on sequentially.

Executing power on initialization LED1-4 turn on

Executing software update LED2-4 turn on

ROM sum error, RAM check error LED1,3,4 turn on

System error
LED3,4 turn on
(CPU exception)

Group1 error LED1 blinks

Group2 error LED2 blinks

Group3 error LED1,2 blink

32
4-5. Error Codes and Error Messages

Table-4.1: Warning messages


Table-4.2: Communication Errors
Table-4.3: Detector Errors
Table-4.4: System Errors
Table-4.5: Display Unit Detect Errors

In the Table4.2 to Table-4.4 following marks are used.

33
Part-5 Adjustment Mode Operation

5-1. Adjustment Mode Main Menu

When you input ID code correctly, Adjustment Mode main menu appears on Character Display.

Character Display

Shows Adjustment Mode


Adjust Menu
Detector Adj ↓ Main menu appears. To change menu, use or .
To quit Adjustment Mode, use when Adjustment
Mode main menu is displayed.

Table-4 shows the Adjustment Mode main menu. And adjustments must be made in order from above menu.

Table-5 Adjustment Mode Main Menu.

No Displayed Menu Functions

A1 Detector Adj Adjustment of length/angle detectors

A2 Detector Adj2 Adjustment of slewing angle detectors

A3 Moment Adj Adjustment of moment / working-radius

A4 Valve Adj Adjustment of hydraulic-valve-control-current-output

A5 Pump Adj Adjustment of pump-control-current-output


Selection manual telescope mode only for adjustment of hydraulic
A6 Tele ManualSel
pressure
A7 Do for Adj Digital output only for adjustment of hydraulic pressure

A8 Precision Adj Adjustment of the load display and work radius precision

A9 Weight Adj Adjustment of the load display and work radius precision

A10 Lift Adjuster Adjustment of Lift Adjuster

A11 History Erase Erasing overload log

A12 Lever Type Sel Selection the assignments of joystick lever

A13 Length Adj Correction of boom / tele-cylinder length detector

A14 Warning Buzzer Selection the type of warning-buzzer

A15 Valve Test Confirmation the hydraulic-pressure (only for test)

A16 Option Select Selection options

A17 Limit Max Wt Limit the maximum rated load

34
Note: Before telescopic cylinder length detector adjustment, Manual Telescopic Mode must be used for boom telescope
operation.

Caution!
Before the adjustments, set up the crane on the flat ground and fully extend outriggers
for safety operation. (Except outrigger length detector adjustment.)

35
5-2. Adjustment Functions

A1. Detector Adj (Detector Adjustment)

When you select "Detector Adj’" menu, you can make detectors' zero span adjustments.

Adjust Menu
Detector Adj ↓

Adjustment items are displayed on Character Display and LCD graphic. Use or to select items. Press to
determine selection.

Detector Adjustment Sub-Menu ('Detector Adj' menu)


Displayed Item Detector
Boom Lng Boom Length Detector
Boom Ang Boom Angle Detector
TelC Lng Telescopic Cylinder Length Detector

Sample Display on LCD graphic

Detector Adj ◎ means adjustment value is registered.


Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00
Box cursor indicates current adjusting item.
Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------
In this sample, zero adjustment of telescopic
TelC Lng[m] 0.02 0.00 10.56 cylinder length detector is being performed.

36
A1-1. Boom Length Detector Adjustment

(1) Zero Point Adjustment


Fully retract boom.
Move cursor by until boom length zero adjust menu appearing.

Boom Lng Zero ↓ Detector Adj


13.26m( 13.20) Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.26 13.20 60.00
Boom Ang[゚] 48.6 ------ ------
Current value Target value (internal value) TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

Adjust current value to target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register the
adjustment.
Then ‘*’ appears on the right end of second line, indicating adjustment registration.
Also, "◎" appears on LDC graphic to show the adjustment registration.

Detector Adj
Boom Lng Zero ↓ Detect Zero Span
13.20m( 13.20) *
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 48.6 ------ ------


TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

37
(2) Span Point Adjustment
Note: Span point adjustment must be made after telescopic cylinder length detector adjustment

・ Fully extend boom


・ Move cursor by until boom length span adjustment menu appearing.

Detector Adj
Boom Lng Span ↓
Detect Zero Span
59.98m (60.00)
Boom Lng[m] 59.98 ◎ 13.20 60.00
Boom Ang[゚] 48.6 ------ ------
TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

・ Adjust current value to target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register the
adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating adjustment finish.

Boom Lng Span ↓


Detector Adj
60.00m (60.00) *
Detect Zero Span

Boom Lng[m] 60.00 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 48.6 ------ ------


TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

(3) Confirmation
・ Fully retract boom again
・ Move cursor by and select boom length zero adjust menu. Then check zero point boom length. If boom length
is within the (pre-determined) range, adjustment is end. Otherwise, do the zero point and span point adjustment
again.

38
A1-2. Boom Angle Detector Adjustment

(1) Zero Point Adjustment


Fully retract boom and lower the boom to the zero adjustment angle. Zero point angle is about 0 degree.
Measure the actual boom angle by level-type angle meter.

NOTE : When move the boom always from upper to the lower position to do the adjustment !
Boom angle must be measured at top flat surface of back-end of the Tele1.

Move cursor by or until boom angle zero adjustment menu appearing. (See sample below.)

Boom Ang Zero ↓


1.2 ゚ (------)
Detector Adj
Detect Zero Span
Current value Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 1.2 ------ ------


Note: In angle detector adjustment,
target value is not displayed. TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

・ Adjust current angle value to the measured value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to
register the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

Boom Ang Zero ↓


0.0 ゚ (------) * Detector Adj
Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ------

TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

39
(2) Span Point Adjustment
Lower the boom to the span adjustment angle. Span point angle is about 1 degree lower from the upper stroke end.
To adjust the boom, lowering operation must be made.
Measure the actual boom angle by level-type angle meter.
Move cursor by or until boom angle span adjustment menu appearing.

Boom Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj


80.8 ゚ (------) Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 80.8 ◎ ------ ------


Current value
TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

・ Adjust current angle value to the measured value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to
register the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

Boom Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj


80.0 ゚ (------) * Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00

Boom Ang[゚] 80.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------

TelC Lng[m] 3.44 0.00 10.56

(3) Confirmation
・ Lower the boom to the zero point adjustment angle again.
・ Move cursor by and select boom angle zero adjust menu. Then check zero point angle. If boom angle is within
the (pre-determined) range, adjustment is end. Otherwise, do the zero point and span point adjustment again.

40
A1-3. Telescopic Cylinder Length Detector Adjustment

Note: In this adjustment, you have to use manual telescopic operation mode
for boom telescope and pinning.

(1) Zero Point Adjustment


Connect the telescopic cylinder and Tele1 by C-pin (cylinder connection pin). Retract the boom to 0% telescopic rate
position and insert B-pin (boom connection pin). Then operate tele cylinder in the reduction direction to remove the
effect of gap.

Move cursor by or until telescopic cylinder zero adjustment menu appearing.

TelC Lng Zero ↓


0.02m (0.00) Detector Adj
Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00
Current value Target value Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------
TelC Lng[m] 0.02 0.00 10.56

Adjust current value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register the
adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating adjustment registration.

TelC Lng Zero ↓


0.00m (0.00) * Detector Adj
Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00
Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------
TelC Lng[m] 0.00 ◎ 0.00 10.56

41
(2) Span Point Adjustment
Connect the telescopic cylinder and top boom by C-pin. Extend the boom to 100% telescopic rate position and insert
B-pin. Then operate tele cylinder in the reduction direction to remove the effect of gap.

Move cursor by or until telescopic cylinder span adjustment menu appearing.

TelC Lng Span ↓


Detector Adj
10.51m (10.56)
Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00
Current value Target value Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------
TelC Lng[m] 10.51 ◎ 0.00 10.56

・ Adjust current value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register the
adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating adjustment registration.

TelC Lng Span ↓


Detector Adj
10.56m (10.56) *
Detect Zero Span
Boom Lng[m] 13.20 ◎ 13.20 ◎ 60.00
Boom Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ ------ ◎ ------

TelC Lng[m] 10.56 ◎ 0.00 ◎ 10.56

(3) Confirmation
Make the boom to the zero point adjustment status, and check zero point telescopic cylinder length. If the length is within
the (pre-determined) range, adjustment is end. Otherwise, do the zero point and span point adjustment again.

42
A2. Detector Adj2 (Detector Adjustment 2)

When you select "Detector Adj’2" menu with , and , you can make swing angle detector's zero, span
adjustments.

Adjust Menu
Detector Adj 2 ↓

A2-1. Swing Angle Detector Adjustment

(1) Initial position adjustment of potentiometer

Set up with boom at driving position 0° and the mark inside the grey field, if the mark is outside adjust the sensor
physical (turning).

・ Make the crane to the front position.


・ Disassemble the swing angle detector (potentiometer) from the swivel.
・ Rotate the potentiometer by hand and find the initial position using "Ai check" menu in Maintenance Mode.
Swing angle detector is composed by dual potentiometer (Swing-A and Swing-B).
Initial 0 degree position is shown schematic below.

20mA

SwgA1 SWGB2

SWGB1 SWGA2

4mA

0º 90º 180º 270º 360º rotation angle(Clock wise)

Initial 0 degree position


Swing-A input is increasing and Swing-B input is decreasing.
A and B input becomes almost the same (A/D value approx.1440)
Note: In "Ai check" menu, label A and B is reversed, so B input increasing and A input
decreasing position is the initial position.

・ When you find the initial position of potentiometer, re-assemble the potentiometer to the swivel.

43
(2) Swing Angle Detector Adjustment

Swing detector must be adjusted zero-point and span-point at 4 positions (front, right side, backside, left side).

NOTE: While calibrating rotate only clockwise, start at 0° with 90° steps.

(2-1) Step1
・ Crane must be 0.0 degree swing position (front side) in a clockwise direction.
・ Move cursor by or to SWGA1Ang Zero adjustment menu.

SWGA1Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


0.2° (0.0) Detect Zero Span

SWGA1Ang[゚] 0.2 0.0 90.0

Current value Target value SWGB1Ang[゚] 89.8 90.0 180.0


SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0
SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGA1Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


0.0° (0.0) * Detect Zero Span

SWGA1Ang[゚] 0.0 ◎ 0.0 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 89.8 90.0 180.0


SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0
SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

44
(2-2) Step2
・ Swing the crane to 90.0 degree position (right side) in a clockwise direction.
・ Move cursor to SWGA1Ang Span adjustment menu.

SWGA1Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


90.1° (90.0) Detect Zero Span

SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.1 ◎ 0.0 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 89.7 90.0 180.0


SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0
SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGA1Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


90.0° (90.0) * Detect Zero Span

SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 89.7 90.0 180.0


SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0
SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

45
・ Move cursor to SWGB1Ang Zero adjustment menu. You can adjust this item in the same posture.

SWGB1Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


89.7° (90.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 89.7 90.0 180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0


SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGB1Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


90.0° (90.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 90.0 180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 178.9 180.0 270.0


SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

46
(2-3)Step3
・ Swing the crane to 180.0 degree position (backside) in a clockwise direction.
・ Move cursor to SWGB1Ang Span adjustment menu..

SWGB1Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


180.7° (180.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.7 ◎ 90.0 180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 181.1 180.0 270.0


SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGB1Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


180.0° (180.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0

SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 181.1 180.0 270.0


SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

47
・ Move cursor to SWGA2Ang Zero adjustment menu. You can adjust this item in the same posture.

SWGA2Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


181.1° (180.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 181.1 180.0 270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGA2Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


180.0° (180.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 181.1 ◎180.0 270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

48
(4)Step4
・ Swing the crane to 270.0 degree position (left side) in a clockwise direction.
・ Move cursor to SWGA2Ang Span adjustment menu.

SWGA2Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


269.4° (270.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 269.4 ◎180.0 270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGA2Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


270.0° (270.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0

SWGA2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎180.0 ◎270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

49
・ Move cursor to SWGB2Ang Zero adjustment menu. You can adjust this item in the same posture.

SWGB2Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


269.7° (270.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0
SWGA2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎180.0 ◎270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 269.7 270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the target value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to register
the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGB2Ang Zero ↓ Detector Adj 2


270.0° (270.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0
SWGA2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎180.0 ◎270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎270.0 360.0

50
(5) Step5
・ Swing the crane to 0.0 degree position (front side) in a clockwise direction again.
・ Move cursor to SWGB2Ang Span adjustment menu..

SWGB2Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


359.1° (360.0) Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0
SWGA2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎180.0 ◎270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 359.1 ◎270.0 360.0

・ Adjust current angle value to the measured value by using or . When adjustment is done, press to
register the adjustment. Then ‘*’ or "◎" appears on the each displays, indicating finish of adjustment.

SWGB2Ang Span ↓ Detector Adj 2


360.0° (360.0) * Detect Zero Span
SWGA1Ang[゚] 90.0 ◎ 0.0 ◎ 90.0
SWGB1Ang[゚] 180.0 ◎ 90.0 ◎180.0
SWGA2Ang[゚] 270.0 ◎180.0 ◎270.0

SWGB2Ang[゚] 360.0 ◎270.0 ◎360.0

(5) Step6
・ Swing the Crane to 0.0 , 90.0 , 180.0 , 270.0 degree position in a clockwise direction
・ Confirm swing angle of each detectors.
・ If swing angle is within the (pre-determined) range, adjustment is end. Otherwise, do the zero point and span point
adjustment again.

51
A3. Moment Adj (Moment and Work Radius Adjustment)

When you select "Moment Adj’" menu, you can make moment and work radius adjustments.

Adjust Menu
Moment Adj ↓

Moment and work radius adjustment procedures are as follows:

・Moment zero point adjustment


・Work radius adjustment
・Moment span point adjustment

When you select the “Moment Adj” menu, LCD graphic display also shows adjustment information.
Displayed sample is shown below.

Moment Adj

Boom Lng 13.20 m Boom Lng: Boom length


Boom Ang 80.1 ゚
Moment 5.6 % Boom Ang: Boom angle
Radius 0.80 m K= 1.00 Moment: Load moment ratio
Wa 0.35 t Radius: Work radius
F 0.082 mV Zero Span
0.000 3.000 K: Deflection adjustment parameter
↓ ↓ Wa: Calculated current load
0.000 3.000
Boom Up P 0.3 MPa F: Strain voltage (converted value from
Boom Dn P 0.1 MPa pressure sensor)

Zero point adjustment, current


Elevating cylinder’s tube (above)
value and target value.
and rod (below) pressure.

For all the adjustments, you have to as follows:


・ Extend outriggers fully.
・ Mount maximum counterweight
・ Use main winch
・ Set the rope fall as standard number of fully extended boom condition.
・ Dismount the flying jib.

52
(1) Moment Zero Point Adjustment
・ Fully retract the boom and lower the boom to the adjustment angle. (Lowering operation must be made.)

・ Wind up the winch until hook (without load) reaches to the overwind position.

・ Move cursor by or until “Moment Zero” adjustment menu appearing. (See sample below.)

Moment Zero ↓
0.082mV 0.35t Moment Adj
Boom Lng 13.20 m
Boom Ang 80.1 ゚
Calculated current load Moment 5.6 %
Strain voltage Radius 0.80 m K= 1.00
Wa 0.35 t
(converted value from F 0.082 mV Zero Span
detected pressure) 0.000 3.000
↓ ↓
0.000 3.000
Boom Up P 0.3 MPa
Boom Dn P 0.1 MPa
Box cursors appear on "Wa" and "Zero"

・ Adjust the current load to actual hook weight by or . If the value goes within the range, Press to register
the adjustment.

(2) Work Radius Adjustment


・ Fully extend the boom. Then lift the maximum load of full boom length condition. And lower the boom to the rated
work radius. (Work radius must be measured.)

・ Move cursor by until “Working Radius” adjustment menu appearing. (See sample below.)

Working Radius ↓
16.82m 1.00 Moment Adj
Boom Lng 60.00 m
Boom Ang 74.1 ゚
Moment 103.7 %
Calculated current work radius Radius 16.82 m K= 1.00
Wa 14.64 t
Deflection adjustment parameter (K) F 1.482 mV Zero Span
0.097 3.000
↓ ↓
0.084 3.000
Boom Up P 7.6 MPa
Boom Dn P 0.1 MPa
Box cursors appear on "Radius" and "K"

53
Note: If the moment is outside of between 95% and 105%, select "Wa" (actual load) with or
and adjust with and the load until the moment shows 100% then confirm with .

・ Adjust the current work radius to the rated radius by or . If the value goes within the range, press to
register the adjustment.

(3) Moment Span Point Adjustment


・ Without load, fully extend the boom and lower the boom to the moment span adjustment angle.

・ Lower the hook until it almost reaches to the ground (but not to touch the ground).

・ Move cursor by or until “Moment Span” adjustment

Moment Span ↓
1.432mV 0.81t Moment Adj

Boom Lng 60.00 m


Boom Ang 24.9 ゚
Moment 103.7 %
Calculated current load Radius 53.31 m K= 1.07
Wa 0.81 t
Strain voltage F 1.432 mV Zero Span
(converted value from 0.097 3.000
detected pressure) ↓ ↓
0.084 3.000
Boom Up P 1.6 MPa
Boom Dn P 0.1 MPa
Box cursors appear on "Wa" and "Span"

・ Adjust the current load to actual hook weight by or . If the value goes within the range, Press to register
the adjustment.

(4) Confirmation
・ Fully retract boom and make the crane to moment zero adjustment posture.

・ Select “Moment Zero” adjustment menu and check the current load. If the value is within the range, adjustment is
end. If the value is out of range, you have to do the (2) and (3) procedure again until the value goes within the range.

54
A5. Pump Adj (Pump Control Output Adjustment)

When you select "Pump Adj’" menu, you can make pump control output adjustment.

Adjust Menu
Pump Adj ↓

When you select the “Pump Adj” menu, LCD graphic display also shows adjustment information.
Displayed sample is shown below.

: text display field


P1 adjust
0 Tele Cyl Length: tele-cylinder length
Tele Cyl Length 5.00m V 0.000 m/s Q: flow quantity of pump
Q V DA
0 0.000 100 ● V: velocity of tele-cylinder
8 0.005 106 ● DA: Current output value
50 0.030 136 ● (0 –255: D/A-C setting)
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207 : Selecting frame
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data
● : Memory indicator

Operating to due the adjustment:


・ Telescope at basic length
・ Boom angle at about 70°
・ Tele target at all boom 100%,
・ Lock the C-pin and unlock the B-pin at Top-boom.
・ Then operating lever back to neutral position.

55
(1) P1 adjustment (mainly for winch)

・ Select P1 adjustment menu with and .

Pump Adj
P1 Adjust ↓

・ Select with the adjusting item and start with .

P1 adjust
0
Tele Cyl Length 1.25m V 0.000 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 100
8 0.005 106
50 0.030 136
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data

・ When “Start” message appears, activate full stroke tele extending with max. throttle.

P1 adjust
Start 0
Tele Cyl Length 1.25m V 0.000 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 100
8 0.005 106
50 0.030 136
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data

・ ” Measuring” message appears, and adjusts automatically by changing current value to proxy valve.
NOTE: During measuring, keep full stroke operation of tele extending with max. throttle.

56
・ When “JS neutral” message appears at text display field, go with throttle and lever to neutral,

P1 adjust
JS neutral 125
Tele Cyl Length 2.56m V 0.001 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 100
8 0.005 106
50 0.030 136
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data

・ “Finish” message appears at text display field, the memory indicator will be displayed.

P1 adjust
Finish 0
Tele Cyl Length 2.56m V 0.000 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 102 ●
8 0.005 106
50 0.030 136
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data

・ If tele cylinder extend nearby max. stroke-end, retract tele cylinder nearby min. stroke-end by retraction
operation. Tele cylinder moves according to joystick operation.
At that time, “Continue from start Pos” message appears at text display field, operate to extend the tele
cylinder again after retracting tele cylinder.

・ Repeat the procedure for other adjusting items.

57
(2) P2 adjustment (mainly for telescope and elevation)

・ Select P2 adjustment menu with and .

Pump Adj
P2 Adjust ↓

・ Adjust the pump 2 in the same procedures as pump 1.

(3) Reset adjust data

This function is to initialize all pump adjustment data.

NOTE: Don't execute easily, because you have to readjust all adjustment value of pump adjustment.

・ Select "Reset adjust data" menu with .

P1 adjust
0
Tele Cyl Length 5.00m V 0.000 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 102 ●
8 0.005 105 ●
50 0.030 136 ●
115 0.069 176 ●
180 0.108 192 ●
236 0.142 205 ●
244 0.164 255 ●
260 0.156 255 ●
Reset adjust data

・ Execute with , then all adjustment data are initialized and memory indicator are gone.

P1 adjust
0
Tele Cyl Length 5.00m V 0.000 m/s
Q V DA
0 0.000 100
8 0.005 106
50 0.030 136
115 0.069 182
180 0.108 196
236 0.142 207
244 0.164 224
260 0.156 237
Reset adjust data

58
A6. Tele ManualSel (Selection the tele mode for adjustment of hydraulic pressure)

This function is selection telescope mode to adjust hydraulic pressure.

・ Select Tele Manual Mode menu with and .

Adjust Menu
Tele ManualSel ↓

・ Then "Tele Auto" message with "*" symbol appear.


"*" means that displayed mode is selected.

Tele ManualSel
* Tele Auto ↓

・ Push key, "Tele Manual" message appears on second line.

Tele ManualSel
Tele Manual

・ Push key, manual mode is selected., and "*" symbol appears

Tele ManualSel
* Tele Manual

After this working, telescope cylinder moves according to telescope lever direction without pin control.
Push key, then escape this menu.

・ By selection "Tele Auto" or turning off AML power source at once, tele cylinder moves according to normal telescopic
control

59
A7. Do for Adj (Digital output only for adjustment of hydraulic pressure)

This is a function for controlling magnetic valves by compulsory digital output from AML for adjustment of hydraulic pressure.

・ Select Tele Manual Mode menu with and .

Adjust Menu
Do for Adj ↓

・ Then "Adjust Do No 1" message appears

Do for Adj
Adjust Do No 1

When or are pushed, second line changes from “Adjust Do No 1” to “Nr 6”.

NOTE: It is different what by which number adjusted depending on the model.

Ex) ATF160G-5
Do No.1: Control pressure of B-pin and C-pin
Do No.3: Relief pressure of tele cylinder extend by high pressure
Do No.3: Relief pressure of tele cylinder extend by low pressure

・ While key is pushed, AML controls magnetic valves to make adjustment condition.

NOTE: At that time, unrelated digital outputs to adjustment are held.

60
A11. History Erase
Display "History Erase" menu with and , and select menu with .

Adjust Menu
History Erase ↓

You can erase AML error log by following operation.

When the AML main control unit or CPU-board is replaced for repair and all adjustment is completed, erase the overload
history.
Before delivering the machine to customer, erase the overload history by executing three times.
Note that if the history data are erased three times, this menu will not appear, disabling the history data to be erased.
And to input ID-code will be needed to enter Adjustment Mode.

(1) Character Display

History Erase ↓
Erase OK?

Press if you want to erase error log. Then end message appears and all overload history is gone.

History Erase ↓
Erase Finish!!

If you don’t want to erase error log, then use to quit menu.

61
B1-3

3 FAUN Cockpit Graphic Control System

The chassis of the mobile crane ATF -160G - 5 is equipped with an electronic Cockpit Graphic Control
System.
This system performs various monitoring and check functions.
It may also be used for operating and control functions.

DANGER Before the operator puts the chassis into operation, he must have familiarized himself
with the functionalities, operation and the mode of function of the FAUN Cockpit
Graphic Control System.

NOTE Reference to the following description is made in the sections of this operating
manual which are marked "refer to the Cockpit Graphic Control System". The check or
control functions described in these sections are performed by the FAUN Cockpit
Graphic Control System.

Upon switching on the ignition, it can take up to 10 sec. until the FAUN Control and
Service System has been started.

A monitor 20 (Cockpit – Multi – Vision) and the appropriate control elements (rocker tip switches 26, 27 and
28) have been installed in the instrument panel of the chassis:

Cockpit – Multi – Vision 20

Put the crane carrier into operation as described in


section B1-4 of the operating manual.

After the battery main switch and the ignition have


been turned ON, the start screen appears on the
monitor.
The system is being loaded.
So far, it is not possible to retrieve any information or
to trigger any operation.

Rocker tip switch 26 "Menu Rocker tip switch 27 "selection" Rocker tip switch 28 "Service“
navigation"
Actuate upper part of rocker tip Actuate upper part of rocker tip
Actuate upper part of rocker tip switch = Cursor upwards switch = Reset
switch = Exit menu
Actuate lower part of rocker tip Actuate lower part of rocker tip
Actuate lower part of rocker tip switch = Cursor downwards switch = Set
switch = Enter in menu

Please refer to item B1-11.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 1/16
B1-3

3.1 Main screen

The main screen appears on the monitor after approx. 3


sec.

Information and error messages on the main screen:

NOTE The error messages disappear automatically as soon as the error is eliminated.

Brake pressure:
Circuit I:
The indication in the top left corner of the main screen, in the working and information
menus shows the brake-air pressure in brake circuit I.
Circuit II:
The indication in the top right corner of the main screen, in the working and information
menus shows the brake-air pressure in brake circuit II.

If the brake-air pressure in brake circuits I and/or II decreases below 6.5 bar, the
symbol “brake” of the appropriate brake circuit is flashing in red.

If the brake-air pressure in brake circuits I and/or II decreases below 5.5 bar, the indicator
appears on red background.

Monitoring the air cleaner.


Replacement of the air cleaner cartridge.
Symbol lights up.

Insufficient engine oil level.


Symbol lights up.

Insufficient coolant level.

Symbol lights up.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2/16 2003-01
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen

Monitoring the ABV **) - tractor.


After the ignition has been switched on, the ABV symbol must go on, and go out again
after 2 to 3 seconds.
When the symbol goes on during traveling operation, this indicates a failure of the ABV
components. However, in this case the functional safety of the conventional air-actuated
brake system remains fully ensured.

NOTE The function of the electronic system of the wheel sensors is monitored by the ABV
Symbol. The Symbol goes on in case of malfunction. Eliminate the malfunction
immediately (specialist workshop).
This may lead to malfunction of the gearbox!

Monitoring the ABV**) - trailer.


After the ignition has been switched on, the ABV trailer symbol must go on, and go out
again after 2 to 3 seconds.
If a trailer without ABV system is coupled, the symbol must not go on.
When the symbol goes on during traveling operation with a trailer, this indicates a failure of the ABV trailer
components. However, in this case the functional safety of the conventional air-actuated brake system
remains fully ensured.

Steering pump.

Symbol lights up. In case of malfunction, it may only light up during operation.

Emergency steering pump.

Symbol lights up. If the symbol lights up while the ignition is shut off, the sensor is faulty.

CAN error.
Refer to item 3.1.1.3.

Contamination of the hydraulic oil filter

The symbol goes on to indicate an inadmissibly high degree of contamination of the


hydraulic oil filters.

Hydraulic oil level

The symbol goes on to indicate an insufficient hydraulic oil level.

Sensor fault.
If the symbol goes on, the working menu "Service" must be selected. The error can be
read out in the working menu "Service" (refer to item 3.1.1.3).

Steering:

Depending on the steering program selected, the


appropriate symbol is lit.
Diagonal Turning Driving away
steering. circle. from a wall.

**) Optional equipment


0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 3/16
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen:

Axle suspension lock.

If the axle suspension lock is activated, the symbol appears in blue and the numbers
change from 0 to 1.
If the axle suspension lock activation has been completed successfully, the symbol yellow = ON
appears in yellow and the numbers go out.
If the symbol remains blue, the axle lock has not been engaged.
The numbers indicate at which place in the vehicle an error has occurred. 0 = not
locked, 1 = locked.
st nd
The proximity switches are installed: 1 / 2 axles, left-hand and right-hand.
rd blue = activated
3 axle, left-hand and right-hand.
th th
4 /5 axles, left-hand and right-hand.

On-road, off-road modes:

Depending on the program selected, the appropriate symbol is lit.


The symbol also appears in the working and information menus.
On-road travel Off-road travel.

Leveling.

If the leveling is activated, the symbol appears in blue and the numbers change from 0
to 1.
If the leveling has been activated successfully, the symbol appears in yellow and the yellow = ON
numbers go out.
If the symbol remains blue, the level position has not been reached. The numbers
indicate at which place in the vehicle an error has occurred. 0 = Position not reached, 1
= Position reached.
The proximity switches are installed: On the front left-hand and right-hand sides,
on the rear left-hand and right-hand sides. blue = activated

Dimmed light, high-beam light.

Depending on the selection, the appropriate symbol is lit.

yellow = dimmed blue = high-


light beam light

Lifting axle.
Depending on the selection, the appropriate symbol is lit.

rd
Raise 3 axle. Driving with the 3rd axle lifted. Symbol "lower 3
rd
Driving with the
vehicle leveled, at axle".
increased height,
vehicle levelled at
rd
with the 3 axle lifted. normal height.
The proximity swit-
ches are installed:
On the front left-hand
and right-hand sides;
on the rear left-hand
and right-hand sides.
rd
NOTE Should problems occur while the 3 axle is being lifted, lifting can be reversed as
described under item 3.1.1.3.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
4/16 2003-01
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen:

Rear fog light.

The symbol goes on if the rear fog light has been actuated.

Generator
Insufficient voltage of vehicle battery.

Symbol lights up.

2nd axle drive assemblies engaged.


nd
The symbol appears on the main screen while the drive of the 2 axle is connected.

st th
Inter-axle differential lock 1 to 4 axles.
st
The symbol appears on the main screen while the inter-axle differential lock of the 1 to
th
4 axles is connected.

th th
Inter-axle differential lock 4 to 5 axles.
th
The symbol appears on the main screen while the inter-axle differential lock of the 4 to
th
5 axles is connected.

Inter-wheel differential locks.


The symbol appears on the main screen as long as the inter-wheel differential locks are
engaged. The inter-wheel differential locks remain locked for 10 seconds after actuation
of the rocker tip switch 46 “.inter-wheel differential locks”

Axles lifted.
The symbol appears on the main screen as soon as the vehicle is supported by
outriggers and all the axles are lifted.

Superstructure locked.
The symbol appears on the main screen as soon as the superstructure lock has been
actuated.

Tachometer fault.
The symbol appears in case of malfunction of the speedometer.

Insufficient fuel level in fuel tank.

Symbol appears.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 5/16
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen:

Intarder.
● Once the ignition has been switched on and if the “intarder” rocker switch 48 is set to
"ON", the symbol appears for approx. 3 sec.
● If the manual control switch is actuated, the symbol appears as long as the switch is
actuated.
● The symbol is flashing permanently while the intarder is switched ON: Malfunction; contact TADANO-FAUN
after-sales service.

Eddy current brake **) .

If the manual control switch is actuated, the symbol appears as long as the eddy current
brake is in function.

Axle oscillation.
The symbol appears as long as rocker tip switch 37 “axle oscillation” is being actuated.

Centralized lubrication system.


The symbol appears for approx. 3 seconds on the monitor after system power-up.
For further details, refer to the enclosed operating manual of the manufacturer, part G1
Chassis.

Operation from superstructure:

The symbol lights up as long as the connection to the superstructure is established.

Boom raised.

The symbol lights up if the boom is not in the boom rest.

Dolly travelling operation**).

The yellow symbol appears as long as “dolly travelling operation” is


established.
The red symbol appears if the pressure in the swing brake is insufficient.

Control elements of the main screen:

Change-over to the selection menu:


Working operations can be performed in the selection menu.

- Actuate the lower part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Entry to the selection screen.

**) Optional equipment


0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
6/16 2003-01
B1-3

3.1.1 Selection menu

Once the lower part of the rocker tip switch 26 has been
actuated, the selection menu appears on the monitor.

Symbols and meaning of the various selectable working menus:

Working menu "drive".

Working menu "brightness".

Working menu "service".

Working menu "axle suspension lock".

Working menu "spirit level".

Working menu "Rear area surveillance" **) .

Information menu "steering".

Information menu "axle load".

Information menu "Information".

**) Optional equipment


0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 7/16
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1 Selection menu

Control elements of the selection menu:

Change-over to the working screens:


Working operations can be performed via these screens.

- Actuate the top or the lower part of the rocker tip switch 27 "selection":

Select one of the working menus. The selected menu is displayed visually.

- Actuate the lower part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Enter into a selected working menu.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
8/16 2003-01
B1-3

3.1.1.1 Working menu "drive"

After actuation and confirmation, the working menu


"drive" appears on the monitor.

This menu also appears when the rocker tip switch 46


"axle drive" is actuated.

nd nd
2 drive axle is not driven 2 drive axle is driven.
The axle symbol appears The axle symbol appears
(backlit) in black. (backlit) in yellow.

Differential locks are Differential locks are engaged.


disengaged. A cross appears in the circle.
The circle is empty.

nd
The 2 axle drive is engaged. The inter-axle lock between the
st
1 and the 4th axles is
connected.

The inter-axle lock between the


th th
4 and the 5 axles is
connected.

Inter-wheel differential locks are Inter-wheel differential locks


engaged. remains engaged for another 10 10 s
seconds.

- Actuate the upper part of the rocker tip switch 46 "axle drive":

Drive and differential lock disengaged.

nd
The differential locks and the 2 axle drive (refer to part B1-5, item 5.4) are engaged and disengaged via
rocker tip switch 46 “axle drive” (refer to part B1-11, item 46).

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 9/16
B1-3

3.1.1.2 Working menu "brightness"

After actuation and confirmation, the working menu


"brightness" appears on the monitor.

This menu is used to adjust and adapt the brightness of


the monitor.

To adjust the brightness - to values other than programmed in the


factory - actuate the rocker tip switch 27 "selection".

Actuate upper part of rocker switch = monitor appears brighter.


Actuate lower part of rocker switch = monitor appears darker.
The brightness value is indicated in %.

Actuate lower part of rocker tip switch 28 "Service“ =


the brightness value adjusted manually is saved.

SAVE appears (backlit) in red and the display changes automatically over into the SAVE
selection menu.

NOTE The last brightness value which has been adjusted by hand is retained even after the
ignition is turned off.

- Actuate the upper part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Exit the working menu.


Return to the selection menu.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
10/16 2003-01
B1-3

3.1.1.3 Working menu "Service"

After selection and confirmation, the working menu


"service" appears on the monitor.

The error codes can be read in this menu.

Error active.
If the symbol goes on, an error is active. The error codes appear below the symbol.

Example for reading out an error code:

Error code no.: Sensor designation SC = Short Cut (Short-Circuit)


in electric circuit diagram CB = Cable break

1: S437_SC
2: S437_CB
rd
Reset lifting of 3 axle
Should an error have occurred while the axle is lifted, causing an undefined state, the
function can be reset by pressing the rocker tip switch 31 “level control” - only in the
working menu “Service” - for 7 seconds.

DANGER Now the axle will fall down!

CAN Service data.

These error codes are used by the Tadano FAUN After-Sales Service.

Internal error codes.

These error codes may only be read out following the instructions of the Tadano FAUN
After-Sales Service, and must be communicated to the latter.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 11/16
B1-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.3 Working menu "Service"

CAN errors.

1 = OK.
2 = not on the CAN BUS.
D = Designation of circuit diagram (refer to electric circuit diagram).

D003 D006 D007 D017

D001 D015

OW CGC
CAN BUS STATE
5 = OK. D016
4 or 127 = not OK.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
12/16 2003-01
B1-3

3.1.1.4 Working menu "axle suspension lock"

After actuation and confirmation, the working menu "axle


lock" appears on the monitor.

Vehicle is aligned horizontally (leveled).


Symbol lights up.
Align the vehicle completely horizontally, refer to part B1-4, item 4.7.1.2.

Axle suspension lock.


The symbol is lit as long as the axles are locked.

Axles lifted.
The symbol appears on the main screen as soon as the vehicle is supported by
outriggers and all the axles are lifted.

3rd axle lifted.


rd
The symbol is lit as long as the 3 axle is in its upper position (lifted).

rd
Moreover, a green field appears next to the symbol "suspension cylinders, 3 axle".
If the field appears empty, the required position has not been reached.

Not blocked, suspension Blocked.


activated.

Moreover, a green or yellow field appears next to the symbol "suspension cylinder".
The red field appears to signalize that the higher level has been selected.
The yellow field signalizes normal level / driving level.

If a field appears empty, the required position has not been reached.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 13/16
B1-3

3.1.1.5 Working menu "spirit level"

After actuation and confirmation, the working menu "spirit


level" appears on the monitor.

Vehicle is aligned horizontally (leveled).


Symbol lights up.
Align the vehicle completely horizontally, refer to part B1-4, item 4.7.1.2.

An error has occurred.


The indications of the spirit level are incorrect.
Refer to item 3.1.1.3.

The current vehicle inclination is visualized via the spirit level (+3°)
and digitally via the x/y coordinates.

- Actuate the upper part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Exit the working menu.


Return to the selection menu.

3.1.1.6 Working menu "Rear area surveillance” **)


After actuation and confirmation of the working menu, the area to be monitored appears on the CMV monitor.

This menu also appears as long as the reverse speed is engaged.

- Actuate the upper part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Exit the working menu.


Return to the selection menu.

**) Optional equipment


0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
14/16 2003-01
B1-3

3.1.1.7 Information menu "steering"

After selection and confirmation, the information menu


"steering" appears on the monitor.

The analog steering actuation is displayed in the information menu „Steering“.


th th
Moreover, the approximate steering actuation of the 4 and 5 axles is displayed digitally.

3.1.1.8 Information menu "axle load"

After actuation and confirmation, the information menu


"axle load" appears on the monitor.

NOTE The displayed axle loads are


approximate values.

Vehicle is aligned horizontally (leveled).


Symbol lights up.

An error has occurred.


The vehicle weight indications are incorrect.
Refer to item 3.1.1.3.

- Actuate the upper part of the rocker tip switch 26 "Menu navigation":

Exit the working menu.


Return to the selection menu.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
2003-01 15/16
B1-3

3.1.1.9 Information menu

After selection and confirmation, the information menu


"Info" appears on the monitor.

In the information menu “Info”, the software version and the hardware data are displayed.

0125_EN_FA029_B1_03_00_00 CMV.DOC
16/16 2003-01
B1-1

6 Stabilizing the vehicle by outriggers

- Actuate the rocker switch 7 "battery main switch".


● The parking brake (handbrake) is engaged.
● The gearshift lever is in "neutral" position.
- Switch the ignition ON (ignition key in position 2).
- Actuate rocker switch 53 "working speed".
- Turn key-actuated switch UW – OW 50 to position 2.

6.1 Control panel


6.1.1 Start screen

The start screen appears automatically upon switching the ignition on.

Button no. 1 (active in each screen):


Æ Engine start

Button no. 2 (active in each screen):


Æ Engine stop (stalling device)

Button no. 3 (active in each screen):


Æ Reduce the engine speed

Button no. 4 (active in each screen):


Æ Increase the engine speed

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


2003-01 1/9
B1-1

cont'd.: 6.1.1 Start screen

Button no. 8 (active in each screen):


Æ Exit active screen.

Keep button no. 8 pressed for about 6 seconds (active in each screen):
Æ Standard adjustment for display contrast and brightness.

Actuate button no. 14


Æ Switch working floodlights at the outriggers ON or OFF.
If the working floodlights are switched on, the symbol “working floodlight” appears inverse.

Actuate button no. 18


Æ To the main menu
Æ refer to item 6.1.2.
Connection to CANBUS has been interrupted. Outrigger functions are no longer available The
error code is displayed by the Control and Graphic System installed in the driver's cab. If
necessary, take the vehicle to the TADANO-FAUN after-sales service to have the troubles
eliminated.

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


2/9 2003-01
B1-1

6.1.2 Main menu

Button no. 9:
Æ Function: align the vehicle horizontally (actuate the button and keep it pressed until the
vehicle is aligned).
Symbol no. 9:
Æ Goes on when vehicle is aligned horizontally.

Button no.: 10:


Æ Raising the vehicle.

Button no. 11:


Æ Lowering the vehicle.

Button no. 12:


Æ Change-over to the screen Supporting pressure **)
Æ refer to item 6.1.6.
Button no. 13:
Æ Change-over to the brightness/contrast screen
Æ refer to item 6.1.5.
Button no. 14:
Æ "Lifting" the axles with the crane stabilized by outriggers

NOTE Only perform this operation while the machine is stabilized by outriggers.

**) Optional equipment


0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC
2003-01 3/9
B1-1

cont'd.: 6.1.2 Main menu

Symbol no.15:
Æ Condition: "Axles lifted"

Button no. 15:


Æ "Lowering" the lifted axles with the crane stabilized by outriggers

NOTE Only perform this operation while the machine is stabilized by outriggers.

Upon actuation of the button no. 15 the axles will "fall" down; the function can only be stopped
if the button no. 14 "lifting the axles" is pressed again.

NOTE The function "lowering the axles" can also be activated by actuating the
rocker tip switch 31 "Leveling".
Symbol no. 15 not inverse:
Æ Condition: "Axles not lifted".

Button no. 16:


Æ Change-over to the screen "extending/retracting outrigger beams"
Æ refer to item 6.1.3.

Button no. 17:


Æ Change-over to the screen "extending/retracting outrigger cylinders"
Æ refer to item 6.1.4.

Button no. 18:


Æ During outrigger operation, the axles must be kept in horizontally aligned position.
Actuate button before commencing outrigger operation. Symbol wird invers. The axles are kept
in the current position.

Upon another actuation of the button no. 15 the axles will "fall" down; the function can only be
stopped if the button no. 18 or the button no. 14 "lifting the axles" is pressed. The symbol does
no longer appear inverted.
Button no. 18:
Æ Return to "start screen"

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


4/9 2003-01
B1-1

6.1.3 Extending/retracting the outrigger beams

Button no.: 10/13/15/18 (arrow directed to the center of the vehicle):


Æ "Retracting the outrigger beams".

Button no.: 9/12/14/17 (arrow directed to the outside):


Æ "Extending the outrigger beams".

Button no.: 16:


Æ Function: "Extending the outrigger beams on the side where the operator is
currently standing" (the symbol appears inverse while being actuated).

Button no.: 11:


Æ Function: "Retracting the outrigger beams on the side where the operator is
currently standing" (the symbol appears inverse while being actuated).

Inverse arrows indicate the current direction of movement of the corresponding outrigger
beam.

Æ Digital display of the crane inclination in [DEGREES].

ÆSuperstructure locked.

Button no.: 8:
Æ Return to main menu.

Button no.: 7
Without function

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


2003-01 5/9
B1-1

6.1.4 Extending/retracting the outrigger cylinders

Displays the supporting force in tons **)

Button no.: 10/13/15/18 :


Æ "Retracting the outrigger cylinders".

Button no.: 9/12/14/17 :


Æ "Extending the outrigger cylinders".

Symbol:
Æ The corresponding outrigger cylinder is extended.

Symbol:
Æ The corresponding outrigger cylinder is retracted.

Button no. 5:
Æ "Retracting all outrigger cylinders together".

Button no. 6:
Æ "Extending all outrigger cylinders together".
Actuate button 1x and keep it pressed = all outrigger cylinders are extended together.
Actuate button 2x and keep it pressed = all outrigger cylinders are extended together and
automatic leveling is active.

**) Optional equipment


0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC
6/9 2003-01
B1-1

cont'd.: 6.1.4 Extending/retracting the outrigger cylinders

Symbol above the spirit level:

Æ State: Automatic leveling active. (The symbol appears inverse while leveling is active).

ÆState: The crane is aligned horizontally (leveled). (The symbol “Spirit level OK” appears.)

Æ Digital display of the crane inclination in [DEGREES].

ÆSuperstructure locked.

Button no. 8:
Æ Return to "start screen".

Button no.: 7
Without function

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


2003-01 7/9
B1-1

6.1.5 Contrast and brightness

Button no. 9:
Æ Display standard adjustment for contrast and brightness

Button no. 10:


Æ Increase display contrast

Button no. 11:


Æ Reduce display contrast

Button no. 12:


Æ Increase display brightness

Button no. 13:


Æ Reduce display brightness

Button no. 8:
Æ Return to "start screen"

Keep button no. 8 pressed for about 6 seconds (active in each screen):
Æ Function: Standard adjustment for display contrast and brightness

0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC


8/9 2003-01
B1-1

6.1.6 Supporting pressure **)

Button no. 12:


Æ The current supporting pressure of the individual outrigger cylinders is indicated**).

Button no. 8:
Æ Return to "start screen".

**) Optional equipment


0140_EN_FA029_B1_06_00_00 cut CGM.DOC
2003-01 9/9
B2-3

3 FAUN Cockpit Graphic Control System

The superstructure of the mobile crane ATF -160G - 5 is equipped with an electronic Cockpit Graphic Control
System.
This system performs various monitoring and check functions.
It may also be used for operating and control functions.

DANGER Before the operator puts the superstructure into operation, he must have familiarized
himself with the functionalities, operation and the mode of function of the FAUN
Cockpit Graphic Control System.

NOTE Reference to the following description is made in the sections of this operating
manual which are marked "refer to the Cockpit Graphic Control System". The check or
control functions described in these sections are performed by the FAUN Cockpit
Graphic Control System.

A monitor and the control elements


pertaining to it are installed in the instrument
panel of the superstructure.

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 1/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3 FAUN Cockpit Graphic Control System

Put the vehicle into operation as described in section B2-4 of the operating manual.

After the battery main switch (58) and the ignition (42) in
the superstructure have been turned ON, the start screen
appears on the monitor.
The system is being loaded.
So far, it is not possible to retrieve any information or to
trigger any operation.

3.1 Main screen

The main screen appears on the monitor after approx. 3


sec.
Information is displayed via symbols.
Other screens can be selected by actuation of buttons.

Information and error messages on the main screen:

NOTE The error messages disappear automatically as soon as the error is eliminated.

Fuel level indicator:

A needle and a digital display show the filling level of the fuel tank. The critical range is
marked.

The symbol flashes if the tank contains less than 60 l.


The symbol is permanently lit if the tank contains less than 40l.

Coolant temperature indicator:

A needle and a digital display show the engine coolant temperature.


The critical range is marked.

If the critical range is reached, the symbol lights up.

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2/18 2003-01
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen

Voltage of the vehicle battery:

A needle and a digital display show the vehicle voltage of the electrical system. The critical
range is marked.

The symbol goes on if the vehicle voltage decreases below 17 V.

Spirit level:

The electronic spirit level indicates the current inclination of the vehicle (± 3°).

Digital angle indicator:

The display shows the current inclination of the vehicle.

Display of supporting pressure: **)

The display shows the current supporting pressure.

Superstructure locked

The symbol lights up when the superstructure is locked.

Superstructure can be slewed

The symbol lights up when the superstructure can be slewed (unlocked).

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

Excessive hydraulic oil temperature.

Symbol lights up.

Replacement of hydraulic oil filter:

Symbol lights up.

**) Optional equipment


0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 3/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1 Main screen

Low engine oil level.

Symbol lights up.

Monitoring the air cleaner.


Replace the air cleaner.

Symbol lights up.

Malfunction in engine electronics.

Symbol lights up.

CAN error.
There is no connection to the superstructure.
The symbol appears.

Axles lifted.
The symbol appears as soon as the vehicle is supported by outriggers and all the axles are
lifted.

Axle suspension lock = symbol is lit.


The symbol "axle suspension lock" goes on if the key switch in the chassis is set to position 2.

Axle suspension activated.


The symbol appears and flashes (backlit).

Control elements of the main screen:

Change-over to the working screens:

- Actuate the function key F2.

Working operations can be performed via these screens.

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
4/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1 Selection menu

After actuation of the F2 key, the selection menu appears


on the monitor.

Symbols and meaning of the various selectable working menus:

Contrast / brightness.

Outriggers,

Engine control system.

Control elements of the selection menu:

Change-over to the working screens:


Working operations can be performed via these screens.

- Actuate the arrow key "up".


The working menu "contrast / brightness" appears.

- Actuate the arrow key "right".


The working menu "outriggers" appears.

- Actuate the arrow key "left".


The working menu "engine control" appears.

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "start screen".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 5/18
B2-3

3.1.1.1 Operation of the working menu "contrast / brightness"

After actuation of the arrow key "up", the working menu


appears on the monitor.
"Contrast / brightness".

Any adjustments of contrast and brightness - other than the values programmed in
the factory - are effected via the cursor control keys.

- Actuate arrow key "right" or " left".

Setting the monitor's brightness within the specified limits.

---------------------------------------------------------------
- Actuate arrow key "up" or "down".

Setting the monitor's contrast within the specified limits.

- Actuation of the F1 key:

All the contrast and brightness values set by hand are deleted.
The programmed initial settings are activated.

NOTE The last contrast and brightness values set in manual mode are stored after the
ignition is turned off.

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "start screen".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
6/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.2 Working menu - outriggers

After actuation of the arrow key "right-hand", the working


menu appears on the monitor.
outriggers

This working menu is used to actuate the outriggers in


the chassis from the superstructure.

● When one of the outriggers is selected, the corresponding outrigger beam and outrigger cylinder can be
actuated jointly.
● When two, three or four outriggers are selected, only the selected outrigger cylinders can be actuated.
● When all four outriggers are selected, the vehicle can be aligned to horizontal position.

3.1.1.2.1 Operation of the working menu "outriggers"

The outrigger cylinders are selected via the cursor control system.

- Actuate the arrow key "up":

The front right-hand outrigger has been selected.

- Actuate the arrow key "left":

The front left-hand outrigger has been selected.

- Actuate the arrow key "down":

The rear left-hand outrigger has been selected.

- Actuate the arrow key "right":

The rear right-hand outrigger has been selected.

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 7/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.2.1 Operation of the working menu "outriggers"

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

- Actuation of the key "ENTER":

The selected outriggers are confirmed.

- Actuation of the F1 key:

All the four outriggers are selected.

- Actuation of the F2 key:

The outriggers selected before are deselected.

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "start screen".

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
8/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.2.2 Working menu - outrigger actuation "left-hand"

After the selected arrow key "left" or "down" has been


confirmed, the menu "outrigger left-hand" appears on the
monitor.

This menu is used to actuate the outriggers on the front or


rear left side of the vehicle.

The various actuation operations are selected via the cursor control system.

- Actuate arrow key "down" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "up" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "left" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger beams.

- Actuate arrow key "right" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger beams.

Indicates the outrigger being selected.

The display shows the current supporting pressure **) .

**) Optional equipment


0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 9/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.2.2 Working menu - outrigger actuation "left-hand"

The electronic spirit level indicates the current inclination of the vehicle.

Symbol goes on when vehicle is aligned horizontally.

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "outriggers".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
10/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.2.3 Working menu - outrigger actuation "right-hand"

After the selected arrow key "right" or "up" has been


confirmed, the menu "outrigger right-hand" appears on
the monitor.

This menu is used to actuate the outrigger on the front


or rear right side of the vehicle.

The various actuation operations are selected via the cursor control system.

- Actuate arrow key "down" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "up" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "right" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger beams.

- Actuate arrow key "left" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger beams.

Indicates the outrigger being selected.

The display shows the current supporting pressure **) .

**) Optional equipment


0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 11/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.2.3 Working menu - outrigger actuation "right-hand"

The electronic spirit level indicates the current inclination of the vehicle.

Symbol goes on when vehicle is aligned horizontally.

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and flashes
(backlit).

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "outriggers".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
12/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.2.4 Working menu - outrigger actuation if two or three outriggers are selected

After the two or three outriggers selected have been


confirmed, the working menu "outriggers 2/3" appears on
the monitor.

This menu can be used to actuate 2 or 3 outriggers.

The various actuation operations are selected via the cursor control system.

- Actuate arrow key "down" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "up" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger cylinders.

Indicates the outriggers being selected.

The electronic spirit level indicates the current inclination of the vehicle.

Symbol goes on when vehicle is aligned horizontally.

The display shows the current supporting pressure **) .

**) Optional equipment


0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 13/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.2.4 Working menu - outrigger actuation in case two or three outriggers are selected

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "outriggers".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
14/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.2.5 Working menu - outrigger actuation in case of all four outriggers are selected

After the four selected outriggers have been confirmed


or key F1 has been actuated, the working menu
"outriggers 4" appears on the monitor.

This menu can be used to actuate all 4 outriggers.

The various actuation operations are selected via the cursor control system.

- Actuate arrow key "down" and keep it pressed:

Extending the outrigger cylinders.

- Actuate arrow key "up" and keep it pressed:

Retracting the outrigger cylinders.

Indicates the outriggers being selected.

The display shows the current supporting pressure **) .

The electronic spirit level indicates the current inclination of the vehicle.

Symbol goes on when vehicle is aligned horizontally.

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

**) Optional equipment


0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 15/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.2.5 Working menu - outrigger actuation in case of all four outriggers are selected

- Actuate the key F2 and keep it pressed.

The vehicle is aligned in horizontal position.

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "outriggers".

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
16/18 2003-01
B2-3

3.1.1.3 Working menu - engine management of chassis

After actuation of the arrow key "left ", the working menu
appears on the monitor.
Engine functions (engine speed regulation, engine start-
stop function, engine in chassis).

This menu can be used to increase or reduce the engine


speed.

3.1.1.3.1 Operation of the working menu "engine functions"

The engine speed is regulated via the cursor control system.

- Actuate the arrow key "up":

The engine speed increases.

- Actuate the arrow key "down":

The engine speed is reduced.

- Actuation of the F1 key:

Start the engine in the chassis.

- Actuation of the F2 key:

Shut off the engine in the chassis.

- Actuation of the key "Quit":

Return to working menu "start screen".

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
2003-01 17/18
B2-3

cont'd.: 3.1.1.3.1 Operation of the working menu "engine functions"

The handbrake in the chassis is set to braking position = symbol is lit.


The symbol "parking brake in chassis engaged" goes on when the vehicle is braked positively
via the handbrake lever in the chassis, or when the brake-air pressure of the parking brake in
the chassis is no longer sufficient.

The handbrake in the chassis is not in braking position = symbol goes on and
flashes (backlit).

No functions are assigned to any of the other keys !

0185_EN_FA029_B2_03_00_00 CGC.DOC
18/18 2003-01
CAN BUS

Service System
[English Version]

ATF 110G-5 + ATF 160G-5

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 1
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
Table of Contents
1 CAN icon in main screen ...........................................................................................................................................3
2 Error codes indicated in the CMV colour display .......................................................................................................5
2.1 Error code screen................................................................................................................................................5
2.2 FIFO screen for P020 – D017 .............................................................................................................................7
2.3 Engine error code screen....................................................................................................................................8
rd
2.4 Reset “3 axle: Lift – Lower – Lifted” ................................................................................................................10
3 Error code display via Hyper terminal .....................................................................................................................11
4 Checking the inputs and outputs ............................................................................................................................12
4.1 Options ..............................................................................................................................................................13
4.2 All Outputs.........................................................................................................................................................14
4.3 All Inputs............................................................................................................................................................14
4.4 D001 D002 ........................................................................................................................................................15
4.5 D003 D004 ........................................................................................................................................................15
4.6 D005 D006 ........................................................................................................................................................15
4.7 D007 D008 ........................................................................................................................................................15
4.8 Set Output .........................................................................................................................................................15
4.8 D016 Lib (spirit level).........................................................................................................................................16
5 CAN DESIGN...........................................................................................................................................................17
6 Fuses .......................................................................................................................................................................17

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 2
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
1 CAN icon in main screen
1 = OK
0 = not on the CAN BUS

D003 D006 D007 D017 (outriggers, left-hand)

D001 D015 (outriggers, right-hand)

CAN BUS STATE Superstructure CGC


5 = OK
127 = not OK D016 (spirit level)

• If power-up of the bus system has been completed correctly, the CAN icon must disappear
• In case a control unit does not log on to the bus, “0” (zero) appears in its place and the CAN ICON appears
on the main screen!
• If “0” appears, first check the fuses
o D001 = 0 fuse: F002
o D003 = 0 fuse: F003
o D006 = 0 fuse: F004
o D007 = 0 fuse: F005
o D017 = 0 fuse: F006
o D015 = 0 fuse: F006
o D016 = 0 fuse: F006

• As second check in case “0” appears, the DCPs provide for interchanging the 55-pin connectors.
o Example: interchange connector D001 and connector D003; if the DCP D001 is faulty, D003 must
be considered as faulty after the interchange.
• The third step consists in checking the wiring:
for power supply, GND and short-circuit, cable break
• 24V must be applied to the following pins:
• D001 = Pin 1/38/9/10/2/20
• D002 = Pin 1
• D003 = Pin 1/38/9/2/20
• D004 = Pin 1
• D005 = Pin 1/38/28/2/20
• D006 = Pin 1

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 3
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
• D007 = Pin 1/38/10/2/20
• D008 = Pin 1
• D017 = Pin 1
• D015 = Pin 1
• D016 = Pin 1
• As fourth step, the terminating resistor must be measured:
o the measurement between CAN HIGH and CAN LOW must result in 120 OHM; failing this, the DIP
switches on the CMV and the separate terminating resistor on the spirit level must be checked; or
there is a possibility that the CAN is interrupted
• If all these efforts remain without success, the control unit in question must be replaced

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 4
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
2 Error codes indicated in the CMV colour display

2.1 Error code screen

If this icon appears in the CMV, it signals an active fault which can be read from the selection
menu’s error screen.

Item: 5 Item: 4 Item: 6 Item: 7 Item: 8

Item:1 Item: 9

Item:2

Item:3

o Item 6 Reset lifting of axle


o Should an error have occurred while the axle has been lifted, causing an undefined state, the
function can be reset by pressing the level pushbutton S402 – only in this screen - for 7 seconds.
o Attention: Now the axle will fall down!

o Item 1 Indication of the overall system’s CAN BUS status


o : 5 = OK
o No 5 = CAN problems

o Item 2 ID designation of the various nodes


o ID2=D001 / ID3=D003 / ID4=D006 / ID5=D007 / ID6=D017(Driver) / ID7=D0015 (Rider) /
o ID16 = Inclinometer / OW = Superstructure

o Item 3 Indication of the CAN BUS status of the various nodes


o 0 = not active on CAN bus
o 1 = active on CAN bus

o Item 4 Error Icon = Signals an active fault

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 5
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
o Item 5: Error code = simultaneous error description
o Example:

Error code no.: Sensor designation SC := Short-Circuit


of circuit diagram CB = Cable break

1: S437_SC

o
o Item 7 Number of the last current error number in the FIFO!
o Should this number be incremented at intervals of one or two seconds, an active fault is present

It must be taken into consideration that switching the control unit ON and OFF always
generates several faults which, however, are not critical.
This is the reason why there are always any error codes saved in the memory.

o Item 8 Designation of the control units in the circuit diagram


o P020 = CMV + FIFO / D001-D007 = DCP / D015-D017 = CGM / A014 = ADM
o Item 10 The appropriate control system can be selected via the central menu button, and activated via the
button in the right-hand bottom area.
o Item 9 Designation of the various control units for selection of the error memory
o P020 is the FIFO; all errors present at the CAN BUS are recorded
o D001-D017: only the internal faults of the appropriate control unit are recorded
o A014 is the ADM; only the errors which are present at the moment can be read; the error memory
is not visible; if the error is generated before the CAN Bus is active (the first 7s after “ignition ON”),
the error is not recorded and cannot be displayed here. In this case, the Minidiag must be used.

Thus, only P020 needs to be tested in case of an error! If the result suggests a major error in D001
(for example), D001 can be selected to enable a more detailed investigation to be performed.

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 6
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
2.2 FIFO screen for P020 – D017

Item 5:

Item 1:

Item 2:

Item 3:

Item 4:

o Item1 = Number of error code


o Item2 = Node ID of the control unit which has generated the error code
o Item3 = Designation of error code
o Item4 = Parameter of error code
o Item5 = Number of last error code generated

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 7
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
2.3 Engine error code screen

• This page is just an example, as it is not possible to record all faults of the engine
• The error code must still be read out using the Minidiag
• Only errors occurring during operation will be displayed here
• If the error is generated before the CAN Bus is active (the first 7s after “ignition ON”), the error is
not recorded and cannot be displayed here. In this case, the Minidiag must be used.
• No error codes are saved

Item 1:

Item 3:

Item 2:

• Item1 = Error code which is present at the moment


• Item2 = Explanation of the error present above
• Item3 = To scroll through the errors which are currently present, actuate the central menu button

• Should errors be generated continuously (at intervals of 1 second), the screen can be stopped via the
lower menu button on the right, to read out the error description.

Error Code Device description


54/3 decompression valve MBR_KD open circuit
54/4 decompression valve MBR_KD shorted to ground
84/3 vehicle speed signal C3 open circuit
84/4 vehicle speed signal C3 shorted to ground
84/14 vehicle speed signal C3 value not plausible
91/0 analog accelerator pedal accelerator pedal not adjusted
91/2 analog accelerator pedal voltage not plausible
91/3 analog accelerator pedal voltage too high or shorted to battery voltage
91/4 analog accelerator pedal AFPS voltage too low or shorted to ground
98/0 oil level oil level too high
98/1 oil level low oil level
98/14 oil level oil level too low

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 8
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
100/1 oil pressure sensor low oil pressure
100/14 oil pressure sensor oil pressure too low
107/0 air filter sensor air pressure too high
107/3 air filter sensor open circuit
107/4 air filter sensor shorted to ground
110/0 coolant temperature high coolant temperature
110/14 coolant temperature coolant temperature too high
111/1 coolant level low coolant level
111/3 coolant level open circuit
111/4 coolant level shorted to ground
158/0 terminal 15 (ignition) over voltage
158/1 terminal 15 (ignition) under voltage
558/5 idle switch (analog pedal) both switches open circuit(GAS2+ GAS1 open)
558/12 idle switch (analog pedal) both switches closed (GAS2 + GAS1 closed)
599/12 cruise control switch CC+ and CC- both switches closed
601/12 cruise control switch CC+ and CC- both switches closed
620/3 power supply analog pedal (AFP+) voltage too high
620/4 power supply analog pedal (AFP+) voltage too low
625/2 CAN link ADM2 - MR no communication with MR
625/14 CAN link ADM2 - MR one wire mode
629/12 ADM2 internal error
677/5 output relay 1 open circuit
677/6 output relay 1 shorted to ground
grid heater: no increasing boost temperature after
730/0 output relay 2 activation
730/1 output relay 2 grid heater: relay permanently closed
730/2 output relay 2 grid heater: relay permanently closed
730/3 output relay 2 voltage too high or shorted to battery voltage
730/4 output relay 2 voltage too low or shorted to ground
974/2 remote pedal HFG supplyvoltage out of range
and max. remotepedal HFGvolt.too high or shorted to
974/3 Minimum value: 4,8V value:5,2V battery voltage
974/4 remote pedal HFG voltage too low or shorted to ground
1004/3 output relay 4 open circuit
1004/4 output relay 4 shorted to ground
1005/3 output PWM pedal supply or transmis. open circuit
1005/4 output PWM pedal supply or transmis. shorted to ground
1006/3 exhaust brake valve MBR_BK open circuit
1006/4 exhaust brake valve MBR_BK shorted to ground
639/2 J1939 CAN-interface CAN identifiers ETC#1 or ACC#1 missing
1015/1 PWM accelerator pedal no supply voltage
1015/2 PWM accelerator pedal both signals missing (GAS1 and GAS2)
1015/3 PWM accelerator pedal signal GAS2, not available
1015/4 PWM accelerator pedal signal GAS1, not available
1015/5 PWM accelerator pedal accelerator pedal not adjusted
1015/6 PWM accelerator pedal idle position out of adjusted range
1015/7 PWM accelerator pedal accelerator pedal out of adjusted range

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 9
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
2.4 Reset “3rd axle: Lift – Lower – Lifted”

Item 1

• The procedure “3rd axle: Lift / Lower / Lifted” can be cancelled.


• This is necessary in case an undefined state has occurred.
• Procedure:
o Once the level pushbutton S402 has been kept pressed for approx. 7 seconds, the function is
reset
o This is displayed by the icon “Axle: Lift / Lifted or Lower” disappearing.
o Attention
Now axle 3 will simply fall down!

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 10
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
3 Error code display via Hyper terminal
o If connection to the DCP/CMV/CGM is no longer possible, the Hyper terminal is still able to issue a status
regarding the internal state of the control system
o The Hyper terminal is located under Start/Programs/Accessories/Communication

o Once the Hyper terminal has been started,


the COM port must be selected (in most
cases, this will be COM1)
o Next, the characteristics shown on the left
must be set
o The interface is the standard download
interface for the appropriate control unit
o If “connected” appears on the left in the
standard Hyper terminal window, the control
unit must be reset to be able to display its
state (ignition ON/OFF)
o

Correct output of the CMV: Correct output of the DCP:

o This data must be communicated to TFG in case of problems

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 11
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
4 Checking the inputs and outputs
o To examine the inputs and outputs, the operator has to access the Service menu
o The access screen appears if all three menu buttons are pressed upward at the same time while
switch ON the ignition until the access screen appears!
o The password is 0815.
o Should the crane still be in the factory and the option FREE FOR Delivery still be set to NO, the service
selection menu can be accessed directly by simultaneously pressing the upper central and left-hand menu
button.

o If the password 0815 has been entered, the


right-hand menu button must be pressed down
to confirm; now the Service is active
o Then, the service selection menu can be
accessed directly by simultaneously pressing the
upper central and left-hand menu button.
o

o Select this Button for Options List 1

o Select this Button for Options List 2

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 12
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
4.1 Options

Options List part 1


o The appropriate options must be set and
saved by actuating SAVE
o While the data is being saved, SAVE
appears in red; once saving has been
finished, the screen changes
automatically
o The saved options must be re-checked
for correctness by actuating “ignition
ON/OFF”

Explanation: Outrigger 4-Beam Drive:

If one of the outrigger control boxes fails, this option can be used to actuate the outrigger beams on
the opposite side as well.
Explanation: Drive 10*6:

If the option NO is selected, 10*8 is set automatically

Options list part 2


o The appropriate options must be set and
saved by actuating SAVE
o While the data is being saved, SAVE
appears in red; once saving has been
finished, the screen changes
automatically
o The saved options must be re-checked
for correctness by actuating “ignition
ON/OFF”

Explanation: No Boom drive:

If the option YES is selected, the Crane can be driven with dismounted Main-Boom.
Explanation: Biodiesel:

If the option YES is selected, the superstructure can be refueled with Biodiesel

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 13
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
4.2 All Outputs

o All digital outputs of all DCPs are


displayed
o This assists in troubleshooting

4.3 All Inputs


All digital inputs of the DCPs are displayed

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 14
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
4.4 D001 D002
All digital and analog inputs and all digital outputs of the DCP D001 are displayed!

o 0 = Input/output OFF

o 1= Input/output OFF
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o Pin designation in the circuit
diagram

4.5 D003 D004


All digital and analog inputs and all digital outputs of the DCP D003 are displayed!

4.6 D005 D006


All digital and analog inputs and all digital outputs of the DCP D005 are displayed!

4.7 D007 D008


All digital and analog inputs and all digital outputs of the DCP D007 are displayed!

4.8 Set Outputs


o If this page is selected, all outputs are set to 0; thus the crane is in an undefined state

o The selected outputs can be energized


individually
o Thus, a function can be simulated and
cabling can be checked
o To set and reset, actuate the right-hand
menu button

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 15
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
4.8 D016 Lib (spirit level)
o Here, the spirit level is set or reset
o The crane must be aligned horizontally
o Subsequently, the right-hand bottom menu button must be kept pressed until the values of the spirit
level indicate zero
o Saving is effected automatically once the screen is exited

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 16
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
5 CAN DESIGN

6 Fuses

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 22.03.2006 Gitter ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 22.03.2006 Henglein BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA CAN BUS Service System [English]
NOR/ST FA029 + FA035
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING NO FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

99707782385 4 9540.10 17
A 1 F600576 22.03.2006 Gitter VON/OF17
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nummer vom 27.01.2005
8432-818 / 03-96
ATF 160G-5 can bus pin arrangement
Pin assignment, node D001 CPU
Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1) 24V Jumper to pin 20
3 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV1.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used)
5 IAV1.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used)
6 IAV1.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV1.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID1.11 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1) 24V Node detection =terminal 15
10 ID1.12 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2) 24V Node detection =terminal 15
11 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN GND (from CMV Pin6)
12 CAN_L1.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal CAN In CAN LOW (from CMV Pin4)
13 CAN_H1.1 CAN interface 1, High signal CAN In CAN HIGH (from CMV Pin5)
14 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN_SHLD (from CMV Pin1)
15 ILDN1 Input bootloader (must not be assigned by the user)
16 IRI1 Input ring indicator RS232 interface
17 QTXD2 Output Transmit RS232 Interface2
18 IRXD1 Input Receive RS232 Interface1 RS232 Rx (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN3
19 GND Ground terminal RS232 GND (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN6
20 VIM1 Supply voltage feeder for control logic 24V 24V connection to pin 2
21 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI1.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.1 used.)
23 IAI1.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.2 used.)
24 IAI1.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.3 used.)
25 IAI1.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.4 used.)
26 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID1.9 Digital input 9 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
28 ID1.10 Digital input 10 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
29 PE1 Housing potential (ext. conn. GND-PE1 conn. GND to housing pot.) GND Terminal 31
30 CAN_L1.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal CAN Out CAN LOW (to D003 Pin12)
31 CAN_H1.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal CAN Out CAN HIGH (to D003 Pin13)
32 CAN_TR1 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H1.2)
33 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN GND (to D003 Pin11)
34 IDCD1 Input Data Carrier Detect RS232 interface 1
35 IRXD2 Input Receive RS232 interface 2
36 QTXD1 Output Transmit RS232 interface 1 RS232 Tx (socket 9Pin DSUB ) PIN 2
37 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN SHLD (to D003 Pin14)
38 IPON Input vehicle ignition switch 24V Terminal 15
39 ID1.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S038 Air cleaner (ground-switching)
40 ID1.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S037 Coolant level (ground-switching)
41 ID1.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S040 Steering emergency pump (ground-switching)
42 ID1.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S039 Steering pump (ground-switching)
43 ID1.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) V004 CGC supply
44 ID1.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) X301-22 1-N-R gear
45 ID1.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) X301-18 Rev. gear
46 ID1.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S319 Neutral gear
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD1.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) K061 Central warning H034 via separate relay
49 QD1.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) K730 Lighting of chassis ON
50 QD1.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) K 101 ABV shut-off feature (optional)
51 QD1.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) A502 A3 lifted signal in steering computer
52 QD1.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) K 030 Relais, working speed rocker tip switch
53 QD1.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) K 311/13 Gearbox - starter interlock
54 QD1.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) K 724 Engine speed "minus"
55 QD1.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) K 725 Engine speed "plus"

Pin assignment, node D002 I/O


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V 24V power supply
2 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1)
3 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV2.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used)
5 IAV2.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used)
6 IAV2.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV2.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID2.11 Digital input 9 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1)
10 ID2.12 Digital input 10 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2)
11 GND Ground terminal
12 CAN_L2.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal
13 CAN_H2.1 CAN interface 1, High signal
14 GND Ground terminal
15 QAI2.1 Analog output 1 (0 to +20mA)
16 QAI2.2 Analog output 2 (0 to +20mA)
17 QAI2.3 Analog output 3 (0 to +20mA)
18 QAI2.4 Analog output 4 (0 to +20mA)
19 GND Ground terminal
20 VQQS2 Output actuator supply (is switched off in case of fault)
21 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI2.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.1 used.)
23 IAI2.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.2 used.)
24 IAI2.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.3 used.)
25 IAI2.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.4 used.)
26 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID2.9 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC3.1) S100-1 Tip switch ABV ON
28 ID2.10 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC3.2) S100-7 Tip switch ABV OFF
29 GND Ground terminal
30 CAN_L2.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal
31 CAN_H2.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal
32 CAN_TR2 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H2.2)
33 GND Ground terminal
34 ID2.13 Digital input 13 (can also be used as counter input IC4.1) B7 Signal from tachometer output
35 ID2.14 Digital input 14 (can also be used as counter input IC4.2)
36 IPRG Input programming voltage (must not be assigned)
37 GND Ground terminal
38 not assigned
39 ID2.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S013 Mode selector switch Superstructure Chassis
40 ID2.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S006 Switch Light ON, chassis
41 ID2.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) D+ D+ signal from alternator to K004
42 ID2.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A)
43 ID2.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B)
44 ID2.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B)
45 ID2.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) B011 Tank signal, reserve (ground-switching)
46 ID2.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S077 Hydraulic system, oil level
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD2.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) V711 Ignition, chassis ON
49 QD2.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) K 013 Maintaining voltage; time delay
50 QD2.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) K 036 Switching off voltage (upstream fuses)
51 QD2.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) K 311 Engine start
52 QD2.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) K 720 Engine stop (stalling device)
53 QD2.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output)
54 QD2.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) K514 Front axle steering, left-hand
55 QD2.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) K515 Front axle steering, right-hand

Pin assignment, node D003 CPU Suspension


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1) 24V Jumper to pin 20
3 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV1.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used) S437 Switch, level front left-hand
5 IAV1.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used) S439 Switch, level front right-hand
6 IAV1.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used) S438 Switch, level rear left-hand
7 IAV1.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used) S440 Switch, level rear right-hand
8 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID1.11 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1) 24V 24 V node detection =terminal 15
10 ID1.12 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2)
11 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN GND (from D001)
12 CAN_L1.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal CAN In CAN LOW (from D001)
13 CAN_H1.1 CAN interface 1, High signal CAN In CAN HIGH (from D001)
14 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN_SHLD (from D001)
15 ILDN1 Input bootloader (must not be assigned by the user)
16 IRI1 Input ring indicator RS232 interface
17 QTXD2 Output Transmit RS232 Interface2
18 IRXD1 Input Receive RS232 Interface1 RS232 Rx (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN3
19 GND Ground terminal RS232 GND (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN6
20 VIM1 Supply voltage feeder for control logic 24V 24V jumper to pin 2
21 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI1.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.1 used.)
23 IAI1.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.2 used.)
24 IAI1.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.3 used.)
25 IAI1.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.4 used.)
26 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID1.9 Digital input 9 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
28 ID1.10 Digital input 10 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
29 PE1 Housing potential (ext. conn. GND-PE1 conn. GND to housing pot.) GND Terminal 31
30 CAN_L1.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal CAN Out CAN LOW (to D006)
31 CAN_H1.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal CAN Out CAN HIGH (to D006)
32 CAN_TR1 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H1.2)
33 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_GND (to D006)
34 IDCD1 Input Data Carrier Detect RS232 interface 1
35 IRXD2 Input Receive RS232 interface 2
36 QTXD1 Output Transmit RS232 interface 1 RS232 Tx (socket 9Pin DSUB ) PIN 2
37 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_SHLD (to D005)
38 IPON Input vehicle ignition switch 24V Terminal 15
39 ID1.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S414 Axle lock, rear left-hand
40 ID1.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S415 Axle lock, rear right-hand
41 ID1.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S412 Axle lock, front left-hand
42 ID1.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S413 Axle lock, front right-hand
43 ID1.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S402 Rocker tip switch, aut. leveling
44 ID1.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S401 Switch, axle lock / suspension
Rocker tip switch, axle oscillation
Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
S418 (not available if “driving possible from the superstructure”)
45 ID1.7
46 ID1.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD1.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y404 Suspension UP rear left-hand
49 QD1.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y403 Suspension DOWN rear left-hand
50 QD1.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y408 Suspension UP rear right-hand
51 QD1.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) Y407 Suspension DOWN rear right-hand
52 QD1.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y402 Suspension UP front left-hand
53 QD1.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) Y401 Suspension DOWN front left-hand
54 QD1.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) Y406 Suspension UP front right-hand
55 QD1.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) Y405 Suspension DOWN front right-hand
Pin assignment, node D004 I/O suspension
Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1)
3 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV2.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used) S457 Switch, 2nd level, front left-hand
5 IAV2.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used) S458 Switch, 2nd level, rear left-hand
6 IAV2.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used) S459 Switch, 2nd level, front right-hand
7 IAV2.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used) S460 Switch, 2nd level, rear right-hand
8 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID2.11 Digital input 9 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1) S428-07 Rocker tip switch, lifting A3
10 ID2.12 Digital input 10 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2) S428-01 Rocker tip switch, lowering A3
11 GND Ground terminal
12 CAN_L2.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal
13 CAN_H2.1 CAN interface 1, High signal
14 GND Ground terminal
15 QAI2.1 Analog output 1 (0 to +20mA)
16 QAI2.2 Analog output 2 (0 to +20mA)
17 QAI2.3 Analog output 3 (0 to +20mA)
18 QAI2.4 Analog output 4 (0 to +20mA)
19 GND Ground terminal
20 VQQS2 Output actuator supply (is switched off in case of fault)
21 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI2.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.1 used.)
23 IAI2.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.2 used.)
24 IAI2.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.3 used.)
25 IAI2.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.4 used.)
26 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID2.9 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC3.1) S320 Cruise Control - (CC-)
28 ID2.10 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC3.2) S320 Cruise Control + (CC+)
29 GND Ground terminal
30 CAN_L2.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal
31 CAN_H2.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal
32 CAN_TR2 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H2.2)
33 GND Ground terminal
34 ID2.13 Digital input 13 (can also be used as counter input IC4.1) S426 Proximity switch, 3rd axle UP left-hand
35 ID2.14 Digital input 14 (can also be used as counter input IC4.2) S427 Proximity switch, 3rd axle UP right-hand
36 IPRG Input programming voltage (must not be assigned)
37 GND Ground terminal
38 not assigned
39 ID2.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S403-1 Rocker tip switch, suspension front left-hand DOWN
40 ID2.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S403-7 Rocker tip switch, suspension front left-hand UP
41 ID2.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S405-1 Rocker tip switch, suspension front right-hand DOWN
42 ID2.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S405-7 Rocker tip switch, suspension front right-hand UP
43 ID2.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S404-1 Rocker tip switch, suspension rear left-hand DOWN
44 ID2.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S404-7 Rocker tip switch, suspension rear left-hand UP
45 ID2.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S406-1 Rocker tip switch, suspension rear left-hand DOWN
46 ID2.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S406-7 Rocker tip switch, suspension rear right-hand UP
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD2.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y411 pn Axle locking assembly
49 QD2.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y440 hy De-energized: keeping axle UP/energized = on-road travel
50 QD2.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y618 hy Depressurized circulation
51 QD2.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) K409 Axle oscillation (Y412+Y419+Y420)
52 QD2.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y444 De-energized=keeping A3 UP/energized = A3 on-road travel
53 QD2.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) Y438 Lifting all axles (+A3)
54 QD2.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) Y445 Lowering A3
55 QD2.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) Y448 Locking transverse coupling

Pin assignment, node D005 CPU rear axle steering / diff.


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1) 24V Jumper to pin 20
3 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV1.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used)
5 IAV1.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used)
6 IAV1.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV1.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID1.11 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1)
10 ID1.12 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2)
11 GND Ground terminal
12 CAN_L1.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal
13 CAN_H1.1 CAN interface 1, High signal
14 GND Ground terminal
15 ILDN1 Input bootloader (must not be assigned by the user)
16 IRI1 Input ring indicator RS232 interface
17 QTXD2 Output Transmit RS232 Interface2
18 IRXD1 Input Receive RS232 Interface1 RS 232 Rx (socket 9Pin DSUB ) PIN 3
19 GND Ground terminal RS232 GND (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN6
20 VIM1 Supply voltage feeder for control logic 24V Jumper to pin 2
21 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI1.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.1 used.) B402 Axle load, front axle (2nd axle)
23 IAI1.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.2 used.) B403 Axle load, rear axle
24 IAI1.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.3 used.)
25 IAI1.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.4 used.)
26 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID1.9 Digital input 9 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group1B)
28 ID1.10 Digital input 10 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group1B) 24V Node detection =terminal 15
29 PE1 Housing potential (ext. conn. GND-PE1 conn. GND to housing pot.) GND Terminal 31
30 CAN_L1.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal CAN Out CAN LOW (to CGC Superstructure)
31 CAN_H1.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal CAN Out CAN HIGH (to CGC Superstructure)
32 CAN_TR1 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H1.2)
33 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_GND (to CGC Superstructure)
34 IDCD1 Input Data Carrier Detect RS232 interface 1
35 IRXD2 Input Receive RS232 interface 2
36 QTXD1 Output Transmit RS232 interface 1 RS232 Tx (socket 9Pin DSUB ) PIN 2
37 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_SHLD (to CGC Superstructure)
38 IPON Input vehicle ignition switch 24V Terminal 15
39 ID1.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S074 Inter-axle differential 1+3
40 ID1.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S046 Drive 2A
41 ID1.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S057 Inter-axle differential 4+5
42 ID1.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S047 1st axle inter-wheel diff.
43 ID1.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S048 2nd axle inter-wheel diff.
44 ID1.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S049 4th axle inter-wheel diff.
45 ID1.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S050 5th axle inter-wheel diff.
46 ID1.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S022-5 Rocker switch, axle load, Dolly mode (optional)
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD1.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y019pn Inter-axle differential 1+3
49 QD1.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y006pn Drive 2A
50 QD1.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y008pn Inter-axle diff 4+5
51 QD1.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) Y007pn Inter-wheel differential
52 QD1.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y612 Extending outrigger beams, front left-hand
53 QD1.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) Y616 Extending outrigger beams, front right-hand
54 QD1.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) S016 Switch, off-road/on-road gear
55 QD1.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output)

Pin assignment, node D006 I/O rear axle steering - diff.


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1)
3 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV2.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used)
5 IAV2.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used)
6 IAV2.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV2.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID2.11 Digital input 9 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1) S022-1 Rocker tip switch, drive / diff. engaged
10 ID2.12 Digital input 10 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2) S022-2 Rocker tip switch, drive / diff. disengaged
11 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN_GND (from D003)
12 CAN_L2.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal CAN In CAN LOW (from D003)
13 CAN_H2.1 CAN interface 1, High signal CAN In CAN HIGH (from D003)
14 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN_SHLD (from D003)
15 QAI2.1 Analog output 1 (0 to +20mA)
16 QAI2.2 Analog output 2 (0 to +20mA)
17 QAI2.3 Analog output 3 (0 to +20mA)
18 QAI2.4 Analog output 4 (0 to +20mA)
19 GND Ground terminal
20 VQQS2 Output actuator supply (is switched off in case of fault)
21 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI2.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.1 used.)
23 IAI2.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.2 used.)
24 IAI2.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.3 used.)
25 IAI2.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.4 used.)
26 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID2.9 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC3.1)
28 ID2.10 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC3.2)
29 GND Ground terminal
30 CAN_L2.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal CAN Out CAN LOW (to D007)
31 CAN_H2.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal CAN Out CAN HIGH (to D007)
32 CAN_TR2 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H2.2)
33 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_GND (to D007)
34 ID2.13 Digital input 13 (can also be used as counter input IC4.1) S461-07 Rocker tip switch, lifting suspension completely
35 ID2.14 Digital input 14 (can also be used as counter input IC4.2) S461-01 Rocker tip switch, lowering suspension completely
36 IPRG Input programming voltage (must not be assigned)
37 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN_SHLD (to D007)
38 not assigned
39 ID2.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S058/S059 Hydraulic oil filter
40 ID2.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S409 Boom stowed over-front
41 ID2.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) S411 Superstructure slewed and locked
42 ID2.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A)
43 ID2.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) ADM Engine oil level min. ADM signal (ground-switching)
44 ID2.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S044 Parking brake (ground-switching)
45 ID2.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S056 On-road travel (ground-switching)
46 ID2.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S045 Off-road travel (ground-switching)
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD2.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y446 A3 lifting left-hand
49 QD2.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y442 A3 lowering left-hand
50 QD2.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y447 A3 lifting right-hand
51 QD2.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) Y443 A3 lowering right-hand
52 QD2.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y412 hyd Sol. Axle oscillation
53 QD2.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) K066 Working floodlight left-hand (via CGM optional)
54 QD2.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) K067 Working floodlight right-hand (via CGM optional)
55 QD2.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) Y449 Axle load limitation, 3rd axle

Pin assignment, node D007 CPU Outriggers


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ1 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1) 24V Jumper to pin 2
3 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
4 IAV1.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used)
5 IAV1.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used)
6 IAV1.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV1.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
9 ID1.11 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1)
10 ID1.12 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2) 24V Node detection =terminal 15
11 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN GND (from D005)
12 CAN_L1.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal CAN In CAN LOW (from D005)
13 CAN_H1.1 CAN interface 1, High signal CAN In CAN HIGH (from D005)
14 GND Ground terminal CAN In CAN_SHLD (from D005)
15 ILDN1 Input bootloader (must not be assigned by the user)
16 IRI1 Input ring indicator RS232 interface
17 QTXD2 Output Transmit RS232 Interface2
18 IRXD1 Input Receive RS232 Interface1 RS232 Rx (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN3
19 GND Ground terminal RS232 GND (socket 9Pin DSUB) PIN6
20 VIM1 Supply voltage feeder for control logic 24V Connection to pin 2
21 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI1.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.1 used.) B601 Monitoring of supporting pressure, front left-hand
23 IAI1.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.2 used.) B602 Monitoring of supporting pressure, front right-hand
24 IAI1.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.3 used.) B603 Monitoring of supporting pressure, rear left-hand
25 IAI1.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV1.4 used.) B604 Monitoring of supporting pressure, rear right-hand
26 GNDA1 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID1.9 Digital input 9 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
28 ID1.10 Digital input 10 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B)
29 PE1 Housing potential (ext. conn. GND-PE1 conn. GND to housing pot.) GND Terminal 31
30 CAN_L1.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal CAN Out CAN LOW (to CGM = D017)
31 CAN_H1.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal CAN Out CAN HIGH (to CGM = D017)
32 CAN_TR1 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H1.2)
33 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN GND (to CGM = D017)
34 IDCD1 Input Data Carrier Detect RS232 interface 1
35 IRXD2 Input Receive RS232 interface 2
36 QTXD1 Output Transmit RS232 interface 1 RS232 Tx (socket 9Pin DSUB ) PIN 2
37 GND Ground terminal CAN Out CAN SHLD (to outrigger actuation D017)
38 IPON Input vehicle ignition switch 24V Terminal 15
39 ID1.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S112-1 Menu navigation
40 ID1.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S112-7 Menu navigation
41 ID1.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S113-1 Menu navigation
42 ID1.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S113-7 Menu navigation
43 ID1.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1A) S114-1 Menu navigation
44 ID1.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S114-7 Menu navigation
45 ID1.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) S115-1 Emergency mode, outriggers
46 ID1.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 1B) Intarder indication, display
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD1.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y611 Retracting cylinder front left-hand
49 QD1.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y610 Extending cylinder front left-hand
50 QD1.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y613 Retracting outrigger beam front left-hand
51 QD1.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) Y615 Retracting cylinder front right-hand
52 QD1.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y614 Extending cylinder front right-hand
53 QD1.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) Y617 Retracting outrigger beam front right-hand
54 QD1.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) Y618 Depressurized circulation
55 QD1.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) Y619 Pressure limiter outrigger beam OFF

Pin assignment, node D008 I/O Outriggers


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin2) 24V Power supply
2 VIQ2 Input supply voltage for power outputs (conn to Pin1)
3 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals B018 GND brake circuit I
4 IAV2.1 Analog input 1 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.1 used) B018 Brake circuit I
5 IAV2.2 Analog input 2 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.2 used) B018 Brake circuit II
6 IAV2.3 Analog input 3 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.3 used)
7 IAV2.4 Analog input 4 (0 to+10V, not assigned if IAI1.4 used)
8 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals B018 GND brake circuit II
9 ID2.11 Digital input 9 (can also be used as counter input IC1.1) E022/23 High-beam light icon
10 ID2.12 Digital input 10 (can also be used as counter input IC1.2) E016/36 Rear fog light
11 GND Ground terminal
12 CAN_L2.1 CAN interface 1, Low signal
13 CAN_H2.1 CAN interface 1, High signal
14 GND Ground terminal
15 QAI2.1 Analog output 1 (0 to +20mA) K652 Relays for extending outrigger beam front left-hand Y612
16 QAI2.2 Analog output 2 (0 to +20mA) K653 Relays for extending outrigger beam front right-hand Y616
17 QAI2.3 Analog output 3 (0 to +20mA)
18 QAI2.4 Analog output 4 (0 to +20mA)
19 GND Ground terminal
20 VQQS2 Output actuator supply (is switched off in case of fault)
21 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
22 IAI2.1 AnalogInput1 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.1 used.)
23 IAI2.2 AnalogInput2 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.2 used.)
24 IAI2.3 AnalogInput3 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.3 used.)
25 IAI2.4 AnalogInput4 (0 to+20mA,not assigned if IAV2.4 used.)
26 GNDA2 Ground terminal for analog input signals
27 ID2.9 Digital input 11 (can also be used as counter input IC3.1)
28 ID2.10 Digital input 12 (can also be used as counter input IC3.2)
29 GND Ground terminal
30 CAN_L2.2 CAN interface 2, LOW signal
31 CAN_H2.2 CAN interface 2, HIGH signal
32 CAN_TR2 CAN terminator (optional for connecting to CAN_H2.2)
33 GND Ground terminal
34 ID2.13 Digital input 13 (can also be used as counter input IC4.1)
35 ID2.14 Digital input 14 (can also be used as counter input IC4.2)
36 IPRG Input programming voltage (must not be assigned)
37 GND Ground terminal
38 not assigned
39 ID2.1 Digital input 1 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A)
40 ID2.2 Digital input 2 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) Centralized lubrication system
41 ID2.3 Digital input 3 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) H101 ABV
42 ID2.4 Digital input 4 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2A) Trailer coupled signal via ABV
43 ID2.5 Digital input 5 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B)
44 ID2.6 Digital input 6 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B)
45 ID2.7 Digital input 7 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S419 pn. A3_Lifting left-hand connected
46 ID2.8 Digital input 8 (change-over of ground-/power-switching possible, group 2B) S420 pn. A3_lifting right-hand connected
47 GND Ground terminal GND Terminal 31
48 QD2.1 Digital output 1 (can also be used as PWM output) Y609 Retracting cylinder rear left-hand
49 QD2.2 Digital output 2 (can also be used as PWM output) Y608 Extending cylinder rear left-hand
50 QD2.3 Digital output 3 (can also be used as PWM output) Y607 Retracting outrigger beam, rear left-hand
51 QD2.4 Digital output 4 (can also be used as PWM output) Y606 Extending outrigger beam, rear left-hand
52 QD2.5 Digital output 5 (can also be used as PWM output) Y605 Retracting cylinder rear right-hand
53 QD2.6 Digital output 6 (can also be used as PWM output) Y604 Extending cylinder rear right-hand
54 QD2.7 Digital output 7 (can also be used as PWM output) Y603 Retracting outrigger beam, rear right-hand
55 QD2.8 Digital output 8 (can also be used as PWM output) Y602 Extending outrigger beam, rear right-hand

Pin assignment CMV colour display CAN+power supply P020


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 C_SHLD Shield line for CAN CAN shield
2 CO_L CAN Low output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 Low CAN Low for engine CAN as termination
3 CO_H CAN High output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 High CAN High for engine CAN as termination
4 CI_L CAN Low input (conn. to CO_L) CAN Low CAN Low for crane functions as beginning of CAN
5 CI_H CAN High input (conn. to CO_H) CAN High CAN High for crane functions as beginning of CAN
6 CAN_GND Ground for CAN CAN_GND Ground for CAN
7 GND Ground GND Ground
8 C_V+ Power supply for CAN
9 IPON Key switch input 24V 24 V ignition signal
10 VIM Power supply to battery 24V 24 V power supply (for CAN)

Pin assignment CMV colour display Diagnostic connector P020


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 GND Ground GND PIN 5+PIN 6 DESUP 9 of RS232
2 TxD Transmit line RS232 TxD PIN 2 DESUP 9
3 RxD Receive line RS 232 RxD PIN 3 DESUP 9
4 CTS Clear-to-Send RS232
5 RTS Request-to-send RS232
6 UBAT Battery supply for RTC buffering when disconnecting VIM

Pin assignment CGM Outrigger actuation, driver's side D017


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 C_SHLD Shield line for CAN CAN shield
2 CO_L CAN Low output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 Low CAN Low for engine CAN as terminator to D001 Pin12
3 CO_H CAN High output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 High CAN High for engine CAN as terminator to D001 Pin13
4 CI_L CAN Low input (conn. to CO_L) CAN Low CAN Low for crane functions as beginning of CAN
5 CI_H CAN High input (conn. to CO_H) CAN High CAN High for crane functions as beginning of CAN
6 CAN_GND Ground for CAN CAN_GND Ground for CAN
7 GND Ground GND Ground
8
9 IPON Key switch input 24V 24 V ignition signal
10 VIM Power supply to battery 24V 24 V power supply (for CAN)

Pin assignment CGM Outrigger actuation, passenger's side D015


Pin Signal Explanation Code Designation
1 C_SHLD Shield line for CAN CAN shield
2 CO_L CAN Low output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 Low CAN Low for engine CAN as terminator to D001 Pin12
3 CO_H CAN High output (conn. to CI_L) J1939 High CAN High for engine CAN as terminator to D001 Pin13
4 CI_L CAN Low input (conn. to CO_L) CAN Low CAN Low for crane functions as beginning of CAN
5 CI_H CAN High input (conn. to CO_H) CAN High CAN High for crane functions as beginning of CAN
6 CAN_GND Ground for CAN CAN_GND Ground for CAN
7 GND Ground GND Ground
8
9 IPON Key switch input 24V 24 V ignition signal
10 VIM Power supply to battery 24V 24 V power supply (for CAN)

Pin assignment, superstructure CGC


X3.10.1 Output free
X3.10.2 Output free
X3.10.3 Output K806 Relay, battery main switch, time-delayed
X3.10.4 Output X2.1.12 K929 Signal superstructure locked to AML
X3.10.5 Output H810 Indicator lamp, central warning
X3.10.6 Output K812 Relay CGC self-latching
X3.10.7 Output
X3.10.8 Output

X3.11.1 Dig. input I2.9.9 S701 Chassis control ON (K727)


X3.11.2 Dig. input I2.9.10 S830 Air cleaner
X3.11.3 Dig. input I2.9.11 24V Ignition ON
X3.11.4 Dig. input I2.9.12 D+ Engine running
X3.11.5 Dig. input I2.9.13 ADM ADM Engine oil level min
X3.11.6 Dig. input I2.9.14 S836 Hydr. oil temperature
X3.11.7 Dig. input I2.9.15 ADM Malfunction ADM
X3.11.8 Dig. input I2.9.16 S831 Hydr. oil filter
X3.1.3 Power supply 24V for fuel level transmitter and air cleaner
X3.1.9 Power supply 24V 24V
X3.1.10 Power supply 24V 24V
X3.1.7 GND GND GND

X3.12.1 Voltage output B703 Power supply for compressed air transmitter
X3.12.3 Voltage output B802 Power supply for fuel level transmitter (voltage distributor)
X3.12.4 Voltage output ADM Voltage distributor for ADM engine temp.
X3.12.7 Analog input ADM Engine temperature
X3.12.1 Analog input B802 Fuel level indicator
X3.12.

X3.6.2 Power supply Switch matrix Power supply Switch matrix


X3.6.3 Matrix input Q3.59.1 S707 Parking brake
X3.5.2 Power supply Switch matrix Power supply Switch matrix
X3.5.3 Matrix input S601 Outrigger preselection
X3.5.4 Matrix input S601 Outrigger preselection
X3.4.2 Power supply Switch matrix Power supply Switch matrix
X3.4.3 Matrix input S602 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front right-hand
X3.4.4 Matrix input S602 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front right-hand
X3.4.5 Matrix input S603 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear right-hand
X3.4.6 Matrix input S603 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear right-hand
X3.4.7 Matrix input S604 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear left-hand
X3.4.8 Matrix input S604 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear left-hand
X3.4.9 Matrix input S605 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front left-hand
X3.4.10 Matrix input S605 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front left-hand
X3.3.2 Power supply Switch matrix Power supply Switch matrix
X3.3.3 Matrix input Q3.57.9 S503 Joystick front axle steering
X3.3.4 Matrix input Q3.57.10 S503 Joystick front axle steering
X3.3.5 Matrix input Q3.57.11 S506 Switch on slipring, crane directed to the rear
X3.3.6 Matrix input Q3.57.12 S501 Rocker switch, unlocking rear axle
X3.3.7 Matrix input S502 Joystick, rear axle steering
X3.3.8 Matrix input S502 Joystick, rear axle steering
X3.3.9 Matrix input
X3.3.10 Matrix input
X3.9.2 24V 24V
I2.9.8 Input Instrument illumination
ATF110G-5 + ATF160G-5 CAN BUS

Top Cab general Support/Warning

Display of Superstructure Status


General Warning Suspension control CAN-Gateway to Top cab drive control support
Top cab outrigger control support
Engine speed control Axle block function Superstructure CGC
Ignition hold control Swinging axles Differential locks/drive
Front wheel steering from Lift/Lower all axles Lift axle 3
Top Cab Drive Lift axle 3 Outrigger working lights

Outrigger Control
Outrigger pressure indicator input
Brake circuit pressure input

DCP (D005)

CMV DCP (D001) DCP (D003) DCP (D006) DCP (D007)

CAN-Master (Main Control Unit)


CGM (D015) CGM (D017) (D016)
Human Machine Interface

Display of Carrier Status


Final resistor (120Ω)
Optical warnings
Service System
Displays error codes
I/O Data Display
Adjust Options
Display Software Versions

Outrigger Control Unit for Riderside Outrigger Control Unit for Driverside
Final resistor
Level Indicator
Human Machine Interface CAN-Bus
Human Machine Interface
ATF110G-5 + ATF160G-5 CAN BUS
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

名称一覧表
C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
$ Shield to ground via cable fitting S 2-39_A-1, A-4, A-5, 2-40_A-3
(i) Insulate cable ends 絶縁ケーブルの端
A005 Control unit, centralized lubrication system 集中給油制御装置 C 7-10_D-6
MR MR
Engine control system C 7-1_D-6
A013 エンジン本体 ECU
Electronic system
ADM ADM 7-1_B-6, 7-6_C-1, 7-8_D-3, D-6, 7-9_A-1, A-6, 7-15_D-6, 7-19_A-2,
Adaptation module C
A014 車輌、エンジン制御 7-25_D-5, 7-30_B-4
Vehicle engine control
A030 Electrical tachograph MTCO 電気タコグラフ(MTCO) C 7-8_C-2
* A031 Refrigerator box C 7-5_D-8
A101 Electronic module ABV ABV コントローラ C 7-12_A-3, A-4
* A106 Radio modem C 7-28_A-2
A303 Gearbox electronics トランスミッション ECU C 7-13_A-7
A304 Intarder electronics リターダ ECU C 7-15_A-2
A502 Steering computer I ステアリングコンピュータⅠ C 7-18_A-1, A-3
A502 Steering electronics I ステアリング ECUⅠ C 7-16_A-1, A-4
A503 Steering computer II ステアリングコンピュータⅡ C 7-18_A-3, 7-19_A-3
A503 Steering electronics II ステアリング ECUⅡ C 7-17_A-1
A801 Radio ラジオ S 2-12_D-7
A802 Voltage reduction device 24V / 12 V 電圧減少装置 S 2-12_C-6
* A803 Control unit コントロールユニット S 2-41_A-6
MR MR
A804 Engine control system S 2-6_D-6
エンジン本体 ECU
Electronic system
ADM ADM
A805 Adaptation module S 2-5_C-1, 2-6_B-7, 2-7_C-2, D-5, 2-8_D-3, 2-24_D-3
車輌、エンジン制御
Vehicle engine control
A807 Electrical thermostat control 電気サーモスタットコントロール S 2-42_D-5
A810 Voltage reduction device 12 V/6 V 電圧減少装置(12 V/6 V) S 2-21_A-2
A901 AML display AML 表示 S 2-13_A-3, 2-14_A-1
A902 ASLI angle transmitter, boom ブーム角度検出器(ASLI) S 2-34_D-5
A903 ASLI length transmitter, boom ブーム長さ検出器(ASLI) S 2-34_D-5
A905 Pressure sensor, piston end "ACTUAL VALUE" 圧力センサ() S 2-34_D-2
A906 Pressure sensor, rod end "COMPENSATION" 圧力センサ() S 2-34_D-3
A907 Pressure sensor, hydraulic system pressure 圧力センサ(油圧システム圧力) S 2-34_D-3
A908 Length transmitter, telescope cylinder 長さ検出器(伸縮シリンダ) S 2-30_D-1
Remote control transmitter, left-hand 左操作レバー
a extending/retracting the telescopes a 伸縮 伸び/ 縮み
b slewing left-hand/right-hand b 旋回 左/ 右
A917 c direction extending telescope c 伸縮 伸び側 S 2-20_B-1
d direction retracting telescope d 伸縮 縮み側
e direction slewing left-hand e 旋回 左側
f direction slewing right-hand f 旋回 右側
Remote control transmitter, left-hand 左操作レバー
A917 g high speed g クレーン増速 S 2-17_A-2
h swing brake h 旋回ブレーキ
Remote control transmitter, left-hand 左操作レバー
A917 S 2-11_A-3
i electric horn i 電子ホーン
Remote control transmitter, left-hand 左操作レバー
A917 S 2-16_C-7
j hoisting gear 2 j 補巻ウインチ
Remote control transmitter, left-hand 左操作レバー
A917 k deadman sensor k センサ() S 2-18_B-2
l deadman sensor l センサ()

i W i
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
右操作レバー
Remote control transmitter, right-hand
a hoisting gear - up/down a ウインチ 上げ/ 下げ
b boom elevation - up/down b ブーム起伏 上げ/ 下げ
c direction hoisting gear - down c ウインチ 下げ側
A918 S 2-19_A-1
d direction hoisting gear - up d ウインチ 上げ側
e direction boom elevation - up e ブーム起伏 上げ側
f direction boom elevation - down f ブーム起伏 下げ側
h hoisting gear 2
h 補巻ウインチ
Remote control transmitter, right-hand 右操作レバー
A918 S 2-17_A-1
g fast speed g クレーン増速
Remote control transmitter, right-hand 右操作レバー
A918 S 2-11_A-2
I electric horn I 電子ホーン
Remote control transmitter, right-hand 右操作レバー
A918 S 2-16_C-6
j hoisting gear 1 j 主巻ウインチ
Remote control transmitter, right-hand 右操作レバー
A918 k deadman sensor k センサ() S 2-18_B-5
l deadman sensor l センサ()
2-4_A-1, 2-8_A-4, 2-13_A-3, A-4, A-5, 2-14_A-5, 2-15_A-1, A-4, A-6,
2-16_D-2, D-7, 2-17_D-1, D-4, 2-18_C-1, D-7, 2-19_D-1, 2-20_D-1,
2-21_A-3, 2-22_A-1, 2-23_A-3, A-6, 2-24_D-1, D-2, D-3, 2-25_D-2, D-3,
A921 AML central unit AML ユニット S D-6, D-72-26_A-1, 2-27_D-1, 2-28_A-2、2-29_A-1, 2-30_A-1, A-3, A-6,
2-33_A-4, A-7, D-6、2-34_A-2, A-5, 2-35_A-2, 2-36_A-2, A-6, 2-37_B-1
2-38-1_A-1
A922 Swing angle transmitter, swing mechanism 旋回角度検出器() S 2-34_D-4
Control electronics
* A923 S 2-18_A-3
deadman sensor, left-hand
Control electronics,
* A924 S 2-18_A-4
deadman sensor, right-hand
A926 Control unit, monitor コントロールユニット(モニタ) S 2-33_A-2, A-6
A927 Monitor, telescope control モニタ(伸縮コントロール) S 2-33_A-3, A-7
A929 Camera, hoisting gear 1 カメラ() S 2-33_A-4, A-8
* A930 AML external display – visual - AML 外部表示灯 S 2-36_A-2
* A931 Swing alarm – acoustic- 旋回アラーム音 S 2-36_D-6
A933 Transmitter, fly jib トランスミッタ(タイプ 0)(ジブ) S 2-38-1_B-6
Manual control unit, counterweight / removal of boom マニュアルコントロールユニット(カウンタウエイト
/ブーム取り外し)
S1 S1
S2 S2
A934 S 2-29_B-4
S3 S3
S4 S4
H1 H1
H2 H2
B001 Electric horn 電子ホーン C 7-4_D-4
B003 Buzzer, reversing signal バックブザー C 7-10_D-7
B006 Inductive pickup, tachograph スピードメータセンサ C 7-8_D-1
B007 Loudspeaker, left-hand スピーカ(左) C 7-7_D-6
B008 Loudspeaker, right-hand スピーカ(右) C 7-7_D-6
B009 Buzzer, engine malfunction ブザー(エンジン不良) C 7-8_A-7
B011 Fuel level transmitter C 7-21_D-4
B018 Pressure sensor unit, brake circuits I + II 圧力センサ C 7-27_D-2
Inductive pickup
B101 回転センサ(ABS)(2 軸左) C 7-12_D-5
ABV 2A left-hand L2
Inductive pickup
B102 回転センサ(ABS)(2 軸右) C 7-12_D-6
ABV 2A right-hand L1
Inductive pickup
B107 回転センサ(ABS)(5 軸左) C 7-12_D-7
ABV 5A left-hand A1

ii W ii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Inductive pickup
B108 回転センサ(ABS)(5 軸左) C 7-12_D-8
ABV 5A right-hand A2
B306 Buzzer, warning, gearbox ブザー(トランスミッション故障警告) C 7-14_D-6
B402 Pressure sensor, axle load front axle 圧力センサ(前軸) C 7-24_D-2
B403 Pressure sensor, axle load rear axle 圧力センサ(後軸) C 7-24_D-3
B501 Steering sensor, 1st axle (left-hand) ステアリングセンサ(1 軸アクスル左) C 7-18_D-2
B502 Steering sensor, 2nd axle (left-hand) ステアリングセンサ(2 軸アクスル左) C 7-18_D-4
B505 Steering sensor, 4th axle (left-hand) ステアリングセンサ(4 軸アクスル左) C 7-18_D-2
B506 Steering sensor, 5th axle (left-hand) ステアリングセンサ(5 軸アクスル左) C 7-18_D-5
B601 Pressure sensor, outriggers, front left-hand 圧力センサ(左前アウトリガ) C 7-26_D-1
B602 Pressure sensor, outriggers, front right-hand 圧力センサ(右前アウトリガ) C 7-26_D-2
B603 Pressure sensor, outriggers, rear left-hand 圧力センサ(左後アウトリガ) C 7-26_D-2
B604 Pressure sensor, outriggers, rear right-hand 圧力センサ(右後アウトリガ) C 7-26_D-2
* B605 Length transmitter, outriggers, front left-hand アウトリガ長さ検出器(左前) C 7-29_D-3
* B606 Length transmitter, outriggers, front right-hand アウトリガ長さ検出器(右前) C 7-29_D-4
* B607 Length transmitter, outriggers, rear left-hand アウトリガ長さ検出器(左後) C 7-29_D-5
* B608 Length transmitter, outriggers, rear right-hand アウトリガ長さ検出器(右後) C 7-29_D-5
B801 Electric horn 電子ホーン S 2-12_D-1
B802 Fuel level transmitter 燃料タンク液面検出 S 2-7_D-6, D-7
B806 Buzzer, engine malfunction ブザー(エンジン故障) S 2-7_B-5
B807 Loudspeaker, left-hand スピーカ左 S 2-12_D-6
B808 Loudspeaker, right-hand スピーカ右 S 2-12_D-6
* B809 Timer, heating タイマー(ヒータ) S 2-41_D-5
B902 AML buzzer ブザー(AML) S 2-13_C-2
B904 Rotation transmitter, hoisting gear 1 回転送信機(主巻ウインチ 1) S 2-16_C-4
* B905 Buzzer, ASLI shut-off feature ブザー() S 2-15_D-5
* B908 Rotation transmitter, hoisting gear 2 回転送信機(補巻ウインチ 2) S 2-16_A-4
B909 Anemometer 風力計 S 2-34_A-8
* B909 Connector, anemometer コネクタ(風力計) S 2-39_D-3, D-7
B911 Rotation pulse transmitter, hoisting gear 1 回転パルス送信器(主巻ウインチ 1) S 2-35_D-2
B912 Rotation pulse transmitter, hoisting gear 2 回転パルス送信器(補巻ウインチ 2) S 2-35_D-3
D001 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-20_A-1, 7-28_B-2
D002 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-21_A-1
D003 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-22_A-1, 7-28_B-3
D004 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-23_A-1
D005 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-24_A-1
D005 CAN distribution module CPU CAN 分配モジュール CPU C 7-19_A-7
D006 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-25_A-1, 7-28_B-4
D007 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-26_A-1, 7-28_B-5
D008 CAN distribution module CAN 分配モジュール C 7-27_A-1
D015 CAN distribution module, outriggers right-hand CAN 分配モジュール アウトリガ右 C 7-28_B-6
D016 CAN distribution module, electr. Spirit level CAN 分配モジュール 電子水準器 C 7-28_B-7
D017 CAN distribution module, outriggers left-hand CAN 分配モジュール アウトリガ左 C 7-28_B-5
D700 Transmitter for outriggers トランスミッタ(アウトリガ) C 7-29_A-3
E001 Dimmed light, left-hand ロービームランプ(左) C 7-4_D-7
E002 High-beam light, left-hand ハイビームランプ(左) C 7-5_D-1
E003 High-beam light, left-hand ハイビームランプ(左) C 7-5_D-1
E004 Fog light, left-hand フォグランプ(左) C 7-5_D-2
E005 Bordering light on roof, left-hand 天井ランプ(左) C 7-3_D-1
E006 Bordering light, front, left-hand (Parking light) パーキングランプ(左前) C 7-3_D-1
E010 Rear light, left-hand 尾灯(左) C 7-3_D-3
E011 License plate lamp ライセンスランプ C 7-3_D-3
E012 Direction indicator, front, left-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(左前) C 7-7_D-2

iii W iii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
E013 Direction indicator, lateral, left-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(左横) C 7-7_D-3
E014 Direction indicator, rear, left-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(左後) C 7-7_D-3
E015 Stop light, left-hand ストップランプ(左) C 7-6_D-2
E016 Rear fog light, left-hand リヤフォグランプ(左) C 7-5_D-4
E017 Reversing light 後退灯 C 7-10_D-7
E018 Cab light, left-hand ルームランプ(左) C 7-5_D-3
E019 Rotary beacon, left-hand 回転灯(左) C 7-6_D-4
E021 Dimmed light, right-hand ロービームランプ(右) C 7-4_D-7
E022 High-beam light, right-hand ハイビームランプ(右) C 7-5_D-1
E023 High-beam light, right-hand ハイビームランプ(右) C 7-5_D-2
E024 Fog light, right-hand フォグランプ(右) C 7-5_D-2
E025 Bordering light on roof, right-hand 天井ランプ(右) C 7-3_D-3
E026 Bordering light, front, right-hand (Parking light) パーキングランプ(右前) C 7-3_D-3
E030 Rear light, right-hand 尾灯(右) C 7-3_C-5
* E031 License plate lamp ライセンスランプ C 7-3_D-5
E032 Direction indicator, front, right-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(右前) C 7-7_D-4
E033 Direction indicator, lateral, right-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(右横) C 7-7_D-4
E034 Direction indicator, rear, right-hand ターンシグナル表示灯(右後) C 7-7_D-4
E035 Stop light, right-hand ストップランプ(右) C 7-6_D-2
E036 Rear fog light, right-hand リヤフォグランプ(右) C 7-5_D-5
E037 Reversing light 後退灯 C 7-10_D-8
E038 Cab light, right-hand ルームランプ(右) C 7-5_D-4
E039 Rotary beacon, right-hand 回転灯(右) C 7-6_D-4
E091 Working floodlight, outriggers front left-hand 作業灯(前アウトリガ(左)) C 7-10_D-3
E092 Working floodlight, outriggers front right-hand 作業灯(前アウトリガ(右)) C 7-10_D-4
E093 Working floodlight, outriggers rear left-hand 作業灯(後アウトリガ(左)) C 7-10_D-3
E094 Working floodlight, outriggers rear right-hand 作業灯(後アウトリガ(右)) C 7-10_D-4
E701 Rotary beacon rear, left-hand 後部回転灯(左) S 2-3_D-7
E704 Rotary beacon, rear, right-hand 後部回転灯(右) S 2-3_D-7
E705 Lateral light, front right, on boom ブーム右前側方ランプ S 2-3_D-5
E706 Lateral light, front left, on boom ブーム左前側方ランプ S 2-3_D-5
E707 Clearance lamp rear, left-hand, on the counterweight クリアランスランプ(左後カウンタウエイト上) S 2-3_D-4
E708 Clearance lamp rear, right-hand, on the counterweight クリアランスランプ(右後カウンタウエイト上) S 2-3_D-4
* E801 Heater unit ヒータユニット S 2-41_D-7
E802 Working floodlight on the crane cabin 作業灯(キャブ) S 2-10_D-5
E803 Working floodlight on the crane cabin 作業灯(キャブ) S 2-10_D-5
Working floodlight 70W
E804 作業灯(ブーム)(70W) S 2-11_C-3
basic boom
Working floodlight 250 W
* E804 作業灯(ブーム)(250W) S 2-11_C-7
basic boom, adjustable via motor
E805 Cab light キャブランプ S 2-12_D-5
Working floodlight 70W
* E808 作業灯(ブーム)(70W) S 2-11_C-3
basic boom
Working floodlight 250 W
* E808 作業灯(ブーム)(250W) S 2-11_C-8
basic boom, adjustable via motor
* E810 Working floodlight on rope winch 作業灯(ウインチ) S 2-10_D-6
E811 Aircraft warning lamp 航空機警告灯 S 2-34_D-7
* E811 Connector, aircraft warning lamp コネクタ(航空機警告灯) S 2-39_D-4, D-7
E812 Condenser blower with pressure switch コンデンサ(ブロアモータ)、圧力スイッチ S 2-42_D-2
E813 Air conditioning compressor エアコンデショナー(コンプレッサ) S 2-42_D-3
E814 Air conditioning fan エアコンデショナー(ファン) S 2-42_D-6
E901 SCK alarm, visual/acoustic SCK アラーム S 2-15_D-5
F001 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-4
F002 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-5

iv W iv
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
F003 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-5
F004 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-8
F005 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-6
F006 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-2_A-6
F007 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-7_A-4
F008 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-4_A-3
F009 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-6_A-2
F010 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-10_A-8
F011 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A C 7-8_A-2
F012 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A C 7-6_A-5
F013 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-1_A-5
F014 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-7_A-8
F015 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-1_A-7
F016 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-7_A-5
F017 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-15_A-7
F018 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-5_A-8
* F019 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A C 7-11_A-3
F020 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A C 7-12_A-2
* F021 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A C 7-12_A-1
F022 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-14_A-8
* F023 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A C 7-11_A-3
F024 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-14_A-6
F025 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-3_A-1
F026 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-3_A-3
F027 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-3_A-6
F028 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-4_C-7
F029 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-4_C-7
F030 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-5_C-1
F031 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-5_C-1
F032 Fuse 20A ヒューズ 20A C 7-6_A-6
F033 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-7_A-5
F034 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-7_A-4
F035 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A C 7-6_A-3
F036 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-5_A-2
* F037 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A C 7-11_A-3
F038 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-15_A-6
* F039 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A C 7-11_A-3
F040 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-2_A-1
F041 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-1_A-7
F042 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-1_A-7
F043 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-14_A-2
F044 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-12_A-3
F045 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-12_A-3
* F046 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A C 7-12_A-1
F047 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A C 7-7_A-7
F048 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A C 7-8_A-1
* F049 Fuse --#2029510 15A #2029511—20A ヒューズ --#2029510 15A #2029511—20A C 7-11_A-5
* F050 Fuse --#2029510 7.5A #2029511—5A ヒューズ --#2029510 7.5A #2029511—5A C 7-11_A-5
F051 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-1_A-2
F052 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-16_A-2
F053 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A C 7-18_A-8
F054 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-16_A-3
F055 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A C 7-30_A-2

v W v
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
F056 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A C 7-10_A-3
F058 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A C 7-1_B-1
F059 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A C 7-1_B-1
F060 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A C 7-1_B-2
F061 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A C 7-1_B-1
F801 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-9_A-1
F802 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-10_A-2
F803 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-9_A-6
F804 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-7_A-5
F805 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-6_A-5
F806 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-8_A-5
F807 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-6_A-8
F808 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-12_A-1
F809 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-16_A-2
F810 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-17_A-3
F811 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-24_A-1
F812 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-19_A-1
F813 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-34_A-1
F814 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-35_A-1
F815 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-15_A-2
F816 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-30_A-5
F817 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-30_A-1
F818 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-23_A-1
F819 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-26_A-1
F820 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-18_A-1
F821 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-13_A-5
F822 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-25_A-1
F823 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-41_A-2, 2-42_A-6
F824 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-18_A-8
F825 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A S 2-5_A-7
F826 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-10_A-5
* F827 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-11_A-1
F827 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-11_A-6
* F828 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A S 2-10_A-7
F829 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-10_A-6
F830 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-10_A-4
F831 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-12_A-5
F832 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A S 2-5_A-7
F833 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-6_A-7
F834 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-6_A-8
F835 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-7_A-3
F836 Fuse 20A ヒューズ 20A S 2-7_A-4
F837 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-12_A-5
F838 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-17_A-8
F839 Fuse 10A ヒューズ 10A S 2-17_A-1
F840 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-42_A-2
F841 Fuse 20A ヒューズ 20A S 2-41_A-4
F842 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-41_A-3
F843 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-6_A-3
F844 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-12_A-6
F845 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-16_A-1
F846 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-34_A-6
F847 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-15_A-6

vi W vi
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
F848 Fuse 15A ヒューズ 15A S 2-33_A-1, A-5
* F849 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-4_A-2
F850 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-35_A-4
F851 Fuse 5A ヒューズ 5A S 2-32_A-5
F852 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-36_A-1
F853 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-29_A-2
F854 Fuse 3A ヒューズ 3A S 2-38-1_A-1
F855 Fuse xxx A ヒューズ xxx A S 2-4_A-6
F856 Fuse 7.5A ヒューズ 7.5A S 2-1_A-4
* F860 Fuse xx A ヒューズ xx A S 2-6_B-2
F861 Fuse 50A ヒューズ 50A S 2-6_B-2
F862 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A S 2-6_B-1
F863 Fuse 25A ヒューズ 25A S 2-6_B-1
G001 Battery バッテリ C 7-1_D-1
G002 Battery バッテリ C 7-1_C-1
G003 Generator オルタネータ C 7-1_D-8
G801 Battery バッテリ S 2-6_D-1
G802 Battery バッテリ S 2-6_C-1
G803 Generator オルタネータ S 2-7_D-1
H005 Indicator lamp, engine malfunction エンジン故障警告灯 C 7-8_A-7
H011 Direction indicator I pilot lamp ターンシグナル表示灯Ⅰ C 7-7_A-2
* H012 Direction indicator II pilot lamp ターンシグナル表示灯Ⅱ C 7-7_D-2
H014 Service brake indicator lamp サービスブレーキ表示灯 C 7-8_A-5
H015 Parking brake indicator lamp パーキングブレーキ表示灯 C 7-8_A-5
H034 Indicator lamp, central warning, chassis シャーシ警告灯 C 7-8_B-6
H307 Indicator lamp, gearbox malfunction トランスミッション故障警告灯 C 7-14_C-6
H510 Indicator lamp, steering malfunction ステアリング故障警告灯 C 7-16_D-2
H810 Indicator lamp, central warning, CGC S 2-8_D-2
Indicator, tele/cyl. pin securing mechanism
T1
T2
T3
T4
H850 S 2-32_D-5
T5
C ON
C OFF
B ON
B OFF
H902 Indicator lamp, swing brake released 旋回ブレーキ解除表示灯 S 2-17_D-3
H905 Indicator lamp, counterweight not “up” S 2-27_D-2
H906 Indicator lamp, counterweight “down” カウンタウエイト下げ表示灯 S 2-26_D-5
H907 Indicator lamp, counterweight locked カウンタウエイトロック表示灯 S 2-27_D-6
H908 Indicator lamp, counterweight unlocked カウンタウエイトロック解除表示灯 S 2-27_D-7
H918 Indicator lamp, hoist winch 2 S 2-19_D-7
H921 Indicator lamp, boom elevation “up/down” ブーム起伏上げ/下げ表示灯 S 2-37_D-5
H922 Indicator lamp, extending / retracting boom ブーム伸縮表示灯 S 2-37_B-7
H923 Indicator lamp, fly jib “up/down” via boom elevation ジブチルト表示灯 S 2-37_D-5
H924 Indicator lamp, extending / retracting fly jib ジブ伸縮表示灯 S 2-37_C-7
K002 Relay, intermittent wiper operation リレー(間欠ワイパー操作) C 7-4_B-2
K003 Electr. Battery main switch リレー(バッテリメインスイッチ) C 7-1_D-2
K004 Relay, generator D+ リレー(オルタネータ D+) C 7-2_B-1
K006 Relay, fog-light リレー(フォグライト) C 7-4_C-6, 7-5_B-2
K007 Relay, high-beam light / headlamp flashers リレー(ハイビームライト/ヘッドランプパッシング) C 7-4_D-7, 7-5_B-1
K008 Relay, rear fog light リレー(リヤフォグライト) C 7-5_C-4
K010 Direction / hazard warning flasher transmitter インバータリレー C 7-7_B-2

vii W vii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
K013 Relay, battery main switch リレー(バッテリメインスイッチ) C 7-1_B-3, 7-21_D-5 --#2029506, E-5 #2029507--
K013 Relay, battery main switch, time-delayed
K019 Relay, Brake light intarder リレー(リターダブレーキランプ) C 7-6_B-3, 7-15_D-7
K030 Relay, working speed リレー(走行/作業切換) C 7-9_D-5, 7-20_D-7
K036 Relay, CGC supply リレー(CGC 供給) C 7-2_B-3
K037 Relay, air conditioner リレー(エアコンディショナ) C 7-6_B-6
K038 Relay, clutch, air conditioner リレー(コンプレッサクラッチ) C 7-6_B-7
K039 Relay, condenser, air conditioner リレー(コンデンサファン) C 7-6_B-8
K040 Relay, holding circuit NES リレー(NES 回路保持) C 7-5_B-5
K041 Relay, door contact switch リレー(ドアコンタクト)(T/M 信号用) C 7-5_D-3, 7-14_D-6
K042 Relais Bremslicht OW リレー(上部ブレーキランプ) C 7-6_C-2
K046 Relay, parking brake
K047 Relay, service brake リレー(サービスブレーキ) C 7-6_D-2
K061 Relay, central warning, chassis リレー(シャーシ警告) C 7-8_A-6, 7-20_D-5
K063 Relay, engine malfunction
Relay,
* K065 リレー(ファン) C 7-6_B-4
automatic connection of fan
K066 Relay, working floodlight, left-hand リレー(作業灯(左)) C 7-10_B-3, 7-25_D-7
K067 Relay, Working floodlight, right-hand リレー(作業灯(右)) C 7-10_B-4, 7-25_D-8
* K101 Relay, ABV shut-off feature リレー(ABS シャットオフ) C 7-12_C-4, 7-20_D-6
K311 Relay, gearbox starter interlock リレー(トランスミッションインターロック) C 7-1_B-5, 7-20_D-7
K312 Relay, reversing light リレー(後退灯リレー(ブザー) C 7-10_B-8, 7-14_D-5
K313 Relay “Gearbox, neutral” リレー(トランスミッション中立) C 7-9_D-4, 7-14_C-8
K316 Relay “Engine brake” リレー(排気ブレーキ) C 7-30_D-4
K409 Relay, axle oscillation リレー(アクスル揺動) C 7-2_C-6, 7-23_D-7
K511 Relay, speed limitation of 4th axle リレー(4 軸アクスルスピード制限) C 7-16_C-1
K521 Relay, buzzer リレー(ブザー) C 7-8_D-7, 7-17_D-4
K531 Relay, supply of 5th axle リレー(5 軸アクスル供給) C 7-16_B-2, 7-17_D-2
K532 Relay, free of faults, 5th axle リレー(5 軸アクスル) C 7-16_B-4, 7-17_D-2
K533 Relay, free of faults, 4th axle リレー(4 軸アクスル) C 7-16_D-2
K617 Relay, outriggers retracted リレー(アウトリガ格納) C 7-21_D-7
Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam front,
K652 リレー(アウトリガ左前スライド非常操作) C 7-24_C-7, 7-27_D-3
left-hand
Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam front,
K653 リレー(アウトリガ右前スライド非常操作) C 7-24_C-8, 7-27_D-3
right-hand
K719 Relay, engine stalling device リレー(エンジン停止装置) C 7-1_A-6
K720 Relay, engine stalling device リレー(エンジン停止装置) C 7-1_A-6, 7-21_D-6
K724 Relay, engine speed regulation “-“ „-„ リレー(エンジン回転ダウン) C 7-9_D-4, 7-20_D-8
K725 Relay, engine speed regulation “-“ „+“ リレー(エンジン回転アップ) C 7-9_D-4, 7-20_D-8
K726 Relay, ignition, chassis ON リレー(イグニッション、シャーシ ON) C 7-1_A-2
K727 Relay, CGC supply リレー(CGC 電源供給 24V) S 2-1_D-5, B-6
* K730 Relay, working speed
K801 Relay, radiator control リレー(ラジエータ制御) S 2-7_C-3, B-4
K802 Wiper interval action relay リレー(間欠ワイパ)(フロントワイパ) S 2-9_C-3
K803 Wiper interval action relay リレー(間欠ワイパ)(天井ワイパ) S 2-9_C-5
K805 Electric battery main switch リレー(バッテリメインスイッチ) S 2-6_D-3
Relay,
K806
battery main switch, time-delayed
K806 Timing relay, battery main switch タイミングリレー(バッテリメインスイッチ) S 2-1_D-4, 2-6_C-4
K808 Relay, working floodlight リレー(作業灯) S 2-11_D-1, B-2, 2-11_D-6, B-7
K809 Relay, generator D+ リレー(オルタネータ D+) S 2-7_B-2
* K810 Relay, heating, instrument illumination リレー() S 2-41_D-3
* K811 Relay, heating / driving fan リレー(ヒータ/ファン駆動) S 2-41_C-2, C-5
K812 Relay, CGC supply リレー(CGC 電源供給 24V) S 2-1_D-7, B-6

viii W viii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
K813 Relay 15+ ADM/MR リレー(15+ ADM/MR) S 2-6_B-6, B-7
K814 Relay, electric horn リレー(電子ホーン) S 2-11_C-2
K816 Relay, air conditioner リレー(エアコンデショナ) S 2-42_C-2, C-3
K817 Relay, generator D+ リレー(ジェネレータ D+) S 2-42_B-5, D-1
K819 Relay, EMERGENCY OFF リレー(非常 OFF) S 2-6_B-6, 2-18_C-8
K821 Relay, engine speed 800 rpm リレー(エンジンスピード 800 rpm) S 2-8_C-4
K851 Relay, tele pin securing mechanism T1 リレー() S 2-32_D-1, B-5
K852 Relay, tele pin securing mechanism T2 リレー() S 2-32_D-1, B-5
K853 Relay, tele pin securing mechanism T3 リレー() S 2-32_D-2, B-5
K854 Relay, tele pin securing mechanism T4 リレー() S 2-32_D-2, B-6
K855 Relay, tele pin securing mechanism T5 リレー() S 2-32_D-2, B-6
K856 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism C engaged リレー() S 2-32_D-3, B-6
K857 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism C released リレー() S 2-32_D-3, B-7
K858 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism B engaged リレー() S 2-32_D-4, B-7
K859 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism B released リレー() S 2-32_D-4, B-8
K919 Relay, AML shut-off feature リレー() S 2-15_B-7
K921 Relay, counterweight “down” リレー(カウンタウエイト下げ) S 2-26_A-5, B-6
K922 Relay, counterweight “down” リレー(カウンタウエイト下げ) S 2-26_B-5, B-6
K923 Relay, counterweight not “up” リレー() S 2-26_B-7, 2-27_B-1
K924 Relay, counterweight not “up” リレー() S 2-26_B-7, 2-27_B-1
K925 Relay, counterweight locked リレー(カウンタウエイトロック) S 2-27_B-4, 2-27_B-6
K926 Relay, counterweight locked リレー(カウンタウエイトロック) S 2-27_A-6, 2-27_B-4
K927 Relay, counterweight unlocked リレー(カウンタウエイトロック解除) S 2-27_B-5, 2-27_B-7
K928 Relay, counterweight unlocked リレー(カウンタウエイトロック解除) S 2-27_A-7, 2-27_B-5
K929 Relay, counterweight rest リレー() S 2-26_D-3
K930 Relay, counterweight not “up” リレー() S 2-26_B-8, 2-27_B-2
K931 Relay, counterweight not “up” リレー() S 2-26_B-8, 2-27_B-2
K932 Relay, counterweight locked リレー() S 2-27_A-2, 2-27_B-6
K934 Relay, armrest リレー(アームレスト) S 2-18_D-1, D-7
K935 Relay, counterweight „up“ リレー()
K936 Relay, hoisting gear 2 リレー() S 2-19_C-7, 2-37_C-8
K941 Relay, crane control ON リレー(クレーンコントロール ON) S 2-17_C-1, 2-23_D-2
Relay, electric horn
* K942 リレー() S 2-15_C-2, D-4
ASLI override actuated
K950 Relay, crane control, emergency mode リレー() S 2-19_D-1, 2-23_D-2
K951 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, swing brake リレー() S 2-17_C-7
Relay, crane control, emergency mode “hoist
K952 リレー(主巻ウインチ下げ) S 2-19_C-2, 2-22_B-1
winch 1 – down”
Relay, crane control, emergency mode
K953 リレー(主巻ウインチ上げ) S 2-19_C-3, 2-22_B-2
“hoist winch 1 – up”
Relay, crane control, emergency mode,
K954 リレー() S 2-19_C-4, 2-22_B-5
boom elevation up
Relay, crane control, emergency mode, boom elevation
K955 リレー() S 2-19_C-4, 2-22_B-8
down
Relay,
K957 リレー() S 2-20_C-2, 2-22_B-3
crane control, emergency mode, extending telescopes
K957 Relay, extending telescopes リレー()
Relay, crane control, emergency mode, retracting
K958 リレー() S 2-20_C-3, 2-22_B-6
telescopes
Relay,
K959 リレー() S 2-20_C-4, 2-21_B-5
crane control, emergency mode, slewing left-hand
K959 Relay, crane control Relay, swing mechanism left-hand
Relay,
K960 リレー() S 2-20_C-5
crane control, emergency mode, slewing right-hand

ix W ix
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Relay, crane control, emergency mode, swing
K960 リレー() S 2-21_B-6
mechanism, right-hand
Relay, crane control, emergency mode
K961 リレー(補巻ウインチ下げ) S 2-19_C-6, 2-22_C-3
“hoist winch 2 – down”
Relay, crane control, emergency mode
K962 リレー(補巻ウインチ上げ) S 2-19_C-6, 2-22_C-6
“hoist winch 2 – up”
K963 Relay, pump I リレー(ポンプⅠ) S 2-21_D-2, B-3
K969 Relay, crane control リレー(クレーンコントロール) S 2-37_D-4, D-6
K970 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode リレー(伸縮コントロール(非常モード)) S 2-23_D-3, B-6
K971 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode リレー(伸縮コントロール(非常モード)) S 2-23_D-3, C-7
K972 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode リレー(伸縮コントロール(非常モード)) S 2-23_D-4, C-7
K973 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode リレー(伸縮コントロール(非常モード)) S 2-23_D-4, D-7
K982 Relay, tele/cyl. pin securing mechanism リレー() S 2-30_D-2
K984 Relay, crane control リレー(クレーンコントロール) S 2-22_C-3, 2-37_D-7
K985 Relay, crane control リレー(クレーンコントロール) S 2-22_C-6, 2-37_D-7
K986 Relay, crane control リレー(クレーンコントロール) S 2-22_C-4, 2-37_D-7
K987 Relay, crane control リレー(クレーンコントロール) S 2-22_C-7, 2-37_D-6
M001 Starter スタータ C 7-1_D-3
Heater fan
M002 冷暖房用ブロアファン C 7-6_D-6
(Thermostatic switch only in case of air conditioner!)
M002 Collector drier with pressure switch 圧力スイッチ付き吸湿乾燥機 C 7-6_D-7
M002 Magnetic clutch コンプレッサマグネットクラッチ C 7-6_D-7
M002 Condenser fan コンデンサファン C 7-6_D-8
M003 Wiper motor ワイパーモータ C 7-4_D-3
M005 Washer motor ウオッシャモータ C 7-4_D-3
M801 Starter スタータ S 2-6_D-4
M802 Radiator motor I S 2-7_D-4
M803 Motor, windscreen wiper フロントワイパモータ S 2-9_D-2
M804 Wiper motor, skylight 天井ワイパモータ S 2-9_D-4
* M805 Windshield washer motor ウインドウオッシャモータ S 2-9_D-5
* M807 Heater fan ファンヒータ S 2-41_D-1
* M808 Servomotor, working floodlight
* M809 Refrigerator motor II S 2-7_D-4
M810 Motor, seat adjustment シート調整モータ S 2-10_D-1
Motor
M811 フロントウインド開閉モータ S 2-10_D-2
Windscreen adjustment
M812 Pump, central lubrication 集中注油ポンプ S 2-9_D-8
P001 Fuel level indicator 燃料計 C 7-8_A-4
P004 Engine temperature indicator 水温計 C 7-8_A-3
P005 Speed indicator with hourmeter タコメータ(アワメータ付き) C 7-8_A-3
P006 Tachograph タコグラフ C 7-8_B-2
P020 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision コックピットマルチビジョン C 7-2_D-5, 7-11_A-6, 7-19_A-6, 7-28_A-1
P310 Display for gearbox シフトポジション表示 C 7-13_D-5
P501 Steering control device ステアリングコントロール装置 C 7-16_A-3, 7-19_A-5
P802 Engine hourmeter アワメータ S 2-7_D-3
2-1_A-2, D-4, D-5D-6, 2-2_D-1, D-2, 2-5_A-1, B-1, 2-7_A-3, A-6,
P810 CGC Cockpit Graphic Control System コックピットグラフィックコントロールシステム S
2-8_A-2, 2-13_A-1
P820 Diagnostic connector ダイアグノーシスコネクタ S 2-6_D-8
* P821 Diagnostic connector ダイアグノーシスコネクタ S 2-41_D-6
* P902 Hourmeter, hoisting gear 1 アワメータ(主巻ウインチ) S 2-16_C-8
* P903 Hourmeter, hoisting gear 2 アワメータ(補巻ウインチ) S 2-16_C-8
P910 AML display, diagnostic / program connector S 2-14_D-2
P911 AML, diagnostic / program connector S 2-14_D-6
R001 Rearview mirror, left-hand, heated, adjustable 電動バックミラー(左)ヒータ C 7-5_D-6
R002 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated, adjustable 電動バックミラー(右)ヒータ C 7-5_D-6

x W x
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
R003 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated バックミラー(右)ヒータ C 7-5_D-7
R004 Air drier エアドライヤ C 7-6_D-1
R005 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated バックミラー(右)ヒータ C 7-5_D-7
R006 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated バックミラー(右)ヒータ C 7-5_D-7
* R007 Heater plug
R010 Foot-actuated accelerator transmitter アクセルペダル C 7-9_D-1
R013 Resistor 120 Ω
R021 Resistor 120 Ω 抵抗 (120 Ω) C 7-28_D-7
R031 Resistor 2.2 Ω
R100 Resistor ABV 抵抗(ABS)(ダミー) (100 Ω) C 7-12_B-5
R101 Resistor ABV 抵抗(ABS)(ダミー) (100 Ω) C 7-12_B-6
R102 Resistor ABV 抵抗(ABS)(ダミー) (100 Ω) C 7-12_B-7
R103 Resistor ABV 抵抗(ABS)(ダミー) (100 Ω) C 7-12_B-8
R301 Resistor 抵抗(22K) C 7-15_D-6
R501 Resistor, steering system 抵抗(4.7K)(ステアリングシステム) C 7-17_B-5
R802 Foot-actuated accelerator transmitter S 2-8_A-3
* R804 Mirror, heated ミラーヒータ S 2-9_D-6
R806 Resistor, engine temperature gauge 抵抗(82 Ω)(エンジン温度ゲージ) S 2-7_B-6
R807 Resistor, tank level indication 抵抗(220 Ω)(タンク液面検出) S 2-7_B-7
R910 Resistor HES, main boom 抵抗(2K)() S 2-35_B-7
R911 Resistor blind plug, HES (= hoist limit switch) 抵抗(1K)() S 2-35_C-8
* R912 Resistor HES, fly jib 抵抗(2K)() S 2-39_C-2
* R913 Resistor blind plug, HES 抵抗(1K)(グロープラグ, HES) S 2-39_B-1
R913 Resistor 1, winch operation
* R914 Resistor, HES top jib 抵抗(2K)() S 2-39_C-6
* R915 Resistor HES, heavy-lift fly jib 抵抗(2K)() S 2-40_B-1
* R916 Resistor blind plug, HES 抵抗(1K)() S 2-40_B-1
* R917 Resistor HES single top 抵抗(2K)() S 2-40_B-4, 2-43_B-3
* R918 Resistor Blind plug HES 抵抗(1K)() S 2-40_B-4, 2-43_B-2
S002 Ignition starter switch イグニッション/ スタータスイッチ 0 : OFF, 2 : ON, 3 : エンジンスタート C 7-1_B-4
S004 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, mirror heating ロッカスイッチ(ミラーヒータ) 0 : OFF, 1 : ミラーヒータ ON C 7-5_A-6
S005 Switch, heating / air conditioner エアコンディショナスイッチ C 7-6_C-6
S006 Light switch ライトスイッチ 0 : 消灯, 1 : パーキング, 2 : 前照灯+パーキング C 7-3_A-8
Steering column switch ステアリングコラムスイッチ(間欠ワイパー、ウオッ
S007 Intermittent wiper action 0 : OFF, J : 間欠, 1 : 低速, 2 : 高速, W : ウオッシャスイッチ C 7-4_B-4
シャ)
Washer
Steering column switch ステアリングコラムスイッチ(ハイビーム、ディマラ ライトホーン, 1 : ロービーム, 2 : ハイビーム, H : ホーンスイ
S008 High-beam / dimmed light C 7-4_B-6
イト、ホーン) ッチ
horn
S009 Steering column switch, direction indicators ステアリングコラムスイッチ(ターンシグナル) L : 左, R : 右 C 7-7_B-1
S011 Rocker switch, fog light ロッカスイッチ(フォグライト) 0 : OFF, 1 : フォグライト ON C 7-4_D-6
Hazard warning flasher switch, hazard warning flashers
S012 ハザードウオーニングスイッチ 0 : OFF, 1 : 方向指示器点滅 C 7-7_A-3
with indicator lamp
Key-actuated change-over switch,
S013 シャーシ/上部切換キースイッチ C 7-2_C-4, 7-9_C-3, 7-11_B-3, C-3, D-3
chassis – superstructure
S013 Key-actuated switch, superstructure – chassis
S014 Rocker tip switch, rear fog light ロッカスイッチ(ミラーヒータ) 0 : OFF, 1 : リヤフォグライト ON C 7-5_A-4
S015 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, rotary beacon ロッカスイッチ(回転灯) 0 : OFF, 1 : 回転灯 ON C 7-6_B-4
S016 Rocker tip switch, on-road / off-road gear ロッカスイッチ(トランスファ Hi/Lo 切換) 1 : 低速, 2 : 高速 C 7-9_B-7
S021 Rocker switch, battery main switch バッテリメインスイッチ(ロッカスイッチ) 1 : ON, 0 : OFF C 7-1_A-3
S022 Rocker tip switch, axle drive mechanism ロッカスイッチ(WT 駆動/差動装置) 1 : WT 駆動/差動装置 ON, 2 : WT 駆動/差動装置 OFF C 7-25_B-2
S026 Rotary switch, mirror adjusting switch ロータリスイッチ(電動ミラー調整) C 7-5_A-7
S030 Rocker switch, working speed ロッカスイッチ(走行/作業切換) 0 : 走行, 1 : 作業(アウトリガ) C 7-9_B-5
S031 Rocker switch, reversing signal ロッカスイッチ(バックブザー) 0 : ブザーOFF, 1 : ブザーON C 7-10_C-7
S037 Switch, coolant level クーラントレベルスイッチ C 7-20_D-3

xi W xi
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
S038 Switch, air cleaner 圧力スイッチ(エアフィルタ) C 7-20_D-3
S039 Switch, steering pump ステアリングポンプスイッチ C 7-20_D-4
S040 Switch, steering emergency pump 非常ステアリングポンプスイッチ C 7-20_D-4
S041 Switch, stop light ストップランプスイッチ C 7-6_D-3
エアプレッシャスイッチ(パーキングブレーキリザー
S042 Switch, parking brake brake-air pressure 回路圧不足時接点閉 C 7-8_D-6
バ回路)
S043 Switch, parking brake エアプレッシャスイッチ(パーキングブレーキ) パーキング時接点閉 C 7-8_D-5
S044 Switch, parking brake エアプレッシャスイッチ(パーキングブレーキ) パーキング時接点閉 C 7-8_D-5
S045 Switch, off-road gear フィールド走行(アース回路)スイッチ C 7-25_D-6
nd
S046 Switch, 2 axle drive 2 軸アクスル駆動スイッチ C 7-24_D-4
S047 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 1st axle 左右デフロック検出スイッチ(1 軸アクスル) C 7-24_D-4
S048 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 2nd axle 左右デフロック検出スイッチ(2 軸アクスル) C 7-24_D-5
S049 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 4th axle 左右デフロック検出スイッチ(4 軸アクスル) C 7-24_D-5
S050 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 5th axle 左右デフロック検出スイッチ(5 軸アクスル) C 7-24_D-6
S052 Switch, reserve, circuit I エアプレッシャスイッチ(第 1 回路) 回路圧不足時接点閉 C 7-8_D-6
S053 Switch, reserve, circuit II エアプレッシャスイッチ(第 2 回路) 回路圧不足時接点閉 C 7-8_D-6
* S054 Switch, stop light
S056 Switch, on-road gear 道路走行(アース回路)スイッチ C 7-25_D-5
S057 Switch, rear inter-axle 後軸(4+5 軸)デフロック検出スイッチ C 7-24_D-4
S058 Switch, hydraulic filter オイルフィルタ圧力スイッチ C 7-25_C-3
S059 Switch, hydraulic filter オイルフィルタ圧力スイッチ C 7-25_C-4
S063 Door contact switch, left-hand ドアコンタクトスイッチ(左) C 7-5_B-3
S064 Door contact switch, right-hand ドアコンタクトスイッチ(右) C 7-5_B-3
S074 Switch, inter-axle differential, transfer box C 7-24_D-3
* S075 Mushroom-head emergency OFF pushbutton, left-hand
* S076 Mushroom-head emergency OFF pushbutton, right-hand
S077 Switch, hydraulic oil level 作動油レベルスイッチ C 7-21_D-3
* S100 Rocker tip switch – switching ABV ON / OFF ロッカスイッチ(ABS ON/OFF) 0 : OFF, 1 : ABS ON C 7-12_C-3
S112 Rocker tip switch, menu guidance メニューガイドスイッチ(画面表示の切換) 1 : メニューガイド, 2 : メニューガイド C 7-26_B-3
S113 Rocker tip switch, selection カーソルスイッチ(各画面のシンボルの選択) 1 : メニューガイド, 2 : メニューガイド C 7-26_B-3
S114 Rocker tip switch, service セットスイッチ(設定の確認、リセット) 1 : メニューガイド, 2 : メニューガイド C 7-26_B-4
S115 Rocker switch, emergency actuation of CAN on CAN 非常スイッチ 1 : 緊急作動, 2 : なし C 7-26_B-5
S302 Gear selector, gearbox シフトレバー C 7-13_D-4
S319 Switch, gearbox in neutral position トランスミッション中立スイッチ D001-46 へニュートラル入力信号 C 7-14_D-8
S320 Step switch, intarder リターダレバー OFF, B, 1, 2, 3, 4 C 7-30_D-2
S321 Rocker switch, shut-off of intarder リターダスイッチ 0 : OFF, 1 : リターダ使用 C 7-15_B-7
S401 Rocker switch, axle lock ロッカスイッチ(サスペンションロック) 0 : 解除, 1 : サスペンションロック C 7-22_B-3
S402 Rocker tip switch “levelling” ロッカスイッチ(レベリング) 0 : OFF, 1 : レベル走行 C 7-22_B-3
S403 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment, front left-hand ロッカスイッチ(車高調整)(左前) 1 : 下げ, 2 : 上げ C 7-23_D-3
S404 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment, rear left-hand ロッカスイッチ(車高調整)(左後) 1 : 下げ, 2 : 上げ C 7-23_B-3
S405 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment, front right-hand ロッカスイッチ(車高調整)(右前) 1 : 下げ, 2 : 上げ C 7-23_D-4
S406 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment, rear right-hand ロッカスイッチ(車高調整)(右後) 1 : 下げ, 2 : 上げ C 7-23_B-4
S409 Proximity switch, boom rest, crane position “over-front” 近接スイッチ(ブーム格納検出) C 7-25_D-4
S411 Proximity switch on lock pin, crane directed to the rear 近接スイッチ(旋回ロックピン検出) C 7-25_D-4
S412 Switch, front axle, left-hand, axle locking assembly サスペンションロック検出スイッチ(左前) C 7-22_D-6
S413 Switch, front axle, right-hand, axle locking assembly サスペンションロック検出スイッチ(右前) C 7-22_D-6
S414 Switch, rear axle, left-hand, axle locking assembly サスペンションロック検出スイッチ(左後) C 7-22_D-5
S415 Switch, rear axle, right-hand, axle locking assembly サスペンションロック検出スイッチ(右後) C 7-22_D-5
Rocker tip switch, axle oscillation (not active in case of
S418 ロッカスイッチ(アクスル揺動) 0 : OFF, 1 : アクスル揺動 C 7-22_B-4
operation from superstructure !)
S419 Switch, 3rd axle connected, left-hand 3 軸アクスル左接続スイッチ C 7-27_D-4
S420 Switch, 3rd axle connected, right-hand 3 軸アクスル右接続スイッチ C 7-27_D-4
S426 Proximity switch, 3rd axle, top left-hand 近接スイッチ() C 7-23_D-5
S427 Proximity switch, 3rd axle, top right-hand 近接スイッチ() C 7-23_D-5

xii W xii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
S428 Rocker tip switch, 3rd axle, raise – lower ロッカスイッチ(3 軸アクスル上/下) 1 : 3 軸下げ, 2 : 3 軸上げ C 7-23_B-2
S437 Magnetic switch, normal level, front, left-hand レベルスイッチ(標準車高)(左前) C 7-22_D-1
S438 Magnetic switch, normal level, rear, left-hand レベルスイッチ(標準車高)(左後) C 7-22_D-2
S439 Magnetic switch, normal level, front, right-hand レベルスイッチ(標準車高)(右前) C 7-22_D-2
S440 Magnetic switch, normal level, rear, right-hand レベルスイッチ(標準車高)(右後) C 7-22_D-2
S457 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, front, left-hand レベルスイッチ(上方車高)(左前) C 7-23_D-5
S458 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, rear, left-hand レベルスイッチ(上方車高)(左後) C 7-23_D-6
S459 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, front, right-hand レベルスイッチ(上方車高)(右前) C 7-23_D-6
S460 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, rear, right-hand レベルスイッチ(上方車高)(右後) C 7-23_D-6
S461 Rocker tip switch, raise – lower level of all axles ロッカスイッチ(車高調整) 1 : サスペンション一式下げ, 2 : サスペンション一式上げ C 7-25_B-3
Switch on slipring,
S506 S 2-4_D-5
crane directed to the rear
S521 Rocker switch, on-road – construction site ロッカスイッチ() C 7-16_B-4
S532
* S601 Rocker switch, preselection of outriggers ロッカスイッチ() S 2-2_B-2
* S602 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front, right-hand ロッカスイッチ() S 2-2_B-4
* S603 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear, right-hand ロッカスイッチ() S 2-2_B-5
* S604 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting rear, left-hand ロッカスイッチ() S 2-2_B-6
* S605 Rocker tip switch, extending/retracting front, left-hand ロッカスイッチ() S 2-2_B-7
Rocker switch with indicator lamp
* S701 S 2-1_B-4
chassis control system engaged
* S708 Rocker tip switch, speed setting chassis S 2-2_B-1
S801 Rocker switch, windscreen wipers ロッカスイッチ(フロントワイパ) S 2-9_B-2
S802 Rocker switch, wiper skylight ロッカスイッチ(天井ワイパ) S 2-9_B-4
* S803 Rocker tip switch, washer ロッカスイッチ(ウインドウオッシャ) S 2-9_B-5
Rocker switch
S804 Instrument illumination ロッカスイッチ() S 2-10_B-5
Working floodlight
* S807 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, aircraft warning lamp ロッカスイッチ() S 2-10_B-3
S808 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, battery main switch ロッカスイッチ() S 2-6_A-4
S809 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, centralized lubrication ロッカスイッチ(集中給油) S 2-9_B-7
S810 Ignition starter switch スタータスイッチ S 2-6_B-2
S013 Key-actuated change-over switch
* S814 Rocker switch, working floodlight on rope winch ロッカスイッチ() S 2-10_B-6
* S815 Rotary switch, heating blower fan ロータリスイッチ(ファンヒータ) S 2-41_C-1
* S817 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, mirror heating ロッカスイッチ(ミラーヒータ) S 2-9_B-6
S818 Rocker switch, working floodlight on basic boom ロッカスイッチ(作業灯(ブーム)) S 2-11_B-2, B-6
* S819 Rocker tip switch, variable working floodlight, basic boom ロッカスイッチ(作業灯(ブーム)) S 2-11_C-5
S823 Mushroom-head emergency off push-button S 2-6_B-3, A-6
* S824 Mushroom-head emergency off push-button S 2-6_D-5
S825 Air conditioning switch with temperature control エアコンディショナスイッチ(温度コントロール) S 2-42_A-4
S826 Rotary switch, air conditioner ロータリスイッチ(エアコンディショナ) S 2-42_C-6
S827 Rocker tip switch, seat adjustment ロッカスイッチ(シート調整) S 2-10_B-2
Rocker tip switch
S828 ロッカスイッチ(フロントウインド開閉) S 2-10_B-3
Windscreen adjustment
S829 Rocker tip switch, engine stalling device S 2-6_B-5
S830 Switch, air cleaner エアクリーナスイッチ S 2-7_D-7
S831 Switch, hydraulic oil filter オイルフィルタ油圧スイッチ S 2-7_D-8
S832 Temperature switch, radiator control 50°C 温度スイッチ(ラジエータ制御 50℃) S 2-7_D-3
S836 Switch, hydraulic oil temperature 85°C 温度スイッチ(ラジエータ制御 85℃) S 2-7_D-8
S840 Thermo probe NTC S 2-42_D-5
S851 Rocker switch, high speed, telescope ロッカスイッチ() S 2-25_B-8
S853 Rocker switch; swing alarm – acoustic- ロッカスイッチ(旋回アラーム音) S 2-36_B-5
S854 Rocker switch, lift adjuster ロッカスイッチ() S 2-24_B-2
S855 Key-actuated switch, telescope control, emergency mode キースイッチ() S 2-23_B-3

xiii W xiii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
S856 Rocker tip switch, AML external display –visual- ロッカスイッチ(AML 外部表示灯) S 2-36_B-1
S857 Rocker switch, winch camera ロッカスイッチ(ウインチカメラ) S 2-36_B-3
S858 Rotary switch, change-over, precontrol transmitter ロータリスイッチ() S 2-37_A-1
S859 Rocker switch, removal of boom ロッカスイッチ() S 2-29_B-1
Rocker tip switch; pin fastening of boom elevation
S862 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-29_B-3
cylinder
S903 Key-actuated push-button, hoist limit switch キースイッチ() S 2-15_C-3
S904 Key-actuated push-button, ASLI キースイッチ() S 2-15_C-3
Rocker tip switch, telescope emergency mode,
S909 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-23_A-4
locking/unlocking the tele section(s)
Rocker tip switch, telescope emergency mode,
S910 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-23_A-5
locking/unlocking the tele section(s)
S911 Rocker switch, telescope emergency control ロッカスイッチ() S 2-23_C-4
S913 Rocker tip switch, counterweight “up/down” ロッカスイッチ(カウンタウエイト上げ/下げ) S 2-26_A-3
ロッカスイッチ(カウンタウエイト
S914 Rocker tip switch, lock / unlock counterweight S 2-26_A-4
ロック/ロック解除)
S924 Rocker tip switch, override of crane control/counterweight ロッカスイッチ() S 2-18_B-8
Rocker switch with indicator lamp, telescope emergency
S925 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-23_B-2
mode
Rocker switch with indicator lamp, hoist winch 2
* S932 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-16_B-1
“engaged”
* S933 Key-actuated switch “change-over of load chart” キースイッチ() S 2-15_B-2
S938 Limit switch, hoisting gear 1 „down“ リミットスイッチ() S 2-16_C-3
* S939 Limit switch, hoisting gear 2 „down“ リミットスイッチ() S 2-16_C-3
S940 Armrest switch アームレストスイッチ S 2-18_C-1
S941 Proximity switch, counterweight down, right-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-6
S942 Proximity switch, counterweight down, left-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-5
Proximity switch “TOP”, counterweight cylinder not on top
S943 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-7
right
Proximity switch “TOP”, counterweight cylinder not on top
S944 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-6
left
S945 Proximity switch, counterweight locked, left-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-27_D-3
S946 Proximity switch, counterweight locked, right-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-27_D-4
S947 Proximity switch, counterweight unlocked, left-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-27_D-4
S948 Proximity switch, counterweight unlocked, right-hand 近接スイッチ() S 2-27_D-5
Proximity switch
S951 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-5
cylinder lock mechanism C engaged
Proximity switch
S952 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-6
cylinder lock mechanism C released
Proximity switch
S957 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-6
cylinder lock mechanism B, left-hand, engaged
Proximity switch
S958 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-7
cylinder lock mechanism B, left-hand, released
Proximity switch
S959 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-6
cylinder lock mechanism B, right-hand, engaged
Proximity switch
S960 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-7
cylinder lock mechanism B, right-hand, released
S961 Pressure switch, swing brake released 圧力スイッチ(旋回ブレーキ解除) S 2-17_C-4
S962 Hoist limit switch, main boom S 2-35_A-7
* S963 Hoist limit switch, fly jib S 2-39_D-2
Proximity switch T1
S964 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-2
Tele pin locking mechanism, detection of tele section
Proximity switch T2
S965 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-3
Tele pin locking mechanism, detection of tele section
Proximity switch T3
S966 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-3
Tele pin locking mechanism, detection of tele section
Proximity switch T4
S967 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-4
Tele pin locking mechanism, detection of tele section

xiv W xiv
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Proximity switch T5
S968 近接スイッチ() S 2-31_D-4
Tele pin locking mechanism, detection of tele section
Proximity switch “CENTER”, counterweight not on top
S972 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-8
right
S973 Proximity switch “CENTER”, counterweight not on top left 近接スイッチ() S 2-26_D-7
Hoist limit switch
* S979 S 2-39_D-6
top jib
* S981 Hoist limit switch, single top S 2-40_D-5, 2-43_C-2
* S985 Hoist limit switch, heavy-lift fly jib S 2-40_D-2
S990 Rocker switch, rope winch rotation transmitter ロッカスイッチ() S 2-16_B-5
S993 Rocker tip switch, monitor ロッカスイッチ() S 2-24_B-1
Rocker switch with indicator lamp, lockout of swing range
S994 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-25_B-5
limitation
* S996 Rocker switch, indication of hook height, hoisting gear 1 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-25_C-2
* S997 Rocker switch, indication of hook height, hoisting gear 2 ロッカスイッチ() S 2-25_B-4
V003 Diode group, buzzer ダイオードグループ(ブザー) C 7-8_C-7
V004 Diode group, CGC supply ダイオードグループ(CGC 供給) C 7-2_B-3
V005 Diode group “+” CGC ダイオードグループ(CGC+) C 7-2_A-3
V011 Diode group, brake light for intarder operation
V501 Diode group, steering ダイオードグループ(ステアリング) C 7-16_B-2
V502 Diode group, steering ダイオードグループ(ステアリング) C 7-20_B-3
V503 Diode group, steering ダイオードグループ(ステアリング) C 7-16_C-4
V504 Diode group, steering ダイオードグループ(ステアリング) C 7-17_C-1
V626 Diode group ダイオードグループ C 7-8_B-8
V632 Diode group, emergency mode (CAN) ダイオードグループ(ステアリング) C 7-24_B-7
V701 Diode group, CGC supply ダイオードグループ(CGC 電源供給 24V) S 2-1_A-6
V711 Diode group, ignition, chassis ダイオードグループ(イグニッション、シャーシ) C 7-1_A-7, 7-8_B-7
V802 Diode group, CGC supply ダイオードグループ(CGC 電源供給 24V) S 2-1_A-6
V803 Diode group, CGC supply ダイオードグループ(CGC 電源供給 24V) S 2-1_A-7
,
* 2-42_ Diode, heater fan ダイオード(ファンヒータ) S 2-41_B-1
B-6
V905 Diode group, counterweight ダイオードグループ(カウンタウエイト) S 2-26_C-1
V907 Diode group, ASLI override feature activated ダイオードグループ() S 2-15_C-5
V911 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode ダイオードグループ() S 2-23_D-1
V912 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode ダイオードグループ() S 2-21_C-2
V913 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode ダイオードグループ() S 2-21_D-2
Diode group, crane control; emergency mode, swing
V914 ダイオードグループ() S 2-17_B-7
brake
V934 Diode group, tele. control, emergency mode ダイオードグループ() S 2-23_D-3
V935 Diode group, tele/cyl. Pin securing mechanism ダイオードグループ() S 2-30_A-2
V936 Diode group, tele/cyl. Pin securing mechanism ダイオードグループ() S 2-30_C-2
V937 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode ダイオードグループ() S 2-17_C-6
W001 Antenna アンテナ C 7-7_D-6
7-1_A-1, D-4, 7-2_D-4, D-8, 7-3_D-6, 7-6_D-3, 7-9_D-2, 7-14_D-7,
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) スリップリング(シャーシ/上部) C
7-19_D-7, D-8, 7-25_D-4, 7-29_D-1, D-2
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) スリップリング(シャーシ/上部) S 2-1_D-1, D-2, D-3, D-6, 2-3_D-4, D-6, 2-4_D-2, D-3, D-4,
W801 Antenna アンテナ S 2-12_D-7
W901 Cable drum, length angle transmitter, slip ring コードリール(長さ、角度検出器) S 2-34_C-7
W901 Cable drum, length angle transmitter コードリール(長さ、角度検出器) S 2-3_C-5, 2-35_B-5
W905 Cable drum コードリール S 2-30_C-3
W906 Cable drum コードリール S 2-30_C-5
W907 Cable drum, fly jib コードリール(ジブ) S 2-38-1_A-5
W908 Cable drum, fly jib コードリール(ジブ) S 2-38-1_C-5
X Remove connection in case of optional equipment

xv W xv
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
* X... 12 V plugbox プラグボックス(12V) C 7-11_D-1, D-2
X001 Plugbox 24V プラグ(24V) C 7-7_C-5
* X002 Battery charging plugbox プラグボックス(バッテリチャージ用) C 7-1_D-1
Plugbox for starting the engine with current supplied from
* X003 プラグボックス(外部電源による機械始動用) C 7-1_D-1
an external source
* X004 Trailer plugbox N トレーラ用プラグボックス(N) C 7-3_D-3, D-5, 7-6_D-2, 7-7_D-1, D-3, D-4
* X005 Trailer plugbox S トレーラ用プラグボックス(S) C 7-5_D-5, 7-7_D-5, 7-10_D-7, 7-12_D-2
X050 Diagnostic connector 診断用コネクタ C 7-1_D-7
* X101 Trailer plugbox, ABV トレーラ用プラグボックス(ABV) C 7-12_D-1
X102 Diagnostic connector, ABV 診断用コネクタ(ABV) C 7-12_D-5
X21 Diagnostic connector 診断用コネクタ(ダイアグノーシス) C 7-13_B-4, 7-15_D-3
X301 Plug, vehicle electric system I プラグ(車輌電気系Ⅰ) C 7-14_B-1, B-2
X801 Plugbox 24V/10A inspection lamp プラグボックス(24V/10A インスペクションランプ) S 2-12_C-5
* X802 Battery charging plugbox プラグボックス(バッテリチャージ) S 2-6_D-1
Plugbox for starting the engine with current supplied from
* X803 プラグボックス(外部電源による機械始動用) S 2-6_D-2
an external source
X837 Plugbox 12V/10A プラグボックス(12V/10A) S 2-12_C-8
X869 Connector コネクタ() S 2-44_F-2
X901 Plug-and-socket connectors, fly jib
X902 Blind plug, main boom
* X903 Plug on fly jib to main boom プラグ() S 2-39_B-1
* X904 Plug on fly jib to hoist limit switch プラグ() S 2-39_B-4
* X908 Plug on top jib, rear プラグ() S 2-39_B-4
* X909 Plug on top jib, front プラグ() S 2-39_B-5
* X910 Plug on top jib to hoist limit switch プラグ() S 2-39_B-5
* X911 Plug on single top to main boom プラグ(シングルトップ) S 2-40_B-3, 2-43_A-2
* X913 Plug on heavy-lift jib to main boom プラグ(ジブ) S 2-40_B-1
X965 S 2-28_C-3
X966/
Connector, detection of counterweight I コネクタ(カウンタウエイトⅠ検出) S 2-28_C-5
A
X966/
Connector, detection of counterweight II コネクタ(カウンタウエイトⅡ検出) S 2-28_C-6
B
X966/
Connector, detection of counterweight III コネクタ(カウンタウエイトⅢ検出) S 2-28_C-6
C
X966/
Connector, detection of counterweight IV コネクタ(カウンタウエイトⅣ検出) S 2-28_C-7
D
X1 コネクタ(トランスミッションギヤボックス) C 7-13_D-8
X19 コネクタ(トランスミッションギヤボックス) C 7-13_C-8
X20 コネクタ(トランスミッションギヤボックス) C 7-13_C-8
X80 コネクタ(リターダ) C 7-15_B-5
X92 コネクタ(リターダ本体) C 7-15_D-4
X305 コネクタ(リターダ) C 7-15_B-5
Y002 Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box, off-road gear エアソレノイドバルブ(トランスファ Lo) C 7-9_D-7
Y006 Solenoid valve PN, 2nd axle drive ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-24_D-6
Y007 Solenoid valve PN, inter-wheel differential ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-24_D-7
Y008 Solenoid valve PN, rear axle, longitudinal ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-24_D-7
Y014 Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box, on-road gear エアソレノイドバルブ(トランスファ Hi) C 7-9_D-7
Y019 Solenoid valve, PN, differential transfer box ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-24_D-6
Y031 Solenoid valve, cooler control ソレノイドバルブ(クーラコントロール) C 7-1_D-5
Y038 Solenoid valve PN, 3rd axle non-braked ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-21_D-8
Solenoid valve
* Y101 ABV 2A left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(ABS)(2 軸左) C 7-12_D-5
L2
Solenoid valve
* Y102 ABV 2A right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(ABS)(2 軸右) C 7-12_D-6
L1

xvi W xvi
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Solenoid valve
* Y107 ABV 5A left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(ABS)(5 軸左) C 7-12_D-7
A1
Solenoid valve
* Y108 ABV 5A right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(ABS)(5 軸右) C 7-12_D-8
A2
Y307 Pneum. solenoid valve, engine brake エアソレノイドバルブ(排気ブレーキ) C 7-9_D-6
Y311 Pneum. solenoid valve, engine brake エアソレノイドバルブ(排気ブレーキ) C 7-9_D-6
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y401 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front left, down C 7-22_D-8
左前ダウン)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y402 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front left, up C 7-22_D-7
左前アップ)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y403 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear left, down C 7-22_D-6
左後ダウン)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y404 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear left, up C 7-22_D-6
左後アップ)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y405 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front right, down C 7-22_D-8
右前ダウン)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y406 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front right, up C 7-22_D-8
右前アップ)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y407 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear right, down C 7-22_D-7
右後ダウン)
ソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションシリンダ
Y408 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear right, up C 7-22_D-7
右後アップ)
Y411 Solenoid valve PN, axle lock エアソレノイドバルブ(サスペンションロック) C 7-23_D-7
Y412 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation ソレノイドバルブ(アクスル揺動) C 7-2_D-6
Y419 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(アクスル揺動右) C 7-2_D-7
Y420 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(アクスル揺動左) C 7-2_D-7
Y438 Solenoid valve, lift all axles ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-23_D-8
Y440 Solenoid valve, annular space, all axles (all axles lifted) ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-23_D-7
Y442 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(3 軸アクスル左リフト下げ) C 7-25_D-6
Y443 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(3 軸アクスル右リフト上げ) C 7-25_D-7
Y444 Solenoid valve, keep 3rd axle lifted ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-23_D-7
Y445 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-23_D-8
Y446 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(3 軸アクスル左リフト上げ) C 7-25_D-6
Y447 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(3 軸アクスル右リフト上げ) C 7-25_D-7
Y448 Solenoid valve, lock transverse coupling ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-23_D-8
Y449 Solenoid valve, limitation of axle load, 3rd axle ソレノイドバルブ(3 軸アクスル荷重制限) C 7-25_D-8
Y513 Check valve, 4th axle (left-hand) チェックバルブ(4 軸アクスル左) C 7-16_C-7
Y514 Check valve, 4th axle (left-hand) チェックバルブ(4 軸アクスル左) C 7-16_C-7
th
Solenoid valve, 4 axle; actuation of steering,
Y515 ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-16_D-6
left-hand
th
Solenoid valve, 4 axle; actuation of steering,
Y516 ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-16_D-5
right-hand
Y518 Check valve, 4th axle (right-hand) チェックバルブ(4 軸アクスル右) C 7-16_C-8
Y519 Check valve, 4th axle (right-hand) チェックバルブ(4 軸アクスル右) C 7-16_C-8
Y523 Coupling, front axle steering
Y535 Check valve, 5th axle (right-hand) チェックバルブ(5 軸アクスル右) C 7-17_C-8
Y536 Check valve, 5th axle (right-hand) チェックバルブ(5 軸アクスル右) C 7-17_C-8
Y537 Check valve, 5th axle (left-hand) チェックバルブ(5 軸アクスル左) C 7-17_C-7
Y538 Check valve, 5th axle (left-hand) チェックバルブ(5 軸アクスル左) C 7-17_C-7
Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of steering, ソレノイドバルブ(5 軸アクスル左ステアリング
Y539 C 7-17_D-3
left-hand 調整)
Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of steering, ソレノイドバルブ(5 軸アクスル右ステアリング
Y540 C 7-17_D-3
right-hand 調整)

xvii W xvii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Y541 Solenoid valve, steering stabilization, 5th axle ソレノイドバルブ(5 軸アクスルテアリング安定) C 7-17_D-4
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams rear
Y602 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド右後張出) C 7-27_D-8
right-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams rear
Y603 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド右後格納) C 7-27_D-8
right-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders rear
Y604 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ右後張出) C 7-27_D-7
right-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders rear
Y605 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ右後格納) C 7-27_D-7
right-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams rear
Y606 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド左後張出) C 7-27_D-6
left-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams rear
Y607 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド左後格納) C 7-27_D-6
left-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders rear
Y608 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ左後張出) C 7-27_D-5
left-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders rear
Y609 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ左後格納) C 7-27_D-5
left-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders front
Y610 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ左前張出) C 7-26_D-6
left-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders front
Y611 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ左前格納) C 7-26_D-5
left-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams, front
Y612 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド左前張出) C 7-24_D-7
left-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams front
Y613 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド左前格納) C 7-26_D-6
left-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders front
Y614 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ右前張出) C 7-26_D-7
right-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders front
Y615 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガジャッキ右前格納) C 7-26_D-7
right-hand
Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams, front
Y616 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド右前張出) C 7-24_D-8
right-hand
Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams front
Y617 ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド右前格納) C 7-26_D-8
right-hand
Y618 Solenoid valve, depressurized circulation ソレノイドバルブ() C 7-8_D-8
Solenoid valve, pressure limitation, extending outrigger ソレノイドバルブ(アウトリガスライド
Y619 C 7-26_D-8
beams 伸長圧力制限)
* Y801 Fuel pump 燃料ポンプ S 2-41_D-8
Y901 Solenoid valve, crane control, control pressure ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-18_D-8
Y902 Solenoid valve, boom elevation “down” ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-7
Y903 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 “down” ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-1
Y904 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 “up” ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-2
Y905 Solenoid valve, extend tele. section ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-3
Y906 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 “down” ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-3
Y907 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 „up“ ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-6
Y908 Solenoid valve, extending tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-61
Y909 Solenoid valve, boom elevation „up“ ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-4
Y910 Solenoid valve, swing brake released ソレノイドバルブ(スイングブレーキ解除) S 2-17_D-8
Y914 Solenoid valve, high speed ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-17_D-7
Y915 Solenoid valve, differential gear, tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-17_D-6
Y918 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ(旋回左) S 2-21_D-5
Y919 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ(旋回右) S 2-21_D-6
Y925 Solenoid valve, pump I ソレノイドバルブ(ポンプⅠ) S 2-21_D-3
Y926 Solenoid valve, pump II ソレノイドバルブ(ポンプⅡ) S 2-21_D-4
Y927 Solenoid valve, counterweight ソレノイドバルブ(カウンタウエイト) S 2-26_D-1
Y931 Solenoid valve, counterweight "down" ソレノイドバルブ(カウンタウエイト下げ) S 2-26_D-3
Y932 Solenoid valve, counterweight "up" ソレノイドバルブ(カウンタウエイト上げ) S 2-26_D-2
Y933 Solenoid valve, locking counterweight ソレノイドバルブ(カウンタウエイトロック) S 2-26_D-4

xviii W xviii
Z- Z- Z-
名称一覧表

C:キャリア
S:上部
記号 Name 名称 スイッチのポジションと機能 C/S ページと座標
Y934 Solenoid valve, unlocking counterweight ソレノイドバルブ(カウンタウエイトロック解除) S 2-26_D-4
Y941 Solenoid valve, ASLI ソレノイドバルブ(ASLI) S 2-15_D-6
Solenoid valve, pressure reduction emergency control of
Y943 ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-17_D-6
tele. sections
* Y967 Solenoid valve, winch camera ソレノイドバルブ(ウインチカメラ) S 2-36_D-4
Y969 Solenoid valve, locking pressure ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-23_D-8
Y970 Solenoid valve, extending tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-4
Y971 Solenoid valve, retracting tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-7
Y974 Solenoid valve, locking tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-23_D-8
Y975 Solenoid valve, unlocking sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-23_D-7
Y976 Solenoid valve, cyl. - locking ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-23_D-7
Y977 Solenoid valve, cal. - unlocking ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-23_D-6
Y980 Solenoid valve, POWER-SHIFT ソレノイドバルブ(パワーシフト) S 2-8_D-5
Y981 Solenoid valve, extending tale. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-5
Y982 Solenoid valve, retracting tele. sections ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-22_D-8
Y984 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-7
Y985 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, right-hand ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-6
Y986 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-8
Y987 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, left-hand ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-7
Y988 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-3
Y989 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder ソレノイドバルブ() S 2-29_D-3
X Remove connection in case of optional equipment オプション装置の場合に接続を外してください。

xix W xix
作図条件

作図条件

C
E

A
1.クレーン部
①.CW装着用シリンダ バッテリー電源 ON スターター ON 過巻状態 操作レバー中立 CW装着状態
1

1
②.CWローテート ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ フリー
③.その他 バッテリー電源 OFF スターター OFF ↑ ↑ ブーム前方向き

回路図記号 800番台−
      900番台−
2.キャリア部
回路図記号  0番台−シャーシ関係
バッテリー電源 OFF スターター OFF サス中立
      100番台−
パーキングブレーキON       300番台−ミッション関係
      400番台−サスペンション関係
2

2
      500番台−ステアリング関係
      600番台−アウトリガ関係
      700番台−
24V 生電源(常時)
注記
(30) 24V 電源(バッテリメインスイッチ(S808) ON)
電気回路図内のページと座標※1(12.A6)のページ(12)は、
(15) 24V 電源(イグニッションスタータスイッチ(S810) ON)
電気回路図下のページ(2-12 ※2)の複番のページ(12)を表します。
(58)24V電源(照明用)(作業灯(キャブ)(S804)ON )
58 58
6,0
30 30
4,0
15 15

3
RT4,0
3

AF1 12.A6 ※1
3
4,0

4,0

1 30 58 10
X812

F843
Q801

1 X860 5

5A
1

6 X860 2 2 8 5 7
15

S808
C ON
RT4,0

2 9
10,0

30 50a 8 X861 3
1
RT

RT
4

4 6 3 1 10
4

4
X855

3 X850

4 X850
8 6 4 2
1
21

S810
F863

F861

F860

S823
F862

6.A6
XXA
25A

25A

50A

87a
2 K806X
30
22

7 5 3 1
X855

K806
87
5

1.D4
5

5
2,5
2,5
16,0
RT10,0
70,0

7 X804
G802

95,0
6

6
SW 35,0

SW 70,0
85 88 88a 86
G801

30 50
RT2,5

2,5 35,0
M
+ -
+ -
31
10,0
70,0

X802 X803 K805 M801


7

31 31

(31)アース
2-12 ※2

Cable cross sections, unless otherwise specified : 1.5φ ケーブル断面特に表記のない場合 : 1.5mm 2 Cable colours
Cable colours unless otherwise specified : white ケーブル色特に表記のない場合 : 白色 配線色
Ground cables : brown アース線 : 茶色 BG beige ベージュ GR grey 灰 TR transp 透明
S = Shield S = シールド GN green 緑 OR orange 橙 VI violet 紫
8

$ = External shield to ground via cable fitting $ = ケーブル付属品を介してアースする外部シールド BL blue 青 RS pink 桃 WS white 白
* : Optional equipment at customer’s request * : オプション装置 BR brown 茶 RT red 赤
GE yellow 黄 SW black 黒
F

XX
Connection diagram - Chassis F4-4

Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06 xxi
F4-4 Connection diagram - Chassis

(cont'd.) 4 Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06

xxii
Connection diagram - Chassis F4-4

(cont'd.) 4 Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06 xxiii
F4-4 Connection diagram - Chassis

Key to drawings on pages 1-3:

Anschlussplan ABV-Stecker mit Dummy Connection diagram ABV - connector with dummy
Anschlussplan ABV-Stecker ohne Dummy Connection diagram ABV - connector without dummy
Knotenanordnung im FH Node arrangement in the driver’s cab
Batt.h.sch Battery main switch
Anschlußplan Sicherung Connection diagram fuses
Ladesteckdose Charging plugbox
frei free
R-Sig. Reversing signal
unten at the bottom
Vert. distrib.
Blau blu
Kupp. Clutch

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06

xxiv
Z- Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams
1. Hydraulic piping diagrams(Superstructure)
1.1 Hydraulic system (99707785401-01-0D)

Fly jib
Boom elevation cylinder Boom, left-hand Boom, right-hand
Left-hand Right-hand P T Boom
C D D C
A B A B A B
D Side where Side where
yellow yellow
A A tape is tape is
X
located located

A B A2 B2 B2 A2
Right-hand Left-hand
A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 Cylinder
x Boom Cylinder

P
A1 B1 B1 A1
L1 L Y988 Y987 Y985
I I
B A B
B D
B B 100bar

V
A T C C D
C D A

MR

I
S

P
B
A B A B
F T1 Y989 Y986 Y 984 T2
P1
P2

M9
MK
M8

I
P
A
M13 0.5L
B MB
20bar E
A B A1 B1 A2 A3 B2 P1 T1 MX
M10
A1
X X
Right-hand
Left-hand

Y918 Y919 B1
Y934 Y932
Y 974 Y 975
x x
M4
L1 L L1 L
X 250bar X L A
d2.5 d4.0 B A B A
D MB D MB
Y B B
Y927
MC MC A2

B2
Y 976 Y 977
Y933 Y931
S S

Y910 Y901 80bar


C MA A L C MA A L A1 A2 B CL CU BL BU
280bar
P
75bar
T T1
P3 T2
M LS BR1 DS ST Pst
L
d1.5
M5
B A B A
S961 X X 999
A
T P T P B A B T
A Y 969 120bar 170bar

Y xxx
B
A

250bar B d0,9 d0,9

Y943
Y 915
P

T L Y X P
M14
50bar
Fly jib
B A B2 A2

B L A6 B6 xb6 D1 A5 B5 PP1 xb5 A4 B4 X4 xb4 xb3 X3 B3 A3 xb2 PP2 B2 A2 D2 xb1 B1 A1


A3

40bar Y907 Y904 Y981 Y905 Y912 Y909

R3 L1

P1 120bar 120bar 270bar x x 240bar 210bar 210bar 310bar 30bar


Raising / lifting

Raising / lifting
Lowering
Lowering

Retracting
Extending
x

Raising / lifting
Lowering

"down"
Retracting

"up"
Extending
X

S1
S2 330bar 330bar
350bar 350bar

Telescope 1
Telescope 2
Auxiliary hoisting gear

Boom elevation
Luffing fly jib
Main hoisting gear

Y926
M2
X2 A2

M2

A2 Y925
S M1
A1

M3
M7
L dxx dxx
X3
Pst

dxx Y906 Y903 Y982 Y908 Y911 Y902 dxx


Y914
Y3
T1 MLS1 LS1 P1 MP1 xa6 xa5 PP3 xa4 PP5 D5 xa3 PP4 xa2 D4 xa1 MP2 P2 LS2 MLS2 T2
D3
M3 M12
A1 M11 M6
M11
M1

X1

3bar

R2 Fe1 Fe2 L
R1 Item Designation Item Designation Item Designation Item Designation
2bar 3bar
A
Y901 Solenoid valve, crane control, control pressure Y915 Solenoid valve, differential gear, telescope sections Y943 Solenoid valve, pressure reduction emergency control of telescope sections Y981 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections
Y902 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "down" Y918 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, left-hand Y974 Solenoid valve, locking telescope sections Y982 Solenoid valve, retracting telescope sections
Y903 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "down" Y919 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, right-hand Y975 Solenoid valve, unlocking sections Y911 Solenoid valve, fly jib "down"
B
Sxxx Y904 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "up" Y925 Solenoid valve, pump I Y976 Solenoid valve, cylinder - locking Y912 Solenoid valve, fly jib "up"
85℃ M3 M4 M5 M6
S Y905 Solenoid valve, extend telescope section Y926 Solenoid valve, pump II Y977 Solenoid valve, cylinder - unlocking
S836
P

P Y906 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "down" Y927 Solenoid valve, counterweight Y989 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder
I

50℃ Y907 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "up" Y931 Solenoid valve, counterweight "down" Y988 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder
S832 Y908 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections Y932 Solenoid valve, counterweight "up" Y986 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, left-hand
Y909 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "up" Y933 Solenoid valve, locking counterweight Y987 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, left-hand
Y910 Solenoid valve, release swing brake Y934 Solenoid valve, unlocking counterweight Y984 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, right-hand
Y914 Solenoid valve, high speed Y941 Solenoid valve, ASLI Y985 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, right-hand

1-1 1-1
Z- Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams

K Counterweight system
H Counterweight system
1.2 Valve group system (99707785403-01-0H)
Item Designation

AO Pump assembly
Item Designation Item Designation

cylinders system

cylinders system

cylinders system

cylinders system
Y901 Solenoid valve, crane control, control pressure Y915 Solenoid valve, differential gear, telescope sections Y943 Solenoid valve, pressure reduction emergency control of telescope sections
Y902 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "down" Y918 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, left-hand Y974 Solenoid valve, locking telescope sections

W Telescopic

Telescopic

Y Telescopic

Z Telescopic
system
Y903 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "down" Y919 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, right-hand Y975 Solenoid valve, unlocking sections
Y904 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "up" Y927 Solenoid valve, counterweight Y976 Solenoid valve, cylinder - locking
542 542
Y905 Solenoid valve, extend telescope section Y931 Solenoid valve, counterweight "down" Y977 Solenoid valve, cylinder - unlocking
Counterweight system Y906 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "down" Y981 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections
Counterweight system I J Y932 Solenoid valve, counterweight "up"

X
Y907 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "up" Y933 Solenoid valve, locking counterweight Y982 Solenoid valve, retracting telescope sections Side where Side where
Y908 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections Y934 Solenoid valve, unlocking counterweight Y911 Solenoid valve, fly jib "down" yellow 6 yellow 6

N Counterweight
L Counterweight
tape is 7 tape is 7
600 600 Y909 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "up" Y941 Solenoid valve, ASLI Y912 Solenoid valve, fly jib "up" 8 8
located located
G
Y910 Solenoid valve, release swing brake s

7783588
A2 B2 B2 A2

DN8 7783588
402 521 558

system
system
002 522 Y914 Solenoid valve, high speed
616 Right-hand Left-hand
Swing mechanism system G E
Cylinder
003 523 493 Boom
004 524 436 1

DN8
556 2 A1 B1 B1 A1
557 495

DN12 7005536
492 556 I I
492 493 493 494 494 504 504
Swing mechanism system F 504 504

DN12 7014717

DN12 7014718

DN12 7723222

DN12 7014660
A B A1 B1 A2 A3 B2 618 609
DN10 8409688 DN8 7008595

Un-locking
Locking
636
638 637 635

cylinders system

cylinders system
Raising / lifting
Y919 Y918 470 686 687
Y934 Y932 A 561, 562, 563, 564 503 410 474 472

Telescopic

Telescopic
411 471 L

Lowering
H L
H
250 B 565, 566, 563, 564 T 475 684 685 505

AF Auxiliary hoist winch system


440 250 476

d15x1.5

d15x1.5
250bar 260 476
X 260 270 C 580, 581, 563, 564 120bar 170bar YYY
474
474

d15x1.5
413

d15x1.5

d15x1.5
270 20bar 474 L L
569 009

U
d2.5

T
d4.0 569
Y 570
570 D 582, 583, 563, 564 010 469
475
683
437 571 504 504 504 504
Y927

Hoist winch system


571 476
E 584, 591 474
471 C D C D
d0,9 d0,9 632
F 585, 591

E Pump assembly system


G G

G 586, 591 Y943

7008434
3 3
473
416 416
I 588, 591 472
470 553 A B 553 A B
Y933 Y931 P 554 554

DN12
469
J 589, 591 Refer to pump 504 504 504 504
693 694 assembly system
L 561, 597, 563, 598 503 Fly jib 465
436

2213716
464
80bar B2 A2 P T 474
Y910 Y901 479 532 280 280 P1 T1
633
477 511 290 290 634
A1

d30x4
490 Telescopic 634

d30x4
607 478 539 F 230 210 DN12 634
P 480 500 cylinders system V 240 H H 220
DN20 7015313
481

7005660

7005660
DN12 7005660
Supplementary oil cooler system T T T1 452 230 B1
210 240
C 482 Y 974 Y 975 464
M LS 220
BR1 DS ST Pst
L 483

Oil tank system AG


F
491 601 484

7008443

7008443

DN12
DN12
Pump assembly system AH
C
545 437 462 464 499 484
501 F 622
546 440
Swing mechanism AP

Swing mechanism system P 502 527

DN12 7008611
DN8 7015097
AM Swing mechanism system 508

DN12

DN12
645

7015965
603 464 F
A 667
A 623 A2
E 403
E
640 640 011

d30x4

DN25
604 650 621 007
462 560 C C

7005580
436 DN12 8409695 d15x1.5 I 008 B2
497
system

559 Y 976 Y 977 464

DN10 8409912
496
498 602 668

DN8
505 505
544 531 530 476 476 G
608
DN8 7010520 620
15

AB Boom elevation cylinder system


AA Boom elevation cylinder system
d30x4
16
Hoist winch system Q DN8 8409813 B A 19

DN25 7014675
606 455
DN25 7010892
520 519

8409798

8409798
527
435 404
517 B A
434
X 75bar

DN12

DN12
567
B 619
409
F T P 688 688 P3 T2
Y 915 005 467
468

DN25 7007779
006
499 520 007 464
466
406 008
415 493
550 530 B
551 431 T L Y X P A
431 669 Y 969
651 552 408
437 592
012 d25x3.5
530 593
013 611 679 510 512
014 Y 941 B
A 594 511 513
d25x3.5

R Hoist winch system


S Hoist winch system
015 626 595
484 506

7008798
016 507 507 DN8 7008578 528 596
B 500 493 DN12 8410254 D Pump assembly
F 624 461
Pump assembly system AL system

DN8
DN8 7010453
625

d25x3.5
670 Pump assembly system AK 425 625 630

7010453
d30x4
431 433 462 431 429
672 462

DN25 7016534
509 424 461
436 d25x3.5 461
422 631
436

DN8
421 d10x1.5 680
C C
463 439 463 463 463

DN25 7016535
678 463 d10x1.5 508
436 421 664 459 664 459 674 673 459 664 459 681
437 691
605 d10x1.5 d10x1.5 d10x1.5 d10x1.5 d10x1.5 d30x4
547 653 508
462

d25x3.5
548 663 459 673
d28x2
534 DN25 7011471
535
DN20 7751119

d10x1.5 d10x1.5
420 419 682 509
534 424 421 430 424 421 428 200 200
428 676 430 423 424 421 628
574 574 434 422 423 432 422 423 422 423 462 422
422 421 421 422 509
d25x3.5
423 423 435 424 d30x4 421 459 421
401 422 421 422 422 423 F 629
533 421 421 436 462 674 462 423 427 423
001 421 423 427 437 425
436 d10x1.5 461 426 426 DN20 7008568
423
xb6 D1 A5 B5 PP1 xb5 A4 B4 X4 xb2 B B
A 536 A6 B6 xb4 xb3 X3 B3 A3 PP2 B2 A2 D2 xb1 B1 A1
F G
489 537 543
534 449
Y907 Y904 Y981 Y905 Y912 Y909
652
B
d28x2
Pump assembly system C

491 536
Oil tank system AE

450

x x x x x x x x x
Lowering
Raising / lifting

Raising / lifting
Lowering

Retracting

Lowering

AC Boom elevation cylinder system


Raising / lifting

Extending
Retracting
Extending

"down"
x x

"up"
x

x
Main hoisting gear
Auxiliary hoisting gear

Telescope 2

Telescope 1

Boom elevation
Luffing fly jib
514
515
D
J
Pump assembly system

404 615
401 405
Oil tank system

402 406

DN8 8409506
403 408 dxx dxx

dxx Y906 Y903 Y982 Y908 Y911 Y902 dxx


P
I

Y914
P

T1 MLS1 LS1 P1 MP1 xa6 xa5 PP3 xa4 PP5 D5 xa3 PP4 xa2 D4 xa1 MP2 P2 LS2 MLS2 T2
M6 M5 M4 M3 D3
462 446
406 440 437 440 437 462 462 462 437 462 462 437 462 692 437 442
AD

440 440
407 463 d10x1.5 453 457
408 655 436 456
461 447
459 458 T2 Supplementary oil cooler system
d10x1.5 436
461 661 436 461
B 441
436
659 660 460
459
Pump assembly 443 461
d42x2

d10x1.5 d10x1.5
436
system 442 658 459
444
577 613 d10x1.5
DN16 7008603
DN2 7751426 612
611
441
DN2 7751426 DN8 7008798
443 A
446 442
577 537 442 444 Pump assembly
450
453 system
DN40 7016823 456
448 455
451
452

D D
538 656 614
d42x2 DN40 7014694

578
DN2 0158535
576
DN2 0718341

1-2 1-2
Hose drum for fly jib Refer to valve group
Z-

026 P 026 T A2 B2
030 030
031 031
054
DN12 7014718
032 032 046
033 033 047
006
008
009

050 050

DN12 7008443
DN12 7008443
022 E Valve group system 018
021 021
020 AO C Valve group system AH Valve group system 021
019 018
A A3 B L
5
023 023
024 024 003 AP Removal of boom

x
006 004 40bar
007 043 system
008 044
009 045 B 002
053 042
020 034
DN12 8409534 041
021
053 021 017
021 D
016
DN12 8409534 021 015
C 052
014
Boom elevation cylinder system AS 018 R3 L1 DN12 7014717 018
019
Telescopic cylinders system AR P1
001
005
x 040
X
013
012
S1 011
010
S2

1-3
AQ Removal of boom system
1.3 Pump assembly system(99707785402-01-0D)

056
018 DN12 7017004
025
DN25

AD Valve group system 051


X2
7017001

M2

A2
B Valve group system
S
Hydraulic piping diagrams

M3
Fe L L1

X3

Y3

Sxxx
A1
S A Valve group system
M1

X1

R2

R1
Z-
Z-

401

424
412 DN6 8409960 Foot brake

X BR
Valve group system P
402 423
403
Boom elevation
AI DN8 7008193
cylinder system 407
x
Valve group system AM DN10 7774314
L L 1
422 405
406
410 A B
411 B D 415
409 416
408

A T C

417 418 417


404 413 404
421 D 421

DN12 8409695

1-4
420
1.4 Swing mechanism system(99707775377-01-0E)

DN16 7005773
DN20 8409652
430

DN16 7005773
E
431 425
432
433
Hydraulic piping diagrams

AJ Oil tank system


G Valve group system
F Valve group system

AP Valve group system


Z-
Z-

B 439 454
DN12 7008618 AS Pump assembly system
437 453
DN20 7017865 AA Valve group system
438
403 C D
402
435 D
452
436 406 425 401 DN25 7017953
409 427 AB Valve group system

E
434 404 413 424 426 D
420
B 100bar A 421
432
433
422

MB
423
415

B
A

MR
MK
414

B
410
411
412

L
407
405

1-5
455

d10x1.5
451
DN8 8458174 AI Swing mechanism system
407 431 429
430 428
1.5 Boom elevation cylinder system(99707785404-01-0D)

407
405

X
Hydraulic piping diagrams

MX
416 456
d10x1.5

B 450
DN8 7008770 AC Valve group system
407 429 431
428 430
Z-
Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams

1.6 Telescopic cylinders system(99707785405-01-0E)

Boom
Cylinder

A1 A2 B CL CU BL BU

d30x4
Valve group system W
Valve group system Y

Valve group system X


Valve group system Z

d30x4
DN25
d30x4
031
025
024
020

019
011
012

013
010

030

DN25 7017155 V Valve group system


018

DN12 7008599 AR Pump assembly system


032
d12x1.5
033

017
014
015
016
A

250
021

022
026
023
001

010
027
028
029

DN25 7015964 U Valve group system


034

010
027
028
029

DN25 7015964
T Valve group system
034

1-6
Z-

DN8 1605531

401
403
404

423
X

Valve group system


DN8
Q
x 420
L L1
DN12 7008163 AF Valve group system
A B
MB B D 406
MC 408
409
1.7 Hoist winch system(99707775380-01-0C)

1-7
S
402

L A MA C
Hydraulic piping diagrams

413
414 407
415 410 410
416 411 411
417 422 412 412

Valve group system S DN25 7014599

Valve group system R DN25 7016539

413 421
414
415
416
417
Z-
Z-

406
407
404 408
405
A AD Valve group system

410
A
DN40 7015852 AE Valve group system
1.8 Oil tank system(99707783562-01-0B)

401 A AQ Hydraulic piping diagram, counterweight


402
403 AJ Swing mechanism system
411
A

1-8
DN20 7015862 AG Valve group system

Fe1 Fe2 L 415


416 B
417
Hydraulic piping diagrams

S
Z-
Z-

434
DN8 8409637 J Valve group system
434
DN8 8409637 I Valve group system
C D
413
413 411
411 Driving direction
414 435
A
DN10 8409862

Left-hand

409
408 436
B
DN10 8409636 410
439
421
422 DN8 7015095 AQ Oil tank system
423
424 402
450 403
404
405
412
G 415
416 425

d10x1.5
A 420 426
P F
427
B 431 428
1.9 Counterweight system(99707775376-01-0G)

1-9
DN12 7013704 L Valve group system
410
421
F
422
417
423
433 S 432
DN8 8409600 K Valve group DN12 7016999 N Valve group system
418
system
V F
413
433
C D Valve group 418
DN8 8409600 415 420
Hydraulic piping diagrams

419
H system
413 419
414
437
A
DN10 7016998
401

Right-hand

409
408 438
B
DN10 7010480
Z-
Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams

1.10 Supplementary oil cooler system(99707783591-01-0A)

401
402

B
401
402
421

A
d28x2
T2 Valve group system

Driving direction
420
Oil tank system

d28x2
AE
d42x2

B
401
403
403

A
d28x2

7010892 DN25 T Valve group system


A

1-10
Z-

459
DN8 1605531

401
404

445
446 448 X
465 447 449 463 416
DN6
DN8 7008116 DN8 7013446 450 452
451 453
x
464 414
L L1
DN12 2213717
434
A B
L1
MB B D
MC 413
432 Hoist
433
winch

S
402

L A MA C

490 410 410


491 411 411
492 B 424 412 412
493
494 440
441 443
442 444
460 462
DN25 7016590 DN25 7016584
AF Valve group system

440

1-11
441 443
442 444 461
460
DN25 7016590 DN25 7014601
420
1.11 Auxiliary hoist winch system(99707775382-01-0B)

417
418 B A 490
419 491
X 403 492 B
493
T P
494

421 420 429


Hydraulic piping diagrams

430
425
426
466 427
431
DN8 7008798 427 425
426
417 427
470
419 428
423
A6 B6

d12x1.5
Control block
422 valve group
P T
xa6
X
424
A B

466
DN8 7008798
Z-
Z-

Item Designation
Y989 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder
050 Y988 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom elevation cylinder
DN12 7014718 AP Pump assembly system Y986 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, left-hand
Y987 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, left-hand
Y984 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, right-hand
051 Y985 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening, right-hand
DN12 7014717 AQ Pump assembly system
052
DN8 7766885
010 010 053
DN8 7006127
P1 T1
012
A1
Boom, left-hand
012
B1 A
Y989 Y988 014
014
013

033
012 034
054 B
A2 014 035
DN8 7766884
014

1-12
012 054 013
DN8 7766884
1.12 Removal of boom system(99707785406-01-0A)

B2
Y986 Y987
055
DN8 7008582
055 Driving direction
001
Hydraulic piping diagrams

DN8 7008582
012
A3
B B
030
012 013 014
031
014
032 B3 013
Y984 Y985

013
A A
014
Boom, right-hand Boom elevation cylinder 014
013

P2 T2
015 015
Z-
Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams

1.13 Full auto luffing jib system(344-021-70000-0)

5 7
チルト 伸縮

4 6

B B

C PP

A A

3 3

A B A B

SL215 SL214 SL212 SL213

DR P T DR DR P T DR

黄色バンド側
1

A
8

G B
B A

P T B2 A2

1-13
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams
2. Electric circuit diagrams(Superstructure)
2.1 Superstructure 1(99707786779-01-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1
1

1
PE X750

W701 W701
1
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)

1
A1 X750

2 2

2
A2 X750

P810

W701 W701 W701 W701


17 17 WS 0,5 WS 0,5
X1.7.7

17
C1 X750 17 X752 17 X857 CAN-H
2

2
18 18 GN 0,5 GN 0,5
P810 CGC X1.7.2
(Cockpit Graphic Control System) 18 C2 X750 18 X752 18 X857 CAN-L

19 19 BR 0,5 BR 0,5
X1.7.3
19

C3 X750 19 X752 19 X857 CAN-GND

20 20 S S
X1.7.5
20

C4 X750 20 X752 20 X857 CAN-Sield


W701 W701

3
3

3 3 2,5
3

A3 X750 3 X752

4 4 2,5
4

A4 X750 4 X752
K806
6.B3

F856
85

86

H
F856 Fuse 7.5A
6

8
4 K806X

K806 Timing relay, (battery main switch)

P810
4

4
X3.10.3
X856 7

3
X3.11.1

X865
X856 8
S701
1
K727

K727 Relay, (CGC supply)


1.B6

85

86
6

4 K727X

4 X865
4

* S701 Rocker switch with indicator lamp


6

(chassis control system engaged)


3

5
5

5
1

7
10

P810
K

4,0 4,0
V701 Diode (CGC supply)
8

X3.1.9
2 K727X

X856 5
30
87

-
+

V701
K727

K727 Relay, (CGC supply) X3.1.10


1.D5

X856 6
2,5
W701 W701

5 5 2,5
5
6

A5 X750 5 X752
K

6 6 2,5 4,0 4,0


V802 Diode (CGC supply)
8
6

2 K812X

A6 X750 6 X752
30
87

-
+
K812

V802
1.D8

K812 Relay,( CGC supply)


P810
X3.11.3
X856 9

X3.10.6
X856 10
8 4 V803X
X3.1.7

1 2 3 4
V803

PE
7

1 X856 5
V803 Diode group, (CGC supply)
5
K812
1.B6

85

86

AA1

K812 Relay, (CGC supply)


6

4 K812X

7.B5
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-1
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.2 Outrigger operation from the superstructure (99707786779-02-00)

C
E

15
30
58
31
P810
P810 CGC
1

1
X3.6.2
X856 11 5 X865
(Cockpit Graphic Control System)

S708
1 0 2
X3.6.4
X856 12 6 X865
* S708 Rocker tip switch,

1
(speed setting chassis)

3
X3.6.5
X856 13 7 X865

7
2

4
8
2

2
9
10
P810
GE-SW
X3.5.2

S601
1 0 2
GR-SW
X3.5.3

1
* S601 Rocker switch,
BL-SW
(preselection of outriggers)

3
X3.5.4

3
3

4
8

9
10
RT-SW
X3.4.2

S602
1 0 2

BR-WS-RT
4

4
X3.4.3
1

* S602 Rocker tip switch,


BR-WS-SW
(extending/retracting front, right-hand) X3.4.4 3
7
2

4
8

9
10

S603
1 0 2
5

5
BR-SW
X3.4.5
1

* S603 Rocker tip switch,


BR-RT-SW
(extending/retracting rear, right-hand)
3

X3.4.6
7
2

4
8

9
10

S604
1 0 2
6

BR-GE
X3.4.7
1

* S604 Rocker tip switch,


BR-BL
(extending/retracting rear, left-hand)
3

X3.4.8
7
2

4
8

9
10

S605
1 0 2
7

BL-GN
X3.4.9

* S605 Rocker tip switch,


1

BL-GR
(extending/retracting front, left-hand)
3

X3.4.10
7
2

4
8

9
10
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-2
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-1(99707786779-03-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
2

2
3 X804

3
3

4 X804
W701

7 7
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)
7

A7 X750 7 X752

E707 Clearance lamp


1 X804
(rear, left-hand, on the counterweight)
2

1
4

4
E707

E708 Clearance lamp


2 X804
(rear, right-hand, on the counterweight)
2

1
E708

W901 Cable drum, length angle transmitter,


14 VI 0.25
slipring 1 1 10
SW 6 13
X960 X915 13 13 X940
X1.18

E706 Lateral light, (front right, on boom) 1 1


5

W901

5
E706

E705

E705 Lateral light, (front left, on boom)


2 2
PE GR 0.25
2 2 WS-SW GN-GE S
11
X960 X915 PE 20 X940
X1.19
6

6
W701

8 8
8

A8 X750 8 X752
1

E701 Rotary beacon rear, left-hand


5 X804
M
E701
7

7
1

* E704 Rotary beacon rear, right-hand


6 X804
M
E704
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-3
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-2(99707786779-04-0A)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
A921

W701 W701
15 15 0,5
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) CN4.8

15
B7 X750 15 X752 RX2+

16 16 0,5
A921 AML central unit CN4.17

16
B8 X750 16 X752 RX2-
2

2
CN22.15
Di-59

0,5
W701 W701 W701 W701 W701 W701

9 9 3 F849
9

A9 X750 9 X752 3 X943 X916 3


F849 Fuse

A
* 3A

1
10 10 4
10

B2 X750 10 X752 4 X943 X916 4

11 11
11

B3 X750 11 X752

3
3

12 12
12

B4 X750 12 X752

13 13
13

B5 X750 13 X752

14 14
14

B6 X750 14 X752
4

4
21 21
C5 X750 1 X753
S506 Switch on slipring, crane directed
S506

to the rear
m
5

5
22 22
C6 X750 2 X753
6

F855
G

F855 Fuse XXXA


7
7

7
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-4
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-3(99707786779-05-0D)

C
E

15
30
58
31
A805 P810 P810 P810
1.2 X3.8.1 X3.1.1 X1.6.1
1

1
1.4 X3.8.3 X3.1.2 X1.6.2
1.6 X3.8.4 X3.1.4 X1.6.3
1.10 X3.8.5 X3.1.5 X1.6.4
P810 CGC 1.12 X3.8.6 X3.1.6 X1.6.5
(Cockpit Graphic Control System) 1.14 X3.8.7 X1.6.6
X3.2.1
X3.8.8 X1.6.7
2.2 X3.2.2
X3.8.9 X1.6.8
2.4 X3.2.3
A805 ADM X3.8.10 X1.6.9
Adaptation module 2.6 X3.2.4
2.8 X3.9.1 X3.2.5 X1.7.1
Vehicle engine control
2.11 X3.9.3 X3.2.6 X1.7.4
2.12 X3.9.4 X3.2.7 X1.7.6
2.16 X3.9.5 X3.2.8 X1.7.8
2.17 X3.9.6 X3.2.9 X1.7.9
2

2
2.18 X3.9.7 X3.2.10
X1.8.1
X3.9.8
3.1 X3.3.1 X1.8.2
X3.9.9
3.2 X3.3.2 X1.8.3
X3.9.10
3.3 X3.3.3 X1.8.4
3.4 X3.10.1 X3.3.4 X1.8.5
3.5 X3.10.7 X3.3.5 X1.8.6
3.6 X3.10.8 X3.3.6 X1.8.7
3.7 X3.10.9 X3.3.7 X1.8.8
3.8 X3.10.10 X3.3.8 X1.8.9
3.10 X3.3.9
X3.11.9 X1.9.1
3.11 X3.3.10
X3.11.10 X1.9.2
3.12
X3.4.1 X1.9.3
X3.12.1
4.1 X1.9.4
X3.12.2 X3.5.1

3
3

4.2 X1.9.5
X3.12.5 X3.5.5
4.3 X1.9.6
X3.12.6 X3.5.6
4.4 X1.9.7
X3.12.9 X3.5.7
4.8 X1.9.8
X3.12.10 X3.5.8
X1.9.9
X3.5.9
X3.5.10 X1.10.1
X1.10.2
X3.6.1
X1.10.3
X3.6.3
X1.10.4
X3.6.6
X1.10.5
X3.6.7
X1.10.6
X3.6.8
X1.10.7
X3.6.9
X1.10.8
X3.6.10
X1.10.9
4

4
X3.7.1
X3.7.3
X3.7.4
X3.7.5
X3.7.6
X3.7.7
X3.7.8
X3.7.9
X3.7.10
5

5
2,5
Reserve 1
20 X805

Reserve 4
18 X808

Reserve 6
13 X809
6

F825
7

F825 Fuse
A

XXXA
1

F832
H

F832 Fuse XXXA


8
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-5
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-4(99707786779-06-0D)

C
E

A
31

15
30
58
RT2,5

X802
X802 Battery charging plugbox

+
*

-
1

1
F863

2,5
F863 Fuse G801 G802 25A

SW 70,0

8
G802 Battery F862
G801 Battery 70,0
RT4,0
10,0 25A
F862 Fuse 1

6
X812
F861
10,0
F861 Fuse 50A
Q801

42
F860

35,0
* F860 Fuse XXA 4,0

1
70,0
RT10,0
16,0
2,5
2,5
SW 35,0

X803
* X803 Plugbox for starting the engine with current

1 X860
+
supplied from an external source
2

2
-

RT4,0

6,0
30

30
S810
S810 Ignition starter switch

50a

15

58
8

10
85

X861

X860
1

P
2
88

2
4,0
K805 Electric battery main switch
K805

5 X855 22 21 X855 4
88a

S823

3
6.A6
3

F843
86

RT
F843 Fuse

C
5A

3
RT
95,0

2 K806X 3 X850

K806 Relay,battery main switch, time-delayed

4,0
30

K806

S808
7 X804

1.D4

AF1
0

12.A6
87 87a
30

8
M801 Starter
M
31
M801

4 X850

2
50
4

4
3

5
1
S808 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, battery
main switch

7
10
F805
1
11
12

S829
F805 Fuse
0

E
10A

5
3

1
22

21

* S824 Mushroom-head emergency off push-button


X815

X815
S824
1

6 X861
7
0
5

5
S829 Rocker tip switch, engine stalling device
1
X861

3
7
2
25,0

4
18

9
0

K819

6 X855
18.C8

S823 Mushroom-head emergency off push-button


K819X 4

11

A804
85

86
6
6

K819 Relay, EMERGENCY OFF 7


K813

S823

10
6.B7

12

6.B3
X855 7

14
K813X 4

12
85

86

2,5
K813 Relay, 15+ ADM/MR
6

5
2,5
6
8
8 X804
15
9 X804
MR

87a

2.5
30

5
2

BL 1,0 1.15
A804 MR 1 4.7
Engine control system 3
BR-RT 1,0
8 K813X

4.6
87
K813

BR-GR 1,0
Electronic system
6.B6

4
A805
7

GE 1,0
7

2 4.9
13
10 X804
9
11 F833
F833 Fuse
A

2,5 1.1 10A


1

2,5
A805 ADM
Adaptation module 1.5
4,0
4,0

Vehicle engine control X835 1


4.5

F834
11
7
14

F834 Fuse
B
3

10A
10
6

2
13
P820

F807
9
5
12

P820 Diagnostic connector


1

G
8

10A
4

F807 Fuse
7
8

8
AB1

AC1
7.C1

7.C1

15
30
58
31
F

2-6
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-5(99707786779-07-0B)

C
E

A
15
30
58
6.C8

6.C8
31

AC1
AB1
1

1
25,0
3
G803 Generator

G
W
B-

B+
G803

W
L

5 4 3 2 1
11 X804

12 X804

A805
A805 ADM 2.3
13 X804
Adaptation module
Vehicle engine control
2

2
K809
85

86
K809 Relay, generator D+

4
K801
7.B4

87
F835

8
F835 Fuse

C
7.5A

3
2 K809X
85

86

30
* S832 Temperature switch, radiator control 50°C

4 K801X

87a
19 X804
S832

K801 Relay, radiator control

3
3

P810
h

0,5
P802 Engine hourmeter X3.11.4
14 X856
+
-

P810 CGC
P802

(Cockpit Graphic Control System)


41.A4 AD1

42.C1 AD2

87
2,5 2,5 2,5 F836
M

M802 Radiator motor I

8
4

4
20 X804 2,5

D
-

F836 Fuse 20A


M802

2 K801X

4
30
87a

K801
7.C3
2,5 2,5 2,5
M

* M809 Refrigerator motor II


21 X804
-

+
M809

F804
F804 Fuse A805 1.B8 AA1
D 10A

4
2.7
5

5
2.9
8 X855
B806

B806 Buzzer, engine malfunction


+
-

1.9
9 X855
P810
1.13 X3.11.5
15 X856

1.3 X3.11.7
16 X856

1.7 X3.12.4
6

17 X856
R806
R806 Resistor, engine temperature gauge
B802

82 R X3.12.7
_

B802 Fuel level transmitter


G
B802

1,0
X3.12.3
3 14 X804 18 X856

1,0 1,0 R807


* B802 Fuel level transmitter 220 R X3.12.8
1
2

R807 Resistor, tank level indication 4


1,0
X3.1.3
15 X804 4 X856
7

S830 Switch, air cleaner X3.11.2


16 X804 3 X856
S830
p

S836 Switch, hydraulic oil temperature 85°C X3.11.6


17 X804 19 X856
S836

S831 Switch, hydraulic oil filter X3.11.8


8

18 X804 20 X856
S831
p

15
30
58
31
F

2-7
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-6(99707786779-08-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
P810
H810 Indicator lamp, central warning, CGC X3.10.5

2
H810
X3.9.2
P810 CGC
(Cockpit Graphic Control System)
2

2
X856 2

1 X855

A805
A805 ADM
Adaptation module 2.1

Vehicle engine control


GE
2.13
18 X855
R802 Foot-actuated accelerator transmitter

2
BR

-
1

3
R802
+
RT
3

1.11
19 X855

5
VI
1.8
20 X855

+
6
WS

-
3
GN
2.15
21 X855

4
A921
0,5
A921 AML central unit 2.10 CN3.3
P1
4

4
K821

K821 Relay, engine speed 800 rpm


85

86
6

3.9
4

Y980 Solenoid valve, POWER-SHIFT


87

F806
2

11 X806

F
Y980

5A
F806 Fuse
2 K821X

6
30
87a
5

5
6

6
7

7
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-8
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-7(99707786779-09-00)

C
E

A
F801

15
30
58
31
F801 Fuse

A
10A

1
1

1
10
X850
X820 1

X820 2 12 X850

X822 4

6
M803 Motor, windscreen wiper

S801
9 8 4 7 3

53a
X822 3

3
M

31b
31
X822 1

1
S801 Rocker switch, windscreen wipers

53
2

2
X822 2 0 1 2

M803

2
10 6 2 5 1

X850 13
X850 14
X820 3

6 4 2 1 5 8 K802X
K802 Wiper interval action relay

53c

31

53e

31b

15
K802

3
3

1 X851
6

M804 Wiper motor, skylight

S802
9 8 4 7 3
53a

S802 Rocker switch, wiper skylight


M

31b
31

X820 4
1
53

X820 5 0 1 2
M804

10 6 2 5 1
4

4
X851 2
X851 3

6 4 2 1 5 8 K803X
K803 Wiper interval action relay
53c

31

53e

31b

15
K803
5

5
S803
1
0

* M805 Windshield washer motor


M

X820 6 11 X850
1
2

1
M805

* S803 Rocker tip switch, washer


7
2

4
18
6

6
9
0

F803
S817
1

F803 Fuse 10A


3
0
R804

8
X851

1 1,0 1 1,0
* R804 Mirror, heated
X845 1 1 X805 10 X851
4

* S817 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, mirror 2 1,0 2 1,0


6

heating X845 2 2 X805


3

5
1
7

7
10

7
S809
1
0

S809 Rocker switch with indicator lamp,


centralized lubrication BR BL
M

21 X805 9 X851
4
2

M812 Pump, central lubrication


M812

8
3

5
1
8

8
10

15
30
58
31
F

2-9
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-8(99707786779-10-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

10

9
1

1
8
4
M
M810 Motor, seat adjustment

2
X820 9 7 X850

2
M810
S827 Rocker tip switch, seat adjustment

7
F802

1
X820 10 6 X850 2,5

B
15A
F802 Fuse

2
X850 5

S827

2 0 1
2

2
10

9
8
4
M811 Motor Windscreen adjustment M

2
X820 11 9 X850
2

1
M811

7
3
S828 Rocker tip switch Windscreen adjustment

1
X820 12 8 X850

S828

3
2 0 1
3

S807
1
0
F830
F830 Fuse

F
34.B6 CF1 3A

6
12 X851 X851 11

4
* S807 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, aircraft

2
warning lamp 6

8
3

5
1
4

4
10

X850 2
10

S804 Rocker switch Instrument illumination


Working floodlight F826
6

2,5

B
15A

2
X850 15

F826 Fuse
3

X820 13 16 X850
E802 Working floodlight on the crane cabin
2

1
E802
5

5
S804
0 1 2

E803 Working floodlight on the crane cabin


2

1
E803

10

9
8

6
2

F829
7

2,5
* S814 Rocker switch, working floodlight on rope winch
E

7.5A
5
1

2,5 2,5 2,5 X851 6


6

3 X805 7 X851
2

1
E810

F829 Fuse
* E810 Working floodlight on rope winch
S814
0
1

F828
7

7
Reserve 2
Reserve 1

2,5 2,5
* F828 Fuse
D

XXXA
5 X805
4

5 X851 X851 4
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-10
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-9(99707786779-11-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

10

9
1

1
8

6
2
K808
11.B2
F827 Fuse F827

7
S818 Rocker switch, working floodlight on basic

C
10A
boom

85

86

3
1
X850 17

4 K808X
18 X850

K808 Relay, working floodlight

S818
0
1
2

2
2,5 1 2,5 1 2,5
X805 7 1 X825

2 2,5 4 2,5
E804 Working floodlight 70 basic boom

2 K808X
X825 4 4 X805

87

30
2

1
E804

K808
11.D2
* E808 Working floodlight 70W basic boom

1
E808

3
3

10
4

4
8
4

1 2,5 1 2,5
2

1 X825 11 X805 20 X850


7
3

2 2,5 4 2,5
* S819 Rocker tip switch, variable working
1

4 X825 12 X805 19 X850


floodlight, basic boom
X870
X870

S819

2 0 1
1

2
5

5
M

* M808 Servomotor, working floodlight


M808

10

9
8

6
2
K808
11.B7

F827
7

* F827 Fuse
5

S818 Rocker switch, working floodlight on basic 25A


6

6
85

86

3
1

X850 17
boom
6

4 K808X

18 X850

K808 Relay, working floodlight


S818
0
1

4,0

2,5 GN-GE 2,5


X805 10 GND X825
PE
X870

2,5 2 2,5 2 2,5


8

X805 8 2 X825
2 K808X

2
87

30
K808
11.D6
7

7
2,5
E804

* E804 Working floodlight 250 W basic boom, 1


X870

adjustable via motor 1 2,5 5 2,5


5

X825 5 13 X805
GN-GE 2,5 6 2,5
X870

6
E808

X825 6 14 X805
* E808 Working floodlight 250 W basic boom, 1
adjustable via motor

2
2,5 3 2,5 3 2,5
X870
__PE

X805 9 3 X825
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-11
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-10(99707786779-12-0D)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

87a
F808

B801
1

1
30

H
F808 Fuse 7,5A

8
2
8
B801 Electric horn

1
X820 14

87
K814 Relay, electric horn

4 K814X
85

86
K814

1,0

1,0

1,0
2

2
AL1
15.C2
A918
A918 Remote control transmitter, right-hand,
i electric horn

15

i
16

3
3

A917
A917 Remote control transmitter, left-hand,
i electric horn

15

i
16
4

4
F831
2

G
F831 Fuse 3A

7
X851 21
E805 Cab light
E805

F837
X801

F837 Fuse E 10A


+

5
5

X801 Plugbox 24V/10A inspection lamp

5
-

B808 Loudspeaker, right-hand


A802
b

a
B808

24V
12V

6.A4
6

B807 Loudspeaker, left-hand


BR

GN

WS
b

a
B807

AF1

A802 Voltage reduction device 24V / 12 V


3

W801 Antenna F844


W801

F844 Fuse 15A


4

X820 15

A801 Radio A
AF2

LF+

LF-
41.A3

RF+
7

RF-
7
A801

LR+
LR-
RR+
RR-
7

X820 16
1
5

X837

X837 Plugbox 12V/10A BC1 21.A1


+
-
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-12
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-11(99707786779-13-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
P810
1 X857
P810 CGC X3.1.8
(Cockpit Graphic Control System) 2 X857
X3.7.2

X3.8.2
3 X857

X3.10.2
4 X857

26.D3 AK1 X3.10.4


21 X856
2

2
B902
A921
0,5
B902 AML buzzer

b
CN13-1.1
Di-1

0,5
A921 AML central unit CN12.3
X858 4 RL-3

3
3

A901
DCN1-1.2
GND

DCN1-1.12
1 X858 GND

A901 AML display DCN1-1.1


MBPOW

DCN1-1.11
2 X858 MBPOW

A921
4

4
1,0
CN6.1
MBPOW
1,0
CN6.2
MBPOW
1,0
CN6.3
MBPOW
1,0
CN15.3
MBPOW

CN26.4
MBPOW

F821
F821 Fuse
E
15A

5
5

5
A921
0,5
CN14-1.18
AGND2
0,5
CN14-2.16
AGND2
0,5
CN23.11
AGND
1,0
CN6.4
GND
1,0
CN6.5
GND
6

1,0
CN6.6
GND
1,0
CN15.4
GND
1,0
CN15.5
GND
1,0
CN15.6
GND

CN26.2
GND

CN26.5
GND

CN13-1.4
Di-4
7

0,5
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-13
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.3 Superstructure 2-12(99707786779-14-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
A901
A901 AML display 0,5
DCN1-2.7

3
BOOT

0,5
DCN1-2.8

2
TXD

0,5
P910 AML display, diagnostic / program DCN1-2.14

1
GND
connector
0,5
DCN1-2.15

6
GND
P910
2

2
5
0,5
DCN1-2.16
RXD

DCN1-2.4
RXA-

DCN1-2.5
TXA+

3
3

DCN1-2.11
GND

DCN1-2.12
RXA+

DCN1-2.13
TXA-

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5
4

4
X858

X858

X858

X858

X858
5

9
A921
A921 AML central unit
CN4.1
TXA-

CN4.2
RXA+

CN4.3
DGND
5

5
CN4.11
TXA+

CN4.12
RXA-

0,5
CN5.3
(BOOT)
3
6

0,5
CN5.4
TXD
2

0,5
P911 AML, diagnostic / program connector CN5.6
(GND)
1

0,5
CN5.7
DGND
6 5
P911

0,5
CN5.8
RXD
7

7
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-14
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.4 AML 1(99707786779-15-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
A921
0,5
A921 AML central unit CN13-2.7
Di-35

* S933 Key-actuated switch “change-over of load 13


chart”

S933
14

87a

30
2

2
2 K942X
8
12.C2 AL1

K942
87
15.D4

1,0
F815
1,0
F815 Fuse

G
7.5A

7
1,0
X861 4

3
3

23 13 23 13
S904 Key-actuated push-button, ASLI
S904

S903
S903 Key-actuated push-button, hoist limit switch

24 14 24 14
1,0

A921
4

4
0,5
CN13-1.6
X861 5 Di-22
1,0
* K942 Relay, electric horn ASLI override actuated
6

4 K942X
85

86
K942
15.C2

0,5
V907 Diode group, ASLI override feature
5

CN13-1.5
Di-21
8

12
activated X806
1
1

V907
E901

* E901 SCK alarm, visual/acoustic


3

6
5

5
4

V907X

13 X806
12V

24V
-
B905

* B905 Buzzer, ASLI shut-off feature

1,0
87a
Y941

23.C1 AM1
F847
5
6

F847 Fuse
30

7.5A
2

Y941 Solenoid valve, ASLI


8
2

14 X806
87

A921
0,5
K919 Relay, AML shut-off feature
6

CN12.1
4 K919X

RL-1
85

86
K919
7

7
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-15
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-1(99707786779-16-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
37.C4 AU
1

1
S932
1
0
F845
1,0
F845 Fuse

E
19.C5 AN1 7.5A

5
13 X863 X863 12

2
A921

8
0,5
A921 AML central unit CN13-2.2
Di-30 14 X863

5
1

7
10
2

2
* S932 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, hoist
winch 2 “engaged”

A921 F809
0,5 1,0 1,0
F809 Fuse

A
CN13-2.12 7.5A

1
Di-40 X806 3 2 X806
S938 Limit switch, hoisting gear 1 „down“

S938
m

1,0
0,5 1,0 2 1
* S939 Limit switch, hoisting gear 2 „down“ CN13-2.13
Di-41 X806 4 2 X950 X950 1

S939
m

3
3

7 X806

1
B904 Rotation transmitter, hoisting gear 1 1/24V
2

B904
2/0V
3
3/

8 X806
4

4
1
* B908 Rotation transmitter, hoisting gear 2 SW
1/24V
2

B908
GN-GE
2/0V
8 X950 3
2
3/
3 X950
5 X806

6 X806

S990

1
0
20 X861

18 X861
5

5
S990 Rocker switch, rope winch rotation
1

transmitter
5

7
2
6

8
10

9
6

A918
21

A918 Remote control transmitter, right-hand,


19 X861
22

j hoisting gear 1
j

A917
21

A917 Remote control transmitter, left-hand,


17 X861
22

j hoisting gear 2
j
7

A921
h

0,5 1,0
* P902 Hourmeter, hoisting gear 1 CN11.4
TR-4
+
-
P902
h

0,5 1,0
* P903 Hourmeter, hoisting gear 2 CN11.7
TR-7
+
-
8

8
P903
31

15
30
58
F

2-16
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-2(99707786779-17-0C)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

87a
F839
A921

30

G
F839 Fuse 10A

2 K941X

7
8
K941 Relay, crane control ON
1

1
CN26.1

K941
AOPOW

87
23.D2
A921 AML central unit CN26.3
AOPOW

13
A918 Remote control transmitter, right-hand CN15.1
RLPOW
g high speed

A918
g
CN15.2
RLPOW

CN12.7

14
COM13

CN12.8
COM14
A917 Remote control transmitter, left-hand

13
g high speed CN12.9
COM15
h swing brake
2

2
CN12.10

g
COM16

0,5
CN2.9
Di-13

14 18

A917
h
0,5
CN2.13
Di-17

19
17

3
3

F810
1,0
F810 Fuse

B
5A

2
1,0
H902 Indicator lamp, swing brake released
X862 11 21 X809
4

1,0
2

1
H902

20 X809

1
2

S961 Pressure switch, swing brake released


p
S961

A921
CN12.2
RL-2

CN12.18
4

4
RL-14

CN12.17
RL-13

CN12.19
RL-15

CN12.14
RL-10

CN12.15
RL-11
0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

9 X806
5

5
10 X806
2

Y943 Solenoid valve, pressure reduction


15 X806
Y943

emergency control of telescope sections

2 4

3 2
V937
2

Y915 Solenoid valve, differential gear,


16 X806
telescope sections
6

6
Y915

4 1

V937 Diode group, crane control;


6 8 V937X
emergency mode

1,0
2

AO1 23.D1
Y914 Solenoid valve, high speed 17 X806
Y914

V914
19.C2

V914 Diode group, crane control; 20.C3


5

AY1
8
7

7
AP1

emergency mode, swing brake


1

AZ1 20.C4
4
2
K951

2
1,0

K951 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,


6 V914X

swing brake
4
85

86
6

4
87

Y910 Solenoid valve, swing brake released F838


2

19 X806
F
Y910

10A
6
2 K951X
30
87a

F838 Fuse
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-17
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-3(99707786779-18-0D)

C
E

A
S940

15
30
58
31

m
F820

85

86
F820 Fuse

D
6
10A
1

1
4 K934X

4
2 X827 X827 1
S940 Armrest switch

1
K934
18.D7
K934 Relay, armrest A921
0,5
CN2.15
A921 AML central unit Di-19

A917
A917 Remote control transmitter, left-hand
k deadman sensor

20
I deadman sensor

k
23
2

2
l
24
7
1,0

1,0

1,0

1,0

A923

3
3

BL
* A923 Control electronics deadman sensor, S2

10
1 X936 1 X936
left-hand GN
-0V

8
2 X936 2 X936
GE +8V

7
3 X936 3 X936
WS S1

9
4 X936 4 X936
SW
+24V

1
9 X936 9 X936
-0V

2
10 X936

SW
10 X936

6
BL-GR

5
11 X936 11 X936
GE-SW

4
12 X936
4

4
A924
RT-GE
* A924 Control electronics deadman sensor, S2

10
5 X936 5 X936
right-hand RT-GN
-0V

8
6 X936 6 X936
RT-SW +8V

7
7 X936 7 X936
RT-WS S1

9
8 X936 8 X936
+24V

1
-0V

2
6
5
1,0

1,0

1,0

1,0

4
5

5
A918
A918 Remote control transmitter, right-hand
k deadman sensor
20

I deadman sensor
k
23

l
24
6

6
7
87a
30

K934 Relay, armrest


2

8 K934X
87
K934
18.D1
7

7
10

9
8

A921
4
2

0,5
CN13-1.2
Di-2 21 X863
F824 Fuse F824
7
87a

S924 Rocker tip switch, override of crane


3

5A
30

control / counterweight
8
1

X863 19
2 K819X

20 X863
2

1 X806
87
Y901

K819

K819 Relay, EMERGENCY OFF


6.B6

S924
0
8

Y901 Solenoid valve, crane control, control


1

pressure
31

15
30
58
F

2-18
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-4(99707786779-19-0C)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
F812
F812 Fuse

D
2 K950X 3A

4
30
1

1
K950 Relay, crane control, emergency

K950
23.D2
mode 1,0

87 87a

1,0
8

A918 Remote control transmitter, right-hand A918


a hoisting gear up/down A921 1,0
AP1 17.C7
b boom elevation up/down

1
0,5
c direction hoisting gear down CN1-2.10
AGND1
d direction hoisting gear up

2
e direction boom elevation up

1,0
f direction boom elevation down

0.5-4.5V
0,5
CN1-2.2
h hoisting gear 2 Ai-1

3
2

2
a
21.C1 AQ1

A921 AML central unit

A
K
K952 Relay, crane control, emergency

1 K952X
mode “hoist winch - down”

85

86
K952

5
22.B1
1,0

c
0,5
CN2.1
Di-5

6
21.B1 AR1

3
A
K
K953 Relay, crane control, emergency 6
3

1 K953X
mode “hoist winch - up” 85

86
K953
22.B2

0,5 1,0
CN2.2
Di-6

d
21.B1 AS1

A
K

K954 Relay, crane control, emergency


6

1 K954X
85

86

mode, boom elevation up


K954
22.B4

e
0,5 1,0
4

4
CN2.3
Di-7
21.B1 AT1

0
A
K

K955 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,


6

1 K955X
85

86

boom elevation down


K955
22.B7

0,5 1,0
CN2.4
Di-8
f
2
5

5
0.5-4.5V

0,5
CN1-2.3
Ai-2
4

1,0
16.D1 AN1
18

K961 Relay, crane control, emergency mode


6

4 K961X
85

86

“hoist winch 2 - down"


K961
22.C3

19
6

6
A

0,5
K

K962 Relay, crane control, emergency mode


6

1 K962X

17
85

86

“hoist winch 2 - up"


K962
AP2

22.C6

PE
20.D1

0,5
CN2.10
Di-14

K936 Relay, hoisting gear 2


6

4 K936X
85

86
K936
37.C8
H918

H918 Indicator lamp, hoist winch 2


10
7

X855
7
2

1
(Hoisting gear 2
“up”)

section
telescope 7
Retracting

"up"
elevation 7
Boom

EURO control system


FAUN control system

Hoisting gear 1 “down”


Hoisting gear 1 “up”
Hoisting gear 1 “down”
Hoisting gear 1 “up”

0.5V

0.5V
6

6
5

5
0.5V

0.5V
4.5V

4.5V
4.5V

4.5V
(Hoisting gear 2
“down”)
8

8
8 telescope

8 elevation

AV1
section

Extending

"down"

Boom
31

15
30
58
20.B1
F

2-19
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-5(99707786779-20-00)

C
E

A
19.D6

15
30
58
31

19.A8
AP2
1

1
AV1
1,0

1,0
A917
A917 Remote control transmitter, left-hand
a extending/retracting the telescopes
A921

1
b slewing left-hand/right-hand CN1-2.12
0,5
AGND1
c direction extending telescope

2
d direction retracting telescope
e direction slewing left-hand

0.5-4.5V
0,5
f direction slewing right-hand CN1-2.4
Ai-3

a
A921 AML central unit
2

2
21.D1 AW1

A
K
K957 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,

1 K957X
85

86
extending telescopes

K957
22.B3

5
1,0

c
0,5
CN2.5
Di-9

6
21.C1 AX1

A
K
K958 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, 6

3
3

1 K958X
85

86
retracting telescopes
K958
22.B6

0,5 1,0
CN2.6
Di-10

d
17.A7 AY1

A
K

K959 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,


6

1 K959X
85

86

slewing left-hand
K959
21.B5

e
0,5 1,0
CN2.7
4

4
Di-11

10
17.A7 AZ1
A
K

K960 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,


6

1 K960X

slewing right-hand
85

86
K960
21.B6

0,5 1,0
CN2.8
Di-12
f
12

0.5-4.5V

0,5
5

5
CN1-2.5
Ai-4
4

b
1,0

PE
AP3
21.D1
6

6
Slewing to the left 3

Slewing to the left 3


FAUN control system

EURO control system


Retracting telescope section

Extending telescope section


(Hoisting gear 2 “down”)
(Hoisting gear 2 “up”)
Boom elevation "down"
Boom elevation "up"

0.5V

0.5V
7

7
2

2
1

1
0.5V

0.5V
4.5V

4.5V
4.5V

4.5V
4

4
Slewing to the right

Slewing to the right


8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-20
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-6(99707786779-21-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

20.D6

20.C2

20.C3

19.C2

19.C3

19.C3

19.C4

12.B8
1

1
AW1

AQ1

AR1

BC1
AP3

AX1

AS1

AT1
8 4 V913X 8 4 2 6 V912X

V912 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1,0

V913

V912

12V

A810
6V
V913 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode 5 5

A810 Voltage reduction device 12 V/6 V 5 5

BR

GN

RT
1,0

1
6
2

2
4 K963X
85

86
K963
K963 Relay, pump I
21.B3
AP4
37.D8

A921
0,5
CN24-2.17

3
3

1 X807 SOLA7-

87

8
1,0
2

2
Y925 Solenoid valve, pump I
2 X807 0,5

30
Y925

CN24-2.7

5 K963X
SOLA7+

87a
K963
21.D2
0,5
CN24-2.18
3 X807 SOLA8-

0,5
2

Y926 Solenoid valve, pump II CN24-2.8


4

SOLA8+

4
4 X807
Y926

0,5
CN24-1.10
5 X807 SOLB1-
87

Y918 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, left-hand


8

1,0
2

6 X807 0,5
30
Y918

CN24-1.2
5 K959X

K959 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, SOLB1+


87a
K959
20.C4

slewing left-hand
5

5
0,5
CN24-1.9
7 X807 SOLA1-
87

Y919 Solenoid valve, swing mechanism, right-hand 1,0


2

8 X807 0,5
30
Y919

CN24-1.1
5 K960X

SOLA1+
87a
K960
20.C4

K960 Relay, crane control, emergency mode,


swing mechanism, right-hand
BB1

A921 AML central unit


6

6
22.A1
7

7
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-21
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-7(99707786779-22-00)

C
E

A
21.B6

15
30
58
31

BB1
A921
0,5
1

1
CN24-1.12
A921 AML central unit 13 X807 SOLB2-

87

8
1,0
Y903 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "down"

2
14 X807 0,5

30
Y903
CN24-1.4
SOLB2+

5 K952X
87a
K952 Relay, crane control, emergency mode "hoist

K952
19.C2

1,0
winch 1 - down"
0,5
CN24-1.11
15 X807 SOLA2-

87

8
1,0
Y904 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 1 "up"

2
16 X807 0,5

30
Y904
CN24-1.3
SOLA2+

5 K953X
K953
19.C3

87a
2

2
K953 Relay, crane control, emergency mode "hoist
winch 1 - up"
0,5
CN24-1.14
17 X807 SOLB3-

0,5
2

1
Y906 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "down" CN24-1.6
18 X807 SOLB3+
Y906

1,0

K961
19.C6

87
87
8
Y905 Solenoid valve, extending telescope section

87a

8
1,0
2

2
5

30

2 K961X
19 X807 0,5

30
5

3
Y905

30
CN24-1.7
K961 Relay, crane control, emergency mode "hoist
3

2 K984X
SOLA4+

5 K957X
K957
87a

87a
8

20.C2
winch 2 - down"

K984
37.D7
87

0,5
K957 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, CN24-1.15
20 X807 SOLA4-
extending telescopes

0,5
K984 Relay, crane control CN24-2.19
14 X808 SOLA9-

0,5
2

Y970 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections CN24-2.9


SOLA9+
13 X808
Y970
4

4
0,5
CN24-2.11
5 X808 SOLA5-
87a

87
2

Y909 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "up"


5

30

8
6 X808 1,0
2
Y909

2 K986X

0,5
30
8

CN24-2.1
K986

K954 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, boom 5 K954X


SOLA5+
37.D7
87

87a
K954
19.C4

elevation up

0,5
K986 Relay, crane control 9
CN24-2.13
SOLA6-
X807

Y981 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections 0,5


2

CN24-2.3
10 X807 SOLA6+
5

Y981

5
0,5
CN24-1.13
1 X808 SOLA3-

0,5
2

Y907 Solenoid valve, hoisting gear 2 "up" CN24-1.5


SOLA3+
2 X808
Y907

K962
1,0

19.C6

87
87
8
87a

Y908 Solenoid valve, extending telescope sections


8

1,0
2

2
5

30

2 K962X

3 X808 0,5
5

30

30
Y908

CN24-1.8
6

6
2 K985X

SOLB4+
5 K958X

K962 Relay, crane control, emergency mode "hoist


87a
87a
8

K958
K985

20.C3
37.D7

winch 2 - up"
87

0,5
CN24-1.16
K958 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, 4 X808 SOLB4-

retracting telescopes
0,5
CN24-2.20
K985 Relay, crane control 17 X808 SOLA10-

Y971 Solenoid valve, retracting telescope sections 0,5


2

CN24-2.10
16 X808 SOLA10+
Y971
7

0,5
CN24-2.12
7 X808 SOLB5-

Y902 Solenoid valve, boom elevation "down"


87a

87
2

30

8 X808 1,0
2
Y902

K955 Relay, crane control, emergency mode, boom


2 K987X

0,5
30
8

CN24-2.2
K987

elevation down
5 K955X

SOLB5+
37.D6

K955
87

87a
19.C4

K987 Relay, crane control


0,5
CN24-2.14
11 X807 SOLB6-

Y982 Solenoid valve, retracting telescope sections 0,5


2

CN24-2.4
12 X807 SOLB6+
Y982
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-22
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-8(99707786779-23-00)

C
E

A
15.C6
17.B6

15
30
58
31

AM1
AO1
1

1
6 8 V911X
V911 Diode group, crane control; emergency mode
4 3 2 1

V911
F818
F818 Fuse

B
5 15A

2
S925
6
K941 Relay, crane control ON

1
4 K941X
85

86
5

8
K941
17.C1

X861
9
X861

2
K950 Relay, crane control, emergency mode 10 X861

8
6
2

2
4 K950X
11 X861
85

86

5
K950
S925 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, telescope
19.D1

1
emergency mode

K970 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode

7
10
V934X 4
6

S855 Key-actuated switch, telescope control,

13
23
3 2
4 K970X
85

86

emergency mode

V934

S855
K970
23.B6

V934 Diode group, telescope control, 4 1


emergency mode
A921

3
8
6
3

24

14
4 K971X

K971 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode 0,5


85

86

CN13-2.3
Di-31
0,5
K971

CN13-2.4
23.C7

87

X861 12 Di-32
A921 AML central unit
5

K982 Relay, telescope/cylinderpin securing


3 K982X

9 X863
4

30
6

mechanism
4 K972X

K982
87a
30.D2
85

86

S909
1 0 2
K972 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode
K972
23.C7

S911
8

12
1
X863

X864
0

K973 Relay, telescope control, emergency mode


6

4 K973X
85

86

1
S909 Rocker tip switch, telescope emergency

3
4

4
K973
23.D7

mode, locking/unlocking the tele section(s)

7
1

2
7

4
S911 Rocker switch, telescope emergency control

18
2

6
18

9
0
9
0

S910
1 0 2
5

5
1

S910 Rocker tip switch, telescope emergency


3
mode, locking/unlocking the tele section(s)
7
X861 16

X861 15

X861 14

X861 13

4
18

9
0
1,0
87

A921
8
6

1,0
2

Y977 Solenoid valve, cylinder - unlocking


2

9 X808 0,5
30
Y977

CN12.5
5 K970X

RL-5
K970
23.D3

87a
1,0

1,0

1,0
87

1,0
2

Y976 Solenoid valve, cylinder - locking


2

10 X808 0,5
30
Y976

CN12.4
5 K971X
K971

RL-4
23.D3

87a
87

1,0
2

Y975 Solenoid valve, unlocking sections


2
7

11 X808 0,5
7
30
Y975

CN12.11
5 K972X

RL-7
K972
87a
23.D3
87

1,0
Y974 Solenoid valve, locking telescope sections
2

12 X808 0,5
30
Y974

CN12.6
5 K973X

RL-6
K973
87a
23.D4

0,5
2

Y969 Solenoid valve, locking pressure CN12.16


RL-12
18 X806
Y969
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-23
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-9(99707786779-24-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

S993
1
0
A921
1

1
A921 AML central unit CN13-1.8
0,5 F811
Di-24 2 X862

C
10A

3
S993 Rocker tip switch, monitor X862 1

3
7
F811 Fuse

4
8

9
0
2

2
S854
1
0
A921
0,5
CN2.12
Di-16 3 X862

1
S854 Rocker switch, lift adjuster

3
7
2

4
8

3
3

9
A921

0
0,5
CN12.12
RL-8 4 X862

A805
0,5
A805 ADM 2.14

Adaptation module Vehicle engine control


4

4
5

5
6

6
7

Reserve 3.2
6 X862

Reserve 3.3
7 X862
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-24
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.5 Crane control 1-10(99707786779-25-00)

C
E

A
31

15
30
58
F822
F822 Fuse

F
10A

6
1

1
1
X863
10

9
A921

4
0,5
A921 AML central unit

P
CN13-1.10

gear 1
Hoisting
Di-26 3 X863
2

2
31b
7
5
0,5

53
* S996 Rocker switch, indication of hook height, CN13-1.9

53a
Di-25 2 X863
hoisting gear 1

2
S996

0 1 2
10

3
8
3

6
2
7
A921

5
* S997 Rocker switch, indication of hook height,
0,5

1
hoisting gear 2 CN13-1.11
Di-27 4 X863

S997
0
1
4

4
Reserve 3.5
7 X863

Reserve 3.4
5 X863
5

5
S994
1
0

A921
0,5
CN13-2.5
Di-33 6 X863
4

2
6

8
3

5
6

6
1

7
10

S994 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, lockout of


swing range limitation
10

9
8

6
2
7

7
7

A921
5

S851 Rocker switch, high speed, telescope


0,5
1

CN13-2.1
Di-29 11 X863
S851
0
1
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-25
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.6 Counterweight 1-1(99707786779-26-00)

C
E

A
A921

15
30
58
31
Y927 Solenoid valve, counterweight 0,5

1
CN12.20
15 X808 RL-16

Y927
A921 AML central unit 5 V905X
1

1
V905 Diode group, counterweight
5 F819

V905

C
28.B1 AE 7.5A

3
F819 Fuse
4 3 2 1

X862 10 X811 1
6 2 4 8
29.B4 BJ
29.D5 BH
13 X811

29.D5 BG
12 X811

10

9
8
2

2
4
Y932

2
Y932 Solenoid valve, counterweight "up" 12 X862

7
3
2

3
X811 13 X862

S913 Rocker tip switch, counterweight "up/down" 29.D4

1
BA
14 X862
6 2 K929X
85 30

K929

S913
K929 Relay, counterweight rest

2 0 1
86 87 87a
4 8
Y931

3
Y931 Solenoid valve, counterweight "down" 13.C2 AK1
3

4 X811

29.D4 BD
14 X811

10

9
8

4
Y933

2
Y933 Solenoid valve, locking counterweight 15 X862

7
2

3
5 X811 16 X862
S914 Rocker tip switch, lock / unlock counterweight 29.D5

1
BF
4

4
Y934

S914
Y934 Solenoid valve, unlocking counterweight

22
2 0 1

X844
2

6 X811 17 X862

29.D5 BE

RT-WS
H906 Indicator lamp, counterweight "down"
2

1
H906

18 X862
87

WS-RT
8

87
X811 2
28
X844

RT 8

29.B5
2 K922X

BI
30

2 K921X
30
87a

K922
5

26.B6

5
K921
87a
26.B6
S942

16
2

SW
S942 Proximity switch, counterweight down, 5
X844
1

WS
X844

left-hand
K922
26.B5

WS-SW
K922X 6

85

86

K922 Relay, counterweight "down"


4
29
X844
S941

6
17
2

SW
S941 Proximity switch, counterweight down, 5
X844
1

WS
X844

right-hand
K921
26.A5

WS-GN
K921X 6
6

6
85

86

K921 Relay, counterweight "down"


4
S944

WS 4
14

S944 Proximity switch "TOP", counterweight


1

SW 3
X844
4
2

cylinder not on top left


X844
K924
27.B1

SW-WS
K924X 6

85

86

K924 Relay, counterweight not "up"


4
S943

WS 4
15

S943 Proximity switch "TOP", counterweight


1

SW 3
X844
5
2

cylinder not on top right


X844
K923
27.B1

SW-RT
K923X 6

85

86
7

K923 Relay, counterweight not "up"


7
4
S973

2
S973 Proximity switch "CENTER", counterweight
WS
12
1

SW 1
X844
2

not on top left


2

X844
K931
27.B2

GE-BL
K931X 6

RT-WS
85

86

K931 Relay, counterweight not "up"


4
S972

2
S972 Proximity switch "CENTER", counterweight
WS
13
1

SW 1
X844
3

not on top right


2

X844
K930
27.B2

GE-SW
K930X 6

85

86

BR1
K930 Relay, counterweight not "up" 27.A1
8

8
4
CI1
31

15
30
58
27.C4
F

2-26
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.6 Counterweight 1-2(99707786779-27-0D)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
26.A8 BR1

A921

87
27

K924X 2
GR-GN
A921 AML central unit 0,5

8
CN13-1.3

87
Di-3 10 BL

X844
X811

8
K924 Relay, counterweight not "up"

30
5

K924

2 K923X
26.B7

30
87a

K923
26.B7
87a
26
K923 Relay, counterweight not "up"

VI-GN
GN-GE
X862 19 7

X844
X811

1
H905
H905 Indicator lamp, counterweight not "up"

87a
5

30
25

2 K932X
2

2
8
11

X844
X811

K932
87
27.B6
VI-SW
87

K931X 2
GR-GN

87
K931 Relay, counterweight not "up" OR

8
30
5

K931

2 K930X
26.B8

30
87a

5
K930 Relay, counterweight not "up"

K930
26.B8
87a
GN-GE

3
3

S945

18 X844
8
2

SW
S945 Proximity switch, counterweight locked, 7
1

8
WS

X844
left-hand

K925
27.B6

VI-GE
85

86
1
K925 Relay, counterweight locked 26.C8

6
CI1

4 K925X
X844
S946

19 X844
8
2

SW
S946 Proximity switch, counterweight locked, 7
1

9
WS

X844
right-hand
K926
27.A6

VI-WS-GN
4

4
85

K926 Relay, counterweight locked 86


6

4 K926X
S947

20 X844
10
2

SW
S947 Proximity switch, counterweight unlocked, 9
1

10
WS
X844
left-hand
K927
27.B7

VI-WS

RT-WS
85

86

K927 Relay, counterweight unlocked


6

4 K927X
S948

21 X844
10
2

SW
S948 Proximity switch, counterweight unlocked, 9
1

11

WS
X844

right-hand
K928
27.A7

VI-WS-SW
5

5
85

86

K928 Relay, counterweight unlocked


6

4 K928X
K932
27.A2

85

86

K932 Relay, counterweight locked


6

4 K932X

29.B6 AI
6

6
87
23

SW-RT-BL
H907 Indicator lamp, counterweight locked
8

87

X862 20 8
X844

X811 SW
8
2

1
H907

2 K925X
30
K925

2 K926X
27.B4
87a

30
K926
87a
27.B4

RT-WS
87
24

SW-RT-GE
H908 Indicator lamp, counterweight unlocked
8

87

X862 21 9
X844

X811 VI
8
2

1
H908

2 K927X
30
K927

29.B6 AJ
2 K928X
27.B5
87a

30
K928
87a
27.B5
7

7
8

8
15
31

30
58
F

2-27
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.6 Counterweight 1-3(99707786779-28-0D)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

26.B1
1

1
AE
19 X811
A921
0,5
CN13-2.11
18 X811 Di-39
0,5
A921 AML central unit CN13-2.10
17 X811 Di-38
0,5
CN13-2.9
16 X811 Di-37
0,5
CN13-2.8
2

2
15 X811 Di-36

3
3

X965 X965
5

1
5

1
4

4
X966
8

X966/A Connector, detection of counterweight I


8

1
X966/A
5

5
X966/B Connector, detection of counterweight II
8

1
X966/B
6

X966/C Connector, detection of counterweight III


8

1
X966/C

X966/D Connector, detection of counterweight IV


8

1
X966/D
7

7
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-28
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.6 Counterweight 1-4(99707786779-29-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
A921

31
0,5
A921 AML central unit CN13-1.7
X915 12 12 X940 Di-23
1

1
X915 11 11 X940

S859
1
0
F853
17 X805 14 X851

1
S859 Rocker switch, removal of boom

E
7.5A

5
X851 13

5
7
F853 Fuse

6
18
2

2
9
0

S862
1 0 2
Y989

Y989 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom


elevation cylinder

3
3

1
S862 Rocker tip switch; pin fastening of boom
2

2
elevation cylinder

3
Y988

4
Y988 Solenoid valve, pin fastening of boom

5
elevation cylinder

A934
1 0 2

S1
4

4
26.C3 BD
E
1

A934 Manual control unit, counterweight / removal BJ 26.A2


B
of boom
2

26.D2 BA
D
3
4

26.D2 BH
F
6
1 0 2

S2
5

5
26.D4 BE
G
1

BI 26.C5
C
2

26.D4 BF
H
3
4

26.D2 BG
J
6

AI 27.C6
S K
H1

AJ 27.C7
L
H2
6

6
1 0 2

S3
Y985

Y985 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening,


right-hand
2

M
1

A
2

Y984 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, N


3
Y984

right-hand
4

5
6
7

7
1 0 2

S4
Y987

Y987 Solenoid valve, unlocking boom pin fastening,


left-hand
1
2

P
1
2

Y986 Solenoid valve, locking boom pin fastening, R


3
Y986

left-hand
4

5
6
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-29
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.7 Telescope control 1-1(99707786779-30-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
F817
F817 Fuse

A
1

1
5A

1
A908 Length transmitter, 1 1,0 1

4-20mA

LG
A921

+
1 X916 1 X943
telescope cylinder

6
A908
2 1,0 2 0,5
CN14-1.5
A921 AML central unit

G
2 X916 2 X943 Ai-C

3
GN-GE 1,0 GN-GE

-
PE X916 7 X943

1
2

2
1,0
K982 Relay, telescope/cylinder pin securing
2

1 K982X
85

86
mechanism
5 5
K982

V935 Diode group, telescope/cylinder Pin securing


23.C3

mechanism 5 5

V936

V935
V936 Diode group, telescope/cylinder Pin securing 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
mechanism
8 V936X 6 2 4 8 V935X

3
3

W905
A921
1 SW SW 1 1 1 0,5
W905 Cable drum 1 CN22.1
1 X917 1 X941 Di-45
2 RT RT 2 2 2 0,5
2 CN22.2
2 X917 2 X941 Di-46
3 WS WS 3 3 3 0,5
3 CN22.3
3 X917 3 X941 Di-47
4 GN GN 4 4 4 0,5
4 CN22.4
4 X917 4 X941 Di-48
5 GE GE 5 5 5 0,5
5 CN22.5
5 X917 5 X941 Di-49
6 "S" "S" 6 6 GN-GE
6
6 X917 2 X942

1,0

1,0

1,0

1,0

1,0
15 X941
4

4
CO1

CN1

CM1

CL1

CK1
32.B2
32.B2
32.B2
32.B1
32.B1
5

5
W906
F816
1 SW SW 1 0,5
F816 Fuse 1 1
H

1 10A
X918 1 4 X942 8
W906 Cable drum 2 RT RT 2 2 2 0,5
2 CN22.8
X918 2 6 X941 Di-52
3 WS WS 3 3 3 0,5
3 CN22.9
X918 3 7 X941 Di-53
4 GN GN 4 4 4 0,5
4 CN22.6
X918 4 8 X941 Di-50
5 GE GE 5 5 5 0,5
5 CN22.7
X918 5 9 X941 Di-51
6 "S" "S" 6 6 GN-GE
6
X918 6 3 X942
A921
6

6
1,0

1,0

1,0

1,0
CS1

CR1

CQ1

CP1
32.B4
32.B4
32.B3
32.B3
7

7
BT1
BU1
BV1
BW1
BX1
BY1

BZ1
CA1
CB1
CC1
CD1
CE1
8

8
31.B1
31.B1
31.B1
31.B1
31.B1
31.B1
31.A1
31.A1
31.A1
31.A1
31.A1
31.A1

15
30
58
31
F

2-30
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.7 Telescope control 1-2(99707786779-31-0C)

C
E

A
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8

30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.D8
30.E8

15
30
58
31

CC1

CD1
CA1
CB1

CE1
BV1

BX1
BY1
BW1
BT1

BZ1
BU1
1

1
2

2
S964

S964 Proximity switch T1 BL

2 3 1
+ BR
Telescope pin locking mechanism, detection S
SW

of telescope section
S965

S965 Proximity switch T2 BL


-

2 3 1

+ BR
Telescope pin locking mechanism, detection SW
S

of telescope section

3
3

S966

S966 Proximity switch T3 BL


-

2 3 1

+ BR
Telescope pin locking mechanism, detection SW
S

of telescope section

S967 Proximity switch T4


S967

BL
-

2 3 1

+ BR
Telescope pin locking mechanism, detection SW
S

of telescope section

S968 Proximity switch T5


S968

BL
-

2 3 1

BR
4

Telescope pin locking mechanism, detection


+

4
SW
S

of telescope section
5

5
S951

S951 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism C BL


-

2 3 1

BR
+
engaged SW
S

S952 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism C


S952

BL
-

2 3 1

BR
released
+
SW
S

S957 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism B,


S957

BL
-
6

6
2 3 1

BR
left-hand, engaged
+
SW
S
S959

S959 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism B, BL


-

2 3 1

BR
+
right-hand, engaged SW
S
S958

S958 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism B, BL


-

2 3 1

+ BR
left-hand, released SW
S
7

S960 Proximity switchcylinder lock mechanism B,


S960

BL
-

2 3 1

+ BR
right-hand, released SW
S
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-31
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.8 Superstructure 3(99707786779-32-00)

C
E

15
30
58
31
1,0
K851 Relay, telescope pin securing mechanism T1 30.A4

2
CK1

1 K851X
85

86
K851
1

1
32.B5
1,0
K852 Relay, telescope pin securing mechanism T2 30.B4

2
CL1

1 K852X
85

86
K852
32.B5
1,0
K853 Relay, telescope pin securing mechanism T3 30.B4

2
CM1

1 K853X
85

86
K853
32.B5
1,0
K854 Relay, telescope pin securing mechanism T4 30.B4
2

2
2
CN1

1 K854X
85

86
K854
32.B6

1,0
K855 Relay, telescope pin securing mechanism T5 30.B4
2

CO1

1 K855X
85

86
K855
32.B6

1,0
K856 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism C 30.A6
2

CP1
1 K856X
85

86

engaged
K856
32.B6

3
3

1,0
K857 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism C 30.B6
2

CQ1
1 K857X
85

86

released
K857
32.B7

1,0
K858 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism B 30.B6
2

CR1
1 K858X
85

86

engaged
K858
32.B7

1,0
K859 Relay, cylinder pin securing mechanism B 30.B6
2

CS1
4

1 K859X

4
85

86

released
K859
32.B8

K851
32.D1
87a
T1

F851
H850

H850 Indicator, telescope/cylinder pin securing


30
1

C
1

5A
2

mechanism

3
3 K851X
1,0
5

1
X869 1
87

K852
32.D1

1,0
F851 Fuse
87a
T2

30

2
2
5

5
3 K852X

1,0
5

2
X869 2
87

K853
32.D2
87a
T3

30

3
3
2

3 K853X

1,0
5

3
X869 3
87

K854
32.D2
87a
T4

30

4
4
2

3 K854X

1,0
5

4
X869 4
87

K855
32.D2
87a
T5
6

6
30

5
5
2

3 K855X

1,0
5

5
X869 5
87

K856
32.D3
12x1.0_NR_COD

87a
ON
C

30

6
6
2

3 K856X

1,0
5

6
X869 6
87

K857
32.D3
87a
OFF
C

30

7
7
2

3 K857X

1,0
5

7
X869 7
87

K858
32.D4
7

7
87a
ON
B

30

8
8
2

3 K858X

1,0
5

8
X869 8
87

K859
32.D4
87a
OFF
B

30

9
9
2

3 K859X

1,0
5

9
X869 9
87

10 10
10

X869 15
11 11
8

GN-GE GN-GE
31

15
30
58
F

2-32
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.9 Telescope control 2(99707786779-33-0C)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
F848
F848 Fuse

H
15A

8
1,0
A926
A926 Control unit, monitor
P4
2

2
P5

P13

P12

C1

3
3

A927

A927 Monitor, telescope control 1 (A) M

A921
A921 AML central unit CN16

A929
4

4
* A929 Camera, hoisting gear 1 C

F848

H
15A

8
5

5
1 (B)

A926
0,5
P9
0,5
P11

A921 1,0
P20

CN12.13 0,5
P14
RL-9
6

1,0
P10

C1

A927
1
( B ) #2029510--
( A ) #2029501-- 2029509

According to the video-specification

M
7

A921
CN16

A929

C
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-33
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.10 Superstructure 4(99707786779-34-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
F813
1

1
F813 Fuse

E
10A

5
"IST"
P
A905
A905 Pressure sensor, piston end

4-20mA

1
1 X809
"ACTUAL VALUE" 0,5
2

2
A921
CN14-1.8
A921 AML central unit 2 Ai-B

2
X809

"KOMP"
P
A906

A906 Pressure sensor, rod end "COMPENSATION"


4-20mA

1
3 X809
0,5
CN14-1.9
4 Ai-A
2
X809
"HYDR"
P
A907

A907 Pressure sensor, hydraulic system pressure


4-20mA

5 X809
1

3
3

0,5
CN23.2
6 X809 Ai-13
2

1
23 23
A922 Swing angle transmitter, swing mechanism
4-20mA

C7 X750 3 X753
2 0,5
A922

24 24
CN14-2.8
DWG

C8 X750 4 X753 Ai-F


3 0,5
25 GN-GE
CN14-1.1
4-20mA

C9 X750 5 X753 Ai-E


4
GN-GE
PE X750
4

4
1
A903 ASLI length transmitter, boom
LG

X915 1 1 X940
1
A903

2 0,5

A921
CN23.3
4-20mA

X915 2 2 X940 Ai-14


2

3
X915 3 3 X940
3

A902 ASLI angle transmitter, boom


WG
A902

4 0,5
CN14-1.4
4-20mA
5

Ai-D

5
X915 4 4 X940
4

S
$

21 X940

S
X915 PE
3 10 10.D4
CF1
X915 10 10 X940
2 9 0,5
CN23.4
X915 9 9 X940 Ai-15
6

1 8
X915 8 8 X940

F846
F846 Fuse
F
X1.S

X1.15 VI

X1.14 BL

X1.13 GN

3A
X1.7

6
BR

W901
1

5
RS 0.25

RT 0.25

SW 0.25
S

W901 Cable drum, length angle transmitter


PE

PE
9

6
7

X960

X960

X960

X960

X960

X960

1
3

* E811 Aircraft warning lamp


E811

GN-GE
5

4
6
PE

2
2 GN
B909 Connector, anemometer
WGM

B909
2

1 WS
4-20mA
1

GN-GE BR
PE
PE X901
6

X901 Plug-and-socket connectors, fly jib


$
X901

X901

X901
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-34
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.11 AML 2(99707786779-35-0B)

C
E

15
30
58
31
F814
1

1
F
F814 Fuse 7.5A

6
B911 Rotation pulse transmitter, hoisting gear 1 BR
1
A921
2

2
2 7 X809
SW 0,5
B911 3 9 X809
CN3.5
PB1
WS 0,5
A921 AML central unit CN3.1
PA1
4 8 X809
BL

1
BR 1
B912 Rotation pulse transmitter, hoisting gear 2
2 X950 4 10 X809
SW 2 0,5
B912

CN3.6
3 X950 5 12 X809 PB2

3
WS 3 0,5
3

CN3.2
4 X950 6 11 X809 PA2
BL GN-GE
X950 7

0,5
CN22.16
6 X940 Di-60

12 X940 F850

B
F850 Fuse 3A

2
5 X940
11 X940
4

4
7 X940
6

5
12

11

7
12 X915

11 X915

5
X915

X915

X915
5
5

6
5

5
X1.17

X1.16

X1.12

X1.11
X1.8

W901
RT

OR
WS

GR

GE
9

3
BL 0.25

GE 0.25

WS 0.14

BR 0.14

GN 0.14

W901 Cable drum, length angle transmitter


6

6
10

11

12

13

1
4

1K5
X960

X960

2
5K6
3
X960

3
S962
X960

4
S962 Hoist limit switch, main boom
R910
2K

R910 Resistor HES, main boom


7

7
3

2
3

X901 Plug-and-socket connectors, fly jib


X901

X901

X901

X902 Blind plug, main boom


3 X902

1 X902

2 X902

R911
R911 Resistor blind plug, HES (= hoist limit switch) 1K
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-35
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.12 Superstructure 5-1(99707786779-36-00)

C
E

A
S 856
1

15
30
58
31

0
1

1
F 852
10 X865
F852 Fuse

D
7,5A

4
X865 11

5
S856 Rocker tip switch, AML external display

7
-visual-

6
18

9
0
1
* A930 AML external display - visual -
14 X809
2

2
GN

GE
A930

RT
A921

4
0,5
C N11.3
17 X809 T R -3

3
0,5
C N11.2
16 X809 T R -2

2
0,5
A921 AML central unit C N11.1
15 X809 T R -1

3
3

S 857
1
0
* Y967 Solenoid valve, winch camera
2

18 X809 12 X865

1
Y 967

5
7
S857 Rocker switch, winch camera

6
18
4

4
9
0

S 853
1
0
5

5
2
S853 Rocker switch; swing alarm - acoustic- X864
1

X864 1
5
7
2

6
18

9
0

A931
* A931 Swing alarm - acoustic-
7

15 X805
2
6

6
3
4 8
6

A921
0,5
1

C N11.5
16 X805 T R -5
5
7

7
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-36
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.12 Superstructure 5-2(99707786779-37-0D)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

A921
CN2.14

CN2.11

CN2.16
Di-18

Di-15

Di-20
1

1
A921 AML central unit

S858
b
c
10

8
X864

X864

X864

d
WS-SW
S858 Rotary switch, change-over, precontrol

1
transmitter

2
2

2
3

1
4
5
M
1
WS-RT

3
1

2
3

2
4
5
87 87a

5
K969
37.D6

30

M
2 K969X

1
4

4
2
15
X855

WS-GN

3
16.C1

4
H921

AU

5
1
H921 Indicator lamp, boom elevation "up/down"
6

M
BL-SW
X855 16 14 X864
9

M
5

5
VI
H923 Indicator lamp, fly jib "up/down" via boom
4

X855 11 7 X864
2

elevation
2

1
H923

4
X864

10 5

4
5

GR
3

K969 Relay, crane control


6

4 K969X
85

86

BL
K969
37.D4

1
X864

X864 13
6
6

K987 Relay, crane control


6

4 K987X

13

14
85

86
K987

X855

X855
22.C7

H922 Indicator lamp, extending / retracting boom


1 1
H924

H922
A
K
6

H924 Indicator lamp, extending / retracting fly jib


4

1 K986X
85

86
K986
22.C4

2 2

K986 Relay, crane control


6

4 K985X
7

7
85

86

K985 Relay, crane control


X864

X855
K985
22.C6

12
4
A
K

K984 Relay, crane control


6

1 K984X
85

86
K984
22.C3
AP4
21.D2

87a
5

30

K936 Relay, hoisting gear 2


2 K936X
8

8
K936
19.C7
87

15
30
58
31
F

2-37
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.13 Transmitter type0 1-1 (99707786779-38-1-0C)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
F854
F854 Fuse

F
3A
1

1
6
A921
CN4.20
GND

0,5
A921 AML central unit CN4.10
Vbat
CN4.16
TX1-
CN4.19
SLD
CN4.7
TX1+
CN4.15
RX1-
CN4.6
RX1+
2

2
1,0

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5

0,5
X945

X945

X945

X945

X945

X945

X945

X945
8

4 D

3 A

2 C

1 B
3

3
3

S
D

B
3

2
X947

X947

X947

X947

X946

X946

X946

X946
4

4
W907 Cable drum, fly jib
4

2
1

1
W908 Cable drum, fly jib
W908

W907
4

2
5

A933 Transmitter type0, fly jib


6

X2 X1
A933
CN8

CN3
7

7
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-38-1
Z- Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams
2.13 トランスミッタタイプ0 1-2 (000-000-00000-0-38-2)

A933
A921
トランスミッタタイプ0
AML FAUN TADANO
ジブ角度検出器
CN7 GND G A A
R
CN1 (-)チルト上げ
A 24V A B B
W V in R W (V in-GND間電圧)
B TXD+ V in B C C
C GND C
R 5.0V B D D
B
5.0V
D TXD- D
B シールド E E (+)チルト下げ
GND シールド
E RXD- E シ−ルド
シ-ルド
F EXT24V(負荷電源) ジブ長さ検出器
G EXT24V(負荷電源) CN2
5.0V R C C
B
(+)ジブ伸長
H RXD+ A A A
W907 W V in W W (V in-GND間電圧)
V in B B B
コ−ドリ−ル(多治見) R GND G R
CN3 5.0V C D D
TX1+ R W R R R RXD+ B シールド (-)ジブ縮小
A A A A A A A GND D E E
RX1+ W R W W W TXD+ シ−ルド シールド
B B B B B B B シ-ルド E
RX1- B G B B B TXD-
C C C C C C C
シ−ルド シ−ルド シ−ルド シ−ルド シ−ルド
シ-ルド D D D D D D D シ-ルド CN4
E E E E E E E 風速+ A
AGND B
CN6 ソレノイドバルブ ソレノイドバルブ
(FLJチルト上げ用) (FLJチルト下げ用)
ケーブル1 B(外側) W B
SOL 出力 NO.1 1 SOL214
370-027-09610 W(外側) R B
SOL 出力 NO.2 2 SOL215
R(外側) G B
SOL 出力 NO.3 3 SOL213
G(外側) Y B
SOL 出力 NO.4 4 SOL215
Br ソレノイドバルブ
SOL 出力 NO.5 5 (FLJ伸縮 伸用) ソレノイドバルブ
SOL 出力 NO.6 6 (FLJ伸縮 縮用)
SOL 出力 NO.7 7
SOL 出力 NO.8 8
B
9
10
11
12
シールド

CN5 FLJ全縮検出スイッチ
B(外側) O
スイッチ入力 NO.1 1
S9
スイッチ入力 NO.2 2
ケーブル2 R(外側)
スイッチ入力 NO.3 3
370-027-09620 4
G(外側)
スイッチ入力 NO.4
Y
スイッチ入力 NO.5 5
Br
W908 スイッチ入力 NO.6 6

コ−ドリ−ル(三和) スイッチ入力 NO.7 7


CN8
スイッチ入力 NO.8 8
R W R R R Gr
Vbat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 +24V GND 9
W 2 2
R 2 2
W W 2 2 W 2 GND
GND 10
B G B B 3 3
B 3 +24V(負荷電源) R 上げ
+24V 3 3 3 3 11 サブウインチ操作スイッチ
シ−ルド シ−ルド シ−ルド シ−ルド 4 4 シ−ルド シールド G 下げ
シ-ルド 4 4 4 4 4 シ-ルド 12
SN69

FLJチルト
Y チルト上 操作スイッチ
Br チルト下
SN70

〔 0〕B L
V

FLJ脱着操作リモコン

2-38-2 2-38-2
Z- Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams
2.13 Transmitter type0 1-3 (000-000-00000-2-38-3)

A921 A933
AML central unit Transmitter type0
FAUN TADANO Jib angle detector
CN7 GND G R (-) Tilt up
CN1 A A
A 24V A B B
(It is a voltage
W V in R W between Vin-GND.)
B TXD+ V in B C C
C GND C
R 5.0V B D D
B
5.0V Chield
D TXD- D
B E E (+) Tilt down
GND Chield
E RXD- E
Chield
Chield Jib length detector
F EXT24V(Power supply)
5.0V R B (+) Jib extending
G EXT24V(Power supply) CN2 C C
H RXD+ A A A (It is a voltage
W907 W V in W W between Vin-GND.)
V in B B B
Cable drum fly jib(TAJIMI) R GND G R
CN3 5.0V C D D
R W R R R B Chield (-) Jib retracting
TX1+ A A A A A A A RXD+ GND D E E
W R W W W Chield Chield
RX1+ B B B B B B B TXD+ Chield E
RX1- B G B B B TXD-
C C C C C C C
Chield Chield Chield Chield Chield
Chield D D D D D D D Chield CN4
E E E E E E E Velocity of the wind+ A
AGND B Solenoid valve Solenoid valve
(For full automatic luffing jib tilt up) (For full automatic luffing jib tilt down)
CN6
Cable 1 B(Out side) W B
Solenoid output NO.1 1
370-027-09610 W(Out side) SOL214 R B
Solenoid output NO.2 2
R(Out side) G SOL215 B
Solenoid output NO.3 3
SOL213
G(Out side) Y B
Solenoid output NO.4 4
Br SOL215
Solenoid output NO.5 5
Solenoid output NO.6 6 Solenoid valve Solenoid valve
Solenoid output NO.7 7 (For full automatic luffing jib (For full automatic luffing jib
Solenoid output NO.8 8 telescope extending) telescope retracting)
B
9
10
11
12
Chield
Full automatic luffing jib
CN5 fully retracting detection switch
Switch input NO.1 1
B(Out side) O
S9
Switch input NO.2 2
Cable 2 Switch input NO.3 3
R(Out side)
370-027-09620 G(Out side)
Switch input NO.4 4
Switch input NO.5 5
Y
Switch input NO.6 6
Br
W908
Cable drum fly jib(SANWA) Switch input NO.7 7
CN8
Switch input NO.8 8
R W R R 1 1 R Gr
Vbat 1 1 1 1 1 +24V GND 9
W 2 2 R 2 2 W W 2 2 W 2 GND
GND 10
B G B B 3 3 B +24V(Power supply) R Winch up
+24V 3 3 3 3 3 11 Auxiliary winch operation switch
Chield Chield Chield Chield Chield Chield G Winch down
Chield 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Chield 12
SN69

Y Tilt up
Br Tilt down
SN70
Full automatic luffing jib tilt
operation switch
〔 0〕B L
V
Full automatic luffing jib dismounting
operation remote control unit

2-38-3 2-38-3
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.14 Jib (99707786779-39-00)

C
E

15
30
58
31

X903
* X903 Plug on fly jib to main boom

PE

case of two-winch operation


Resistor, terminal 1-2, deleted in
$
1

1
R913
1K
* R913 Resistor blind plug, HES

GN-GE

2
m
2

2
* S963 Hoist limit switch, fly jib 4
S963
R912
3
* R912 Resistor HES, fly jib 2K
5K6 2

1K5 1

* B909 Connector, anemometer 1

1
B909
2

2
GN-GE

3
3

PE

GN-GE

1
$

* E811 Connector, aircraft warning lamp 1


E811

2
PE

X904
PE

1
* X904 Plug on fly jib to hoist limit switch
4

4
$
* X908 Plug on top jib, rear

X908
PE

S
C
L
2
5 $
5
6B 9
GN-GE

1
1
C
L
$
9 2
5B 5
6

S
X909
PE

* X909 Plug on top jib, front


5

5
$
X910

* X910 Plug on top jib to hoist


PE

limit switch
GN-GE
m

* S979 Hoist limit switch top jib 4


S979

R914
3
* R914 Resistor, HES top jib 2K
5K6 2

1
6

1K5

5
2

* B909 Connector, anemometer 4


1
B909

GN-GE
PE
$
7

2
PE

* E811 Connector, aircraft warning lamp 1


E811

3
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-39
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.15 Heavy-lift fly jib / single top (99707786779-40-00)

C
E

15
30
58
31

X913
* X913 Plug on heavy-lift jib to main boom

case of two-winch operation


Resistor, terminal 1-2, deleted in
PE

1
1

1
R915

R916
1K
* R915 Resistor HES, heavy-lift fly jib 2K

* R916 Resistor blind plug, HES

m
2

2
4 4
* S985 Hoist limit switch, heavy-lift fly jib
S985

4
3 3

3
2 2
5K6

2
1 1
1K5

3
3

X911
* X911 Plug on single topto main boom

PE

case of two-winch operation


Resistor, terminal 1-2, deleted in
$
R917

R918
1K
* R917 Resistor HES single top 2K

* R918 Resistor Blind plug HES


4

4
m

4
* S981 Hoist limit switch, single top
S981

3
2
5K6
1
1K5
5

5
6

6
7

7
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-40
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.16 Webasto heating, type Thermo 90 (99707786779-41-0D)

C
E

15
30
58
31
1

1
* M807 Heater fan

D
M807

A
E
2,5
* S815 Rotary switch, heating blower fan

C
M
X820 7

-
+

V808
2

B
* V808 Diode, heater fan

S815
6

2,5
42.C7 AH1 AG1 42.C7
F823

X820 20

X820

G
F823 Fuse 15A

7
2

2
K811
41.C5
8

87a

30

2 K811X
8
87

3
3

4 2 K810X

86 30 12.A7 AF2

RT
K810

* K810 Relay, heating, instrument illumination


F842
85 87 87a

B
F842 Fuse 5A

2
6 8
F841
F841 Fuse

A
20A

RT

1
RT 2,5
* B809 Timer, heating
AD1 7.C4
1

X851 15
RT GR
11

* A803 Control unit X851 20 6 X841 X12.7


RT 2,5
4

10

4
X851 19 1 X841 X12.12
4

X851 16 X12.6
BR 2,5 BR 2,5
122
P

2 X841 X12.9
SW
X851 17 3 X841 X12.3
WS
8

X851 18 4 X841 X12.4


VI
3

7 X841 X12.5
BR
5

8 X841 X12.11
6

X12.10
79
B809

K811
41.C2
5

5
85

86

GN-WS
* K811 Relay, heating / driving fan
6

X12.2
4 K811X

5 X841
A803
P821

* P821 Diagnostic connector


1

X12.1
2

X12.8
6

BL
* E801 Heater unit 6 X11.12
WS-BL
7 X11.9
BR
8 X11.8
SW
5 X11.4
GE
1 X11.1
RT
12 X11.5
VI
2 X11.2
VI-BL
11 X11.3
GR
3 X11.11
OR
10 X11.7
7

OR
9 X11.10
E801

GN
4 X11.6

BL BL
X13.1
1

2x1,0

* Y801 Fuel pump


2
Y801

BR BR
X13.2
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

2-41
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

2.17 Air conditioning system (99707786779-42-00)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31
1

1
K817
42.B5
* K817 Relay, generator D+

85

86
6
AD2
7.C4

4 K817X

87a
F840

30
2,5
* F840 Fuse

H
15A

8
2 K816X
2,5 2,5

8
21 X806

87
2

2
K816
42.C3
* E812 Condenser blower with pressure switch

4
2,5

M
E812

1
20 X806

2
p

3
3

* E813 Air conditioning compressor


E813

K816
42.C2

85

86
* K816 Relay, air conditioner

4 K816X

S825

0
1
* S825 Air conditioning switch with temperature
control

5
11

1
12

4
* A807 Electrical thermostat control
4

4
13

2
10
14

1
5

3
6
7

3
C

K817
42.D1
8

87
A807
3

8
X821

X821

2 K817X
30

* S840 Thermo probe NTC


87a
5

5
1

2
S840

X821 1
F
D

* E814 Air conditioning fan


C
4

F823
E814

A
3

2,5 2,5
G

* S826 Rotary switch, air conditioner


M

15A
7
6

X820 7
A
2

-
+

V808

F823 Fuse
1
6

S826

V808 Diode, heater fan


AG1
AH1
41.D2
41.C2
7

7
8

8
15
30
58
31
F

2-42
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-

A A
900
Resistor, terminal 1-2, deleted in
case of two-winch operation
B B
Blind
plug
Electric circuit diagrams

2.18 Connection diagram-single top (99707764398-01-0B)

C C

2-43
D X911 Plug on single topto main boom D
S981 Hoist limit switch, single top

R918 Resistor, blind plug, HES


R917 Resistor HES, single top
Screw connection for shielded cable
External shield to ground via cable fitting
By all connector and connector parts
E Cable take care about instructions of munual E
for assembly from manufacture company
Shield
The end of the cable at the terminal should
be isolated by insulated tube
Insulation tape 9mm
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-

This drawing of indicator lamps is shown from connection site


A A
B B
Electric circuit diagrams

2.19 Emergency display telescope (99707782021-01-0C)

C C

2-44
100
D D
By all connector and connector parts
take care about instructions of munual
for assembly from manufacture company
Marking according to FN 30025
E E
Tolerance of length
under 100mm +/- 5mm
under 500mm +/- 10mm
over 500mm +/- 20mm
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-
Y618
Y612
Y616
Y613
Y617
Y606
Y602
Y607
Y603
Y610
Y614
Y611
Y615
Y608
Y604
Y609
Y605
Y619
Z- Z-
Solenoid valve

Y411
Y412
Y618
Y402
Y406
Y404
Y408
Y401
Y405
Y403
Y407
Y442
Y446
Y443
Y447
Y440
Y438
Y444
Y445
Y419
Y420
Y448
Z- Function
Solenoid valve
Function
Suspension with boom, superstructure X X X Extending front outrigger beams, left-hand X X X
Hydraulic piping diagrams Suspension without boom, superstructure
Leveling with boom
X
X
X
X X X X X
X X
X X X X X
X
X X
Extending front outrigger beams, right-hand
Retracting front outrigger beams, left-hand
X
X
X
X
X

Leveling without boom X X X X X X X X X X X Retracting front outrigger beams, right-hand X X


5. Hydraulic piping diagrams(Chassis) Axle locking assembly - with boom
Axle locking assembly - without boom X X
X
X
X
X
Extending rear outrigger cylinders, left-hand
Extending rear outrigger cylinders, right-hand
X
X
X
X
X
X
5.1 Hydraulic system (99707016555-01-0B)5 Axle oscillation
Raise, front, left-hand
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X X Retracting rear outrigger cylinders, left-hand
Retracting rear outrigger cylinders, right-hand
X
X
X
X
Raise, front, right-hand X X X X Extending front outrigger cylinders, left-hand X X
raising, rear, left-hand X X X X X Extending front outrigger cylinders, right-hand X X
raising, rear, right-hand X X X X X Retracting front outrigger beams, left-hand X X
X X X
Lower, front, left-hand X X X X Retracting front outrigger beams, right-hand X X

Y411

Y411
016

Y411
Lower, front, right-hand X X X X Extending rear outrigger beams, left-hand X X
018
021 Lowering, rear, left-hand X X X X X Extending rear outrigger beams, right-hand X X
022 Lowering, rear, right-hand X X X X X Retracting rear outrigger beams, left-hand X X
023 Lift axles X X X X X X X X X X 009
009 009 Retracting rear outrigger beams, right-hand X X
024
SP 45bar SP 012 Lift 3rd axle X X X X X X SP 45bar
45bar 001
2 l. 2 l. 013 Lower 3rd axle X X X X X X X X 2 l.
014

Y 419
079 079
079 072 078 072
082 072 082
A2 A1 A1 054 169 082 A2 A1 005
005 058 156 005 A2
005 068 005
095 079 Y403
159 157 067 181 158

B
DN16 7014589
082

A
082 A B 082 B A A B
B A B A

I
A A1 DN16 7005665 A A1 DN16 7014588 A1 A DN12 7015215 A A1 DN16 7005666 DN16 7005531 A A1
Z2 Z1 Z2

P
Z1 Z2 Z1
070 070 070 068 070 070
S439 058 S427 N N S440 006
097
Y405 Y443 061 097
Y407
098 075
096 096 178 096
S459 067 082 067 082 067 067 S460
082
B B1 T B B1 dxx T 178 B1 B B B1 T DN12 7009810 B B1
dxx dxx 004
178 Y406 Y447 Y408 082
082 052 067

1605471
063 063 178 096

1605471
P 016 153 P P
1605471
7009809

7730482
018 016

DN8
021 018

1605471
022

DN8
1605471
1605471 004 021 154

7009809
004
DN8
DN12

023

DN12
022
024 023

DN8
153 012 024
DN8

DN8
DN12
013 012
178 014 182 013
178 014
089 089 092
D 213 085 D 217 D 220 089 D 221 D D D
216
d16x2 d16x2 d16x2 d16x2 d16x2
092 074
057 086 228 057 100 229 162
226 223 224
d18x1.5 d18x1.5 d18x1.5 d18x1.5 d18x1.5 DN16 7008411

100
073
055
C 090 C C 074 C C
074 204 084 208 088 209
088 206 090
d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5 DN12 7016511

E E E E 073 172
088
073 088 E
203
E E 011
180 237 179 041
173 043
7008434

DN16 7014584 d18x1.5 DN16 7008553 044

Transfer box
Transfer box system U
W Fan drive system C 011
C C 093 235 041
DN12

175 b
043
Driving direction b

Y609
227 d18x1.5

Y607
DN16 7009157 044
b b
C C 163

Y613
167 093

Y611
180 238 Transfer box system V
d18x1.5

DN16 7014584 d18x1.5


093
C 236 093 T B T B
X Fan drive system T B

C B Oil cooler transfer box


d18x1.5 T B
2 3 P A P A

P A P A M

7014667

Y608
Y606
7014668
165 C A

Y612

Y610
093
DN12 2213716 a a 076
B

DN16
065

DN12
DN16 7009912 a a 083
P1 P2
174 065
P2 P1 083
151 152
170 T1 T2
B 083
053
M T1
1 4 087

DN12 7014586
T2
Z Fan drive system A 300, 301, 302, 303
C A 053
3

DN12 7014585
DN12 7015269
087 B1 B2 A2 A1
B 304, 305, 306, 303
B
B1 B2 A2 A1 062
C 307, 308, 309, 303 064
051
064
062
To fan motor To X A10 V071 Fan control 064
051
064 D 310, 308, 309, 303
E 309, 308, 311, 303
1186683

010
N 312, 308, 309, 303
DN12

Y438
B1 B2
B2 A2 A1 B1 A1 A2

A B 1.0 X Y 066
1.2 B1 P

Steering system A
B2
A1 A2
0.8

T 056
0.8 069 059
099
071 S3 051

Y440
064 062 064
Y619
B2 A2 A1 B1 059
A1 A2 B2 B1
C
4

Y444
B A 053
Y618 077 077 100 087
241 222
T2 083
T P
1 056
d18x1.5 d18x1.5
T1

054 101 091


d15x1.5
0.8 069 080
260 bar 80 bar 051
P1 P2
B3 088 200 065
064 062 064
0.6 0.6 001 E B

d22x1.5
P M3 T a a

Y602
Y604
A1 A2 B2 B1

xbar
B A C
108 Y 448 B M

Y445
053 B 011
040
Tank 060 T2 T1 083
A 225
E 041 A P A P
100 A C
042
M 068 043
B T B T
P2 P1 044

DN20 8409652
176 065
From P A10 Y071

Y603
201

Y605
DN16 7005345 a a
Y616
Y614

171
b

xbar
b

d15x1.5
DN12 7005925
B

Y449
A P A P
103
081 S 178
B T 004 102
080 B T 104
004

7011629
X
Y617

X X
Y615

B 001 017

1605471
069
018 103

Y411
Y 412
Y411
Y411

059

DN12
b b 021 153
DN8 1605471
022
056
168 B Steering system 073

DN8
023 164 105
A 088 178
009 024 009
A

7009809
009 012 177
006 Y402 080 001
SP 45bar 011 45bar SP 013 SP
081 45bar
014
I E
8436064

2 l. 041 2 l. 2 l.

7013238
DN12
P 043

Y 420
079 044 079
068 072
DN16

082 072 072 079 314 314

DN12
160 A2 A1 A1 A2 082 054 082 A2 A1
Axle 2 313 313 Axle 4
Axle 1 005
M6 075 005 Axle 3 078 005 Axle 5
079 155 239 159 157 058 169 181 158

A
A B 082 082 B A B 082
B A A B A
A A1 DN16 7014645 d20x2.5 DN16 7005665 A A1 DN16 7014588 A1 A DN12 7015215 A A1 DN16 7005666 DN16 7005531 A A1
Z2 Z1 Z1 Z2 Z2 Z1
058 070 070 070 070 070
005 068 067 005
S437 S426 S438
097 Y401 Y442 097
Y403
098
7009912

096 096 178 096


S457 017 S458
067 082 067 067 067 067
018 DN8 1605471 082
7005660

B B1 T 021 B B1 T B1 B B B1 T B B1
dxx dxx dxx 004
DN16

022 Y446 Y404 082


082 Y402 023 153 082 052

7009810
063 024 174 063 178 096
DN12 7009809

DN12

P 012 P P
7009809

7730482
013 166 017

DN12
014
1605471

018
021
178
022
DN12

d15x1.5

DN12
073
DN8

DN8 1605471
153 023
088 088 024
210 202 084
DN8 1605471
E E E 207 182 012 154
d15x1.5 d15x1.5 013
178 014
105 103
102 A 105 A 232
212 085 219 089 218
d28x2 d28x2
215 D 240 089 D 214 D
230 085
d16x2 d16x2 d16x2 d16x2 d16x2 d16x2

D D 084 211 D D 089 D


092 204 E 092
d15x1.5 d15x1.5

E 073
Item Designation Item Designation Item Designation Item Designation
106 102 088
234 231 Y401 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front left, down
107 105 105 Y440 Solenoid valve, annular space, all axles (all axles lifted) Y602 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams rear right-hand Y616 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams, front right-hand
d28x2 d28x2 d28x2
Y402 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front left, up Y442 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, left-hand Y603 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams rear right-hand Y617 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams front right-hand
233
A Y403 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear left, down Y443 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, right-hand Y604 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders rear right-hand Y618 Solenoid valve, depressurized circulation
A A
Y404 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear left, up Y444 Solenoid valve, keep 3rd axle lifted Y605 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders rear right-hand Y619 Solenoid valve, pressure limitation, extending outrigger beams
C Steering system

Y405 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front right, down Y445 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle Y606 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams rear left-hand
Y406 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment front right, up Y446 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, left-hand Y607 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams rear left-hand
Y407 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear right, down Y447 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, right-hand Y608 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders rear left-hand
Y408 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment rear right, up Y448 Solenoid valve, lock transverse coupling Y609 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders rear left-hand
Y411 Solenoid valve PN, axle lock Y449 Solenoid valve, limitation of axle load, 3rd axle Y610 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders front left-hand
Y412 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation Y611 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders front left-hand
Y419 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, right-hand Y612 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams, front left-hand
Y420 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, left-hand Y613 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams front left-hand
Y438 Solenoid valve, lift all axles Y614 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders front right-hand
Y615 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders front right-hand

5-1 5-1
Z- Z- Z-
Hydraulic piping diagrams
G 213 G G 118
G d15x1.5 DN12 7010461

5.2 Steering system (99707777798-01-0J) d15x1.5


214
DN12 7008224
119

Axle 1 Axle 2 Axle 3 Axle 4 Axle 5


G G G
G
117

117
050 050

DN12 7007495
053 120 052
B1 B1
DN12 7008219

DN12 7007495
130
G 050 050 230 bar
DN12 8410599
230 bar 132
050
G1 215 053 120 050 050

Driving direction

7005536
DN12 7008219
F2 052 J

d15x1.5
051 074
074 Y513 Y535
N1 N1
050 122

DN12
131
G

d15x1.5
DN12 7008434
EZ1 Y514 Y536
066

7011967
DZ2 067 216
052
121
002 230 bar 230 bar

DN8
003 DN12 7730047 050
050
004 052 052 A1
050 051 A1
005
319 006
320 Circuit I Circuit II G G 130
321 24 L/min 135
322 059
M 065

DN12 8410599

7007588
110 A
J
218 217
DN20 7007633 150 bar
P 063 052
T 052

DN8
050 055
S

d15x1.5

d15x1.5
064 062 055 A2 A2
111 061
DN25 7007630 150 bar
F 230 bar
050
319 230 bar
320 DN16 7010634 129
321 075
322 C B Ai Aa F 077 132

DN12 7000723
076 074 129
219 Y518 Y537
DN20 7007383

056 M1 056 050 N2 N2


112

DN12 7005536
055 052
F

d15x1.5
DN12 1909505 050 057
J

DN12 7000723
055 119 050 Y519 Y538
054 M2 066
0.2 bar 0.2 bar 057 054 DN12 7008224 076
113
066
DN20 2023156
B A B A 050
23 23 052 230 bar 230 bar
058
118 050 054 050
B2 B2
DN12 7010461
R L L
B A
Fan drive 061 060 052
system 052 055 129
052 052

129

DN12 7000723
8409416

001 066 128

DN12 7000723
115
P
DN8

DN8 8410465

G 052
S 039
J
DN16 7010634 G

DN12 8409325
DN10 7010632 G
211 S PHY 601 157-2 226
P

d15x1.5
DN20 7751043 210 123
T Y P 5.4

d15x1.5
d10x1.5 DN8 7015750

d15x1.5
227
212 T Y P 050 200 051
A1
d15x1.5
S PHY 601 152-10 G 051

d15x1.5
DN12 7008614 B1
d15x1.5 J
P T
T Y P 1.3
G Y541 050 200
T Y P 050 201
B
G A B

d10x1.5
L X
H A 5.3
050
7718843

Y515 Y516 200


T Y R R 050
B B
280 bar Item Designation d15x1.5
DN8
am Abst

d 0.8 052
P Y513 Check valve, 4th axle (left-hand)
B

011
..

Y514 Check valve, 4th axle (left-hand) d15x1.5

071
H A A 052
114 052 Y515 Solenoid valve, 4th axle; actuation of steering, left-hand Y539 Y540 050 200
072
DN12 2213716 070 Y516 Solenoid valve, 4th axle; actuation of steering, right-hand
060
221 079 220 1.2
Y518 Check valve, 4th axle (right-hand)
DN12 1186683
059 d22x1.5 d22x1.5
Y519 Check valve, 4th axle (right-hand)
Y535 Check valve, 5th axle (right-hand)
007 A T Y536 Check valve, 5th axle (right-hand)
008 H
A
Y357 Check valve, 5th axle (left-hand)
Y538 Check valve, 5th axle (left-hand)
S 040 5.2
H Y539 Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of steering, left-hand
A B X Y Y540 Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of steering, right-hand
d 0.8
Item Designation B 160 bar Y541 Solenoid valve, steering stabilization, 5th axle
d 1.2 d 1.0
Y618 Solenoid valve, depressurized circulation T P 1.1
Y619 Solenoid valve, pressure limitation, extending outrigger beams 012
d 0.8
S039 Switch, steering pump 069 M4
Y619 S040 Switch, steering emergency pump J 070
073 050
055 160 bar
052 T P 5.1
P2 057
B A P1
Y618 069
070 050
059 073 055
T P 228 113 209 057
059 M5 133
DN20 2023156
260 bar 80 bar 052
d15x1.5

d 0.8
d 0.8
G B Hydraulic system J

d15x1.5

DN12 7014570
dx 113
P M3 T 116 A Hydraulic system DN20 2023156

G 079 DN20 7014579


M3
052 G E E E 054
E E E E
058 206 079 204 203 079 202
d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5
G
DN25 7006079 G E E E E 324 058
053 205 079 207 079 208 079
S 320
Fan drive d15x1.5 d15x1.5 d15x1.5 321
322
system 079 A 300, 301, 302, 303
d15x1.5

223 222 053 125 127


DN20 7014647

224
d15x1.5 d15x1.5 DN12 7008247 DN12 7015202 E 304, 305, 306, 303
G G G G 081 081 052 F 307, 308, 309, 310
A B 015
G DN12 7014571
320
G 304, 306, 311, 303
124 321 H 312, 313, 311, 303
C
DN12 7006822

DN12 7008220

080 M 314, 315, 311, 303


d15x1.5

134

Pump assembly
DN12 7008220
052 P 316, 317, 311, 303
Pump assembly
system K L system S 318, 315, 311, 303
DN8 7008116 M Motor system N Transfer box system
P P
d25x3.5 DN20 7005755

DN25 8409407
C Hydraulic system

d22x1.5
B
d42x2
LA10V071/DFR1/31X-PSC 12 G88 SO413
P1 P2

d42x2
22 22 M M 25 VG 32
Oil tank system P
G
S1 S2
280bar / Delta p = 14 bar S6 S7
S5
S Q ger = 24 l/min S Q ger = 25 l/min
7014613

323
d35x2

S 320
d35x2

DN25

321
322
O Transfer box system A A 225 A 126
L d28x2 DN25 7014611
X Circuit II Circuit I
S1 S2 S3 S4

d22x1.5 DN25 7014665

DN50 7015920

d42x2 DN40 7015919

DN16 7008357

DN25 7006875

5-2 5-2
Z-

N Steering system

006

402

U Hydraulic system
Driving direction VG 32
5.3 Transfer box system(99707783346-01-0C)

V Hydraulic system

Transfer box

5-3
401 S Q ger = 25 l/min
403
005

410
7014613
Hydraulic piping diagrams

DN25

O Steering system
Z-
Z-

Y617 Solenoid valve, Y615 Solenoid valve,


retracting outrigger beams b b retracting outrigger cylinders
front right-hand front right-hand
Y613 Solenoid valve, Y611 Solenoid valve,
retracting outrigger beams retracting outrigger cylinders
front left-hand T B T B front left-hand

Y616 Solenoid valve, P A P A Y614 Solenoid valve,


extending outrigger beams, extending outrigger cylinders
front right-hand front right-hand
Y612 Solenoid valve, Y610 Solenoid valve,
extending outrigger beams, a a extending outrigger cylinders
front left-hand front left-hand

P2 P1

T2 T1

B1 B2 A2 A1

400 422
425 434

5-4
001 Anziehdrehmoment: 18+2 Nm
5.4 Front outriggers system(99707783349-01-0D)

DN8 7008798

422
I 360 425 434
P
DN8 7008798

400
422
425
426 440
DN8 7014577
d12x1.5
Hydraulic piping diagrams

410 422 430 430


D 425
A
421 DN8 8474694

St
7007207
7007207

424
420 433
DN10
DN10

DN8 4517446
441
d12x1.5
421
411
E
428 428
C A
d12x1.5

442 M B 423
420
433
429 DN8 4517446
419 427
Z-
Z-

Y603 Solenoid valve, Y605 Solenoid valve,


retracting outrigger beams b b retracting outrigger cylinders
rear right-hand rear right-hand
Y607 Solenoid valve, Y609 Solenoid valve,
retracting outrigger beams retracting outrigger
rear left-hand T B T B cylinders rear left-hand

Y602 Solenoid valve, P A P A Y604 Solenoid valve,


extending outrigger beams extending outrigger cylinders
rear right-hand rear right-hand
Y606 Solenoid valve, Y608 Solenoid valve,
extending outrigger beams a a extending outrigger cylinders
rear left-hand rear left-hand

P2 P1

T2 T1

B1 B2 A2 A1

400 422
425 433

5-5
001
5.5 Rear outriggers system(99707783350-01-0D)

Tightening torque : 18+2 Nm


DN8 7008798

422
I 360 425 433
P
DN8 7008798

400
422
426
425
440 430
DN8 7014578 430
410 d12x1.5
Hydraulic piping diagrams

422
D 425
A
421 DN8 7014578

St
DN10
DN10

424
420 432
DN8 7008502
441
d12x1.5
421
411
E
428 428
C A
d12x1.5

442 M B 423
420
432
429 DN8 7008502
419 426
Z-
Z-

Steering system K L Steering system

450 451

499
500
501

DN12 7008220

DN12 7006822
502

429 418
472 454 419
J Fan drive system d25x3.5 DN20 7005755 420
421
T T 422 401
411 411
412 412
413 B
413
414 414 LA10V071/DFR1/31X-PSC 12 G88 SO413
P1 P2
N 490, 491, 492, 493
415 22 22 M
416
Q 494, 495, 496, 493
413 S1 S2
426 417 280bar / Delta p = 14 bar
T 497, 491, 492, 493
415
416
413
417
474 426 407
408

5-6
409
5.6 Pump assembly system(99707783351-01-0D)

d35x2
410

d35x2
423

427 475
L T Fan drive system
428 X
424
425
431
DN50 7015920
F Oil tank system
Hydraulic piping diagrams

I Fan drive system


459
432

476 Q 458
d42x2 DN40 7015919
G Oil tank system

N
DN16 7008357
H Oil tank system
453
Attention:
Existing fitting at drain port is to remove and througt
Pos. 424 to substitute.
Z-
401
402 401
403 402
Z-

403

421
421 423 421 427
423 422 Oil cooler transfer box
424 423 428
424 0.2 bar 0.2 bar 423
425 424 429
425 424
426 425 433
426 431 425
427 431 Driving direction
B A 432 B A 508 504
459 428 23 430 23 505
461 476 429 505
506 506
DN20 7007383 507
L L 507
481
453
435 470 435 454
DN16 7014580

R Steering system
484 484
X Hydraulic system

DN8 8409416
504
475 480
DN16 7010634
434 453
475
438 DN16 7007182 454
DN16 7010634

DN10 7010632 436


437 477 W Hydraulic system
473
DN20 7751043

483
409 DN12 7008614
440
I Pump assembly system
408 441
410 439
411 442 471
L X 415
412
413
414
5.7 Fan drive system(99707783355-01-0E)

Hydraulic system Z 280 bar 443 444

DN8 1605471
439
457

B
A
458 482

5-7
DN12 1186683

472
DN8 7008116 T Pump assembly system
456 A2FM23
446 445 445

A B X Y

d 1.2 d 1.0 d 0.8

d 0.8
B A
Hydraulic piping diagrams

Y619

A B
Y618

P T

d 0.8 d 0.8
500
501 500
dx 501
502
P M3 T 503 502
447 503
474
451 448
404 446 449 DN25 7006875 Armatur an dieser Position
405 443 Q Oil tank system
439 450
406
407 452
Armatur an dieser Position

DN20 7014647
478

504
J Pump assembly system
460
461
Z-

479
S Steering system DN25 7006079
Z-

418 425
Steering system P DN25 8409407 C Hydraulic system
B

432 444
445
B
442
413 443
440
B 414 A 431
Driving direction 441
442 d42x2

d22x1.5
443 430 Q Fan drive system
415
416

d42x2
410 417 B
5.8 Oil tank system(99707783356-01-0C)

412
410
C H Pump assembly
S5 S6 S7

5-8
D Transfer box system KREIS II KREISI
S1 S2 S3 S4
Hydraulic piping diagrams

E Motor system
F Pump assembly system
G Pump assembly system
Z-
Z-

M Steering system
420

d15x1.5
401

P
5.9 Motor system(99707783371-01-0B)

M 25

5-9
S Q ger = 24 l/min

402
403
Hydraulic piping diagrams

430
431
A
432
433
421 404 410
d22x1.5 DN25 7016531 E Oil tank system
B
Z-
Z- Z- Z-
Pneumatic circuit diagrams
6. Pneumatic circuit diagrams(Chassis)
6.1 Compressed air system 1(99707783952-01-0C)
SPK-Br.:500x180 SPK-Br.:410x180 SPK-Br.:410x180 SPK-Br.:410x180
SPK-Br.:500x180
Duplex Axle 1 Duplex Axle 2 Simplex Axle 3 Simplex Axle 4 Simplex Axle 5
11 28.1 10
10 10 10 11 28.1 11
11 12 x 1 11 33 11
28.1
12 12 12
12 x 1
34
33 12

12x1.5
16 1
12x1.5 24

12x1.5
12 x 1 2

1 4
3 12x1.5 23 12x1.5 23

3
24

2
12x1.5 11

44
12x1.5 22
Dummy connector 12x1.5 45

42
16.1 6x1 42
08.1 08.1 08.1 08.1

35

42
12x1.5

38L

38L

38L

38L
25

2
09 09 09 09

1
L1 MIR A2 IR

2
24 24

41
16x2

6x1
12x1.5 21 6x1 41 215 10x1.25

2
1 4

3
24

2
42

BBA II
ECU 16

2
BBA I BBA I FBA

1 4

1
12x1.5 23 12x1.5 23 25

2
16

41
24
31 12x1.5 24

44
L2 MIR A1 IR

45
12x1.5 21

12x1.5
16.1

12x1.5

12x1.5
6x1
16x2 11
12x1.5 22 34

42
16 12 12x1.5 2

4 1
1 7.0 bar

3
22

12 x 1 2 12x1.5 45
2

24

2
3

2
33

33

33
4
33 15

33

43
4

1
10x1.25

10x1.25
16x2

11
16x2

16x2
6x1
12 x 1

2
10x1.25

10x1.25

10x1.25
12 28.1 12 12

16x2

6x1

35

12x1.5

12x1.5

12x1.5
1

16x2

16x2
11 12 x 1 11 11
33

21

21
10 10
10 11

16x2

6x1

10x1.25
11 28.1 10 28.1 11

6x1
SPK-Br.:500x180 SPK-Br.:500x180 SPK-Br.:410x180 SPK-Br.:410x180 SPK-Br.:410x180
Duplex Axle 1 Duplex Axle 2 Simplex Axle 3 Simplex Axle 4 Simplex Axle 5

35
Parking brake indicator lamp 07

33

2
5L
10L

12x1.5

12x1.5
6x1
12x1.5 5

16x2

16x2
12bar
KG Gearbox 20L Y038
12x1.5 5 08.2 24.1 02

10x1.25
26
2
Display 09 27
23

12x1.5
12 3 25
21

12x1.5

12x1.5
08 09 28 3 2
1
11 21 1 22
26 24
16x2 2 22 24
28

22 x 1.5
38L 35
BBA II
12x1.5 12 NV 10x1.25 5
05
04 08.1 09 28
21 10x1.25 4
1 12x1.5 26
3 22
3 12 11
22 21 10x1.25 3

45

43
2

3
6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1
10x1.25 21 6x1 6x1 5

10x1.25 22 6x1 33

12x1.5 11 6x1 21

12x1.5 12 NV 6x1 5

22 x 1.5
6x1 3

43

45
2
18 x 1.5

6x1

6x1
2
0
22 x 1.5 22 x 1.5 22 x 1.5 22 x 1.5

6x1
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 30 6x1 1
18 x 1.5
01 2 20 20 20 20 20
BBA1 BBA2 FBA NVA Z FZ1 FZ2
A B C D E F G H K BBA1 BBA2 FBA FZ FZ
(S052) (S053) (S042) (S043) (S044)

List of functionalities (not for materials planning) TECHNICAL DATA OF BRAKE SYSTEM S042 Switch, parking brake brake-air pressure
Item Designation Qty. Item Designation Qty. S043 Switch, parking brake
01 Two-cylinder air compressor 1 20 Pressure switch 5 Switch-off pressure 11.7 to 12.3 bar S044 Switch, parking brake
02 Processing compressed air 1 24 Silencer 6 Switch-on pressure 10.0 to 11.0 bar S052 Switch, reserve, circuit I(service brake)
04 Dual-circuit brake valve 1 24.1 Silencer 1 Service pressure 9.8 to 10.2 bar - circuits 1 and 2 S053 Switch, reserve, circuit II(service brake)
05 Handbrake valve 1 28 Test socket 10 Service pressure 8.1 to 8.5 bar - circuits 3 and 4
07 Compressed air tank 5 L 1 28.1 Test socket 6 Design pressure: 8.5 bar - 1st and 2nd axles
08 Compressed air tank 20L 1 30 Filler socket 1 Pressure limitation of 3rd to 5th axles: 7.0 to 7.2 bar
08.1 Compressed air tank 38L 5 31 Electr. control system 1 Brake circuit 1 = 3rd to 5th axles.
08.2 Compressed air tank 10L 1 33 Rod-type sensor 4 Brake circuit 2 = 1st and 2nd axles.
09 Drainage valve 7 34 3/2 way valve 2
The brake system has been equipped with polyamide
10 Brake cylinder 20 8 35 3/2 way valve 1
tubes according to DIN 74324.
11 Air accumulator cylinder 20/24 6
15 Pressure limiting valve 1
KG = Connector for clutch and gearbox
16 Relay valve 4
NV = Connector or auxiliary equipment
16.1 Overload protection valve 2
Y038 = Solenoid valve PN 3rd axle non-braked

6-1 6-1
Z- Z- Z-
Pneumatic circuit diagrams
6.2 Compressed air system 2(99707783952-02-0C)

6x1 25

Engine brake
Engine
10x1.25 5 Connector
NV

25
6x1 5 BGR 1600
Y002 Y008 Y006 Y007 Y019 Y411 Y038

6x1
Accumulator
003 007
12x1.5 5
Connection, load valve
(B)
constant throttle Gearbox 6x1 23 2 5 (S)
Functions of valves according to designation
(P) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
valve 6x1 22 4 3 (R) 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 of electr. connector
12x1.5 (A) 4 3
Y307 Y311
002 002 Connection Y002 = Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box, off-road gear
coupling 12x1.5 5 001 001 001 001 001 001 Y006 = Solenoid valve PN, Connection of 2nd axle drive
Y014
Y007 = Solenoid valve PN, inter-wheel differential lock in axles

35
4
Y008 = Solenoid valve PN, rear axle, longitudinal

21
1 1 10x1.25 6
2 3 2 3 Y014 = Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box, on-road gear

6x1

6x1
6x1 16 Y019 = Solenoid valve, PN, 4th axle - inter-axle lock
Connector for 3/2 way valve ,

6x1
8x1 6 3rd axle left-hand to module 16/00 Y038 = Solenoid valve PN, 3rd axle non-braked
6x1 1
Y307 = Pneumatic solenoid valve, constant throttle valve
6x1 6
6x1 2 Y311 = Pneumatic solenoid valve, engine brake
Y411 = Solenoid valve PN, axle lock / suspension
10x1.25 6
Connector for supply of auxiliary equipment,

2
refer to module 16/00

6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1
23

22
1

4
6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1

6x1

7
6x1 7 6x1 7

6x1
Connector, 6x1 21
passenger seat

6x1 2 6x1 2 6x1 2 6x1 2

Transfer box
16

16

3 2 1 Inter-wheel
2nd axle drive differential lock
Inter-wheel differential axle 4 Inter-wheel
differential lock lock differential lock
6x1

6x1

axle 1 VG axle 5
Inter-wheel Inter-axle
differential lock differential lock
axle 2 axle 4

7
Connector,
6x1 17 2 1 6x1 7

6x1

6x1
steering column
Connector, 6x1 16
driver's seat
6x1 7
006
5

5
12x1.5

12x1.5

Suspension cylinder Suspension cylinder Suspension cylinder Suspension cylinder Suspension cylinder

Connector for four-circuit protection valve ,


List of functionalities (not for materials planning) Gearbox 20L 12x1.5 26 NV
module 16/00
Item Designation Qty.
001 3/2 way valve 6
002 3/2 way valve 2
003 5/2 way valve 1
005 004
004 Compressed air tank 20L 1
005 Drainage valve 1
006 Unloading valve 1
007 4/2 way valve 1

6-2 6-2
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams
7. Electric circuit diagrams (Chassis)
7.1 Chassis 1-1(99707782327-01-0L)

C
E

A
X002 Battery charging plugbox RT 2.5

+
X002
*
F061 Fuse F061

BR 2.5
* X003 Plugbox for starting the engine with current 25A
supplied from an external source
RT 50 F058

X003
1

1
+
GN4
F058 Fuse G001 G002 25A

-
4 X019

W701 W701
SW 50
G002 Battery OR

3
3
G001 Battery SW 95
X034 A3

GN4
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) BR 16 F059
OR
25A

4
4
X034 A4
F059 Fuse
2xRT4
F060

30

87
F060 Fuse RT 16 RT 16 SW6

GN 4
50A

8
85

Q001

2xRT4
RT 2.5
RT 2.5
K726 Relay, ignition, chassis ON

6
88a
SW 95

4 K726X
85

86
GN4
2

2
RT 2.5
K003

K726

RT-GE
K003 Electr. Battery main switch

88
SW 25
SW 95

86
F051

C
10A
F051 Fuse

3
RT-GN
RS

4
6

GN 4
SW 95

X042

X042
30

SW 25
RT-GN
M001 Starter
M
31
M001

2 K013X

2
50

30

X031

S021

AB1

AA1
K013
21.D5

3
1
3

RT-GN
K013 Relay, battery main switch

15.A6
7.A7
RS
87 87a
WS-GN

BR 16 8

RT4
RS
W001

S021 Rocker switch, battery main switch Ground, driver's

5
cab/instrument panel

1
10

8
S002 Ignition starter switch 6 4
4

W701 W701

4
30 30a
1
1

A1 X034

S002
21.B5

2
2

50 15 P
A2 X034

2 1 5 3
3 2 1 0
AC1

SW-RT4
SW1

SW4
X042

X042

X042
WS-GE
1

SW
2

3
Y031

14 D002 F013
(NOT-AUS)

F013 Fuse SW-BR SW-BR


E

10A

5
1 X023
5

Y031 Solenoid valve, cooler control

5
2 SW-BR SW-BR
BL-WS-RT
4 X023
87a
K311
20.D7

10
30

K311 Relay, gearbox starter interlock 12 WS-GN


2 K311X

87a
8

14
5
87

RT 2.5
OR-GE

SW-GN-RT
30

5
WS-RT-BL
2

RT 2.5
6
8

A014 ADM OR-GE OR-GE


K719

8
87

6 X023
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control
A013

MR

WS-RT-BL
A014

15 1.2
5 X023 OR-GE
7 2.1
6 K719X
4

K719 Relay, engine stalling device 1


BL
4.13
86

85

1 X061
SW-VI-GR

3 BR-RT
4.14
6

BR-GR 3 X061
4
A013 MR GE 4 X061
2 4.15
87a

Engine control system GR-BL 2 X061


5

Electronic system 13
30

7 X023
2

9
K720
GR-BL

21.D6

K720 Relay, engine stalling device


K720X

11
87

BR 2.5
BR 2.5 F041
1.3 1.1 RT-SW
F041 Fuse
A

10A
1

BR-BL
2.2
F042
F042 Fuse RT-WS-BL RT-WS-BL
B

10A
2

F015
11
7
14

SW-BR-WS SW-BR-WS
F015 Fuse
G
7

10A
10
6

7
X050

13

2
9
5
12

X050 Diagnostic connector


1
8
4

21.B4 SW-BR-WS
V711 Diode group, ignition, chassis
4

AD1
8 V711X

11 D002
2

1
3

V711

G003 Generator SW 25
G
W

8.B7
B-

B+
G003

W
L

5 4 3 2 1

SW-VI-RT SW-VI-RT
BL 3 X023 BL
2xRT4
GR-RT
SW4

WS-RT 2 X023
8

1 X031
AE1
G003X
31

15
30
58
2.A1
F

7-1
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-2(99707782327-02-0G)

C
E

A
1.A8

15
30
58
31

AE1
K004

SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT
1

1
85

86
BL
K004 Relay, generator D+

4
F040

87
SW-BL-RT
21.B3

8
AF1
8 D002 BL-GR
F040 Fuse

H
7.5A

8
2 K004X
30

BL-GR
87a
8.D2 BH1

SW-RT-WS
20.B4 AH2
SW-RT-WS
8.D4 AH1
22.C1 AG2
GR-RT
2

2
GR-RT
21.B5 AI1
WS-RT-BL 23.C1 AG3
13 D002 GR-RT
25.C1 AG5
4 8 GR-RT
26.C1 AG6

4 3 2 1

V004
5
V004 Diode group, CGC supply

V005
5 V004X

SW-OR

A
K
GN 4 RT4
V005 Diode group "+" CGC

3
3
2
3

4 2 K036X
86 30

K036
K036 Relay, CGC supply
85 87
6 8
W701 W701

5 BL-OR BL-OR
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) WS4
5

A5 X034 10 X032

6 BL-OR BL-OR
6

A6 X034 11 X032
4

4
S013

GE-WS-SW
F001
F001 Fuse 16.C6 AK1 SW-BL-GN

A
10A

1
2

S013 Key-actuated change-over switch, SW-BL-GN


chassis - superstructure 21.B3 AJ1
GE-WS-SW
6 D002
3
4

X1.10.7
F002
SW-GN-GR
F002 Fuse 20.A1 AQ1 B 10A

2
SW-BL-GN SW-GE-BL
X1.10.9 21.C1 AQ2
5

5
X1.10.10
SW-BL-GN 22.D1 AR1
SW-GN-RT
F003
SW-GN-VI
F003 Fuse
C

23.D1
P020

AR2 10A

3
GN 0,5 SW-GN-VI
X1.6.3 P020 3

BR 0,5
X1.6.1 P020 6
BR 0,5 2 K409X
K409 Relay, axle oscillation WS 0,5
P020 5 30
X1.6.2 P020 2
K409
23.D7

P020 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision


PE
26.D1 AT1
SW-WS-GN
F005
87a 87 SW-WS-RT
27.D1
E

AT2 10A
5

8
F005 Fuse 29.C3 AT3
SW 0,5

SW 0,5
29.C3 AT4
6

GE-SW I
Y412 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation
2

7 X030 F006
Y412

WS-RT-SW
28.D5
F

AM1 10A
10
6

X023
F006 Fuse
GE-SW

WS-RT-SW
28.D5 AN1
11 X023
WS-RT-SW
28.D5 AO1
12 X023

GE-SW II
Y419 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, right-hand
2

8 X030
Y419

GE-SW
7

GE-SW III
Y420 Solenoid valve, axle oscillation, left-hand
2

9 X030
Y420

24.D1 AS1
SW-GN-WS
F004
SW-VI-GR
F004 Fuse
D

25.D1 AS2 10A


W701

9 SW-GN-WS SW-GN-WS
9

A9 X034 16 X032
SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-2
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-3(99707782327-03-0G)

C
E

A
31

15
30
58 GR-RT
SW4
2xRT4
2

1
E005 Bordering light on roof, left-hand GR-SW
F025
1

1
2 X041
GR-SW GR-SW

A
E005
7.5A

1
1 2 X010
F025 Fuse

E006
E006 Bordering light, front, left-hand (Parking light)

GR-SW

GR 2.5
2

2
GR-SW
E010 Rear light, left-hand 1 1 2 10 X030
24/12V
E011 License plate lamp

E011

E010

X15
X3

2 2
GN-GE
8
X004

(2)
* X004 Trailer plugbox N GR-SW
58L

3
3

E025 Bordering light on roof, right-hand GR-RT


2 X064
F026
GR-RT GR-RT

B
E025

7.5A

2
1 2 X011
F026 Fuse
E026

E026 Bordering light, front, right-hand (Parking light)

GR-RT
4

4
GR-RT
E030 Rear light, left-hand 1 1 2 11 X030
24/12V
* E031 License plate lamp
E031

E030

X16
X4

2 2
GN-GE
8
X004

(6) GR-RT
* X004 Trailer plugbox N
58R
5

5
GR-WS
21.B3 AU1
7 D002

F027
W701

F027 Fuse 7 GR-WSI GR-WS


C

7.5A
7

A7 X034 12 X032
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)
6

GR 2.5
WS-SW 2.5
7
8
7

7
5

SW 2.5
6

3
4

GR
1

RT 2.5
2

S006 Light switch


2

S006

WS-SW 2.5 AV1


1
0

2xRT4
GR-RT
SW4
8

8
15
30
58
4.A1
31
F

7-3
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-4(99707782327-04-0N)

C
E

A
3.A8
15
30
58
31

AV1

GR-RT
SW4
2xRT4
1

1
WS-SW 2.5
K002
31b
53e
53c

31

15
J
2

2
K002 Relay, intermittent wiper operation
6 4 2 5 1 8 K002X

VI-WS-GN
VI-GE

SW-VI
BR-WS-VI

VI
BR-WS-VI
F008
M

M005 Washer motor

H
10A
F008 Fuse

8
M005

5 VI-GE
53

3
SW-VI
3

53a
M003

3
M
31

31b

VI-WS-SW
53b

VI-WS
6

M003 Wiper motor


1

M003X

BR-WS-VI
VI-WS-GN
VI
VI-WS
VI-WS-SW
SW-VI

0
S007

X043
X043
X043
X043

X043
J 1 2

12

14
10
8
9
W
4

4
GE-RT
SW-GE-WS
SW-GR
SW-GR-RT
BR-SW
12
B001

86

8
J
B001 Electric horn SW-GE X043 13
2

1 X010 SW-VI

9
53
13

53b
15

14
10
S
S007 Steering column switch Intermittent wiper
action Washer
SW-GE-RT
5

5
SW-VI
10

GR-RT
8

light horn
2

S008
X043

X043

1 2
6

6
7

11

15

WS-SW 2.5
85

86
5

BR-GE
* S011 Rocker switch, fog light
6

H
4 K006X
1

BR-BL
K006

* K006 Relay, fog-light


15
5.B2

S008 Steering column switch


GE
S011

11

High-beam / dimmed light horn


0
1

F028
6

GE GE GE SW-WS
F028 Fuse
D

10A
X043 6
4

4 X010 4 X043
E001 E021

WS-GN
E001 Dimmed light, left-hand
2

GE 2.5

F029 X043 5
5

GE-WS GE-WS
F029 Fuse
E

10A
5

4 X011
E021 Dimmed light, right-hand
7

7
7

SW
WS

7 X043
85

86

K007 Relay, high-beam light / headlamp flashers


6

4 K007X
K007
5.B1

RT-WS-SW
WS-SW 2.5
8

SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT

8
AW1
AV2
5.A1
5.A1
31

15
30
58
F

7-4
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-5(99707782327-05-0N)

C
E

A
4.A8
4.A8
15
30
58
31
F030

AW1
AV2

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
F030 Fuse

87
WS WS WS 2.5

8
F
10A

6
5 X010
E002 High-beam light, left-hand

E002 E003 E022 E023


RT 2.5
1

1
2

2 K007X
30
K007 Relay, high-beam light / headlamp flashers
WS

K007
87a

4.D7
2

1
E003 High-beam light, left-hand F031

RT-WS-SW
WS-SW 2.5
F031 Fuse WS-GE WS-GE

G
10A

7
5 X011

1
E022 High-beam light, right-hand

WS-GE
WS-GE
E023 High-beam light, right-hand

1
AX1
27.B4
3 D008
2

2
F036

87
* E004 Fog light, left-hand RT-GE RT-GE

8
6 X010
E004 E024
RT-WS-SW

D
F036 Fuse 2

1
10A

4
2 K006X
30
* K006 Relay, fog-light
RT-GE RT-GE

87a

K006
4.C6
6 X011
* E024 Fog light, right-hand
2

K041 Relay, door contact switch SW-WS-RT


6

4 K041X
85

86
K041
14.D6

S063
m
S063 Door contact switch, left-hand SW-WS-RT RT-WS-SW

3
4
3

1
E018 Cab light, left-hand RT-WS-SW
E018

1 X041
1

S064
m
0
2

S064 Door contact switch, right-hand


SW-RT-GN RT-WS-SW
4

1
E038 Cab light, right-hand RT-WS-SW
E038

1 X064
1
0
2

87a

30
4

GE-RT

4
27.B4 AY1 RT-WS-SW
4 D008
2

GE-RT
8

19 X023
87

24/12V
X20

K008 Relay, rear fog light


6

S014
1 0 2
4 K008X
85

86
E016

E016 Rear fog light, left-hand


2

87a

WS-SW
SW
K008
4

30

E036 Rear fog light, right-hand


2
8

GE-RT
4
E036

87
2

S014 Rocker tip switch, rear fog light 1


SW

3
X005

(GN-GE)
K040 Relay, holding circuit NES
7

SW
4 K040X
85

86
7
5

K040

* X005 Trailer plugbox S

5
2

6
18

9
0

S004 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, mirror


10

heating
7
1

RT GE-BL
3

R001 Rearview mirror, left-hand, heated,


3

SW
6

adjustable OR
5

5
2
R001

GN
6
5

GE
6

6
M2

M1
1

2
4
2

BR
4

horizontal vertical
3

RT
R002 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated,
S004
3

adjustable
4

SW
6

GN
5
5
R002

OR
2

GE-SW-WS
BR-GE
GE-WS
GN-VI

BR
M2

M1
4

GE
1

horizontal vertical
3

R005 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated


R005 R006 R003
7

7
GE-RT
BR-RT
GN-RT

R006 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated

S026 Rotary switch, mirror adjusting switch


7 5 3 8 4 6 1 2 9

S026

+
R003 Rearview mirror, right-hand, heated
-

* A031 Refrigerator box


Refrigerator box

GR-RT
GE-SW-WS
2
A031

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

F018
F018 Fuse GE-SW-WS
B

10A
1

2
31

15
30
58
F

7-5
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-6(99707782327-06-0S)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1
1

1
R004
SW-RT-BL
R004 Air drier 2 17 X023

87a
A014

30
A014 ADM WS-BL
1.15

SW-RT-BL
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control

2
8

K047
87
SW-RT
K047 Relay, service brake

4 K047X
85

86

87a
F009

30
F009 Fuse

A
10A

1
2
3 SW-RT SW-RT-GN
E015 Stop light, left-hand
9
E015 E035

3
X031

SW-RT-GN

87
2

1
2

2
24/12V
K042 Relay, Brake light super structure

X19
3

6
SW-RT-GN

4 K042X
85

86
X004
10 X031

SW-RT-BL
2

1
E035 Stop light, right-hand

SW-RT
(4)

K042
54

87a
X22
* X004 Trailer plugbox N

30
GN-SW-RT

5
K019 Relay, Brake light Intarder

2 K019X
m
S041

K019
87
15.D7
1
3

SW-RT-BL
S041 Switch, stop light
2

10
S015 Rocker switch with indicator lamp, rotary

7
GR-RT
beacon

3
3

1
3
5
SW

8
6
F035
W701

2
4
GE-WS-RT GE-WS-RT GE-SW 2.5
F035 Fuse

C
15A
8

3
A8 X034 13 X032
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)

S015
GE-WS-RT 0
1

E039 Rotary beacon, right-hand


3 X064
1
E039

GE-WS-RT
4

4
GE-WS-GN
1

E019 Rotary beacon, left-hand

K065
3 X041
E019

Supplementary heater unit


#2029511--
85

86
GN-WS
* K065 Relay, automatic connection of fan
6

B012

4
87 GE 2.5 F049
S
8
F050
2

--#2029510
RT-GN
30

BR 2.5 B012
5 K065X
GN 2.5

87a

RT-GN 2.5

M002 Heater fan


Recirculated air

(Thermostatic switch only in case of air


GR F012
5

5
M

SW S005 1
conditioner!)
D
X

15A

4
BL S005 2

S005 3

F012 Fuse
BR
X Remove connection in case of optional
SW
GR
BR
RT
M
Fan

SW
equipment
RT
BL-BR

BL
M002

Resistor
1.Stage
2.Stage
3.Stage

Air conditioner
Recirculated air
Recirculated air
Minus
+Fan
+Operation

S005

K037

S005 Switch, heating / air conditioner


85

86

K037 Relay, air conditioner


6

6
6

SW-GE GE
M002 Heater fan 4 4
X068
F032
87

(Thermostatic switch only in case of air VI-SW-BL


8

conditioner!) VI 2.5
pressure switch
Collector drier with

20A
p

8
2 K037X
M002

30

BR-SW GN
2 2
87a

X068
F032 Fuse GN-WS-VI
GN-WS-SW
p

K038

BR BR
VI 2.5

SW 1 SW X068 1
3 X068 3
85

86

K038 Relay, clutch, air conditioner


6

4
GN
7

7
87

GE-WS-SW GE-WS-SW
M002 Heater fan
8

18 X023
(Thermostatic switch only in case of air
M002

2 K038X

conditioner!)
30
87a
RV

K039
85

86

VI 2.5

K039 Relay, condenser, air conditioner


6

4
RT

87

RT RT VI-SW-GE
M002 Heater fan
8

_
M002

X067
(Thermostatic switch only in case of air
M

+
2

2 K039X

conditioner!) SW BR
30

_
SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
_

X067
-
1

87a
31

15
30
58
F

7-6
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-7(99707782327-07-0L)

C
E

A
15
30
58
31

X004
(1) WS
* X004 Trailer plugbox N

SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT
31
2

1
X043 SW-WS-GN

2
S009 Steering column switch, direction indicators
1

1
1 X043

X3
GN

49a
R
X043 3

3
L

S009
0
SW-WS

SW-GN

SW-WS-GN
K010
49+

49a
C2
31
K010 Direction / hazard warning flasher
transmitter 4 2 6 8 K010X

SW-WS-GN
RT-BL
GR-GN
* H012 Direction indicator II pilot lamp
2

2
2

1
H012
H011 Direction indicator I pilot lamp 1

H011
3 X010
2

1
E012

E012 Direction indicator, front, left-hand

SW-WS
2
E013 Direction indicator, lateral, left-hand
2

1
E013

SW-GN

SW-WS

SW-WS-GN

RT-BL
1 SW-WS
E014 Direction indicator, rear, left-hand
5 X031
1

24/12V
2

1
E014

BL
X17
10 1 3 5 6 4
X004

(3)

SW-GN

3
3

0 1

S012
S012 Hazard warning flasher switch, hazard
warning flashers with indicator lamp
7 8 2

SW-BL-RT

RT-WS
E032 Direction indicator, front, right-hand
3 X011 F034
2

1
E032

SW-GN

B
F034 Fuse 10A

GR-RT

2
E033 Direction indicator, lateral, right-hand F007
2

1
E033

G
7.5A

7
4

F007 Fuse

4
1 SW-GN
E034 Direction indicator, rear, right-hand
6 X031
1

24/12V
2

1
E034

X18
X004

(5)
R

X23

F016
X005 X005

(6) SW-GE-RS SW-GE-RS


* X005 Trailer plugbox S

H
7.5A
6

8
13 X023
F016 Fuse
(4) RT RT
F033
4

20 X023
X27

RT
F033 Fuse
A
X001

10A
+

1
5

X001 Plugbox 24V

5
-
B008

* B008 Loudspeaker, right-hand


b

a
B007 W001

* B007 Loudspeaker, left-hand


b

W001 Antenna
6

6
-

-
+

+
LL
LR
LR
LL
Connector, radio

1.A3
AA1
GN 4
7

F047
Connector, radio, Japan

RT-WS-GN
F047 Fuse
G

1 7,5A
7

F014
GR-GE
F014 Fuse
F

2 GR-GE 7.5A
6

3
4
SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT
8

8
AA2
31

15
30
58
8.A1
F

7-7
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-8(99707782327-08-0L)

C
E

A
7.A8
15
30
58
31

AA2 GN4
SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
A5
A030 Electrical tachograph MTCO SW B1
A6
BR GR-RT

B006
B2 A2
B006 Inductive pickup, tachograph F048

G
BL A3
B3
RT

H
A1 5A
WS

8
B4

A030

SW-RT-WS

AA3
SW-RT-WS

P006

11.A1
F048 Fuse
GR-RT
P006 Tachograph

3
VI-SW-BL

4
21.B2 AZ1 B7
5 D002 A030 2 BL-BR
F011

8
B6
2

2
1 A030

C
5A

3
F011 Fuse

BL-GR
2.B2 BH1

SW-RT-WS
P005 Speed indicator with hourmeter A014

168000
2.6 WS-RT

8
A014 ADM

P005
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control

3
3

+
P004 Engine temperature indicator 2.4 BL-RT-SW

G
GND

58
P004
+
P001 Fuel level indicator 21.C4 BB1 BL-SW

G
4 D005

GND

58
P001
SW-RT-WS
2.C2 AH1
4

4
GR-GE
25.B5 BC1
6 D006

GR-GE
S043 Switch, parking brake
16 X031
S043

H015 Parking brake indicator lamp GR-GE GR-GE


5

5
17 X031
2

1
S044

H015

S044 Switch, parking brake


p

H014 Service brake indicator lamp BR-SW BR-SW


19 X031
2

1
S052

H014

S052 Switch, reserve, circuit I


p

S053 Switch, reserve, circuit II BR-SW


20 X031
S053

S042 Switch, parking brake brake-air pressure BR-SW


21 X031
S042
6

6
K061
20.D5
p

87a

H034 Indicator lamp, central warning, chassis GN-WS


5

30
2

1
H034

2 K061X

K061 Relay, central warning, chassis


87

A014
SW-RT-GN
1.6
H005 Indicator lamp, engine malfunction

1.5 WS 1 SW-RT-GN
V711 Diode group, ignition, chassis
4
6

2 V711X

1
H005

4.11 WS 1
V711

8 V003X
1.A7

A014 ADM
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control
7

4 1
V003
K521
17.D4

V003 Diode group, buzzer


B009
87a

3 2
B009 Buzzer, engine malfunction
a

b
30
2

4
GR-GN-GE GR-GN-GE
K521 Relay, buzzer
8 K521X
87

V626
5

BL-WS-SW BL-WS-SW BL-WS


V626 Diode group
2

BD1 23.B7
8
5 V626X

SW-RT-WS BF1

21 X023
1

Y618 Solenoid valve, depressurized circulation


Y618
8

8
2

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT

VI-GN BE1 26.C8


2
3
31

15
30
58
12.A1
4
F

7-8
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-9(99707782327-09-0G)

C
E

A
A014

15
30
58
31
GN-WS-VI
R010 Foot-actuated accelerator transmitter GE

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1.12

2
BR GE

-
1.14
1

1
1
A014 ADM

+
RT RT

R010
4.5
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control

5
VI

6
WS

3
GN GN
1.13

4
W701
11 GN-WS-VI

11
B3 X034 14 X032

W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)


2

2
16
15
WS-GE
3.7

13

14
S013 Key-actuated change-over switch, 3.10
chassis - superstructure
3.11

S013

3
3

87a
30

K724 Relay, engine speed regulation "-"


2

SW
3.4
K724
20.D7

8 K724X
87 87a
30

K725 Relay, engine speed regulation "-" "+"


2

GN-SW
3.5
K725

8 K725X
20.D8

87 87a
4

4
30

K313 Relay "Gearbox, neutral"


2

WS-GN
4.1
K313

8 K313X
14.C8

87 87a
30

K030 Relay, working speed


2

GR GR
3.6
8 K030X
K030

87
20.D6

GR

10 8 2 7 1
0 1
5

5
BR-BL

S030

S030 Rocker switch, working speed 9 6 5


Y311

A014
BR-GE BR-GE
Y311 Pneum. solenoid valve, engine brake 4.6
1

1 X024
2
6

RT-GE RT-GE
2

Y307 Pneum. solenoid valve, engine brake 2 X024


4.10
Y307

24.B8 BG1
3 D005
Y002

S016

RT-WS-BL

VI-GN
Y002 Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box,
1 0 2
7

7
1

7 X031
2

off-road gear
Y014

S016 Rocker tip switch, on-road / off-road gear VI-GN


1

VI VI
3

Y014 Pneumatic solenoid valve, transfer box,


1

8 X031
2

on-road gear
2

4
18

9
0
8

8
SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
31

15
30
58
F

7-9
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-10(99707782327-10-0T)

C
E

15
30
58
31

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
2

2
T x = not delivery from FAUN

87a
F056
E091

30
F056 Fuse GR 2.5

H
15A

8
1

2 K066X
GR

8
K066 Relay, working floodlight, left-hand
E091 1 18 X030

87
2

3
K066
3

25.D7
x E091 Working floodlight, outriggers front E091 2

GR
left-hand
E093

GR 2.5
1
x E093 Working floodlight, outriggers rear GR
E093 1 19 X030
left-hand
2

2
E093 2

87a
E092

30
K067 Relay, Working floodlight, right-hand
1

2 K067X
GR-SW-RT
8

E092 1 20 X030
87
2

x E092 Working floodlight, outriggers front 2 K067


4

25.D8

4
right-hand E092 2
GR-SW-RT
E094

x E094 Working floodlight, outriggers rear


1 GR-SW-RT
E094 1 21 X030
right-hand
2

2
E094 2
5

5
3
6
A005

4
A005 Control unit, centralized lubrication system 1 GN
3 A005
GE GE-GR
2
2 A005
BI1 27.B4
SW SW-RT-GE D008 8
5
1 A005
7 BR
4 A005
6

6
10

GR-RT
8

6
2
B003

12V

24V
-

7
X26

B003 Buzzer, reversing signal


5

(2)
1

GE-WS-GN
S031 Rocker switch, reversing signal (1) 8 X023
X4

S031
7

7
X005

GN

(3)
* X005 Trailer plugbox S
3

E017 Reversing light


5
2

1
E017

87a

F010
30

SW-RT-GE
F010 Fuse 24/12V
B

10A
2
2 K312X

5 GN GN
K312 Relay, reversing light
8

9 X023
5

87
2

X21

K312
14.D5
E037

E037 Reversing light


SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-10
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.1 Chassis 1-11(99707782327-11-0S)

C
E

A
8.A2
15
30
58
31

AA3

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
GN 4
12V
(7) SW
12V Rear light, left-hand

58L

X9
12V
(5) BR

58R
12V Rear light, right-hand

X10
12V
(6) RT
12V Brake light

54

X11
12V
(1) GE
* 12V X... 12 V plugbox 12V Direction indicator, left-hand

L
2

2
X12
12V
(4) GN
12V Direction indicator, right-hand

X13
12V

(3) WS 12V Ground


31

X14
GR 2.5
F019
Reserve
* F019 Fuse

C
15 X030 XXX

3
X28
F023
* F023 Fuse

G
XXX

7
F037

3
3

* F037 Fuse

E
XXX

5
F039
S013

S013

S013
* F039 Fuse

G
XXX

7
17 18 9 10 5 6
S013 Key-actuated change-over switch,
chassis - superstructure 19 20 11 12 7 8
4

4
#2029511-- RT-GE 2.5 F049
RT-GE 2.5
Connection, heating

A
20A

1
F050
Connection, heating GE 2.5 B
5A

2
5

5
--#2029510 F049
RT-GE 2.5
* F049 Fuse Connection, heating
A

15A

F050
GE 2.5
* F050 Fuse Connection, heating
B

7,5A
2
6

P020
P020 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision X2.1 ---
X2.2 GND
Connector, monochrome
* camera, rear right-hand
X2.3
X2.4
< 12V
SHLD
X2.5 Video
BR
AP1 21.D1 X3.1 ---
BR AP2 22.D1 X3.2 GND
BR X3.3 < 12V
AP3 22.D1 X3.4 SHLD
BR AP4 23.D1 X3.5 Video
BR
BR 4
AP5 24.D1 X4.1 ---
BR X4.2 GND
AP6 24.D1 X4.3 < 12V
BR
AP7 25.D1 X4.4 SHLD
7

Video
7

BR X4.5
AP8 26.D1
BR
AP9 26.E1 X5.1 ---
BR X5.2 GND
AP10 27.D1 X5.3 < 12V
X5.4 SHLD
Ground, ceiling lamp etc., left-hand X5.5 Video
Ground, head lamp etc., left-hand 4 X041
BR 2.5 7 X010

Ground, ceiling lamp etc., right-hand


Ground, head lamp etc., right-hand 4 X064
BR 2.5 7 X011
GN 4

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
AA4
31

15
30
58
16.A1
F

7-11
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.2 ABV 1-1(99707782327-12-0G)

C
E

A
8.A8
15
30
58
X101

31

BF1
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
GE-BL GE-BL GE-BL
5 BJ1 27.B4
15 X023 D008 6 F046

X6
1

1
6
RT 6 RT 6 RT 6
* F046 Fuse

F
1 25A

6
1 X019

X1
* X101 Trailer plugbox, ABV 7
RT-WS RT-WS RT-WS

E
2 5A

5
* F021 Fuse 16 X023

X5
3
BR-BL F021

X3

SW-RT-WS
X4
BR 6
4

X2

BR 2.5
X005
(1)
* X005 Trailer plugbox S

1
BR 6
2

2
10

9
GR-RT

8
F020

4
F020 Fuse

D
5A

4
F044

7
SW
F044 Fuse

D
21.B2 BK1 10A

4
3
4 D002

* S100 Rocker tip switch - switching ABV ON / OFF F045

1
SW-GE
21.B2 BL1

E
3 D002 10A

5
RT-BL-GE
F045 Fuse

GR
RS
S100
0

3
3

A101

1
1.9

1.8

1.7

GN-BL
27.B4 BM1 1.18

87
5 D008
SW-GE 1.5

8
* K101 Relay, ABV shut-off feature
2

1.10

K101
K101X

20.D6
30

1.11
87a

A101 Electronic module ABV BR 2.5 1.12

BR 0.5
5
4

4
RT 0.5
3

WS 0.5 WS 0.5
X102 Diagnostic connector, ABV 1.14
1

SW 0.5 SW 0.5 1.13


2
4
X102

6
7
8

R100
BL BL GN-GE GN-GE 2.3
R100 Resistor ABV
Y101

AV
30

1 1
BR BR BR BR 2.2
100R
* Y101 Solenoid valve ABV 2A left-hand
5

5
EV
31

L2 GN-GE GN-GE
100R
BL BL 2.1
15

SW SW 2.4
B101

B101 Inductive pickup ABV 2A left-hand 1


L2 BR BR 2.5

SW SW
B102 Inductive pickup ABV 2A right-hand 3.4
B102

L1 2
BR BR 3.5

R101
6

BL BL GN-GE GN-GE
R101 Resistor ABV 3.9
Y102

AV
30

2 2
* Y102 Solenoid valve ABV 1A right-hand BR BR
100R
BR BR 3.8
EV
31

L1 GN-GE GN-GE BL BL
100R 3.7
15

BL BL GN-GE GN-GE 4.3


R102 Resistor ABV
Y107

AV
30

7 7
BR BR BR BR 4.2
100R
* Y107 Solenoid valve ABV 5A left-hand EV
31

A1 GN-GE GN-GE
100R
BL BL 4.1
15

R102
SW SW 4.5
B107

B107 Inductive pickup ABV 5A left-hand


7

7
A1
BR BR 4.6

SW SW 4.8
B108

B108 Inductive pickup ABV 5A right-hand


A2 8
BR BR 4.9

R103
BL BL GN-GE GN-GE
R103 Resistor ABV 4.12
Y108

AV
30

8 8
BR BR BR BR
* Y108 Solenoid valve ABV 5A right-hand 100R 4.11
EV
31

A2
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

GN-GE GN-GE BL BL 4.10


100R
15
31

15
30
58
F

7-12
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.3 Gearbox control 1-1(99707782327-13-0H)

C
E

15
30
58
31

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
2

2
3
3

S302 Gear selector, gearbox 1


1

2
2

3 407
3

4 425
4

5 950
5

6 428
6 17
S302

7 426
X21 Diagnostic connector
8
8

9 408
9

6
5
4
3
2
1
X21
10
0 11 12 13 14

411

902
907
900
11
12 429

13
14
4

4
X2

902
35 35
P
O
T
S

34 34

33 33
P310

32 32
431 31
31
430
30 30
429 29
29
428 28
28
427 27
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

P310 Display for gearbox 426


27
X5

26
5

5
26
425
25
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

25
424 24
906

902

917
948

24
423
23 23
422 22
22
-SW 21
21
-RT
20 20

19 19
902
18 18
950 17
17
416
16 16
415 15
15
414 14
14
13 13
412
6

12 12
411
11 11
950 10
900 907 907 10
1 1 1 409
9 9
2 907 901 2 2 901
408 8
-RT -RT -RT 8
3 3 3 407
7 7
4 901 901 4 4 901
406
6 6
5 901 918 5 5 918
405 5
-SW -SW -SW 5
6 6 6 404
4 4
7 918 900 7 7 900
-SW 3
A303

-BL -BL -BL 3


8 8
X36

8 906
2 2
9 917 917 9 9 917
901
A303 Gearbox electronics 919 -BR -BR 1 1
10 10 10

11 906 -BR 11 11 -BR


-GE 902 902
7

12 12 12
7

13 907 -GE 13 13 -GE

14 919 14 14

15 907 906 15 15 906

16 902 902 16 16 902

17 902 17 17

18 -BR 18 18

X1 X20 X19
-BR
-BR BR-RT
Wi

-BR BR-GR
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
CAN1
X17
31

15
30
58
14.A1
15.A1
F

7-13
Z-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
58 GR-RT GR-RT
58
30 2x RT4 2x RT4
30
15 SW 4 SW 4
15
13.A8 X17
A 3 8 6
A
F043

F024

F022
7.5A
10A

10A
C H F
X301 X301
901 Vehicle’s electrical RT-GR
1 network, terminal 30 1
901 RT-GR
2 Vehicle’s electrical 2

SW-GR-GN
network, terminal 30
918
3 Output speed 3
VI-GE
B 404 4 Upshifting lock 4 BN1 16.D1 B
948 GR-RT
5 (+) Lighting of display 5
412 D (Gear selector switch
6 superstructure) 6
427 N (Gear selector switch

BL-GN-RT
7 superstructure) 7
409 8 R (Gear selector switch 8
superstructure)

4 K313X
900 SW-GR-GN
9 Vehicle’s electrical 9
network, terminal 15
405
10 Switch, superstructure, ON 10
902 11 Vehicle’s electrical

6
11

86

85
network, terminal 31
902
12 Vehicle’s electrical 12
network, terminal 31
906 BR-WS-BL
Electric circuit diagrams

13 ADVP 13
416 Warning buzzer, GE-RT-GN
14 malfunction indicator lamp 14
406
15 Idle switch 15 K313

GE-RT-GN

BR-WS-BL
424 9.D4
16 PT01 feedback signal 16
C 430
17 Door switch 17
RT-BL C
414 GN-WS-RT

SW-BL
18 Rear light 18
423
19 PT01 request 19 1
422 SW-GR-GN
20 Switch, chassis, ON 20
415

BQ1
21 Relay PTO1 21

7-14
3 X024

4 X024
431 BL-WS
22 Signals, 1st, 2nd, 3rd / N 22 BO1 20.B4

GN-WS-RT

GN-WS-RT
/ rev. gear

20.B5
RT-BL
2

GE-RT-GN
BR-WS-BL
H307
7.3 Gearbox control 1-2(99707782327-14-0G)

BL-GN-RT

SW-BL
X034

X034

X034
BP1

B6

B5

B4
20.B5
D 4 K312X 8 K041X D

14

13

12
86 87 87a
1
a
K041 m
85 30 5.D3 14 13 12 2
2 b
6
K312 B306 W701 W701 W701 S319

BR-BL
10.B8
31 31

H307 Indicator lamp, gearbox malfunction

S319 Switch, gearbox in neutral position


E E

W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)


X301 Plug, vehicle electric system I

K041 Relay, door contact switch

B306 Buzzer, warning, gearbox

K313 Relay "Gearbox, neutral"


K312 Relay, reversing light
F043 Fuse

F024 Fuse

F022 Fuse
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-1(99707782327-15-0T)

C
E

A
13.A8
30
58
31

CAN1

2x RT4
GR-RT
BL BL
1
1

1
BR-RT BR-RT
2 BR-GR
BR-GR

X18
3 GE
GE

X81
4

BL BL
1 X303 BR-RT
BR-RT
2 X303 BR-GR
BR-GR
3 X303 GE
GE

X82
4 X303

A304 Intarder electronics 1 AD1


2

2
A304
2 AD3
3 ADM1

1 4 AIP

Diagnosis 2 5

3 6 VM4

4 7

5 8 EF1

9
X21 Diagnostic connector 6 ER1
10
X21 11
12 EUPR
13
14 SDDK

3
3

15 ED1

16 ED3

17 ED5

18
19
20
21 CANF-T

T 22 CANF-H
23 CANF-H+
1 1
1 609 24 VMHF1
2 2
#2029507--

--#2029506

2 609 3 3 25
4 4
604 26
Intarder

3 5 5
GE-WS-BL

GE-WS-BL

903 6 6 27 VM2

X1
4
X91

X90

7 7
5 601 28 VM1
4

8 8

4
6 634 9 9 29 AD2
30 AD4
X92 31 VP12
32 VM7
D008

33 VM5
34 VM3
7

35
BR1

BR1

36
37 VMG1
X80
26.C5

27.B4

38
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15 ABV-Signal
14 Tachograph
13 L line SDDL
12 K line
11
10

39
9
8 Shut-off cruise control 8
7
6 Intarder indication
5
4
3
2
1 VPE1

40
Main switch
Brake light
VM2
VM1

VPI2
VPI1
VPE2
Load signal

41 SDDL

A 42
5

ED2

5
43 ED4

44 ED6

45 ED8
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

X305

46 EDM1
47 EDMS

48 CANF-T+
49 CANF-L
SW-GN

GN-BL
GE-GN
GE-GN
GE-BR
GE-BR

50 CANF-L+
51
R301 52
VMHF2

R301 Resistor 22K AD6


53 VPI1
1.A3

54 VPE1

55 VPE2
VI
6

6
AB1

A014
SW 6

F038
A014 ADM 2.10 GE-BR
F

7,5A
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control
6

F017
F038 Fuse A GE-GN
A

10A
1

F017 Fuse

K019 Relay, Brake light Intarder


6

4 K019X
85

86

GE-GN
S321
1
K019
6.B2

0
7

S321 Rocker switch, shut-off of intarder


1

5
7
2

6
18

9
0

A
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

SW 4

8
CL1
CAN2
31

15
30
58
30.A1
19.A1
F

7-15
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-2(99707782327-16-0R)

C
E

A
14.B3

11.A8
15
30
58
31

BN1

AA4
A502
VI-GE

SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT
A502 Steering computer I 2.3
BR-WS
1

1
1.14

K511
VI-GE

GN 4
85

86
GR-GN-GE
K511 Relay, speed limitation of 4th axle

6
1.11

4
SW
10 X511
SW
F052

87
9 X511

VI
SW
SW-OR
F052 Fuse

D
4 X515 10A

4
2 K511X
SW VI-SW-GE

30
5

RT-GR
1 X515

87a
87a
H510 Indicator lamp, steering malfunction

30
WS-BL 2 K531X

1
H510
2

2
2
30

K531
K531 Relay, supply of 5th axle

17.D1
6 8

87
4 1 87 87a
V501 Diode group, steering

V501
8

4 K533X
85

86
K533 Relay, free of faults, 4th axle

K533

RT-WS-GN
VI-SW-BL
VI-SW-GE
3 2

2 4 V501X
BR-GN
P501 Steering control device 1.1

P501
1.3

BS2

BS1

3
17.B5

17.B5
3

10

8
F054
F054 Fuse

1
RT-BL

F
10A

6
S521 Rocker switch, on-road - construction site RT-BL

A502
RT-BL-GE
1.16

S521
0
1.17

1
RT-BL-GE
2.1
BT1 17.B5
4

4
RT-WS-GN
1.9

V503
V503 Diode group, steering

RT-BL
87a
VI-SW-GE VI-WS-BL
8

30
4
1

K532 Relay, free of faults, 5th axle

2 K532X
VI-SW-BL K532
6

87
17.D2
2 V503X
4

VI-GR VI-GR
1.1
13 X024
GN-WS GN-WS
Y516 Solenoid valve, 4th axle; actuation of
2

1.5
14 X024
steering, right-hand
Y516
5

5
GN-RT-SW GN-RT-SW
1.2
15 X024
SW-RT-WS SW-RT-WS
Y515 Solenoid valve, 4th axle; actuation of
2

1.6
16 X024
steering, left-hand
Y515

GE-WS-SW
2.D4 AK1 2.6
WS-BL WS-BL
21.C3 CD1 2.2
6 X018
BL
25.B7 CE1 2.5
SW1
6

17.B6 CC1 2.4

SW1
20.B6 CC2

--#2029504 --#2029504
R R

SW-WS-GN SW-WS-GN
Y513 Check valve,
2

1.10
X511 14 1 X511
4th axle (left-hand)
Y513

#2029505-- #2029505--
R R
BR-VI

2 1,0 1 1,0

SW-WS-GN
Y514 Check valve,
2

X511 15 2 X511
4th axle (left-hand)
Y514
7

2 1,0 1 1,0
BR-VI

WS-SW WS-SW
Y518 Check valve,
2

1.8
X511 16 3 X511
4th axle (right-hand)
Y518

2 1,0 1 1,0
BR-VI

RT-BL

WS-SW
Y519 Check valve,
2

X511 17 4 X511
4th axle (right-hand)
Y519

SW4
2xRT4
GR-RT

A B
8

2 1,0 1 1,0
BV1

A B
31

15
30
58
17.A1
F

7-16
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-3(99707782327-17-0R)

C
E

A
16.A8
15
30
58
31

BV1 RT-BL

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
V504
V504 Diode group, steering A503
RT-BL

8
2.9
A503 Steering computer II

4
1

2
RT-WS-BL GE-BR
K531 Relay, supply of 5th axle

6
1.4

4 K531X

2 V504X
4

3
85

86
K531
16.B2
WS-GN
K532 Relay, free of faults, 5th axle

6
1.11

4 K532X
85

86
K532
16.B4
2

2
GE GE
1.1
17 X024
GN-RT GN-RT
Y540 Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of
2

1 1.5
18 X024
steering, right-hand
Y540

GR-VI GR-VI
1.2
19 X024

3
BL-RT BL-RT
Y539 Solenoid valve, 5th axle; actuation of
2

1
3

1.6
20 X024
steering, left-hand
Y539

BL-VI
K521 Relay, buzzer
6

1.3
4 K521X
85

86
K521
8.D7
4

4
GR-GN-GE GR-GN-GE
Y541 Solenoid valve, steering stabilization,
2

1.9
21 X024
5th axle
Y541

BT1 RT-BL-GE
16.C4 2.1

BS1 BR-GN
16.C3 1.16

BS2 BR-GN
16.C3 1.17
BR-GN
5

5
R501
4.7K

R501 Resistor, steering system


BL-BR

BU1 BL-BR
20.C4 2.8

CC1 SW 1
16.C6 2.4
6

--#2029504 --#2029504
R R

WS-BL WS-BL
Y537 Check valve,
2

1.10
#2029505-- #2029505-- X511 18 5 X511
R
5th axle (left-hand) R
Y537

2 1,0 1 1,0
BR-VI

WS-BL
Y538 Check valve,
2

X511 19 6 X511
5th axle (left-hand)
Y538
7

2 1,0 1 1,0
BR-VI

GE-RT-GN GE-RT-GN
Y535 Check valve,
2

1.8
X511 20 7 X511
5th axle (right-hand)
Y535

2 1,0 1 1,0
BR-VI

GE-RT-GN
Y536 Check valve,
2

X511 21 8 X511
5th axle (right-hand)
Y536

B
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT

2 1,0 1 1,0 A
8

A B
31

15
30
58
F

7-17
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-4(99707782327-18-0M)

C
E

15
30
58
31

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
BR 0,5
A502 Steering computer I

A502
2.15
1

1
5 A502 WS 0,5 2.16
2 A502 GN 0,5
2.17
3 A502

1.12

1.13

B501
1 1 1,0
B501 Steering sensor, 1st axle (left-hand) 2 0,5 3.13

1 0,5 2 2 1,0

-
3.15

+
3 0,5 3 3 1,0 3.14

5 0,5 4 4 1,0
3.10

4 0,5 5 5 1,0

-
3.12
2

2
+
GN-GE 0,5 6 6 1,0
3.11

PE
$ Shield to ground via cable fitting

$
GN-GE 1,0

i
$
B505
1 1 1,0
B505 Steering sensor, 4th axle (left-hand) 2 0,5 3.7

1 0,5 2 2 1,0
-

3.9
+

3 0,5 3 3 1,0 3.8

5 0,5 4 4 1,0
3.4

4 0,5 5 5 1,0
-

3.6
+

GN-GE 0,5 6 6 1,0 3.5

PE

GN I
$

GN-GE 1,0

3
3

i
GN I
$

CF1 27.C2
X516

BR 1,0
BR 0,5
A503 Steering computer II BR 1,0

A503
2.15
5 A503 WS 0,5
2.16
2 A503 GN 0,5 2.17
3 A503

1.12

1.13

B502
4

4
1 1 1,0
B502 Steering sensor, 2nd axle (left-hand) 2 0,5 3.13

1 0,5 2 2 1,0
-

3.15
+

3 0,5 3 3 1,0
3.14

5 0,5 4 4 1,0 3.10

4 0,5 5 5 1,0
-

3.12
+

GN-GE 0,5 6 6 1,0 3.11

PE
$

GN-GE 1,0
i

i
$

B506
1 1 1,0
B506 Steering sensor, 5th axle (left-hand) 2 0,5 3.7

1 0,5 2 2 1,0
-

3.9
+

3 0,5 3 3 1,0
3.8

4 4 1,0
5

5 0,5

5
3.4

4 0,5 5 5 1,0
-

3.6
+

GN-GE 0,5 6 6 1,0


3.5

PE
GN II
$

GN-GE 1,0
i

GN II CG1
$

27.C2
X517

BR 1,0

BR 1,0
6

21 X512

20 X512

19 X512

18 X512

17 X512

16 X512

15 X512

14 X512
7

8 X512

7 X512

6 X512
WS-SW
5 X512

4 X512

3 X512

2 X512 F053
WS-SW
F053 Fuse
E

15A
1 X512
5

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-18
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-5(99707782327-19-0H)

C
E

A
15.A8
15
30
58
31

CAN2

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
GE
1

1
BR-RT

BR-GR
BL

BL
A014 ADM BL 1.19 H
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control

A014
BR
1.20 GND
2

2
GE
1.21 L
GE

BL
BR-RT
BL 2.14 H
BR-GR

A502
BR-GR
BR-RT
GE
A502 Steering computer I 2.12 L
GE

BL
BR-RT
2.14 H

3
BR-GR BL
3

A503
BR-GR
BR-RT
GE
A503 Steering computer II 2.12 L
GE

BL
1.3
BL

A101
BR-SW 1.2

GE
A101 Electronic module ABV 1.1
GE
4

P501 Steering control device

4
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
BL
BR-RT BL 1.5 H
BR-GR
BR-GR
BR-RT
GE
1.7 L

P501
GE
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
5

5
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10

GE
P020 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision BR-RT
X1.10.2
P020

BR-GR
BR-GR
BR-RT BL
X1.10.3
6

BL
A030 Electrical tachograph MTCO A4
A030

BR-GR
BR-RT A7
GE
A8
W701 W701 W701 W701

17 BL BL
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure)
7

31 >C HI
17

C1 X034 1 D005

19 BR-RT BR-RT
33 >C MA
19

C3 X034 2 D005
D005

20 BR-GR BR-GR
37 >C MA
20

C4 X034 3 D005

18 GE GE
D005 CAN distribution module 30 >C LO
18

C2 X034 4 D005
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-19
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-6(99707782327-20-0G)

C
E

A
2.B5
15
30
58
31

AQ1
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
SW-GN-GR
1

1
D001
SW-GN-GR
D001 CAN distribution module 1 >+
SW-GN-GR
38 >+
SW-GN-GR
9 >+
SW-GN-GR
10 >+
GR-GE
2 <+
GR-GE
20 >+

29 >-

47 >-

GN 0,5
18 >R
2

2
3 D001
BR 0,5
19 >R

BL-GN-RT
6 D001
WS 0,5
36 <R
2 D001

BL-RT-SW BL-RT-SW
S038 Switch, air cleaner 39 >-
1 X018
S038

3
3

S037

BR
+

1 1.0 BL-GN-RT
S037 Switch, coolant level
1 X037 2 X018

GN
S

2 1.0 BR-GR BR-GR


40 >-
2 X037 3 X018

V502
WS GN-GE 1.0
-

3 X037

V502 Diode group, steering


BL-BR BL-RT

8
41 >-
S040 Switch, steering emergency pump

4 V502X
4 X018

2
S040

BL-BR
17.B6 BU1
m

3
4

4
S039 Switch, steering pump 2
SW-GE-RS SW-GE-RS
42 >-
1 5 X018
S039

SW-RT-WS
2.C2 AH2 43 >+
m

BL-WS
14.C3 BO1 44 >+

GN-WS-RT
14.D5 BP1 45 >+

SW-BL
14.C8 BQ1 46 >+

GE-SW
5

K061 Relay, central warning, chassis


6

5
48 <+
4 K061X
85

86
K061
8.A6

VI-WS-BL
* K101 Relay, ABV shut-off feature
6

50 <+
4 K101X
85

86
K101
12.C4

SW 1.0
16.C6 CC2 51 <+
6

GN-WS-VI
K030 Relay, working speed
6

52 <+
4 K030X
85

86
K030
9.D5

GN-RT-SW
K311 Relay, gearbox starter interlock
6

53 <+
4 K311X
85

86
K311
7

1.B5

BR-WS
K724 Relay, engine speed regulation "-"
6

54 <+
4 K724X
85

86
K724
9.D4

BR-RT-WS
K725 Relay, engine speed regulation "-" "+"
6

55 <+
4 K725X
85

86
K725
9.D4

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-20
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-7(99707782327-21-0H)

C
E

A
11.D7

15
30
58
31

2.B5
AP1

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
AQ2
1

1
SW-GE-BL
D002
SW-GE-BL
D002 CAN distribution module 1 >+
X022 1
BR
47 >-

SW-GE-BL
2

2
SW-GE
12.D3 BL1 27 >+

SW
12.D3 BK1 28 >+

VI-SW-BL
8.D2 AZ1 34 >+

GE-WS-SW
2.D5 AJ1 39 >+
S077

GR-WS
3.D5 AU1 40 >+

SW SW-GE-BL SW-BL-RT
S077 Switch, hydraulic oil level 2.C1 AF1 41 >-
+

BR GE WS-BL WS-BL
46 >-

3
3

S
-

WS-BL CD1 16.C6

SW-GE-BL
B011 Fuel level transmitter
+

1
A

BL-SW BB1 8.D4


B011

3
S

BR-RT-WS
45 >-
-

4
4

4
2

SW-BR-WS
1.B7 AD1 48 <+

P #2029507-- P --#2029506

K013 Relay,
XXs
85

86

BL-VI BL-VI
6

battery main switch 49 <+


4 K013X

4 K013X

D002 12
85

86

K013
K013

1.B3
1.B3
5

5
A A
WS-RT-BL
2.C2 AI1 50 <+

WS-RT-SW
1.B4 AC1 51 <+

GE-BR GE-BR
K720 Relay, engine stalling device
6

52 <+
4 K720X

D002 15
85

86
K720
1.A6
6

6
87a
5

30

VI 0.5 BW1 29.C1


2

X024 7
87

RT-GE RT-GE
K617 Relay, outriggers retracted
6

53 <+
4 K617X

D002 16
85

86
K617
7

7
Y038

SW-GE
Y038 Solenoid valve PN, 3rd axle non-braked 54 <+
2

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-21
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-8(99707782327-22-0G)

C
E

A
2.A2
2.B5
11.D7
11.D7

15
30
58
31
D003

AG2
AR1
AP3
AP2
SW-GN-RT
D003 CAN distribution module

SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1 >+
SW-GN-RT
38 >+
1

1
X022 2 SW-GN-RT
9 >+
BR
29 >-
BR
47 >-
SW

GR-RT
2 <+
S437 Magnetic switch, normal level, front, + BR
SW

S437
20 >+

1 2 3 4
Q- WS
left-hand Q SW GN-GR
4 >+
- BL

S439 Magnetic switch, normal level, front, + BR

S439

1 2 3 4
Q- WS
right-hand Q SW GN-WS
5 >+
BL
- GN 0.5
18 >R
3 D003 BR 0.5
19 >R
S438 Magnetic switch, normal level, rear, + BR 6 D003 WS 0.5

S438
36 <R

1 2 3 4
Q- WS
2 D003
left-hand Q SW GR-SW
6 >+
2

2
- BL

S440 Magnetic switch, normal level, rear, S440 + BR

1 2 3 4
Q- WS
right-hand Q SW GN-SW-WS
7 >+
- BL

SW-GN-RT

S402 Rocker tip switch "levelling" 9 4 3

S402
0 1
10 8 2 7 1

3
3

GR-WS-SW
43 >+
D003 1

S401 Rocker switch, axle lock 9 6 5

S401
0 1
10 8 2 7 1
GR-BR
44 >+
D003 2
4

4
S418 Rocker tip switch, axle oscillation 9 4 3

S418
(not active in case of operation from
superstructure !)

0 1
10 8 2 7 1
VI-WS-SW
45 >+
D003 3
SW-GN-RT
2

SW-GE-RT SW-GE-RT
S414 Switch, rear axle, left-hand, axle locking 39 >+
assembly SW-GN-RT
S414

1
m

SW-BL-GE
40 >+
5

5
S415 Switch, rear axle, right-hand, axle locking
S415

assembly
m

SW-GN-RT
2

SW-BL-GN SW-BL-GN
S412 Switch, front axle, left-hand, axle locking 41 >+
assembly SW-GN-RT
S412

1
m

SW-GR-GN
42 >+

S413 Switch, front axle, right-hand, axle locking


S413

assembly
m
Y404
6

Y404 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment WS-SW


48 <+
rear left, up
2

WS
2

49 <+
Y403

Y403 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment


rear left, down
Y408

Y408 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment RT-SW


50 <+
rear right, up
2

RT
2

51 <+

Y407 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment


Y407

rear right, down


7

7
Y402

Y402 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment GE-SW


52 <+
front left, up
2

GE
2

53 <+
Y401

Y401 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment


front left, down
Y406

VI-SW
Y406 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment 54 <+
2

front right, up VI
2

55 <+
SW4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
Y405

Y405 Solenoid valve, inclination adjustment


front right, down
31

15
30
58
F

7-22
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-9(99707782327-23-0G)

C
E

A
11.D7

2.A2
2.B5

15
30
58
31

AP4

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
AG3
AR2
D004
1

1
SW-GN-VI
D004 CAN distribution module 1 >+

GR-RT
X022 3

BR
47 >-

S428 Rocker tip switch, 3rd axle, raise - lower 9 4 3

SW-GN-VI

S428
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1
2

2
GN-WS-SW
10 >+
D004 2 GN-WS-RT
9 >+
D004 1

S404 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment,


rear left-hand 3 4 9 9 4 3
S403

S404
S403 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment,
front left-hand 1 0 2 2 0 1
1 7 2 8 0 10 8 2 7 1

3
3

RT-WS
43 >+
D004 7 RT-WS-GN
44 >+
D004 3 GE-WS-GN
40 >+
D004 4 RT-WS-SW
39 >+
D004 8

S406 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment, 3 4 9 9 4 3


rear right-hand
S405

S406
S405 Rocker tip switch, inclination adjustment,
4

1 0 2 2 0 1

4
front right-hand 1 7 2 8 0 10 8 2 7 1

RT-BL
45 >+
D004 9 RT-BL-GE
46 >+
D004 10 RT-GN-VI
42 >+
D004 6 RT-GR
41 >+
D004 5
BL BL
30.D3 CH1 27 >+
GR-WS D004 12 GR-WS
30.D3 CI1 28 >+
S426 Proximity switch, 3rd axle, top left-hand
S426 S427

D004 13
SW
SW-BR
2 1 3

+
BR 34 >+
-

BL

S427 Proximity switch, 3rd axle, top right-hand SW


SW-VI-RT
2 1 3

+
BR 35 >+
-

BL
5

5
S457 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, + BR
S457

1 2 3 4

Q- WS
front, left-hand Q SW GR-GN
4 >+
- BL

S458 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, + BR


S458

1 2 3 4

Q- WS
rear, left-hand Q SW SW-GN
5 >+
- BL

S459 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, + BR


S459

1 2 3 4

Q- WS
front, right-hand Q SW WS-RT
6 >+
- BL

S460 Magnetic switch, increased normal level, + BR


6

S460

6
1 2 3 4

Q- WS
rear, right-hand Q SW RT-GN
7 >+
- BL

GR-SW-RT
Y411 Solenoid valve PN, axle lock
2

48 <+
Y411

GN-WS-VI
2

49 <+
Y440 Solenoid valve, annular space, all axles
Y440

(all axles lifted) 8.A8 BD1 BL-WS BL-WS


50 <+
D004 11

GE-GN GE-GN
K409 Relay, axle oscillation
6

51 <+
4 K409X

D004 14
85

86
K409
7

7
2.C6

BL-GR
2

52 <+
Y444 Solenoid valve, keep 3rd axle lifted
Y444
Y438

Y438 Solenoid valve, lift all axles

BR-WS-RT
53 <+
2

GN-RT
2

Y445 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle 54 <+


Y445
2

1
Y448

Y448 Solenoid valve, lock transverse coupling


SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

GE-GR
55 <+
31

15
30
58
F

7-23
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-10(99707782327-24-0G)

C
E

A
11.D7
11.D7

2.B8
D005

15
30
58
31
SW-GN-WS
D005 CAN distribution module

AP6
AP5

AS1
1 >+

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
SW-GN-WS
38 >+
SW-GN-WS
1

1
28 >+
X022 4 SW
2 <+
SW
20 >+
BR
29 >-
BR
47 >-
GN 0.5
18 >R
D005 3 BR 0.5
19 >R
D005 6 WS 0.5
36 <R
D005 2

SW-GN-WS
2

2
SW SW-GN-WS
B402 Pressure sensor, axle load front axle
B402

1
BL SW-RT-WS
22 >+
2

SW SW-GN-WS
B403 Pressure sensor, axle load rear axle
B403

1
BL SW-RT-GN
23 >+
2

SW-GN-WS

3
3

GN-BLI
S074 Switch, inter-axle differential, transfer box 39 >+
S074

SW-GN-WS
2

GN-RT-SWI
S046 Switch, 2nd axle drive 40 >+
S046

SW-GN-WS
2

GN-WS-RTI
S057 Switch, rear inter-axle 41 >+
S057
4

4
m

SW-GN-WS
2

GE-WS-BLI
S047 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 1st axle 42 >+
S047

SW-GN-WS
2

GE-WS-GNI
S048 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 2nd axle 43 >+
S048

SW-GN-WS
5

5
GE-WS-RT
I
S049 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 4th axle 44 >+
S049

SW-GN-WS
2

GE-WS-SWI
S050 Switch, inter-axle differential, on 5th axle 45 >+
S050

m
Y019

Y019 Solenoid valve, PN, differential transfer box


6

GN-GEI
48 >+
2

GN-RTI
2

49 >+
Y006 Solenoid valve PN, 2nd axle drive
Y006

SW-GN-WS
Y008

Y008 Solenoid valve PN, rear axle, longitudinal

GN-SWI
50 >+
2

GN-VI I
Y007 Solenoid valve PN, inter-wheel differential
2

51 >+
Y007

K652 Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam


7

front, left-hand
87a
Y612

30

V632
2 K652X
8

K652

Y612 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams, 6 D005


2

27.D3
87

front left-hand
GN-GR BL-OR
8

52 <+
4

D005 1
1

V632 Diode group, emergency mode (CAN)


GN-WS SW-GR
6

53 <+
2 V632X
4

D005 2
3
87

Y616 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams,


8
2

front right-hand 5 D005


Y616

2 K653X

RT-WS-BL
30

9.B7 BG1 54 <+


SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
K653
8

87a

8
27.D3

K653 Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam


front, right-hand
31

15
30
58
F

7-24
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-11(99707782327-25-0G)

C
E

A
11.D7

2.B8

2.A2

15
30
58
31

AG5
AP7

AS2

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
D006
1

1
SW-VI-GR
D006 CAN distribution module 1 >+

GR-RT
X022 5
SW-VI-GR

BR
47 >-
SW-VI-GR

S022 Rocker tip switch, axle drive mechanism 9 4 3

SW-VI-GR

S022
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1
2

2
GN-VI
9 >+
D006 1
GN-RT-SW
10 >+
D006 2

S461 Rocker tip switch, raise - lower level of 9 4 3


all axles

S461
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1

3
GE-SW-WS
3

35 >+
D006 4
BR-WS-RT
34 >+
D006 3

SW-VI-GR BL-GE
S058 Switch, hydraulic filter 39 >+

S058
p
SW-VI-GR

S059 Switch, hydraulic filter

S059
S409 Proximity switch, boom rest, crane position p
S409 S411 W701 S056

BL
-

BR
"over-front"
+
GR-BL GR-BL
1

SW
4

40 >+

4
3

BL
S411 Proximity switch on lock pin, crane directed
-

BR
+

to the rear GR-GN-GE GR-GN-GE


1

SW
41 >+
3

10 GN-SW-RT GN-SW-RT GN-SW-RTI


W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) 42
10

B2 X034 15 X032 D006 12


m

GR-GE
8.D5 BC1 44 >-
BL-WS-RT BL-WS-RT
S056 Switch, on-road gear 45 >-
2

A014
5

5
A014 ADM D006 7
VI-SW-GE VI-SW-GE
Adaptation module Vehicle engine control 1.4 43 >-
D006 5
3.12 BL-WS-SW
D006 8
2

BL-WS-SW BL-WS-SW
S045 Switch, off-road gear 46 >-
S045

SW-BR-WS
Y446 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, left-hand
2

48 <+
Y446
6

6
Y442

GN-GE
Y442 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, left-hand 49 <+
2

GE-WS-RT
2

50 <+
Y447 Solenoid valve, lift 3rd axle, right-hand
Y447

Y443

Y443 Solenoid valve, lower 3rd axle, right-hand GE-WS


51 <+
2

1
7

BL BL
16.C6 CE1 52 <+
D006 11
VI-WS VI-WS
K066 Relay, working floodlight, left-hand
6

53 <+
D006 9
4 K066X
85

86
K066
10.B3

VI-WS-GN VI-WS-GN
K067 Relay, Working floodlight, right-hand
6

54 <+
D006 10
4 K067X
85

86
K067
10.B4

GE-SWI
Y449 Solenoid valve, limitation of axle load,
2

55 <+
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT

3rd axle
8

8
Y449
31

15
30
58
F

7-25
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-12(99707782327-26-0T)

C
E

A
2.A2
2.B6
11.D7
11.D7
D007

15
30
58
31

AT1

AG6
SW-WS-GN
D007 CAN distribution module 1 >+

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
SW-WS-GN

AP9
AP8
38 >+
6 SW-WS-GN
X022 10 >+
SW
1

1
2 <+
SW
20 >+
BR
29 >-
BR
47 >-
GN 0.5
B601 Pressure sensor, outriggers, front left-hand SW
D007 3 BR 0.5
18 >R
1 1 19 >R
6

B601
D007 WS 0.5
2 36 <R
BL D007 SW-OR
22 >+
2 2

SW-WS-GN

SW-WS-GN
GR-RT
SW
B602 Pressure sensor, outriggers, front right-hand
1 1

B602
BL SW-VI
23 >+
2 2

B603 Pressure sensor, outriggers, rear left-hand SW


1 1

B603
BL SW-WS
24 >+
2

2
2 2

B604 Pressure sensor, outriggers, rear right-hand SW


1 1
B604

BL SW-RT
25 >+
2 2

S112 Rocker tip switch, menu guidance 9 4 3

S112
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1
SW-RT-GE
39 >+

3
D007 1 GE-RT-GN
3

40 >+
D007 2

S113 Rocker tip switch, selection 9 4 3

S113
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1
SW-RT-BL
41 >+
D007 3 SW-GN-GR
42 >+
D007 4

S114 Rocker tip switch, service 9 4 3


4

4
S114
2 0 1
10 8 2 7 1
GN-SW
43 >+
D007 5 GN-WS-SW
44 >+
D007 6

S115 Rocker switch, emergency actuation of 9 6 5


CAN on
S115

0 1
10 8 2 7 1
5

5
GN-SW-RT
45 >+
D007 7 BL-SW
Y611 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders
2

48 <+
front left-hand T #2029507--
Y611

GE-WS-BL GE-WS-BL
15.C6 BR1 46 >+
D007 9

BL-RT
Y610 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders
2

49 <+
front left-hand
Y610
6

BL-GN
Y613 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams
2

50 <+
front left-hand
Y613

BR-WS-GN
Y615 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders
2

51 <+
front right-hand
Y615

BR-WS-BL
Y614 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders
2

52 <+
7

front right-hand
Y614

BR-WS-SW
Y617 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams
2

53 <+
front right-hand
Y617

VI-GN VI-GN
8.A8 BE1 54 <+
D007 8

BR-WS-VI
Y619 Solenoid valve, pressure limitation, extending
2

55 <+
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT

outrigger beams
8

8
Y619
31

15
30
58
F

7-26
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.4 Chassis 2-13(99707782327-27-0T)

C
E

A
11.D7

2.B6

15
30
58
31
AP10

SW 4
2xRT 4
GR-RT
AT2
1

1
D008
SW-WS-RT
D008 CAN distribution module 1 >+

X022 7
BR
47 >-

18.A3
18.A5
CG1
CF1
GN I

GN II
2

2
VI-GR
B018 Pressure sensor unit, brake circuits I + II 4 >+

2
5V 0V A
I

3
VI-WS-GN
3 <-
B018

4
VI-WS
5 >+

5
5V 0V
II

6
VI-WS-BL
7 8 <-

VI-GE VI-GE
K652 Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam
6

15 <+
4 K652X

D008 1
85

86

front, left-hand
K652

3
24.C7
3

SW-BL SW-BL
K653 Relay, emergency actuation, outrigger beam
6

16 <+
4 K653X

D008 2
85

86

front, right-hand
K653
24.C8

WS-GE
5.D2 AX1 9 >+
GE-RT
5.D4 AY1 10 >+
GN-BL
12.D3 BM1 41 >+
GE-BL
12.B1 BJ1 42 >+
T #2029507-- 15.C6 BR1 GE-WS-BL 43 >+
GE-GR
SW-WS-RT 10.B6 BI1 40 >+
4

4
2

BL
S419 Switch, 3rd axle connected, left-hand 45 >+
SW-WS-RT
S419

1
m

RS
46 >+
S420 Switch, 3rd axle connected, right-hand
S420
m

BR-RT
Y609 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders
2

48 <+
rear left-hand
Y609
5

5
BR-GN
Y608 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders
2

49 <+
rear left-hand
Y608

BR-GE
Y607 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams
2

50 <+
rear left-hand
Y607
6

BR-BL
Y606 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams
2

51 <+
rear left-hand
Y606

BR-WS
Y605 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger cylinders
2

52 <+
rear right-hand
Y605

BR-VI
Y604 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger cylinders
2

53 <+
7

rear right-hand
Y604

BR-RT-SW
Y603 Solenoid valve, retracting outrigger beams
2

54 <+
rear right-hand
Y603

BR-SW
Y602 Solenoid valve, extending outrigger beams
2

55 <+
SW 4
2xRT 4
GR-RT

rear right-hand
Y602
8

8
31

15
30
58
F

7-27
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.5 CAN connections 1-1(99707782327-28-0G)

C
E

15
30
58
31

SW 4
2xRT 4
GR-RT
BL
1

1
X1.10.5

P020
BR-RT
X1.10.6
BR-GR
P020 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision X1.10.1
GE
X1.10.4

RT

2 +
A106 2 RT
* A106 Radio modem 1
1 GND
A106 BL
4 >C HI

A106
A106 4
BR-RT >C MA
3
A106 3
BR-GR
A106 6
GE >C LO
5
A106 5
2

2
BL
13 >C HI
BR-RT
D001 CAN distribution module 11 >C MA
BR-GR
14 >C MA
GE

D001
12 >C LO

BL
31 >C HI
1 D001 BR-RT
33 >C MA
2 D001 BR-GR
37 >C MA
3 D001 GE
30 >C LO
4 D001

BL
13 >C HI
BR-RT
D003 CAN distribution module 11 >C MA

3
3

BR-GR
14 >C MA
GE

D003
12 >C LO

BL
31 >C HI
1 D003 BR-RT
33 >C MA
2 D003 BR-GR
37 >C MA
3 D003 GE
30 >C LO
4 D003

BL
13 >C HI
BR-RT
D006 CAN distribution module 11 >C MA
BR-GR
14 >C MA
GE
12 >C LO

D006
BL
31 >C HI
4

4
1 D006 BR-RT
33 >C MA
2 D006 BR-GR
37 >C MA
3 D006 GE
30 >C LO
4 D006

BL
13 >C HI
BR-RT
D007 CAN distribution module 11 >C MA
BR-GR
14 >C MA
GE
12 >C LO

D007
BL
2.B6
2.B6
2.B6

31 >C HI
BR-RT
33 >C MA
BR-GR
37 >C MA
AM1
AO1
AN1

GE
30 >C LO
5

5
WS-RT-SW 1
D017 CAN distribution module, outriggers 1
+ >+
D017 2
left-hand 2 D017
- >-
BR-RT
D017 2 BR-GR
G_IN
D017 3
D017

GE
L_IN
D017 4 BL
H_IN
BR-RT D017 1 BR-RT
BR-GR 2 D017 BR-GR
G_OUT
GE 3 D017 GE
L_OUT
BL 4 D017 BL
H_OUT
1 D017

WS-RT-SW 1
D015 CAN distribution module, outriggers
6

+ >+
1 D015 2
right-hand 2 D015
- >-
BR-RT
D015 2 BR-GR
G_IN
D015 3
D015

GE
L_IN
D015 4 BL
H_IN
BR-RT D015 1 BR-RT
BR-GR 2 D015 BR-GR
G_OUT
GE 3 D015 GE
L_OUT
BL 4 D015 BL
H_OUT
1 D015

WS-RT-SW
D016 CAN distribution module, electr. Spirit level 1
2 GND
D016
1 DC
2 D016 BR-RT
D016
7

R021
7

D016 2 BR-GR BL
3 GND
R021 Resistor 120Ω 120R D016 3 GE SW
5 LOW
D016 4 BL GR HIGH
4 D016

2 D016

3 D016

1 D016

4
D016 1
BR-RT

BR-GR
GE

BL

SW 4
2xRT 4
GR-RT
RT
8

8
BY1
31

15
30
58
30.B1
F

7-28
Z- Z-
Electric circuit diagrams

7.6 Transmitter 1-1(99707782327-29-0G)

C
E

15
30
58
AK1

SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
1

1
D700
BW1 VI 0.5
21.C7 X083-2

W701 W701
15 SW-BL-RT WS 0.5
W701 Slipring (chassis/superstructure) X083-7

15
B7 X034 17 X032

16 SW-BR-WS BL 0.5
X083-17

16
B8 X034 18 X032

0.5
X083-6

0.5
D700 Transmitter for outriggers X083-16
2

2
0.5
X083-20

AT3 SW 0.5
2.B6 X083-1

SW 0.5
2.B6 AT4 X083-11

3
3

B605
GN-GE GN-GE
* B605 Length transmitter, outriggers, 0V 1 X084-5
front left-hand 4
2 2
-A 2 X084-3
B605

24V 6
1 1
+A 3 X084-1
7 3x 0,5

B606
GN-GE GN-GE
* B606 Length transmitter, outriggers, 0V 1 X084-6
front right-hand 4
2 2
4

-A 2 X084-11
B606

4
5

24V 6
1 1
+A 3 X084-2
7 3x 0,5

B607
GN-GE GN-GE
* B607 Length transmitter, outriggers, 0V 1 X084-13
rear left-hand 4
2 2
-A 2 X084-4
B607

5
24V 6
1 1
+A 3 X084-9
7 3x 0,5
5

5
B608
GN-GE GN-GE
* B608 Length transmitter, outriggers, 0V 1 X084-14
rear right-hand 4
2 2
-A 2 X084-12
B608

24V 6
1 1
+A 3 X084-10
7 3x 0,5
6

6
7

7
SW 4
2x RT4
GR-RT
8

8
AK1

15
30
58
F

7-29
Z-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GR-RT GR-RT
58 58
2x RT4 2x RT4
30 30
SW 4 SW 4
15 15
15.A8 CL1
644
A 7 GE A
617 6 X058 WS
643 5 X058 VI
F055

X6 920 4 X058 GN
10A

615 3 X058 SW-GE


630 2 X058 RT-GE
1 X058
G
RT
28.A8 BY1
B B
A014
3.9
RT 0.75
Electric circuit diagrams

RT

1 X059
+ BR-GE 0.75
SK
2 X059
SW-RT 0.75 GE
Stage 5
C SW-BL-BR 0.75
7 X059
WS
C
Stage 4
6 X059
SW-GE-VI 0.75 VI
Stage 3
5 X059

GE-SW-WS
SW-GE-BL 0.75 GN
Stage 2
4 X059
SW-GE 0.75 SW-GE

7-30
Stage 1
3 X059
13 X059

BL-WS 0.75 BL
SET- CH1 23.B5
VI 0.75

10 X059
7.7 Engine brake 1-1(99707782327-30-0K)

GR-WS 0.75 GR-WS


SET+ CI1 23.B5
9 X059
D 4 8 K316X D
BR-BL 0.75
+ AUS 86 87 87a
12 X059
BL-GE 0.75
QUIT
11 X059
GR-RT 0.75
Speed set
8 X059 85 30
K316 6 2
S320
31 31

Adaptation module Vehicle engine control


E E

K316 Relay "Engine brake"


S320 Step switch, intarder
F055 Fuse

A014 ADM
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Z-
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 B2-6

6.1.1.1 Resetting the crane to its former rig arrangement in manual mode

The indicator element (1) is located in the crane cab. When


resetting the crane to its former rig arrangement, remove the
indicator element (1) from its support (2) and place it in the
support (3).

Prerequisite:

- Boom raised to > 70° via the boom elevation.


- With the jib mounted, the boom must have been raised to >
75° via the boom elevation.

Indicator element

1 = Pilot lamp, position tele cylinder in teles section 1


2 = Pilot lamp, position tele cylinder in teles section 2
3 = Pilot lamp, position tele cylinder in teles section 3
4 = Pilot lamp, position tele cylinder in teles section 4
5 = Pilot lamp, position tele cylinder in teles section 5
6 = Pilot lamp, tele cylinder (C pin) locked
7 = Pilot lamp, tele cylinder (C pin) unlocked
8 = free
9 = Pilot lamp, telescope (B pin) locked
10 = Pilot lamp, telescope (B pin) unlocked

Example:

Fig. 1:

The tele cylinder can be moved.


Pin C - tele cylinder - is unlocked; pin B -
tele section - is locked.
The pilot lamps (7) and (9) are lit.

Fig. 2:

The tele section 5 can be moved.


Tele cylinder in tele section (5), Pin C - tele
cylinder - is locked; pin B - tele section - is
unlocked.
The pilot lamps (5), (6) and (10) are lit.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00 cut tele.DOC


2003-01 1/2
B2-6 エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont'd.) 6.4.3.1 Resetting the crane to its former rig arrangement in manual mode

Control elements

Rocker switch 35 „Emergency control telescope“.


Switching ON: Unlock the locking handle by actuating it downwards; press the rocker switch
down and lock it. The green function lamp in the switch is lit.
Switching OFF: Actuate the locking handle by actuating it upwards. The green function lamp in
the switch goes out.

DANGER As long as the rocker switch 35 “Tele section emergency control” is actuated, all
control functions are effected in emergency mode. All the automatic shut-off features
on overload are inoperative. All crane motions must be performed with extreme
caution.

Rocker tip switch 36 “Emergency control, locking/unlocking telescope”

- Actuate rocker tip switch upwards to unlock the telescope.


- Actuate rocker tip switch downwards to lock the telescope.

Rocker tip switch 37 “Emergency control, locking/unlocking tele cylinder”

- Actuate rocker tip switch upwards to unlock the tele cylinder. The pilot lamp (7) goes out,
wheras pilot lamp (6) goes on.
- Actuate rocker tip switch downwards to lock the tele cylinder. The pilot lamp (9) goes out,
wheras pilot lamp (10) goes on.

If the pilot lamps (1) to (5) do not go on, the rocker switch 38 “interlock override - tele control”
must be actuated.

0200_EN_FA029_B2_06_00_00 cut tele.DOC


2/2 2003-01
ATF160G-5 Boom Telescoping Mode J. Kiyama/Tadano OSD
28 Jan. 2005

No. Boom [%] No. Boom [%]


Length 1 2 3 4 5 Length 1 2 3 4 5
1 13.2m 0 0 0 0 0 1 13.2m 0 0 0 0 0
2 17.6m 0 0 0 0 46 2 17.6m 0 0 0 0 46
3 21.9m 0 0 0 0 93 24 17.6m 0 46 0 0 0
4 26.3m 0 0 0 46 93 3 21.9m 0 0 0 0 93
5 30.6m 0 0 0 93 93 12 21.9m 0 0 0 46 46
6 35.0m 0 0 46 93 93 25 21.9m 46 46 0 0 0
7 39.3m 0 0 93 93 93 26 21.9m 0 46 46 0 0
8 43.7m 0 46 93 93 93 4 26.3m 0 0 0 46 93
9 48.0m 0 93 93 93 93 13 26.3m 0 0 46 46 46
10 52.4m 46 93 93 93 93 27 26.3m 46 46 46 0 0
11 56.7m 93 93 93 93 93 5 30.6m 0 0 0 93 93
12 21.9m 0 0 0 46 46 14 30.6m 0 46 46 46 46
13 26.3m 0 0 46 46 46 28 30.6m 93 46 46 0 0
14 30.6m 0 46 46 46 46 6 35.0m 0 0 46 93 93
15 35.0m 46 46 46 46 46 15 35.0m 46 46 46 46 46
16 39.3m 93 46 46 46 46 29 35.0m 93 46 46 46 0
17 39.3m 46 46 46 46 93 7 39.3m 0 0 93 93 93
18 43.7m 46 46 46 93 93 16 39.3m 93 46 46 46 46
19 43.7m 93 93 46 46 46 17 39.3m 46 46 46 46 93
20 48.0m 93 93 93 46 46 8 43.7m 0 46 93 93 93
21 48.0m 46 93 93 93 46 18 43.7m 46 46 46 93 93
22 52.4m 93 93 93 93 46 19 43.7m 93 93 46 46 46
23 60.0m 100 100 100 100 100 9 48.0m 0 93 93 93 93
24 17.6m 0 46 0 0 0 20 48.0m 93 93 93 46 46
25 21.9m 46 46 0 0 0 21 48.0m 46 93 93 93 46
26 21.9m 0 46 46 0 0 10 52.4m 46 93 93 93 93
27 26.3m 46 46 46 0 0 22 52.4m 93 93 93 93 46
28 30.6m 93 46 46 0 0 11 56.7m 93 93 93 93 93
29 35.0m 93 46 46 46 0 23 60.0m 100 100 100 100 100

Tele Locking positions 0% 46% 93% 100%


Tele section 1 0.00m 4.35m 8.70m 9.36m
Tele Cylinder Length
Tele section 2 0.30m 4.65m 9.00m 9.66m
Tele section 3 0.60m 4.95m 9.30m 9.96m
Tele section 4 0.90m 5.25m 9.60m 10.26m
Tele section 5 1.20m 5.55m 9.90m 10.56m
Telescope control

AML
Precondition
- Length detector of telescopic cylinder has big tolerance.
Cable of detector is not wound exactly.
- Boom sections which are outside of telescoping section, sometimes extend together.
Outside sections extend for gap between B-pin boss and B-pin because of friction.
→ AML controls to lock or unlock the pins during moving the cylinder.

- B-pin and C-pin is driven by hydraulic. If it is low temperature, pins actuate very slow.
→ シリンダがボスを通過する間にピンがロック、アンロックの動きを完了する
必要がある。シリンダの速度を制御する。

課題
シリンダの速度制御は、伸長の方が制御しやすい。面積比の関係で低速が作りやすい。縮み側
にはカンバラがある。
伸びで打つと、B ピンを打つ際に、大きな音がでる。

制御
C ピンは、シリンダを伸ばしながら打つ。
B ピンは、シリンダを縮めながら打つ。(C ピンよりガタが大きいため、音がでないことを優
先する。)
ピンを抜く際は、まず、ピンを入れたままシリンダを縮小して、ピンガタを縮小側につめ、そ
の後、ピン抜き出力をしながらシリンダを伸長させる。

LMB
Precondition
長さ検出器は高精度

System
ピン Lock はバネ駆動、抜きは油圧駆動(100bar であり、低温時でも高速)

1
制御
-B,C ピンロック、B ピンアンロックは、シリンダを停止させて行う。C ピンアンロックは、シ
リンダを伸縮させながら行う。
-ピン制御が失敗した場合のために、AML と同様にシリンダを動かせながらピンを入れるモー
ドに移るスイッチを用意する。

ピン寸法
FA029 FA031/035
C ピンボス-ピン 20 mm 10 mm
B ピンボス(0%)-ピン 10 mm 7 mm
B ピンボス(他%)-ピン 30 mm 47 mm
段検出がオンする範囲 55 mm 33 mm

ATF160G ブーム後端

2
B-Pin Lock control of ATF160

B ピンボスを、1度通過する。

100mm 通過した位置で、停止する。
その位置で、B ピンを張り出す。

B ピンを張り出したまま、シリンダを縮める
ボスとピンの位置が合ったところでピンが入る
※ピン速度とシリンダ速度の関係が重要

ピンが入った後、さらにシリンダを縮め、ガタを詰める。

3
C-Pin Lock control of ATF160G
For example : Cylinder moves to Tele.3 to Tele.5.

Top 0%に C ピンが入っている状態

C ピン抜き出力をしながら、シリンダを
伸長する

4th の段検出が切れるまで縮小する

シリンダを伸長させ、4th の段検出が
入ったところで C ピン入り出力をする。

ボスとピンの位置があったところで、C
ピンが入る

ピンが入った後、シリンダを縮小してガ
タを詰める。

4
B-Pin, C-Pin Unlock control of ATF160G

① シリンダを縮小し、縮小側にガタを詰める。
② ピン抜き出力をする。
③ ピン抜き出力をしながら、シリンダを伸長する。伸長で抜けなかった場合、縮小する。

Control of FA035
B-Pin Lock
① B ピンボスセンタ(設計値)で停止する。
② B ピンを張り出す。
③ 2秒経過後にピンが入っていなければ、失敗と判断し、LMB にエラー表示する。
④ 修正伸縮ボタンを押すと、手順を変えて自動伸長を継続。
A B ピンを縮める。
B シリンダを 100mm 縮める。
C B ピンを伸ばしながら、ピンが入るまでシリンダを伸ばす。
D B ピンが入った位置を記憶し、次回制御時に、最初に停止する位置とする。

B-Pin Unlock
① B ピンを入れたまま、30mm シリンダを伸長させて、停止する。(C ピンガタ+B ピンガ
タ内)
② B ピンを抜く。
③ 2秒経過後にピンが入っていなければ、失敗と判断し、LMB にエラー表示する。
④ 修正伸縮ボタンを押すと、手順を変えて自動伸長を継続。
A B ピン抜き出力をしながら、ピンが抜けるまでシリンダを伸/縮させる。

C-Pin Lock
① 段検出 ID が合った位置でシリンダを停止させる。
② C ピンを伸ばす。
③ 2秒以内にピンが入らなければ失敗と判断し、ピンを伸ばしながらシリンダを伸長させる。

C-Pin Unlock
① C ピン抜き出力する。
② C ピンが抜けるまで、シリンダを伸/縮させる。

5
B-Pin Lock control of ATF160 B-Pin Lock control of ATF110

目標 B ピンボスより 100mm 伸長側へ超えた位置まで伸縮する。 B ピンボスセンタで、シリンダを停止させる。


Cylinder goes to position where it exceeds 100 mm to target B-pin Cylinder stops at center of target B-pin.
boss.

B ピン入り出力をする
LMB outputs signal to extend B-pin.
100mm 通過した位置で、停止する。
その位置で、B ピン入り出力をする。 2秒経過後にピンが入っていなければ失敗と判断し、LMB に修
Cylinder stops at the position where it exceeds 100 mm to target 正伸縮に移る旨のアイコンを表示する。
B-pin boss. Then AML outputs signal to extend B-pin. If B-pin is not locked after 2 sec, LMB displays information to
move “Correct telescope”.

B ピン入り出力をしたまま、シリンダを縮める
ボスとピンの位置が合ったところでピンが入る ピンが入った後、シリンダを縮小し、ガタを詰める。
Cylinder retracts while B-pin is extending. Then B-pin reaches the Cylinder retracts till attaching the boom and B-pin.
B-pin boss, it is locked.

修正伸縮 / Correct telescope


ピンが入った後、さらにシリンダを縮め、ガタを詰める。 修正伸縮ボタンを押すと、修正伸縮モードに移り、手順を変えて自動伸縮を継続する。
Cylinder retracts till attaching the boom and B-pin. If operator pushes the “Correct telescope” switch, LMB controls other way to lock B-pin.
(1) まず、B ピンを縮める。その後、シリンダを 100mm 縮める。
First B-pin is retracted. Then cylinder retracts 100mm.
(2) B ピンを伸ばしながら、ピンが入るまでシリンダを伸ばす。
Cylinder extends while B-pin is extending.
(3) B ピンが入った位置を記憶し、次回制御時に、最初に停止する位置とする。
LMB memorizes the position where B-pin is locked. LMB controls based on memorized position.

6
C-Pin Lock control of ATF160G C-Pin Lock control of ATF110G

For example : Cylinder moves to Tele.3 from Tele.5. For example : Cylinder moves to Tele.4 from Tele.2

Tele.5 に C ピンが入っている状態
Cylinder is connected to Tele.5.

C ピン抜き出力をしながら、シリンダを伸長する。
Cylinder extends while C-pin is retracting. When
C-pin becomes free, C-pin is unlocked.
C ピン抜き出力をしながら、シリンダを伸長
Tele.3 の段検出が切れるまで縮小する する。
Cylinder retracts at position where boom ID of Cylinder extends while C-pin is retracting.
Tele.3 changes to off from on. when C-pin becomes free, C-pin is
unlocked.
シリンダを伸長させ、Tele.3 の段検出が入ったところ
で C ピン入り出力をする。 段検出 ID が合った位置でシリンダを停止さ
Cylinder extends. When boom ID of Tele.3 becomes せる。停止後、C ピンを伸ばす。
on, C-pin extends. When target boom ID is detected, cylinder
stops. Then LMB outputs signal to extend
位置があったところで、C ピンが入る。 C-pin.
When cylinder reaches at C-pin boss, C-pin is
locked. シリンダを縮小してガタを詰める。
Cylinder retracts till attaching the boom.
シリンダを縮小してガタを詰める。
Cylinder retracts till attaching the boom.

2秒以内に C ピンが入らなければ、ピンを伸ばしながらシリンダを伸長させる。
If C-pin is not locked after 2 sec, cylinder extends while C-pin is extending.

7
B-Pin, C-Pin Unlock control of ATF160G B-Pin, C-Pin Unlock control of ATF110G

① シリンダを縮小し、縮小側にガタを詰める。 B-Pin Unlock


Cylinder retracts till attaching the boom. ① B ピンを入れたまま、30mm シリンダを伸長させて、停止する。(C ピンガタ+B ピンガタ内)
② ピン抜き出力をする。 Cylinder extends 30mm.
AML outputs signal to retract the pin. ② B ピンを抜く。
③ ピン抜き出力をしながら、シリンダを伸長する。伸長で抜けなかった場合、縮小する。 LMB outputs signal to retract B-pin.
Cylinder extends while the pin is retracting. When the pin becomes free, it is unlocked. ③ 2秒経過後にピンが抜けていなければ失敗と判断し、LMB に修正伸縮に移る旨のアイコン表示する。
If B-pin is not unlocked after 2 sec, LMB displays information to move “Correct telescope”.
④ 修正伸縮ボタンを押すと、手順を変えて自動伸長を継続。
If operator pushes the “Correct telescope” switch, LMB controls other way to unlock B-pin.
(1) B ピン抜き出力をしながら、ピンが抜けるまでシリンダを伸/縮させる。
Cylinder extends or retracts while B-pin is retracting.

C-Pin Unlock
① C ピン抜き出力する。
LMB outputs signal to retract C-pin.
② C ピンが抜けるまで、シリンダを伸/縮させる。
Cylinder extends or retracts while C-pin is retracting.

8
FA029 Teleskop control
Tele speed. Date: 2004.09.27 E80:Kawabuchi
Momentary Detent [1=ON , 0=OFF]
Summation Tele high speed Summation Proportional of Proportional of Proportional of Proportional of Differential
switch switch Valve Tele1 Pump for Wippe Tele2 Pump for Winde Valve
Rot Schalter Hase Schalter Y914 Y905(Y908) Y925 Y981(Y982) Y926 Y915
mode1-L 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
mode2-M 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
mode3-H 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1
mode4-H' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

mode1-L ohne jib mit jib


aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom
Differential valve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Tele2 function 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Summation valve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Tele1 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
mode2-M ohne jib mit jib
aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom
Differential valve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 Tele2 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Summation valve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 Tele1 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
mode3-H ohne jib mit jib
aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom
Differential valve ※) 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
2 Tele2 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Summation valve 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Tele1 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
mode4-H' ohne jib mit jib
aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom aus mit boom ein mit boom aus ohne boom ein ohne boom
Differential valve ※) 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
2 Tele2 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Summation valve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 Tele1 function 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
※) Differential valve is OFF , when TELE-2 and TELE-1 are extended★Pining is only controled by Tele1.

Y943:This control depends only for the number of extension stages. [Unit:bar]
TELE-1 TELE-2 TELE-3 TELE-4 TELE-5 Y943=OFF⇒120bar
Tele aus mit jib aus mit Boom 170 170 120 120 120 Y943=ON ⇒170bar
aus ohne Boom 170 170 120 120 120
ein mit Boom 240 240 240 240 240
ein ohne Boom 240 240 240 240 240
Tele aus ohne jib aus mit Boom 170 170 120 120 120
aus ohne Boom 170 170 120 120 120
ein mit Boom 240 240 240 240 240
ein ohne Boom 240 240 240 240 240

2006/4/24 8:49
B2-1

1.2 Components, assemblies - installation location and position

1 Batteries 20 Fuel tank


2 Water separator/fuel strainer 21 Centralized lubrication system
3 Air cleaner 22 Servicing lid
4 Radiator 23 Servicing lid, crane cab
5 Expansion tank, cooling system 24 Crane cab
6 Engine 25 Supplementary heater unit
7 Hydraulic pumps 26 Gearbox of swing mechanism
8 Exhaust system 27 Ring gear - slewing device
9 High pressure filter 28 Boom elevation cylinder
10 Hoisting gear motor 29 Crane boom
11 Counterweight 30 Hoist limit switch override feature
12 Hoist cylinder, counterweight 31 Releasing weight, hoist limit switch
13 Hoist winch 32 Bottom block
14 Counterweight 33 Jib **) 1
15 Auxiliary hoisting gear**) 34 Jib **) 2
16 Hydraulic oil tank 35 Winch rope
17 Oil level indicator, hydraulic oil
18 Supplementary oil cooler**)
19 Oil cooler

**) Optional equipment


0175_EN_FA029_B2_01_00_00 cut.DOC
2003-01 1/2
B2-1

Memo:

0175_EN_FA029_B2_01_00_00 cut.DOC
2/2 2003-01
B2-2

2 Crane cabin
2.1 Explanation - control elements

1 Cab lighting
2 Roller sun visor
3 Instrument panel 1
4 Wiper, skylight
5 Heated air / fresh air vent
6 Loudspeaker - radio
7 Storage tray
8 Locking mechanism, rear window
9 Key-actuated tip switch, AML override feature
10 Plugbox 24 V
11 Plugbox 12 V
12 Hourmeter
13 Hourmeter, hoist winch 1**)
14 Fuses
15 Hourmeter, hoist winch 2**)
16 Relays
17 Diagnostic plug, engine
18 Seat
19 Servicing lid
20 Superstructure locking pin
21 Control element, heating/ventilation (air conditioner **)
22 Heated air / fresh air vent
23 Expansion tank - slewing gear brake
24 Crane control lever
25 Ashtray
26 Slewing gear brake pedal
27 Kick-strip, access
28 Working floodlight
29 Radio
30 Heated air / fresh air vents
31 Locking mechanism, windshield
32 Handhold
33 Accelerator pedal, superstructure engine
34 Tank for windshield washing fluid
35 Mushroom-head emergency OFF pushbutton
36 Instrument panel 2
37 Windshield wipers
38 Instrument panel 3
39 Monitor
40 Sun visor
41 Crane control lever
42 Blower fan**)
43 Diagnostic plug, AML
44 Accelerator lever, engine of chassis

**) Optional equipment

0180_EN_FA029_B2_02_00_00.doc
2003-01 1/5
B2-2

Crane cabin

„X“

0180_EN_FA029_B2_02_00_00.doc
2003-01 3/5
B2-2

0180_EN_FA029_B2_02_00_00.doc
2003-01 5/5
B2-12

12 Instrument panel
12.1 Monitoring superstructure, chassis, and outrigger operation from the superstructure, ASLI control unit

12.1.1 Indicator, pilot and 12.1.3 Other components


warning lamps
Item Item
1 CMV indicator and control unit
3 (rt) Central warning indicator CGC 2 AML indicator and control unit
4 AML Warning buzzer
12.1.2 Instruments
12.1.4 Switches, rocker switches
(WS), rocker tip switches
(WT)
5 WT - Extending/retracting outriggers, VL
6 WT - Extending/retracting outriggers, HL
7 WS Outrigger preselection
8 WT - Extending/retracting outriggers, HR
9 WT - Extending/retracting outriggers, VR
10 WS*) Ignition chassis ON
11 free
12 free
13 free
14 free
15 free
16 free
17 free
Pilot lamps = (gn) green UW = Chassis
Indicator lamps = (ge) yellow WS = Rocker switch
(or) orange WS*)= Rocker switch with function lighting
(bl) blue WT = Rocker tip switch
Warning lamps = (rt) red VL = front, left-hand VR = front, right-hand
HL = rear, left-hand HR = rear, right-hand
CGC = Control and Service System
AML = Automatic Safe Load Indicator
CMV = Cockpit-Multi-Vision

0225_EN_FA029_B2_12_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/2
B2-12

12.2 Operation of the superstructure


12.2.1 Indicator, pilot and Item
warning lamps 29 WT counterweight locked - unlocked
31 WS Counterweight override feature /
Item
crane control
20 (rt) Slewing gear brake released
32 WS Hoist winch rotation indicator
28 (rt) Counterweight not "up"
35 WS*) Emergency control - tele
30 (gn) Counterweight locked
36 WT Emergency control, tele section(s);
33 (gn) Counterweight down
tele section(s) locked/unlocked
34 (ge) Counterweight unlocked
37 WT Emergency control, tele section(s);
12.2.2 Instruments cylinder locked/unlocked
38 WS Lock override feature/tele control
39 WT Lift-adjuster
12.2.3 Other components 40 WT Monitor - Tele
42 DS Ignition starter switch 41 WT-Engine stalling device
59 Timer, supplementary heater unit 43 Key-actuated switch, HES override
feature
12.2.4 Switches, rocker 44 free
switches (WS), rocker tip 45 WS*) Aircraft warning lamp**)
switches (WT) 46 WS *) Mirror heating on boom**)
Item 47 WS*) central lubrication system
18 free 48 WS Working floodlight, hoist winch **)
19 free 49 free
21 WS*) Override function slow-stop 50 WT Working floodlight - electrical
22 free adjustment**)
23 WST Indicator / Reset - hook height, 51 WS Working floodlight on basic boom
hoist winch 52 WS Instrument illumination/working
24 WS Indicator - hook height, auxiliary floodlight on the crane cabin
hoisting winch **) 53 WS Wiper, skylight
54 WS Windscreen wiper
25 WS *) Auxiliary hoisting gear
55 WT Washer
engaged**)
56 WT Windscreen adjustment
26 WS Fast speed, tele section(s)
57 WT Seat adjustment
27 WT counterweight "up-down"
58 WS*) Battery main switch
Pilot lamps = (gn) green WS = Rocker switch
Indicator lamps = (ge) yellow WS*)= Rocker switch with function lighting
(or) orange WT = Rocker tip switch
(bl) blue WST = Rocker switch button
Warning lamps = (rt) red DS = Rotary switch

**)
Optional equipment
0225_EN_FA029_B2_12_00_00.DOC
2/2 2003-01
C2-7

7.1 Fuse / relay arrangement

The fuse box is located at the rear of the crane cabin.


DANGER Before replacing any defective fuses, turn the ignition off. Replace defective fuses
only by fuses having the same power rating. Do never use a jumper wire or a similar
device.

Fuse arrangement
F801 = Wiper / washer F820 = Armrest / solenoid valve, F839 = Crane control
control pressure/dead
man’s switch**)
F802 = Seat / windscreen F821 = AML display / central F840 = Air conditioning system **)
electrical system
F803 = Mirror heating / F822 = Crane control / high speed F841 = Supplementary heater unit
centralized lubrication / swing range limitation
system
F804 = ADM / CGC / warning F823 = Heating blower fan /timer F842 = Supplementary heater unit
buzzer, motor heater unit
F805 = ADM / MR F824 = Crane control / override F843 = Battery main switch
F806 = free F825 = free F844 = Radio 12 V / connector
12 V
F807 = Engine diagnosis F826 = Instrument illumination / F845 = Auxiliary hoisting gear
working floodlight, crane
cabin
F808 = Electric horn F827 = Working floodlight on F846 = Length transmitter / angle
boom, electrically transmitter / anemometer
adjustable
F809 = Crane control, hoist F828 = free F847 = AML Valve /SCK /buzzer
winches (Equipment according to
the country where the ma-
chine is to be registered)
F810 = Crane control, swing F829 = Working floodlight, F848 = LCD – Monitor
brake / high speed hoisting gear
F811 = Crane control F830 = Aircraft warning lamp F849 = free
F812 = Precontrol, left-hand and F831 = Cab light / fan F850 = Hoist limit switch
right-hand
F813 = AML / DA / DWG F832 = free F851 = Telescope lock display
F814 = Hoisting gear angular F833 = ADM F852 = AML
momentum encoder
F815 = AML override feature F834 = Engine diagnosis F853 = AML
F816 = Telescope control F835 = Generator F854 = free
F817 = Telescope control – length F836 = Oil cooler F855 = Direction indicators -
transmitter Brake pressure - Chassis
F818 = Emergency control, F837 = Plugbox, inspection lamp F856 = Ignition in chassis ON
telescope / crane control
F819 = Counterweight F838 = Crane control -
emergency mode

MR / ADM = Electronic system, engine; CGC = Control and Service System


AML = Load moment limiter; ZE = Central electrical system;
F = Fuse; MV = Solenoid valve;
DA = Pressure sensor DWG = Swing angle transmitter

**) Optional equipment


0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
2003-01 1/6
C2-7

cont'd.: 7.7 Fuse / relay arrangement

The relay panels are located at the rear of the crane cabin.

Relay arrangement
K 819 = Emergency OFF K 802 = Wiper interval action K 962 = Crane control, emergen-
cy mode, 2nd hoisting
gear UP
K 934 = Armrest K 801 = Radiator control K 960 = Crane control,
emergency mode, slewing
to the right
K 971 = Tele control, emergency K 806 = Battery main switch, K 958 = Emergency mode, retract
mode delayed telescope
K 973 = Tele control, emergency K 951 = Crane control, K 954 = Crane control, emergen-
mode emergency mode, swing cy mode, boom elevation
brake up
K 812 = CGC supply V 914 = Crane control, emer- K 952 = Crane control, emer-
gency mode, swing brake gency mode, hoisting
gear down
K 727 = CGC supply K 817 = Generator D+ **) V 913 = Crane control,
emergency mode
K = 709 Direction indicator K 919 = AML shut-off feature K 961 = Crane control, emer-
nd
transmitter gency mode, 2 hoisting
gear down
K 735 = Chassis control system V 907 = AML override actuated K 959 = Crane control, emer-
engaged gency mode, slewing to
the left
K 970 = Tele control, emergency V 905 = Counterweight K 957 = Crane control, emer-
mode gency mode, extend tele
section
K 972 = Tele control, emergency K 950 = Crane control, K 955 = Crane control, emergen-
mode emergency mode cy mode, boom elevation
down
V 803 = CGC supply V 911 = Crane control, K 953 = Crane control, emergen-
emergency mode cy mode, hoisting gear up
K 811 = Heater unit, vehicle fan V 937 = Crane control,
emergency mode
K 814 = Electric horn K 816 = Air conditioning system**)
K 813 = 15+ ADM/MR K 941 = Crane control ON
K 809 = Generator D+ K 942 = Electric horn - AML
override activated
K 808 = Working floodlight K 929 = Counterweight rest
K 810 = Heating / Instrument V 912 = Crane control,
illumination emergency mode
K 803 = Wiper interval action K 963 = Hydraulic pump I

ADM / MR = Electronic system, engine; CGC = Control and Service System;


AML = Load moment limiter; K = Relay
MPKT = Ground point V = Diode

**) Optional equipment

0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
2/6 2003-01
C2-7

7.7 Fuse / relay arrangement (cond’t)

0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
2001-06 3/6
C2-7

7.7.1 Fuses in battery box

1 = F 863 Fuse, charging plugbox **) 25 A


2 = F 862 Fuse, battery + 25 A
3 = F 861 Fuse, battery +, battery main switch 50 A

7782218
B/0704

**) Optional equipment


0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
4/6 2001-06
C2-7

7.2 Relay arrangement, counterweight control

Relays
K 921 Counterweight down
K 922 Counterweight down
K 923 Counterweight not "up"
K 924 Counterweight not "up"
K 930 Counterweight not "up"
K 931 Counterweight not "up"
K 925 Counterweight locked
K 926 Counterweight locked
K 927 Counterweight unlocked
K 928 Counterweight unlocked
K 932 Counterweight locked

0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
2003-01 5/6
C2-7

Memo

0390_EN_FA029_C2_07_00_00_FA017_relayfuse.DOC
6/6 2003-01
B1-1

1.3 Components, assemblies - installation location and position

1 Steering gear 26 Test connectors / test panel, compressed air


2 Miter gear of steering system system
3 Air conditioning**) 27 Compressed air tank
4 Tow lugs 28 Trailer coupling device**)
5 Sliding coupling 29 Sliding coupling**)
6 Tank for windshield washing fluid 30 Outrigger, rear, left-hand
7 Brake cylinder, 1st axle 31 Stowing support, bottom block
8 Suspension cylinder, 1st axle 32 Access
9 Engine and gearbox 33 5th driven axle
10 Radiator 34 Hydraulic accumulator
11 Water separator 35 Compressed air tank
12 Radiator, transfer box 36 4th driven axle
13 Radiator 37 Access
14 Coolant overflow tank 38 Fuel tank
15 Air intake duct 39 3rd axle not driven
16 Suspension cylinder, 2nd axle 40 Hydraulic accumulator
17 Propeller shafts 41 2nd driven axle
18 Steering pump 42 Centralized lubrication system
19 Transfer box with emergency steering pump 43 Outrigger, front, left-hand
20 Suspension cylinder, 3rd axle 44 Hydraulic oil tank
21 Eddy-current brake **) 45 1st driven axle **)
22 Compressed air tank 46 Batteries
23 Brake cylinder, 4th axle 47 Exhaust system
24 Suspension cylinder, 4th axle 48 Access to driver's cab
25 Suspension cylinder, 5th axle 49 1st axle not driven

**) Optional equipment

0110_EN_FA029_B1_01_00_00 cut.DOC
2003-01 1/4
B1-1 General instructions concerning operation of the vehicle

(cont'd.) 1.3 Components, assemblies - installation location and position

0110_EN_FA029_B1_01_00_00 cut.DOC
2/14 2001-06
B1-1

Memo:

0110_EN_FA029_B1_01_00_00 cut.DOC
2002-12 3/14
B1-1

0110_EN_FA029_B1_01_00_00 cut.DOC
4/4 2003-01
B1-2

Memo:

0115_EN_FA029_B1_02_01_00 cut.DOC
2002-12 1/10
B1-2

2 Driver’s cab
2.1 Explanation of the control elements and of the equipment

1 Lateral bordering light


2 Rotary beacon
3 Seat belt
4 Compartment for installation of auxiliary heating
5 Storage box
6 Ashtray
7 Refrigerator box **)
8 Gearbox control device
9 Electronic control unit for actuation of rear axle steering
10 Radio
11 Plugbox 24 V
12 Plugbox 12 V
13 Ashtray
14 Electric mirror adjusting device
15 Handbrake lever
16 Rocker switch, preselection of steering mode
17 Fire extinguisher
18 First-aid kit
19 Seat adjusting lever
20 Storage box for wheel chocks
21 Access plate
22 Accelerator pedal
23 Footbrake pedal
24 Steering wheel adjustment
25 Direction indicator
26 Air distributor - side pane
27 Steering column switch (direction indicators, windshield wiper etc.)
28 Instrument panel
29 Steering wheel
30 Roller sun visor
31 Steering column switch (engine brake etc.)
32 Electronic tachograph
33 Control unit, heating, ventilation and air conditioning system **)
34 Air distributor, passenger compartment
35 Fuses
36 Diagnostic plug, ABV
37 Diagnostic plug, engine
38 CAN emergency switch
39 Diagnostic connector, intarder
40 Diagnostic connector, gearbox
41 Air distributor, passenger
42 Relays

**) Optional equipment


0115_EN_FA029_B1_02_01_00 cut.DOC
2/10 2002-12
B1-2

Driver’s cab

„X“

0115_EN_FA029_B1_02_01_00 cut.DOC
2002-12 3/10
B1-2 Driver’s cab

Memo:

0115_EN_FA029_B1_02_01_00 cut.DOC
4/10 2001-06
B1-7

7 Emergency control functions and elements

7.1 Hydraulic system

In case of failure or malfunctions of various control and operating elements, or in case of malfunctions of the
electric equipment, the functions failed might be effected, e.g. via emergency controls. For the position of the
solenoid valves, refer to the figure.

NOTE To ensure the oil supply of the hydraulic system, the emergency control (E) of the
solenoid valve (2) located on the valve block must be kept pressed down by an
assistant at the same time.

Attention Make sure that emergency control devices with rubber caps are never actuated with
sharp-edged or pointed objects! Should the rubber caps be damaged, this may result
in failure of the valves.

DANGER Emergency control devices must never be used instead of the operating elements for
normal operation. Any damage to the control and operating elements must be
eliminated immediately.

0145_EN_FA029_B1_07_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/4
B1-7

7.1.1 Functionalities of the emergency push-buttons on the solenoid valves:

Solenoid valves (1) Emergency control of outriggers.

A = retract outrigger cylinders. B = retract outrigger beams.


C = extend outrigger cylinders. D = extend outrigger beams.

Solenoid valve (2) Oil supply.

E= Oil supply.
F= Change-over cock, fan drive.

Solenoid valve (3) Emergency control of rear steering.

G = Steering actuated to the left


H = Steering actuated to the right

7.1.2 Actuation of the emergency tip switches

- Start the engine.


- Set the engine to idling speed.
- Set gearbox to neutral position "N"
- Engage the parking brake (handbrake).
- Block the vehicle, if necessary, using wheel chocks.

7.1.2.1 Retracting and extending the outrigger cylinders

Solenoid valve 1:
Tip switch A = retract outrigger cylinders.
Tip switch C = extend outrigger cylinders.
Solenoid valve 2:
additionally: Tip switch E = oil supply.

7.1.2.2 Retracting and extending the outrigger beams

Solenoid valve 1:
Tip switch B = retract outrigger beams.
Tip switch D = extend outrigger beams.
Solenoid valve 2:
additionally: Tip switch E = oil supply.

DANGER On actuation of the tip switches, the outrigger cylinders and the outrigger beams on
the opposite side of the machine will be retracted or extended. Therefore, for safety
reasons, an assistant must be posted to watch the working area which is not within
the operator’s vision.

0145_EN_FA029_B1_07_00_00.DOC
2/4 2003-01
B1-7

7.1.2.3 Fan drive

Change-over cock F parallel to piping = normal operation.


Change-over cock F transverse with reference to piping = Emergency function; fan fully
connected.

Refer also to item 4.6.2.7 "Function of the change-over cock in the cooling system".

7.1.2.4 Rear axle steering

Solenoid valve 3:
Tip switch G = 5th axle steering actuated to the right
Tip switch H = 5th axle steering actuated to the left
Solenoid valve 2:
additionally: Tip switch E = oil supply.

Solenoid valve 4:
Tip switch G = 4th axle steering actuated to the right
Tip switch H = 4th axle steering actuated to the left
Solenoid valve 2:
additionally: Tip switch E = oil supply.

DANGER During actuation of the solenoid valves (3, 4), the rear axles are steered; risk of
crushing !

7.2 Centering the 4th and 5th axles

If problems occur in the electronic system while the rear axle


steering is actuated, the rear axles can be centered via the
emergency control.

The connectors are located below the front lid (part B1-2.3.3,
item 13).
- Release the connector X511, turn it by 180° and plug it onto
the free connector X512.
th th
- Center the 4 and 5 axles as described under item B1-7.1
and 7.1.2.4 - in straight-ahead position.
- Remove connector X511 from X512 and leave it
unconnected.

Overriding the upshift lock’s function:

- Remove connector X515 and leave it unconnected.

DANGER Now the vehicle is ready to operate for


limited duties. Driving operation is possible
with the front axle steering. The turning
radii increase.
The elimination of the malfunction or the
damage in the steering system must be
initiated and executed immediately.

0145_EN_FA029_B1_07_00_00.DOC
2003-01 3/4
B1-7

Memo:

0145_EN_FA029_B1_07_00_00.DOC
4/4 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 B1-1

Memo:

0165_EN_FA029_B1_11_00_00.DOC
2002-12 1/4
B1-1 エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

11 Instrument panel
(for drawings, refer to the following page)

11.1 Pilot, indicator and warning 11.4 Switches, rocker switches (WS)
lamps and rocker tip switches (WT)
1 WS - super-tone horn**)
Item 2 WS - Reversing signal
3 WS*) - Mirror heating system
10 Immobilizer **) 4 WS - Fog lights**)
12 (gn) Direction indicators 1 (chassis) 5 WS *) - Rotary beacon
13 (rt) Engine malfunction 6 WT - Rear fog light
14 (rt) Service brake 7 WS*) - Battery main switch
15 (rt) Central warning, chassis 8 Rotary switch, lighting equipment
16 (rt) Steering malfunction 26 WT - Menu guidance
17 (rt) Parking brake 27 WT - Selection
18 (rt) Gearbox malfunction 28 WT - Service
19 (gn) Direction indicators 2 (trailer)**)
29 free
30 WT - 3rd axle - lifting-lowering
31 WT - Leveling
11.2 Other components 32 WT - Inclination adjustment VL
20 CMV Cockpit-Multi-Vision 33 WT - Inclination adjustment VR
21 Buzzer, engine/steering malfunction 34 WT - Inclination adjustment HR
22 Buzzer, gearbox malfunction 35 WT - Inclination adjustment HL
25 Gearbox display 36 WS - Axle suspension lock
37 WT - Axle oscillation
38 WT - Level control - lift/lower all
11.3 Instruments 39 – 44 free
45 WT - On-road / off-road gear
nd
Item 46 WT - connection of 2 axle / differential
9 Speedometer with tripmeter locks
11 Engine temperature indicator 47 free
23 Fuel level indicator 48 WS - Intarder
24 Revolution counter with hourmeter 49 WS*) - Hazard warning flashers
50 Key-actuated change-over switch, chassis -
superstructure
51 WT - ABV system “off-road mode”**)
52 free
53 WS - Working speed
54 - 55 free

Pilot lamps = (gn)green UW = Chassis , OW = Superstructure


Indicator lamps = (ge) yellow HR = rear, right-hand HL = rear, left-hand
(or) orange VR = front, right-hand VL = front, left-hand
(bl) blue WS*) = Rocker switch with function lighting
Warning lamps = (rt) red
ABV = Anti-lock system

**) Optional equipment


0165_EN_FA029_B1_11_00_00.DOC
2/4 2002-12
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 B1-1

Instrument panel

0165_EN_FA029_B1_11_00_00.DOC
2002-12 3/4
B1-1 エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

Memo:

0165_EN_FA029_B1_11_00_00.DOC
4/4 2002-12
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C1-12

Fuse / relay arrangement


The fuse box is installed in the driver's cab, on the right side of the instrument panel.
DANGER Before replacing any defective fuses, turn the ignition off. Replace defective fuses
only by fuses having the same power rating. Do never use a jumper wire or a similar
device.
Fuse arrangement
F001 = CMV F020 = ABV**) F039 = free
Chassis- Superstructure
F002 = Node D001 F021 = ABV-Trailer**) F040 = Generator G+
Node D002 Tachometer
F003 = Node D003 F022 = Gearbox set to „neutral“ F041 = ADM electronics
Node D004
F004 = Node D005 F023 = Immobilizer**) F042 = Diagnostic connector
Node D006
F005 = Node D007 F024 = Gearbox F043 = Gearbox
Node D008 Starter interlock
F006 = Node D016 F025 = Bordering lights F044 = ABV
Node D015 Rear lights
Node D017 License plate lamps
Parking light, LH
F007 = Direction indicators F026 = Instrument illumination F045 = ABV
Bordering lights
Rear lights
License plate lamps
Parking light, RH
F008 = Wiper, washer F027 = Additional bordering light F046 = ABV-Trailer**)
Electric horn Lateral light, crane
Super-tone horn **)
F009 = Stop lights F028 = Dimmed light, left-hand F047 = Immobilizer**)
Air drier Relay, fog-light**) Tachograph
F010 = Reversing light F029 = Dimmed light, right-hand F048 = Tachograph
Centralized lubrication system Radio
Voltage reduction device
24/12 V
F011 = Indicator lamps F030 = High-beam light, left-hand F049 = Supplementary heater unit **)
Relays
Tachometer
F012 = Heater fan F031 = High-beam light, right-hand F050 = Supplementary heater unit **)
Supplementary heater unit **) Indicator lamp, high-beam Fan (relay) **)
light
F013 = MR electronics F032 = Air conditioning**) F051 = Battery main switch
ADM electronics
F014 = free F033 = Radio F052 = Steering computer
Trailer plugbox**)
Plugbox (24V)
F015 = Diagnostic connector F034 = Hazard warning flasher lamp F053 = Emergency switch, front
axle steering
F016 = Trailer plugbox**) F035 = Rotary beacon F054 = Steering computer
F017 = Intarder F036 = Fog lights**) F055 = Hand-operated intarder switch
Rear fog light Eddy-current brake**)
Cab light Radiomodem**)
Headlamp flasher
F018 = Mirror heating system F037 = free F056 = Working floodlight
Adjustment of rearview mirrors
Refrigerator box **) (24V)
F019 = free F038 = Intarder 99707782081/R/0805
ABV = Automatic anti-lock system MR / ADM = Electronic system, engine CMV = Colour display

**) Optional equipment


0295_EN_FA029_C1_12_00_00_relayfuse.DOC
2003-01 1/4
C1-12 エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

(cont'd.): 12.5 Fuse / relay arrangement

The relay panels are installed in the driver's cab, on the right side of the instrument panel.

A 131a A130a
K 726 K 036
Ignition, chassis CMV supply
ON

Relay arrangement
K 024 **)
= Eddy-current brake K 041 = Door contact switch V 626 = Diode group
K 023**) = Eddy-current brake K 008 = Rear fog light V 632 = Emergency control
K 409 = Axle oscillation K 006 = Fog lights V 504 = Steering
K 025**) = Eddy-current brake K 013 = Battery main switch V 503 = Steering
K 026**) = Eddy-current brake K 004 = Generator D+ V 502 = Steering
K 027**) = Eddy-current brake K 002 = Wiper interval V 501 = Steering
shut-off feature
K 720 = Engine stop (stalling de- K 042 = Brake light K 652**) = Diagnosis
vice)
K 719 = Engine stop (stalling de- K 047 = Service brake K 653**) = Diagnosis
vice)
K 061 = Central warning, chassis K 007 = High-beam light / head- K 533 = Malfunction, steering; 4th
lamp flashers axle
K 030 = Working speed K 040 = Holding circuit, NES K 532 = Malfunction, steering; 5th
axle
K 731**) = Lighting from super- V 004 = CMV supply K 531 = Power supply, steering
structure computer, 5th axle
K 730**) = Lighting from super- K 015**) = Eddy-current brake K 521 = Buzzer
structure
th
V 711 = Ignition, chassis V 506**) = Group of diodes K 511 = Speed limitation, 4 axle
K 101**) = ABV shut-off feature K 316 = Engine brake K 514**) = Front axle steering,
left-hand
K 1W**) K 067 = Working floodlight, right K 515**) = Front axle steering,
side right-hand
K 033 **) = Supplementary heater K 066 = Working floodlight, left K 065**) = Automatic fan connec-
unit side tion
K 725 = Engine speed regulation K 313 = Gearbox neutral K 039**) = Air conditioning con-
"+" denser
K 724 = Engine speed regulation K 311 = Gearbox, starter interlock K 038**) = Air conditioner cou-
"-" pling
K 010 = Direction / hazard warn- K 312 = Reversing light K 037**) = Air conditioning system
ing flasher transmitter
V 003 = Buzzer R 501 = Resistor, steering system
99707782087/P/0605

K = Relays, V = Diodes, R = Resistor; UW = Chassis, OW = Superstructure, VA = Front axle, VL = front, left-hand, VR =


front, right-hand,
ABV = Automatic anti-lock system; CMV = Display, NES = Rear foglight.

**) Optional equipment


0295_EN_FA029_C1_12_00_00_relayfuse.DOC
2/4 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C1-12

(cont'd.): 12.5 Fuse / relay arrangement

Belegung der Sicherungsdosen = Fuse arrangement; Sonderausrüstung = optional equipment

0295_EN_FA029_C1_12_00_00_relayfuse.DOC
2001-06 3/4
C1-112 エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

12.5.2 Fuses in battery box

1 = Eddy-current brake**)*) 250 A


2 = F 061 Fuse, charging plugbox**) 25 A
3 = F 058 Fuse, chassis frame 25 A
4 = F 059 Fuse, superstructure 25 A
5 = F 060 Fuse, driver’s cabin 50 A

99707781761
A/0704
99707782103
D/0704

**) Optional equipment


0295_EN_FA029_C1_12_00_00_relayfuse.DOC
4/4 2001-06
F4-4

4 Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06 1/4
F4-4

(cont'd.) 4 Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2/4 2001-06
F4-4

(cont'd.) 4 Connection diagram - Chassis

key to drawing, refer to page 4

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
2001-06 3/4
F4-4

Key to drawings on pages 1-3:

Anschlussplan ABV-Stecker mit Dummy Connection diagram ABV - connector with dummy
Anschlussplan ABV-Stecker ohne Dummy Connection diagram ABV - connector without dummy
Anschlussplan Transmitter Tadano D700 Connection diagram - Tadano D700 transmitter
Knotenanordnung im FH Node arrangement in the driver’s cab
* nur bei Option Telma Bremse * only in case of optional equipment eddy current brake
* Telma Eddy current brake
Batt.h.sch Battery main switch
Anschlußplan Sicherung Connection diagram fuses
Ladesteckdose Charging plugbox
Frankreich France
frei free
R-Sig. Reversing signal
unten at the bottom
Vert. distrib.
x-pol. x-pin

0635_EN_FA029_F4_01_00_00.DOC
4/4 2001-06
ATF 160G-5
Overview

09.02.06 1
A 921 AML-
Main fuses F 860 861 862 863 main controller
ATF 160G-5
Electric components

Relay box counterweight

X 915 X 918 X 916

2 Batteries 110 AH
K 805 Battery main switch

A 804 MR-
engine controller

12V - 6 V coverter

Tele Relays

24V -12 V coverter

Fuse box Relays / Diodes


A 903 Tele length detector A 902 Angle detector
4-20mA 4-20mA AML flash connector
P 820 Engine test connector
09.02.06 A.1
S 948 entriegelt / free
S 947 entriegelt / free
S 945 verriegelt / lockt
S 946 verriegelt / lockt ATF160G-5
Gegengewicht / Counterweight

S 943 Oben / up
S 944 Oben / up Ohne Gegengewicht oben /
Ohne Gegengewicht oben / retracted without counterweight
retracted without counterweight
Brake Valve Flow Divider

S 972 Mitte / middle


S 973 Mitte / middle Mit Gegengewicht oben /
Mit Gegengewicht oben / with counterweight lifted up
L. with counterweight lifted up

R. S 941 Unten / down


S 942 Unten / down max.ausgefahren /
max.ausgefahren / max. extended
max. extended

K 921 Counterweight down


K 922 Counterweight down
K 923 Counterweight not "up"
K 924 Counterweight not "up"
K 930 Counterweight not "up"
K 931 Counterweight not "up"
K 925 Counterweight locked
K 926 Counterweight locked
K 927 Counterweight unlocked
K 928 Counterweight unlocked
K 932 Counterweight locked
03.04.06 A.2
ATF - LMB
A2B Switch
Main boom

A2B switch Fly jib

1,5 + 2 K = Fly jib dummy


R 850 (Ohm)
ground S O
2 2
5 1K5 5K6

2K 1K

1 1 R 850 5K6
1K

3 3
6
input impedance

S (closed) = R 850 + 1K = 1K8 (1,8 K Ohm)


o ( open) = R 850 + 5K6 + 1K = 7K5 (7,5 K Ohm)
ATF 160G-5
A10VO 71 ccm Integrierte Steuerdruckpumpe mit fest eingestelter DBV 40 bar Pumpen -OW
Drehwerkspumpe Pilot pressure pump integrated, with fixed pressure reliev valve 40 bar Superstructure pumps
Slewing pump

A8VO- variable axial piston double pump


Japan version only 140 ccm each
Boom /Jip assembly Vmin start with 6 bar pilot pressure
Vmax reached with 28 bar pilot pressure
MP 7

Pumpe2 Winde/Tele 2/ Hilfswinde Pumpe1 Wippe/Tele


Winch/Tele 2/ Aux.winch Elevating/Tele 1

Ohne Funktion
Not used MP 7 Rückstelldruck zu den Pumpen
Resett pressure to the pumps

13.01.06 B.1
Y 980 Power shift funktion ( Leerlauf Kennlinie)
Power shift mode (characteristic curve ideling)
Y 969 Druckerhöhung Televerriegelung
Pressure increasing tele lock system
ATF 160G-5
Magnetventile -OW
Ow -Solenoids

same

Y 975 Telestufe entriegeln


Unlock tele section

Y 977 Telezylinder entriegeln


Y 974 Telestufe verriegeln
Unlock tele cylinder
Lock tele section
Y 976 Telezylinder verriegeln
Lock tele cylinder

Y 915 Differentialventil Tele


Differential mode Tele
Y 925 Prop. Ventil pumpe 1
Prop. valve pump 1

Y 926 Prop. Ventil pumpe 2


Prop. valve pump 2

Y 943 Reduce pressure Tele extending


170 - 120 bar

Y 941 LMB-Abschaltung
AML-Stop valve
Y 976
Y 974

Y 977
Y 914 Eilgang
High speed Y 975
13.01.06 B.2
Y 943 Reduce pressure Tele extending
ATF 160G-5
170 - 140 bar OW - Hydraulic

140 bar

Option
Mp-Working
pressure
Elevating up 310 bar
170 bar

Mp-Working
350 bar primary
pressure + delta p (20bar)

Connecting valve winch brake


Mp powershift funktion

40 bar Pilot pressure


Mp-Working Fixed(not edjustable)
pressure

Mp Pilot pressure pump 1


Mp-Working
0 – 40 bar
pressure + delta p (20bar)

350 bar primary


Mp Pilot pressure pump 2
100 bar aux winch down Tele retract 240 bar
Elevating down 30 bar 0 – 40 bar
100 bar main winch down Option
28.03.06 B.3
ATF 160G-5
Prop.-valves OW-Hydraulic

Y 906 Y 904 Y 982


Y 908 Y 9xx Y 902

Y 925 Prop. Ventil pumpe 1


Prop. valve pump 1

Y 905 Y 9xx Y 909


Y 907 Y 903 Y 981
Y 926 Prop. Ventil pumpe 2
Prop. valve pump 2
Y 906 Aux. Winch down
Y 907 Aux. Winch up
Y 904 Main Winch up
Y 903 Main Winch down
Y 982 Tele retracting
Y 981 Tele Extending Y 919

Y 908 Tele retracting


Y 905 Tele extending
Y 9xx Option Y 918
Y 9xx Option
Y 902 Elevating down
Y 909 Elevating up
Y 918 Swing left Prop. Valves
Y 919 Swing right Manual button to override
28.03.06 B.4
Test point working pressure
ATF 160G-5
280 bar swing Steuerblock
Drehwerk/Gegengwicht
Control valve
Test point pilot pressure 40bar (PST) slewing/counterweight

Y 919

Y 918

Y 901 (40 ohm) Conrtol pressure shut off


Y 934

Y 910 (40 ohm) Release swing brake


Y 927
Y 933
Y 918 (12 ohm) Prop. Valve swing left
250 bar
counterweight up
Y 919 (12 ohm) Prop. Valve swing right

Y 927 (26 ohm) Activate Counterweight 100 -110bar


Y 931 counterweight down

Y 931 (20 ohm) Counterweight down

Y 932
Y 932 (20 ohm) Counterweight up

Y 933 (20 ohm) Lock counterweight Y 901

Y 934 (20 ohm) Unlock counterweight

Counterweight
Y 910
Lock valve (Pilot check valve)
08.11.04 B.5
ATF 160G-5
overview

6 times inside

12.01.06 1
Teststecker AS-Tronic Teststecker = Testconnector
Teststecker Intarder
ATF 160/110-5
Electric
Relais und Dioden
Teststecker DC-Motor Relays and diodes

Teststecker ABV

Sicherungen UW
Fuses chassis

Stecker zu den Knoten


Connector to the nodes 2A L. 2A R. 5A L. 5A R.
D00X Datenbus
Steuergerät ABV
Cotrolbox ABV

In der Mittelkonsole
Inside the middle mounting bracket
100 Ohm Wiederstände ABV
Resistance ABV
D 007 D 004 Nur bei Fahrzeugen ohne ABV
D 008 D 003 Only on vehicles without ABV

D 006 D 005 D 002 D 001

12.01.06 A.1
1. A 502 Rear wheel steering controler 1 master axle 1 and 4 ATF160/110G-5
2. A 503 Rear wheel steering controler 2 slave axle 2 and 5 Electric components
Behind front cover
3. A 304 ZF Intarder
4. A 303 ZF AS-Tronic
5. A 014 ADM-2 Adaptation module engine control
6. A 002 Converter 24 - 12 V
7. M 003 Wiper motor
8. M 005 Washer motor

2
1

8 3 7

4 5

11.01.06 A.2
RW-Steering 5th Axle
Y 535 ATF160/110G-5
RW-Steering
Y 513

RW-Steering 4th Axle Y 540 Y 539


Axle 4 R. Axle 5 R.

Y 514 Y 536 160 bar


Emergency Steering Pump
on transfer box supply to axle 5

Y 541
Mp 5

Y 537 Y 516
Y 513 Check valve Y 518
Y 514 Check valve
Y 515 Prop.valve axle 4 left Y 515
Y 516 Prop.valve axle 4 right Axle 4 L. Axle 5 L.
Y 518 Check valve
Y 519 Check valve
Y 535 Check valve Y 538
Y 519 Mp 4 160 bar
Y 536 Check valve
Y 537 Check valve
Y 538 Check valve
Y 539 Prop.valve axle 5 left
Y 540 Prop.valve axle 5 right
Y 541 Steering stabilisation axle 5 Bucher Sol.V 46 Ohm
(18 ohm) Weber Sol.V 22 Ohm
28.03.06 A.3
Y618(19.5 ohm)
B 403 Axle load (Rear)
Sifting from Fan to Suspension
ATF 160/110-5
S 439 Normal level
Suspension - Electric
S 459 Higher normal level

S 440 Normal level


Y419(32 ohm)
S 460 Higher Normal level
Oscillation
5th Axle-Right

S 438 Normal level


Level clearance Set-point Tolerance 1st Axle-Right S 458 Higher Normal level
Axle center - bottom edge
of chassis frame
Normal level, front (1st axle) 305 mm ± 5mm
Normal level, rear (2nd axle) 370 mm ± 5mm (17.5 ohm)
Upper level, front (4th axle) 370 mm ± 5mm 5th Axle-Left
Upper level, rear (5th axle) 435 mm ± 5mm
Y438 All Axle lifting

Y444 3rd Axle keeping Y448 Lock cross connection


(32 ohm) lifted

Y440(32 ohm)
B 402 Axle load (Front) All axle keeping lifted

(31 ohm) Y449 Axle load limiter


Y445 3rd Axle lowering
Y4xx lowering S 437 Normal level Y420(32 ohm) Oscillation (32 ohm) 3rd Axle
(32 ohm) (Axle load)
Y4xx lifting S 457 Higher Normal level

Y411
Y412
Y618
Y402
Y406
Y404
Y408
Y401
Y405
Y403
Y407
Y442
Y446
Y443
Y447
Y440
Y438
Y444
Y445
Y419
Y420
Y448
Sol.V.
Function
Suspension/Travel condition X X X
Levling X X X X X X
X X X X X X X
Suspention lock X X
Oscillation X X X X X
1st Axle-Left Front left up X X X
Front right up X X X
Rear left up X X X X X
S 4xx Suspension lock SW Rear right up X X X X X
Front left down X X
Front right down X X
Connection from Y411 Rear left down X X X X
(Aux. Air system ) Rear right down X X X X
All axle up X X X X X X X X X X
3rd Axle up X X X X X X
6 pcs installed
28.03.06 A.4
Dieselpumpe ATF160/110-5
Diesel pump Lenkungspumpe Kreis2 Hydraulik - Pumpen
Steering pump circuit 2
(25cc)
Hydraulic - Pumps

Notlenkpumpe am VG
Emergency Steering Pump
on transfer box (32cc)

HA-Lenkung Achse 5
RW-Steering 5th Axle
(22cc)

Lüfter, Lenkung kreis 1,


Federung, Abstützung

Fan, Steering circuit 1,


Suspension, Outrigger HA-Lenkung Achse 4
RW-Steering 4th Axle
(22cc)
28.03.06 B.1
ATF110/160G-5
Priority Valve
Y 619 (VA) Extending outrigger(27 ohm)
VA 80 bar

(VE) 280 bar on M3


Outrigger jack retracted
Niveauregulation

M3
Y 618(19.5 ohm) Shift from Fan to Suspension /Outrigger

LA10V071 - Federung / Suspension

280 bar
Tolerance + 10 bar
28.03.06 B.2
Y 031 Fan speed regulation
Pin 1 (WS-GE) + from MR X 048-14 ATF 160/110-5
Pin 2 (BL-WS-RT) - from MR X048-10 Fan System
For emergency use, disconnect connector, Fan max 1300 R/pm
Fan low idle speed 500 R/pm Valve with 24 V supplied

Control range 95° - 105°


at 115 ° engine failure control light is on
and the engine runs in emergency operation

Manual ball cock valve


Fan max 1300 U/min

M3

Not used

130 bar / max. 1300 R/pm Y 031 disengaged


280 bar Tolerance + 10 bar

Adjustments with 1500 R/pm at the engine


Test pressure on M 3 30 bar / low idle speed 500 R/pm / Y 031- 24 V engaged

28.03.06 B.3
LA10V071 - Federung / Suspension
VE 280 bar on M3
ATF 160/110-5
Niveauregulierung Federung - Suspension
Niveauregulation Hydraulik
M3
Sec. 280 bar

Y 618(19.5 ohm) Umschaltung vom Lüfter zur Federung


Shift from Fan to Suspension

Y 445(32.5 ohm)
Achse 3 im Fahrniveau
Achse 3 Fahrniveau
(31 ohm) Axle 3 Leveled driving niveau
Axle 3 Leveled driving niveau
Y 4xx ab / lowering 110 bar = 12 t an M 6
Y 4xx auf / lifting 130 bar = 14 t on M 6
M6

Y411
Y412
Y618
Y402
Y406
Y404
Y408
Y401
Y405
Y403
Y407
Y442
Y446
Y443
Y447
Y440
Y438
Y444
Y445
Y419
Y420
Y448
Sol.V.
Function
S 4xx Schalter Achsblockirung Suspension/Travel condition X X X
Levling X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Suspension lock switch Suspention lock X X
Oscillation X X X X X
Front left up X X X
Front right up X X X
Anschluß von Y 411 Rear left up X X X X X
(Nebenverbraucher) Rear right up X X X X X
Front left down X X
Connection from aux. air Y 411 Front right down X X
Speicher Vorfülldruck Achse 1,2,und 3 : 75 bar Rear left down X X X X
Achse 4 und 5 : 65 bar Rear right down X X X X
Accumulator nitrogen pressure Axle 1,2 and 3 : 75 bar All axle up X X X X X X X X X X
Axle 4 and 5 : 65 bar 6 x vorhanden 3rd Axle up X X X X X X
6 times fitted
28.03.06 B.4
Lenkungspumpe Kreis2
Steering pump circuit 2
ATF110/160G-5
25 cc Front Steering

Notlenkpumpe
Stromregelventil 24 L/min emergency pump
flow divider 24 l/min 32 cc
Zuschaltventil Notlenkpumpe
shuttle valve emergency steering pump

S 040 Schalter Notlenkpumpe Kreis 2


Switch Emergency steering pump circuit 2

S 039 Schalter Lenkpumpe Kreis 1


Switch steering pump circuit 1

Verteilergetriebe
Transfer box

Lüfter, Lenkung kreis 1,


Federung, Abstützung
Fan, Steering circuit 1,
Suspension, Outrigger

ZF Servocom dual-circuit hydraulic steering, mechanical with hydraulic


assistance. The permanent steering is effective on the 1st and 2nd axles
with mechanical connection to the steering gear. In on-road mode,
the 4th and 5th axles are steered electronically depending on the speed
Mp 1 circuit 1 according to the current steering angles of the 1st and 2nd axles.
130 bar max.
At speeds exceeding 25 km/h, the 4th axle - and at speeds exceeding
50 km/h the 5th axle - are locked automatically in straight-ahead position.
Mp 2 circuit 2
130 bar max.

28.03.05 B.5
LA10V071 - Federung / Suspension
VE 280 bar on M3
ATF 160/110-5
Niveauregulierung Federung – Outrigger
Niveauregulation Hydraulic
M3
Sec. 280 bar

Y 618 Umschaltung vom Lüfter zur Federung


(19.5 ohm) Shift from Fan to Suspension

Y618
Y612
Y616
Y613
Y617
Y606
Y602
Y607
Y603
Y610
Y614
Y611
Y615
Y608
Y604
Y609
Y605
Y619
Sol.V.
Function
Front left O/R beem extend X X X
Front right O/R beem extend X X X
Front left O/R beem retract X X
Front right O/R beem retract X X
Rear left O/R beem extend X X X
Rear right O/R beem extend X X X
Y60x Rear O/R Rear left O/R beem retract X X
Y61x Front O/R Rear right O/R beem retract X X
Front left O/R jack extend X X
Front right O/R jack extend X X
Front left O/R jack retract X X
4 x vorhanden Front right O/R jack retract X X
4 times fitted Rear left O/R jack extend X X
Rear right O/R jack extend X X
Rear left O/R jack retract X X
Rear right O/R jack retract X X

28.03.06 B.6
BBA1-AR BBA2-AR FBA-AR FBA-BR FBA-BR ATF 160G-5
S 52 S 53 S 42 S 43 S 44 Pneumatik
Kugelhahn VG - neutral
Manual valve T/F neutral BBA = Service Brake
FBA = Parking Brake
AR = Air reservoir
BR = Brake activated

Lufttrockner Anschluß K
Air dryer Anschluß Federspeicher lösen
Connector K
Release spring-loaded brake cylinder

Druckregler an Rückseite
Abschaltdruck 11.7 -12,3 bar
B 018 Drucksensor
Governor on rear side
Pressure sensor
Cut off pressure 11.7-12,3 bar

R 004 Heizung
Heater

Reifenfüllanschluß
Tires inflation connector
Vierkreisschutzventil
Four circuit protection valve

12.01.06 C.1
ATF 160G-5
Aauxiliary Air

Y 014

Y 002
Changeover-cock - distributor gear
to neutral Y 411 Y 019 Y 007 Y 006 Y 008

Switch manually

Y 307(34 ohm) Konstant Drossel - Constant throttle


Y 307 Y 311
Y 311(34 ohm) Motorbremse - Engine-brake
Y 008(34 ohm) Diff. Sperre -VG-Straßengang – Diff. Lock -Transferbox
Y 006 (34 ohm) Zuschalzung 2 Achse – connect Axle 2
Y 007 (34 ohm) Quersperren Achsen - Inter-wheel differential lock axles
Y 019 (34 ohm) 4 Achse Längssperre - 4th. axle inter-axle lock
Y 411 (34 ohm) Achsblockierung/Federung - Axle locking/suspension
Y 002(260 ohm) VG.-Geländegang - Transferbox offroad gear
Y 014(260 ohm) VG.-Strßengang - Transferbox onroad gear

28.03.06 C.2
B1-1

5.9 Steering

The crane carrier ATF 160G - 5 has 4 steered axles. These are the axles 1, 2, 4 and 5 (axle 3 is rigid).
st nd
The permanent steering is effective on the 1 and 2 axles with mechanical connection to the steering gear.
th th
In on-road mode, the 4 and 5 axles are steered electronically depending on the speed according to the
st nd
current steering angles of the 1 and 2 axles.
th th
At speeds exceeding 25 km/h, the 4 axle - and at speeds exceeding 50 km/h the 5 axle - are locked
automatically in straight-ahead position.
The axles 1 and 2 are connected by the steering rod, the axles 4 and 5 are steered hydraulically. Thus, a
maximum range of movement and manoeuvring is enabled with minimum steering radii.
However, this causes the rear part of the vehicle to swing out from its straight-ahead position contrary to the
steering direction of the front wheels when the steering is actuated to its maximum; refer to the figure:
The steering angle of the rear axles increases along with the distance covered. Swinging out is effected with
a delay; after approx. 4 meters covered, the max. steering angle has been reached.

Make sure to take this steering behavior into account when moving the vehicle into a position from where it
may only be removed:

• in forward direction
and
• with the steering actuated to its maximum.

DANGER Act with extreme caution when manoeuvring the vehicle, setting it into motion or
performing other movements which must be performed with the steering actuated to
its maximum.

Observe the minimum clearance from:

● persons,
● other road users,
● banks,
● slopes,
● walls,
● buildings,
● and other obstacles.

0135_EN_FA029_B1_05_00_00 cut.DOC
2003-01 1/4
B1-1

cont'd.: 5.9 Steering

1 2 3 4 5

On-road mode On-road mode On-road mode Construction site Construction site
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed 25 Vehicle speed up mode mode
above 50 km/h. to 50 km/h. to 25 km/h. Vehicle speed up Vehicle speed up
st nd st nd nd rd rd
1 and 2 axles 1 and 2 axles 1st and 2 axles to the 3 gear. to the 3 gear.
st nd st nd
are steered me- are steered me- are steered me- 1 and 2 axles 1 and 2 axles
chanically. chanically. chanically. are steered me- are steered me-
th th th
5 axle connected 4 and 5 axles chanically. chanically.
th th th th
(steered connected (steered 4 and 5 axles 4 and 5 axles
electronically). electronically). connected (steered connected (steered
electronically, max. electronically).
angle).
Diagonal steering
Manual steering of (crab steering, driv-
the rear axles, ing away from a
rd
3 axle lifted. wall).
rd
For the steering 3 axle lifted.
mode “minimum
turning circle”, the
rd
3 axle need not
be lifted.

0135_EN_FA029_B1_05_00_00 cut.DOC
2/4 2003-01
B1-1

5.9.1 Electronic control unit for actuation of rear axle steering

1 Rocker switch, preselection of steering mode (on-road /


construction site mode)
2 Display
3 Push-button ESC Service Menu
4 Push-button manual steering, left-hand
5 Push-button manual steering, right-hand
6 Push-button, reading errors
7 Push-button, driving away from a wall
8 Push-button, diagonal steering
9 free
10 Push-button, minimum turning circle

5.9.2 Construction site mode

The construction site mode is activated via the "rocker switch Preselection of steering mode“ (item 5.9.1, pos.
rd
1) and - depending on the steering mode selected - by lifting the 3 axle.
In construction site mode, the following steering options are available via the electronic control unit (refer to
item 5.9.1):

● Diagonal steering,
● Driving away from a wall,
● Manual steering of the rear axles,
● Minimum turning circle.

NOTE It is not admissible to drive the vehicle on public roads with this steering variants!
Please observe any specific regulations of the country where the machine is to be
used, which might differ from the value mentioned before!

0135_EN_FA029_B1_05_00_00 cut.DOC
2003-01 3/4
B1-1

cont'd. : 5.9.2 Construction site mode

NOTE The working menu "Steering" can be called up for information. Refer to item 3.1.1.7.
rd
1. Lifting the 3 axle:

● The vehicle should be levelled.

rd
- Lift the 3 axle as described under item 5.5 "lifting axle".

rd
NOTE The upshift lock of the gearbox is active when the 3 axle is lifted. It is not possible to
th nd
upshift the gearbox higher than to the 3 forward gear or 2 reverse gear.

2. Actuate rocker switch Preselection of steering mode:


rd
• The 3 axle must be lifted.
• The front axles should be set to straight-ahead position.

- Unlock the rocker switch "Preselection of steering mode" in the center console (refer to item
5.9.1, pos. 1) by actuating the locking handle and push the rocker switch to the rear.
The construction site mode is activated.

Now one of the programs "diagonal steering", "Driving away from a wall", "Manual steering of the rear axles"
or "Minimum turning circle" can be selected.

0135_EN_FA029_B1_05_00_00 cut.DOC
4/4 2003-01
CAN BUS

Electronic Rear Wheel Steering

ATF 110G-5 + ATF 160G-5

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 1
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
Index

1 Software Download............................................................................................................................................3
1.1 Software description and register .....................................................................................................................3
1.2 Flash connector.................................................................................................................................................3
1.3 Flash cable ........................................................................................................................................................3
1.4 Software start ....................................................................................................................................................4
1.5 Go online ..........................................................................................................................................................5
1.5.1 Problems with going online ...............................................................................................................................5
1.5 Delete flash with button „Alles Löschen“ ...........................................................................................................6
1.6 Flash software with button „Programmieren“ ....................................................................................................7
2 Parameter Download ........................................................................................................................................8
2.1 Parameterset description and register ..............................................................................................................8
2.2 Flash connector.................................................................................................................................................8
2.3 Flash cable ........................................................................................................................................................8
2.4 Software start ....................................................................................................................................................9
2.5 Menu „Parameter bearbeiten“ ........................................................................................................................10
3 Potentiometer reset ................................................................エラー! ブックマークが定義されていません。
3.1 Setup procedures for potentiometer ...............................................................................................................11
4 Read errorcodes ............................................................................................................................................13
4.1 Error codes with operating panel....................................................................................................................13
4.2 Error Codes with WIN PCS ............................................................................................................................13
5 Diagnosis with WIN PCS ................................................................................................................................15
5.1 Start the Software referring chapter 2.4 .........................................................................................................15
5.2 Select button EA data......................................................................................................................................15
5.2.1 Display all digital inputs ...................................................................................................................................15
5.2.2 Display all analog inputs..................................................................................................................................16
5.2.3 Display all PWM outputs .................................................................................................................................16
6 Manual operating (emergency operating) .......................................................................................................17
6.1 Disconnect connector X511 rotate 180° and reconnect it directly underneath with connector X512
6.2 Bring axle 4 manualy back in line ...................................................................................................................18
6.3 Bring axle 5 manualy back in line....................................................................................................................18
6.4 Disconect conector X511 ...............................................................................................................................19
6.5 Deactivate upshift lock (AS-Tronic).................................................................................................................19

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 2
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
1 Software Download

1.1 Software description and register

Axle 4 and 5 using the same software version ! (ATF 160G-5 / ATF 110G-5)
That means flash the same software to all control units .

Typ Axle description

ATF 160G-5 4. Axle


ATF 160G-5 5. Axle
ATF 110G-5 4. Axle
ATF 110G-5 5. Axle

Register:

Æ C:\Projekte\Fa029\Fa029Lenkung\Para_PRG\PCS019062\Flash ( TFG-internal server )

1.2 Flash connector ( Programming )

• A502 Connector Axle 4

• A503 Connector Axle 5

1.3 Programming cable

• The programming cable is one standard Null modem Cable (RS232 crossed) !
• Equal cable like for ATF 45-3 and ATF 60-3 steering!

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 3
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
1.4 Start the Software

• Download the Software with Win EEA


• C:\Programme\Mobil Elektronik \ Win EEA

• Following mask appears

Make sure your COM 1 port is adjusted

COM 1

Baudrate 19200

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 4
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
1.5 Go Online

Klick „Verbindung aufbauen“ to go online

Go only from window : C16x-Flash


Programmieren Online !!

If you are online, following mask appears !

Button „Verbindung aufbauen“ is fading

1.5.1 Problems with Go online


If you cant get a connection switch the DIP switch no 4 on the control box to the down side!
Now try it again.

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 5
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
• DIP switch no. 4 to the
down side

• Now ignition ON Off

• Try it again to go online.

• After the download is


successfully finished
switch DIP switch no 4
back to the upper
position !!

• After successful connection you have to


1.5 Delete Flash with button „Alles Löschen“ delete the Flash to continue your Download

• Klick on Ja „Gesamtes Löschen“

• After Flash delete was successful


„Segmente gelöscht“ is apering !

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 6
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
• Select the right software bevore you klick the Button
1.6 Flash the Software with Button „Programmieren“
„Programmieren“
• Software description: H062_V103
• Register:
C:\Projekte\Fa029\Fa029Lenkung\ Para_PRG\PCS019062\Fla

• Der Download Startet

• After the download was successful the window Erfolg is appeari

• If you interrupt the download,


the window Fehler is appearing !

• To start the
download
again, bring
the DIP
switch no 4
into down
position
(see also Chapter 1.5.1)

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 7
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
2 Parameter Download

2.1 Parametersätze description and register

Axle 4 and 5 Achse from ATF 160G-5 as well as ATF 110G-5 useing particular parameter

Typ Axle Description

ATF 160G-5 4. Axle 019062_1_V105


ATF 160G-5 5. Axle 019062_2_V105
ATF 110G-5 4. Axle Fa035_1_V100
ATF 110G-5 5. Axle Fa035_1_V100

The datas are in register:

ATF 160G-5: Æ C:\Projekte\Fa029\Fa029Lenkung\Para_PRG\PCS019062\FA029


ATF 110G-5: Æ C:\Projekte\Fa029\Fa029Lenkung\Para_PRG\PCS019062\FA035

2.2 Flash connector ( Programming )

• A502 connector to axle 4

• A503 connector to axle 4

2.3 Programming cable

• The programming cable is one standard Null modem Cable (RS232 crossed) !
• Equal cable like for ATF 45-3 and ATF 60-3 steering!

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 8
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
2.4 Start the Software

• Download the software with Win PCS

• C:\Programme\Mobil Elektronik \ Win


PCS

Confirm Warnung with OK

• The connection to the control unit comes


automatically
• The connection is aktiv

• If the window shows

• check the cables and connections and start


again

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 9
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
• Load complete data set ( see Chapter. 2.1) !
2.5 Menu „Parameter Bearbeiten
“ (Flash Parameter)

• Flash the complete data set into the control


unit

Æ Advice :
• Axle 4 and 5 Achse from ATF 160G-5 as
well as ATF 110G-5 useing particular
parameter

3 Steering potiometer reset


• Perform the reset with the steering control
board

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 10
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
3.1 SETUP procedures for the axles.
1 Press the enter button and hold it for 3 seconds.

2 Press the “ENTER + ESC” button at the same time and hold it for 3 seconds.

3 Press the “PLUS” button until “ADJUSTMENT“ appears.

4 Press ENTER.

5 Setup the code # 0167 with the “PLUS” or “MINUS” button and then press “ENTER”.

6 Select axle # 1 with the “PLUS” or “MINUS” button, then press “ENTER”.

7 Adjust axle # 1 to a straight line position and press “ENTER”.

8 Turn axle # 1 to maximum left side position and press “ENTER”.

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 11
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
9 Turn axle # 1 to maximum “RIGHT” side position and press “ENTER”.

10 To save the new setup data for axle # 1 press “ENTER”.

11 While the data is saving the following window will appear.

12 When the data has been saved, the following message will appear.

13 Press the “ESC” button.

14 Repeat step # 7 to 13 to setup axle # 4.

4
15 when axle 4 is set up select axle # 5 and repeat step’s # 7 to 13.

16 All axles are now ready “SETUP” is now finished.

17 Exit the “SETUP” menu.

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 12
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
4 Read error codes
To read the error code you have two possibilities
With the control board
With the diagnosis software WIN PCS

There is a active error If the steering light is


flashing or on.

4.1 Error Codes on the control board

• The error codes appear after pressing the


Enter button for 3 seconds.

• The active errors will scroll through

• If there are no codes inside “READY” will


appear.

4.2 Error Codes with WIN PCS

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 13
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
Klick Button Fehlerspeicher

• The error code window is appearing


(Fehlerspeicher)

• To read the aktive codes, delete all


codes with the button Löschen
and then start „Fehlerspeicher again“

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 14
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
5 Diagnosis with WIN PCS

5.1 Start the software according chapter 2.4

5.2 Klick button EA Daten

• Button EA – Daten

5.2.1 Display of all digital inputs

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 15
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
5.2.2 Display of all analog inputs

5.2.3 Displayof all PWM outputs

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 16
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
6 Manual operation

6.1 Disconnect connector X511 rotate 180° and reconnect it directly underneath

the original connector into the free connector X 512, the hydraulic lockvalves

are now energized.

Last connector at the top row.

X511 Last connector at the top row.

X512 Last connector at the lower row.

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 17
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
6.2 Adjust the tires on axle no. 4 in a straight line position by manually using the push

pin on the control valve

(located on the right side above axle 4)

Manual button

6.3 Adjust the tires on axle no. 5 in a straight line position by manually using the push

pin on the control valve

(located on the right side above axle 5)

Manual button

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 18
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
6.4 Now disconnect X511 and leave it disconnected.

As long as connector X511 is disconnected, the hydraulic lock valves are disengaged
(locked)

6.5 Now disconnect connector X515 to turn off the upshift lock of the AS-Tronic.

(located on the lower row, second connecter from rear)

X 511

X 512

X 515

DAT NAME SCHUTZVERMERK NACH DIN 34 BEACHTEN


GEZ/DR 13.09.2004 Henglein ATTENTION TO PROTECTION MARK DIN 34
KON/DE 13.09.2004 Weider BENENNUNG/TITLE
FTG/MA Elektronische Hinterachslenkung [Deutsch]
NOR/ST FA035 + Fa029
ZEICHNUNGS/DRAWING-NR FORMAT CODE BLATT/SHE

9970xxxxxxx 4 9540.10 19
VON/OF20
IND X ÄND / CHANG DAT NAME URSPR/ORIGIN ERSETZT/REPL Zeichn. gl. Nr. vom 13.08.2003 A
8432-818 / 03-96
Manual Version 1.01, 28.01.2005

Start-Up Procedure
Safety Steering System
Mobile Crane FA029 / FA035

Project: Tadano FAUN

Auxiliary Steering-System
For Mobile Cranes

Type: SLC 019 062

MOBIL
Bössingerstraße 33
D-74243 Langenbeutingen
ELEKTRONIK 07946 / 9194 - 0
GMBH
FAX 07946 / 9194 - 30

http://www.mobil-elektronik.com
MOBIL Manual Seite 2 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

Content
1 Initiation and Start-Up ............................................................................... 3
1.1 General .....................................................................................................................3
1.2 Requirements...........................................................................................................3
1.3 Control of the Electrical Installation ......................................................................4
1.4 Connection of the Safety Angle Transducers .......................................................4
1.5 Axle Alignment.........................................................................................................5
1.5.1 Start Axle Alignment .................................................................................................................... 6
1.5.2 Select Axle for Alignment ............................................................................................................ 7
1.5.3 Axle Alignment of Straight Position ........................................................................................... 7
1.5.4 Alignment of the Left Mechanical Stop ...................................................................................... 8
1.5.5 Alignment of the Right Mechanical Stop ................................................................................... 8
1.5.6 Storage of Alignment Data .......................................................................................................... 9
1.6 Activating Steering Operation ................................................................................9
1.7 Test Drive .................................................................................................................9

Technical changes preserved.

File: G:\PROJEKTE\019\000-099\019062\Bedienan\BA19062_EN_V100_System description.doc


Date: 28. Januar 2005 Ro
Author: Dipl. Ing. B. Plöger,
Dipl. Ing. K. Klugesherz,
Dipl. Ing. (FH) Thomas Göppel
Version: version 1.01, 28.01.2005 /Gp,Ro

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 3 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

1 Initiation and Start-Up


1.1 General
This manual describes initiation, start-up and test of the vehicle until the first test drive is done. Note
that the start-up of a prototype requires additional tests of emergency steering behaviour (vehicle
stability and manoeuvrability in failsafe mode), which must be done with the assistance of MOBIL
ELEKTRONIK.

Hint
This manual decribes the initiation, the programming of the parameters and the reading of the error
memory using the operating controls of the safety steering computer.
The handling with the steering computer can be done using a No tebook/PC via serial interface RS232.
The MOBIL ELEKTRONIK PC-Service-Software leads you through a menue of...
... alignment of the axles
... programming of the parameters
... display of errorcodes in plain text
... monitoring and recording of the state of in- and outputs
as well as ... operational data.

1.2 Requirements
The installation of the components according to the hydraulic and electrical diagrams must be completed and
checked for errors.
The start-up must be done by skilled personnel in as described in this manual.

CAUTION:
x In case of modifications of the system or its parts without the agreement of MOBIL ELEKTRONIK,
factory guarantuees will be vain.
x The same case will affect on the installation of the steering system into an other type of vehicle that
is not approved by MOBIL ELEKTRONIK.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 4 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

1.3 Control of the Electrical Installation


Before switching on the supply voltage of the safety steering computer, all connectors have to be checked
according to the wiring diagramm.
Especially check if...
... the supply voltage is correct and all the other pins apart from the digital inputs are voltage -free,
... the hydraulic valves are configured correctly,
… pressure sensors (if included) are connected properly
... all sensors are connected properly .

Check of the correct angle transducer wiring:


1. Disconnect angle trancdicer supply „+5V ext“ and switch on the system
2. Only error messages of the second track should appear. Using PCS software an additional test of the analog
inputs is possible.
3. Reconnect „+5Vext“ and restart the system. The system is expected to be error -free.

CAUTION:

CAUTION:
An external connection of 0V -supply and 0V-signal is not allowed !

CAUTION:
Never pull plugs when th e supply voltage is switched on !

1.4 Connection of the Safety Angle Transducers


Make sure the sensors A are connected to 5V ref and the sensors B to 5V ext. Check the voltage between the 0V -
signal and the sliders. In mid -position of the axle the voltage of sensor A should have between 2,4V and 2,6V.

Clockwise rotation of the axle (right direction) Ÿ increasing voltage at sensor A!

Turning sense at sensor B:


Inverse supply (parameter 64=0): Clockwise rotation of the axle leads to a decreasing voltage.
Normal supply (parameter 64=1): Clockwise rotation of the axle leads to an increasing voltage.

If the voltage sense does not correspond to this definition, the pins 1 and 3 of the sensor inside the angle
transducer have to be exchanged.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 5 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

Cable break detection: Resistor


Track A Track B
In order to allow a cable break Cable break range Cable break range
detection the voltage in sensor A must <+4.8 V <+0.2 V

not exceed 4,8V at the right 2.65 V 2.35 V


mechanical stop and must not sur pass
0,2V at the left mechanical stop.
Range for 0° alignment Range for 0° alignment

2.35 V 2,65 V

Cable break range Cable break range


<+0.2V >+4.8 V

Slider
protection resistor

3 1 2 2 3 1
+5V 0V Us Us +5V 0V

1.5 Axle Alignment


The axle alignment (alignment o f the angle transducers) the mid -, most-left and most-right position of the angle
transducers are learned and stored into the memory of the steering computer.
In normal steering operation mode, the steering computer uses the stored values as reference val ues for angle
measurement of the axle.

CAUTION:
During the alignment procedure a steering movement of the corresponding
axle is effected!
When working in the range of the axle make sure the axle is not able to
move. This can be done e.g. by turning off the hydraulic supply (engine off),
by pressure relief of the accumulators or by locking the axle mechanically.

Before doing the alignment a valid parameter set must be written in the steering computer!

Parameter step- No.: Meaning


6 to 9 Mechanical angles of the
electronic-hydraulic steered axles
1 to 4
10 to 11 Mechanical maximum angle of
front axle and manual control.

Hints:
If the axle does not move, please check
x if the hydraulic supply is active
x if the system pressur e is sufficient
x if the axle is unlocked and able to move

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 6 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

1.5.1 Start Axle Alignment


The steering system SLC 019 062 contains a CAN operation terminal for selection of steering programs
(operation mode).

Diagnosis mode is activated by pressing th e key MENÜ/ENTER for at least 3 seconds. Keys „1“, „2“ in the
second row are used for selection of the steering computer („1“: steering computer axle 4, „2“: steering
computer axle 5).
Returning to normal operation mode is done by pressing two keys of the second row at the same time (e.g. keys
„1“ +„2“)
In diagnosis mode it is not possible to select steering programs. Alternatively an additional diagnosis terminal or
control element simulation of the PCS software provide can be used.

Start alignment m ode by operating ESC and ENTER for 3 seconds. The alignment mode can be selected from a
list of several special functions by operating PLUS or MINUS until „adjustment“ is displayed. Confirm with
ENTER.
After password check the angle transducer for alignmen t can be selected. Password check is done to limit
access to alignment mode to autorized personnel.
Detect connected steering computers
In case the steering system contains several steering computers the alignment of the axles may be done from
any steering computer, i.e. steering computer 1 can be used for alignment both the angle transducers of axle 4
and axle 5. The selected steering computer will be searching for further steering computers. During this period
no key operation is possible. The numbers di splayed show the slave computers detected (the numbers shown
correspond to the value of parameter 126)

The alignment can be monitored directly at the connected steering computers, whereas operation is possible
from the selected steering computer on ly.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 7 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

1.5.2 Select Axle for Alignment


When doing a start-up the angle transducers are aligned one after another.
It is also possible to align only a single axle e.g. if a transducer has been replaced.

The alignment may only be started if a valid axle nu mber is selected. The selection of an axle is done with the
PLUS or MINUS keys.
In the alignment mode of the system SLC 019 062 there are three angle transducers existing:
x Angle transducer front axle ¯ „axle 1“
x Angle transducer steered axle 4 ¯ „axle 4“
x Angle transducer steered axle 5 ¯ „axle 5“

If the axle selected for alignment is invalid (not existing) an error message is generated:

The axle may simply be skipped. Operating ENTER a new search of the steering computers is started.
The steering system of the rear axles consists of two seperate steering circuits having each an own steering
computer and an own setpoint generator (angle transducer) on the front axle. The common axle alignment
allows a simultaneous alignment of all angle transducers assembled to one axle of the vehicle.
Hint: Axle 2 is coupled to axle1 using a fixed steering ratio. From the point of view of the steering computers
they are considered the same axle.

1.5.3 Axle Alignment of Medial Position


The alignment of an angle transducer is done in 3 steps:
- alignment of the 0- (medial) position
- left mechanical stop and
- right mechanical stop.
In the second line of the display the current voltage values of the angle transducer are shown in millivolts.
Rear axles can be steered with MINUS- and PLUS. A short key operation leads to a slow axle movement.
Holding the key will result in increasing steering speed.
If one of the alignment -steps is not necessary it can be skipped with the ESC-key.
Sense of direction of the axle:
When the MINUS-key is pressed the axle has to move to the left (counterclockwise), with the PLUS-key the axle
has to move to the right (clockwise). If the sense of direction is reversed, the sense of operation of the
proportional valve has to be swapped.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 8 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

Sense of direction of the angle transducer:


With counterclockwise rotation of the axle, the voltage of the first track of the angle transducer (left voltage)
should decrease, with a clockwise rotation the voltage should in crease. The second track of the angle
transducer has the opposite sense of operation.

As soon as the selected axle is positioned exactly to 0, the current position has to be stored using the ENTER-
key. The voltage at this position has to be in the range of 2350mV to 2650mV.
A voltage exceeding that range results in an error message. An error message has to be confirmed with the
ENTER-key. The display will change back into the alignment mode of the mid -position. Now the actual value
should be corrected by mechanical adjustment of the angle transducer.
With the ESC-key the alignment of this position can be skipped. The stored value is shown on the display.

1.5.4 Alignment of the Left Mechanical Stop


On completion of the previous step, alignment of the left mechanical stop is activated.

The selected axle (example: axle 1) is now positioned with the MINUS- or PLUS-key.
Watching the movement of the axle the rotation sense of the angle transducer can be controlled. If the axle
turns to the left, the voltage of the first sensor track (left voltage) has to decrease, with a clockwise turn of the
axle the voltage has to increase.
As soon as the selected axle reached thee left mechanical stop, the current value can be stored with the
ENTER-key. The voltage of track 1 of the angle transducer has to be in the range of 200mV to 2100mV. The
voltage of track 2 of the angle transducer has to be in the range of 2900mV to 4800mV.
If the value is out of range, an error message is displayed. Please check mechanical settings of the angle
transducer to fix the pr oblem.

1.5.5 Alignment of the Right Mechanical Stop


On completion of the previous step, alignment of the right mechanical stop is activated. The alignment is done in
the same way as before. The voltage of track 1 of the angle transducer has to be in the range o f 2900mV to
4800mV. The voltage of track 2 of the angle transducer has to be in the range of 200mV to 2100mV.
As soon as the selected axle is positioned to the right mechanical stop the actual value is stored to memory by
pressing the ENTER-key.

A valid actual value is stored into the EEPROM by pressing the ENTER-key. The storage is skipped if the ESC-
key is pressed.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
MOBIL Manual Seite 9 von 9
ELEKTRONIK start up procedure 28.01.2005
GMBH
SLC 019 062 Ro

1.5.6 Storing Alignment Data


The alignment values of the angle transducer have not been stored to memory yet. For a final storage the
following message has to be confirmed with ENTER.

After a short delay the successful storage is displayed. During this message the steered axle can be set to
straight position by operating PLUS and MINUS keys. There is no need to bring back the axles in exact position.
However, it is recommended to find a useful start position.

The next operation of ENTER changes back to the axle selection menu in order to align further angle
transducers.

1.6 Activating Steering Operation


1. All parameters have to be set and checked.
2. Turn the ignition off-on.
3. Erase the Error memory.
4. Ignition on - SLC is ready (Display „no error“).
5. Steering while standing still
The axles have to be „caught“ manually i.e. the front axle has to be positioned corresponding to the steerin g
geometry.
6. Control of (as far as existing):
x Check the pressure of HLS/ELS systems with a manometer
x Change steering programs
x Additional functions as centering the axle or release of system functions
x Additional functions like axle centering, release of the system, lamps, buzzer a.s.o.

1.7 Test Drive


If the electronic-hydraulically steered axle is working and there is no error message pen ding a test drive should
be done:
Control of:
x Speed signals: The difference between both signals must not exceed 3km/ h. For this please compare the
evaluated signals:
- With PC service software „SPEED1 / SPEED2“
- With CAN diagnosis display
x Locking functions at high speed: When the programmed speed is exceeded the axle is locked:
- The actual value of the steered axle has to b e smaller than 0,5°.
- With PC service software „ACTUAL VALUE REAR AXLE“
- With diagnosis display actual valueIstwert
- Axle with mechanical locking: Check the lock - und unlock devices. When the velocity lies below the
locking speed the unlocking of the axle is effected.
x Check all functions: steering programs, release a.s.o.
x After the testdrive the temperature of the hydraulic oil should be 80°C max.

BA19062_EN_V101_Start up.doc
B2-6

6.1 Telescoping

Left-hand crane control lever


forward - telescopes are extended,
to the rear - telescopes are retracted.

The telescoping speed can be controlled depending on the travel of the crane control lever and by increasing
the engine speed.

To enable a faster telescope extension movement, the high speed


“E)” can be connected, if at all possible, before the crane control lever
is actuated.

NOTE A load must not be fixed to the hook!

The telescopes are extended to the length being monitored by the


ASLI in accordance with the required rig arrangement and the ASLI
code no. to be selected to this effect (refer to load chart).

ATTENTION Work should not be performed with a longer


boom length than is actually required to perform
the crane operation.

The code numbers indicated in the load charts must be entered into
the ASLI control unit. The desired boom length must be determined
via the load charts and the hook height diagram.

Changing the telescope rig arrangement:


The telescope rig arrangement can be changed at any time by entering the ASLI code number. By actuating
the crane control lever, the operator moves the telescopes automatically to a temporary target state from
which the new, final target state can be reached. The “retract tele section” arrow appearing in the ASLI
points out the appropriate desired movement.

Once the new ASLI code number has been entered, the ASLI code number of the previous mode is retained
until the temporary target state has been reached.
As soon as the crane motion “Extending tele sections” is started anew, the mode indicator changes over to
the new ASLI code number.

NOTE The data for changing the counterweight variants or outrigger variants can only be
entered while the telescopes are retracted.

NOTE The boom elements must be extended to the desired length in no-load condition, and
subjected to load only afterwards.

NOTE During the telescoping process, the boom elevation must not be actuated.

DANGER In case of a deficiency in the length transmitter cable (break of a strand, etc.), which
implies failure of the ASLI, work must not be continued. Place the load on the ground
and retract the boom elements in manual mode, as described under item 6.4.5 and for
the ASLI. Repair any damage immediately.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
2003-01 1/8
B2-6

6.1.1 Telescoping

DANGER Before starting crane work, the user must carefully read the ASLI operating manual
(refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic Safe Load Indicator") and
familiarize himself thoroughly with its contents, and with the method of operation of
the ASLI.

In conjunction with the ASLI system, the telescoping control automatically ensures the correct telescoping
sequence.

ATTENTION During the telescoping process, the boom must be elevated at an angle of min. 75°.

Telescoping:

- Switch the ignition ON, start the engine.


The ASLI program is started.

“Normal operation“ is displayed in the ASLI. (Refer to part G2 Superstructure


"Operation of the Automatic Safe Load Indicator").

- The data required for crane work (load, boom length etc.) must be
determined before crane work is started.
- The code number corresponding to this crane work must be determined
based on these data, via the load charts.
The ASLI guides the operator through the program in a user-friendly fashion.

- The ASLI’s “Set-up menu (mode)” must be programmed with the data
determined previously as described in the operator manual. (Refer to part
G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic Safe Load Indicator").

Attention For automatic telescoping, rocker switch 34 must be OFF.

- Actuate the crane control lever.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
2/8 2003-01
B2-6

cont'd.: 6.4.1 Telescoping

The tele sections are automatically extended in the correct sequence, starting from the smallest section, until
the required telescoping configuration is reached.
Telescoping sequence, e.g.: 4, 3, 2 and 1.

NOTE If the pushbutton “T” of the left-hand crane control lever is actuated during the
telescoping process, telescoping is interrupted. However, the boom in question is
extended to its final position.

NOTE The required boom length must be determined precisely before work is started.

- Perform crane work as described in Part B2, items B2-6 and B2-7.

DANGER If a malfunction occurs in the control program during telescoping, proceed as


described under items 6.4.4.1 and 6.4.4.2.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
2003-01 3/8
B2-6

6.1.2 Telescopable loads

DANGER When working with the option “telescopable loads”, make sure to comply with all the
instructions and provisions specified in this operating manual.

Telescoping in load condition is possible. During the telescoping, the current load is constantly compared
with the maximum load of the next length increment of the load chart. When the load chart value is being
exceeded, an ASLI shut-off is performed.

NOTE When telescoping in load condition, the pin locking procedure may be impossible.

6.1.3 Interruption of telescoping sequence

During the telescoping procedure, the tip switch “interruption of telescoping sequence T" in the left-hand
crane control lever can be actuated to interrupt telescoping.

- Tip switch "T" actuated while extending the telescopes:

The Telestop icon appears. (Refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic
Safe Load Indicator").

The current telescope is extended completely. Telescoping is finished if the current telescope no longer
appears in black (backlit) on the display.

- Tip switch "T" actuated while retracting the telescopes:

The Telestop icon appears. (Refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic
Safe Load Indicator").

The current telescope is retracted completely. The tele cylinder is completely extended and pin-fastened in
the next tele section. End of the telescoping procedure.

Subsequently, retracting or extending the telescopes can be continued by actuating the crane control lever
again.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
4/8 2003-01
B2-6

6.1.4 Correction of pin fastening

If complete pin fastening is not detected at the end of a telescoping movement, the icon
"telescope correction" appears. (Refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic
Safe Load Indicator").

- Actuate the tip switch "T" to initiate the correction.

DANGER If the correction is performed during the extending procedure, the telescope is first retracted
by approx. 10 cm, which causes the load to move downwards.

6.1.4.1 ID errors

The sensor errors are subdivided into two groups. “ID errors” and “locking errors”.

If an “ID error” occurs, the icon ID error appears. (Refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation
of the Automatic Safe Load Indicator").

If a sensor triggers the error, the crane remains fully functional.


If sensors on both sides of the telescope trigger the error, refer to “tele stop” and “emergency control” as per
item 6.4.5.

6.1.4.2 Locking errors

If a “locking error” occurs, the icon "locking error" is displayed. (Refer to part G2
Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic Safe Load Indicator").

Locking errors are reset if the system is switched off.

If a sensor triggers the error, the telescoping speed is limited to 50%.


If sensors on both sides of the telescope trigger the error, refer to “tele stop” and “emergency control” as per
item 6.4.5.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
2003-01 5/8
B2-6

6.1.5 Emergency control

When telescoping the tele sections, make sure that the selected, automatically limited telescope lengths
according to the entered ASLI code are complied with.
If the operator notices, on telescoping the tele sections, that these are not extended completely to their
preselected position (malfunction in ASLI system regarding the length change-over point), the rocker tip
switch "emergency control" can be actuated to perform emergency control of the tele sections.

DANGER The emergency control feature may only be used to retract the tele sections (resetting
them to their former position). This requires maximum care and caution.

After activation of the emergency control, the functions "boom elevation", "telescope", "hoisting
gears 1 and 2 **) " and "swing mechanism" can be controlled. The assignment of functions of the
crane control lever always corresponds to the EURO control system. All motions are controlled
digitally; the speed can be regulated within certain limits via the engine speed.

DANGER Only operate the swing mechanism at idle and while the boom is as short as possible.
To this effect, the vehicle must be supported by outriggers as specified.

Further explanations regarding the telescoping control


If the automatic system fails when the cylinder or a telescopic element is unlocked by removal of the
pin, it is recommended to release the telescope via the emergency control before the unit is reset by
hand to its former rig arrangement. To this effect, switch the emergency control on via the rocker
switch 34 and pull crane control lever for approx. 3 or 4 seconds backwards. Subsequently, switch
the emergency control off again. Now automatic operation can normally be resumed. If releasing
does not show the desired result, the boom must be returned to its former rig arrangement by hand.

ATTENTION In case of telescopes 1 to 3, the tele cylinder can be extended forward, beyond the
cylinder guide of the tele sections in question. However, under unfavourable circum-
stances, the proximity switches for the telescoping display ID might be damaged on
retracting. To reduce this risk to the largest possible extent, it is recommended to lift
the boom via the boom elevation as far as possible before retracting the elevation
cylinder.

During a telescoping movement, the bottom block must always be watched.

**) Optional equipment


0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
6/8 2003-01
B2-6

6.1.5.1 Resetting the crane to its former rig arrangement in manual mode

Prerequisite: “Telescope control” appears on the display of the ASLI.

For the ASLI, refer to part G2 Superstructure "Operation of the Automatic


Safe Load Indicator".

ATTENTION If no length transmitter signal is available, all


movements must be performed at idle.

1. Activate emergency control: 34 (1) 35 36


Actuate the lock handle (1) down to unlock the rocker switch 34
"telescope emergency mode"; push rocker switch down and lock it.
The green function lamp in the switch is lit.

After switching on the emergency control, all locking mechanisms change initially over to position "pin
engaged" or "floating".

2. Check whether the tele cylinder is pin-fastened in one of the tele sections (displays, ASLI, indication of
pin securing mechanism, and valid telescoping indication ID).
In this case, continue as described under item 9.
Otherwise, proceed first of all as described under items 3 to 8.
3. Retract the pin from the tele cylinder; to this effect, move rocker switch 35 upwards and actuate rocker
tip switch 36, until complete releasing of the pin lock is signalled.
4. If the position of the tele cylinder with regard to the first telescope to be moved is unclear, retract tele
cylinder completely by moving the left-hand crane control lever back (also in case of FAUN control !)
until the cylinder length 0 is indicated. If the cylinder length transmitter has failed, watch the cable drum
on the boom underside.
5. Extend tele cylinder until one of the ID switches appears in the ASLI display for the tele section to be
reset to its former rig arrangement. To this effect, move left-hand crane control lever forward. Reduce
engine speed to idle approx. 1 m before the telescope reaches its pin locking position (table
value "boom pin locking positions for emergency operation"); stop approx. 0.5 m before the pin
locking position is reached and cover the residual stroke with short movements. When the first ID
proximity switch appears, a residual stroke of approx. 10 cm is left. Stop tele cylinder by releasing the
crane control lever immediately.
6. Lock the tele cylinder. To this effect, actuate the rocker switch 35 to its central position.
7. Subsequently, perform short extension movements via the crane control lever (max. total travel of 20 cm,
or until the first ID proximity switch shuts off). If complete locking is not achieved even after this proce-
dure, retract the tele cylinder. To this effect, actuate the left-hand crane control lever backwards (max.
total travel 20 cm, or until the first ID proximity switch shuts off). If necessary, repeat this procedure.

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
2003-01 7/8
B2-6

cont'd.: 6.4.5.1 Resetting the crane to its former rig arrangement in manual mode

8. If complete locking is signalled and the complete telescoping display ID appears, the telescope can be
retracted.
9. Release the telescope. To do so, actuate the left-hand crane control lever forward and extend by approx.
2 cm. If the cylinder length transmitter has failed, watch the cable drum on the boom underside.
10. Unlock the telescope; to this effect, actuate the rocker switch 35 down and actuate rocker tip switch 36
until the telescope is completely unlocked.
11. If complete unlocking is not achieved, proceed once more as described as of item 9. If complete
unlocking is not achieved even after several attempts, the telescope must be locked once more. To do
so, move rocker switch 35 to central position while actuating the left-hand crane control lever several
times briefly to the rear while the engine is running at idle. Then, proceed again as described as of
item 9.
12. If the telescope is completely unlocked, it can be retracted; to this end, move left-hand crane control
lever back until the telescope has reached its final position. Reduce engine speed to idle approx. 1 m
before reaching the end position.
13. Lock the telescope; to this effect, move rocker tip switch 35 to its central position.
14. Retract the pin from the tele cylinder; to this effect, move rocker switch 35 upwards and actuate rocker
tip switch 36, until complete releasing of the pin lock is signalled. After all telescopes have been
retracted, continue as described under as of 15. Otherwise, proceed again as described as of item 5.
15. Retract tele cylinder completely; to this effect, move left-hand crane control lever to the rear until the
cylinder has been retracted.
16. Pin-fasten tele cylinder in a tele section (refer to items 6 and 7).
17. Shut off the engine, switch the ignition off.
18. Switch the emergency control off; to do so, actuate the rocker switch 34 upwards.
19. Start the engine.

Telescoping display IDs

Each tele section is displayed individually in the (ID) display.

Tele section 1 Tele section 2 Tele section 3 Tele section 4

Tele pin locking positions for emergency actuation:

0% 46% 92% 100%


Tele section 1 0.00 m 4.50 m 8.99 m 9.77 m
Tele section 2 0.30 m 4.79 m 9.27 m 10.05 m
Tele section 3 0.60 m 5.11 m 9.60 m 10.39 m
Tele section 4 0.90 m 5.39 m 9.88 m 10.66 m

0210_EN_FA035_B2_06_00_00_ab FZ 146.doc
8/8 2003-01
CHAPTER 3
Maintenance

Total Pages

Crane
Interval
Maintenance intervals .......................................................................14
Maintenance
Engine ....................................................................................................10
Hydraulic system......................................................................................8
Swing mechanism ....................................................................................6
Hoisting gear and auxiliary hoisting gear .................................................4
Winch rope ...............................................................................................2
Electrical equipment .............................................................................10
Crane cab.................................................................................................4
Telescopic boom ......................................................................................4
Inspection scheme ...................................................................................2
Inspection and cleaning scheme ..............................................................2
Oil/ coolant ...............................................................................................2
Lubricating scheme ..................................................................................2

Oil list
Summary of oil types and filling capacities...............................................2
Summary of lubricating grease types .......................................................2
Chart of approved consumables and lubricants .......................................2
Carrier
Interval
Maintenance intervals ............................................................................16

Maintenance
Engine ......................................................................................................8
Gearbox ...................................................................................................4
Transfer box .............................................................................................2
Axles ........................................................................................................8
Propeller shafts ........................................................................................2
Eddy-current brake...................................................................................2
Breather ...................................................................................................2
Hydraulic system....................................................................................10
Hydraulic system....................................................................................10
Brakes ......................................................................................................8
Electrical equipment .................................................................................8
Wheels and tires ......................................................................................2
Outriggers ................................................................................................6
Driver’s cab ..............................................................................................4
Miscellaneous ..........................................................................................4
Inspection scheme ................................................................................. 2
Inspection and cleaning scheme ............................................................ 2
Oil/ coolant ............................................................................................. 2
Lubricating scheme ................................................................................ 2

Oil list
Summary of oil types.............................................................................. 2
Summary of lubricating grease types ..................................................... 2
Chart of approved consumables and lubricants ..................................... 2
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

1 Maintenance intervals

The maintenance intervals depend on the vehicle’s operating conditions; the next maintenance will be due
after:

- a certain number of operating hours,


- a defined period of time.

NOTE The value which is reached first shall be decisive.

The operating hours are indicated on the hourmeter in the crane cabin. Refer to item B2-2 “superstructure
cab”.

Maintenance work which must be performed earlier than the regular maintenance works, or in a different
fashion, is indicated in the maintenance schedule in the column “Initial maintenance after”, e.g.
commissioning of the machine or replacement of components.
After these maintenance works have been effected, the column „Regular maintenance every 125 / 250 /
500 / 1000 / 2000 / operating hours“ shall apply.

Maintenance work which must be performed daily or before commissioning the vehicle has been marked by
an “X” in the maintenance schedule in the column “Daily, before start-up”.

The number of operating hours expiry of which calls for the specified maintenance work to be performed
repeatedly have been marked by an “X“ in the columns “Regular maintenance every 125 / 250 / 500 /
1000 / 2000 / operating hours”.

e.g. “every 500 operating hours“ i.e. after 500, 1000, 1500 etc. operating hours have been reached,
“every 2000 operating hours“ i.e. after 2000, 4000, 6000 etc. operating hours have been reached.

NOTE The maintenance intervals apply for machines which are subject to normal operating
and environmental conditions. If the machines are used in particular applications, the
maintenance intervals must be adapted to the prevailing operating conditions.

NOTE Whenever maintenance work is performed, it is obvious that also maintenance work
required to be done at shorter intervals which coincides with this date must be
performed as well.

NOTE In the maintenance plans, items C2-18 to C2-21, the maintenance works are structured
by assemblies.
The maintenance works are shown, as an example, only for one part of an assembly;
if a part occurs more than just once, the maintenance works must be performed on all
such parts (e.g. batteries etc.).

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/14
C2-エラ エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Memo:

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2/14 2003-01
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

1.2 Maintenance schedule

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Hydraulic piping
Check hydraulic hoses / hose C1-1.4.1 Once per
lines for damage. week
Replace hydraulic hoses. C1-1.4.1 every 6 years

Engine
Inspection for leakage. 2 X
Oil level inspection. 2.1 X
Oil change, oil filter 2.2 900 Once per
replacement. oper year
ating
hour
s
Inspection of tight fit of the 2.3 X
hose clamps of the charge
air hoses.
Fuel tank; drain condensed 2.4.1 X Once per If necessary, earlier.
water. year
Fuel tank; clean fuel strainer 2.4.2 X If necessary, earlier.
in the filler socket.
Fuel tank; check ventilation 2.4.2.1 X Once per If necessary, earlier.
filter year
Fuel strainer; drain 2.4.3.1 X If necessary, more often.
condensed water.

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2002-12 3/12
C2-1 Maintenance intervals

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Fuel strainer, replace filter 2.4.3.2 X Once per If necessary, more frequently,
cartridge. year depending on the fuel quality.
Check hose clamps of the 2.5.1 X
coolant hoses for tight fit and
tightness.
Inspection of coolant level. 2.5.1 X
Replacement of coolant. 2.5.2 X every 2 years
Cleaning the cooler. 2.6 X If necessary, earlier.

Air cleaner
Clean air cleaner housing. 2.7 X Simultaneously with each
maintenance of the air cleaner.
If necessary, earlier, depending
on dust collected.
Check air cleaner housing for 2.7 Simultaneously with each
damage and cracks. maintenance of the air cleaner.
Replacement of air cleaner 2.7.1 X And when the indicator "air
cartridge. cleaner" in the CGC goes on.
Check air intake pipes and 2.7.3 X
hoses.
Check electrical vacuum 2.7.4 If the indicator “air cleaner” in
switch on the air cleaner the CGC does not go on in spite
housing. of contamination of the air
cleaner.
Monitoring the air cleaner 2.7.4 X During operation via the "air
cleaner" indicator in the CGC.
Servicing switch "Air cleaner 2.7.4.1 X
monitoring" - check for
proper working order

Exhaust system
Silencer spark arrester **) 2.8 X Empty and clean 2 or 3 times
per year.

**) Optional equipment


0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
4/12 2001-06
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours

Hydraulic system
Check hydraulic system for 3/3.6 X
leakage.
Oil level inspection. 3.1 X
Replace the filter cartridges. 3.2 125 X Once per Simultaneously with each hy-
operating year draulic oil change and if the ser-
hours vicing indicator in the CGC is lit.
Replacement of the 3.2.1 X If necessary, earlier, if
ventilation filter. contaminated.
Clean filling strainer 3.2.1.1 As required.
Replace sinter filters (if 3.2.2 If an operating malfunction
installed; refer to hydraulic occurs.
piping diagrams).
Oil change. 3.3 X Every 2 Take and analyse an oil sample
years at regular intervals.
Replacement of filter insert of 3.5 X
pressure filter.
Oil cooler / supplementary oil 3.7 X
cooler; clean cooler fins.
Oil cooler/supplementary oil 3.7 X
cooler; check fan and
thermostatic valve for proper
working order.

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2002-12 5/12
C2-1 Maintenance intervals

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Check working pressure of 3.9 125 X
the hydraulic system of the 3.10 operating
superstructure; if necessary, hours
have it re-adjusted by
specialists.

Swing mechanism
Check gearbox visually. 4 Every 3 Inside and outside
years
Inspection for leakage. 4.1 X
Check oil level in gearbox. 4.1 X While gearbox is at a standstill.
Change oil in gearbox. 4.2 200 oper- X Once per Analyze an oil sample simulta-
ating year. neously with every oil change.
hours,
then after
reaching
1000 op.
hrs.
Check hydraulic oil level in 4.3 X
the supply tank of the swing
brake.
Checking the swing brake for 4.3.2 X Once per
proper working order and year
leakage
Check tooth face backlash 4.4 Once per
on swing motor gearbox year
drive shaft
Grease ring gear and pinion 4.5 X If necessary, at shorter intervals,
of swing mechanism. depending on slewing
frequency.
Grease ball bearing slewing 4.6 X If necessary, at shorter intervals,
device of race system (supp- depending on slewing
lied via central lubrication). frequency.
Grease the lock pin. 4.7 X

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
6/12 2001-06
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Check mechanical super- 4.8 X
structure lock and proximity
switch for proper working
order.
Check connecting bolts of 4.10 100 to X Comply with tightening torque.
ring gear, securing bolts of 125
hydraulic motor and gearbox operating
flange screws for tight fit. hours
Check tipping backlash of 4.11 As required.
slewing device.

Hoisting gear and auxiliary


hoisting gear **)
Check gearbox visually. 5 Every 3 Inside and outside
years
Inspection for leakage. 5.1 X
Oil level inspection. 5.1/5.3 X
Oil change. 5.2/5.4 200 oper- X Once per Analyze an oil sample simulta-
ating year. neously with every oil change.
hours,
then after
reaching
1000 op.
hrs.
Check tooth face backlash. 5.5 X Once per
year.

**) Optional equipment


0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2002-12 7/12
C2-1 Maintenance intervals

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Grease drum bearings (supp- 5.6 X Twice per And after each cleaning
lied via central lubrication). year. operation using a steam jet unit.
Hoisting gear brake - check 5.8 X Once per
disc package and free year.
wheeling.
Check hoist limit switch for 5.9 X During operation.
proper function.
Check rope limit switch for 5.10 X and simultaneously with each
proper function. rope replacement.

Winch rope
Visual inspection. 6.1 X Once per Before and after each operation.
week.
Cleaning. 6.2 If seriously soiled.
Lubrication and servicing of 6.2 X If necessary, earlier, and after
the rope. each cleaning operation.
Check rope drum for wear. 6.4 X And before placing a new winch
rope.

Electrical equipment
Check the batteries. 7.1 X Once per
month.
Batteries, grease terminals. 7.1 As required.
Check the three-phase 7.2 X Pay attention to correct Vee belt
generator. tension.
Check the starter. 7.3 X Refer to the instructions of the
engine manufacturer.
Check lamps and indicator 7.4 X
lamps for proper function.
Clean lamp glasses and 7.4 X If necessary, earlier in case of
check them for damage. contamination.
Check the automatic safe 7.5 X
load indicator for proper
working order.

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
8/12 2001-06
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Check automatic safe load 7.6 X
indicator.

Crane cab
Lubricate/oil joints, pins, 8 X Every two And after every crane cleaning
hinges and all movable weeks operation using the high-
components. pressure steam jet blower.
Treat door locks (closing 8 X Once per
cylinders). year
Air conditioning system **) 8.1 X Once per At the beginning of a cooling
Perform inspection. year. period.
In a specialist workshop.
Clean wiper-blade elements. 8.2.1 X Once per If necessary, more frequently.
month
Replace the wiper-blade 8.2.1 X Once per Or if damaged.
elements. year
Checking the fluid level and 8.2.2 X Once per If necessary, more frequently.
replenishing fluid in tank of month
washing system.
Replace fuel filter of auxiliary 8.3.1 X Once per Before heating operation begins.
heating. year.
Check/Cleaning recirculated 8.6 As required, i.e. when air flow in
air filter. recirculation mode decreases.

Other points of lubrication,


service and maintenance

**) Optional equipment


0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2002-12 9/12
C2-1 Maintenance intervals

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Telescopic boom
Oil, grease slide pieces, 9.1 X
slideway linings, slide
bars, crossheads and
guide rollers.
Grease slideway linings of 9.1.1 Once per
boom on top. week
Grease slideway linings of 9.11.1 Once per
boom at the bottom. week
Grease boom laterally and at 9.1.1 Once per Every 100 operating hours
the bottom. month
Grease telescope cylinder 9.1.1 Once per Every 100 operating hours
locks. month
Grease boom locks. 9.1.1 Once per
week
Grease basic boom bearing 9.1 X
(supplied via central
lubrication).
Boom elevation cylinder
Grease cylinder bearing 9.2 X If necessary, earlier.
(supplied via central
lubrication).
Bottom block
Grease the hook cross- 9.3 X
beam.
Counterweight
Check locking cylinders for 9.4 X
leakage.
Jib **)
Grease and lubricate rope 9.5 X
pulley support, bearings and
bolt securing mechanisms.

**) Optional equipment


0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
10/12 2001-06
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Initial Regular maintenance every


Refer to Daily;
Assemblies / Maintenance mainten- Minimum
Part "C2", before 125 250 500 1000 2000 Remark
work and inspections ance intervals
item start-up
after operating hours
Centralized lubrication
system
Check fluid level in supply 9.6 As required.
tank; if necessary, replenish.
Check pipes and screw 9.6 X
couplings for damage.
Other points of lubrication
Lubricate joints, pins, hinges 9.7 X Every two And after every crane cleaning
and all movable components. weeks. operation using the high-
pressure steam jet blower.

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2002-12 11/12
エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。 C2-エラ
ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Memo:

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
2003-01 13/14
C2-エラ エラー! スタイルが定義されていません。

ー! スタイ
ルが定義
されてい
ません。

Memo:

0360_EN_FA029_C2_01_00_00.DOC
14/14 2003-01
C2-2

2 Engine

DANGER A double ladder must be positioned at the superstructure to enable maintenance work
to be performed on the engine (with the fly jib mounted and folded to the boom). The
double ladder is located below the driver's cab and secured by means of supports
(see part B2, item 11.2).

DANGER Maintenance work may only be performed while the engine is at a standstill.

The following general inspection, servicing and maintenance operations at the engine, such as:

• engine oil level inspection,


• Engine oil change,
• Replacement of lubricating oil filter,
• Replacement of fuel filter cartridges,
• Cleaning of fuel prefilter cartridges,
• Inspection of Vee belt for good condition,
• Checking the tappet clearance
• Performing troubleshooting, etc.,

have been described in the Operating Manual of the engine manufacturer which has been supplied with the
machine.

- Check engine for leakage at regular intervals.

Unlock lateral servicing lids.

The lateral servicing lids can be opened after releasing


the locks. Actuate the rope control devices (1) and (2).

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/10
C2-2

2.1 Oil level inspection

NOTE The oil level is checked and oil is


added through the servicing port (2) in
the engine cover.

- Open servicing lid (2) at the handle (1).


Pour in oil via the oil filler port (3).

- Open servicing lid (5).


The oil level is measured by means of the oil dipstick (4).

For oil level inspection and oil filling, refer to the


specifications of the engine manufacturer.

While the engine is at a standstill, the oil level of the


engine can be monitored by a symbol.
(refer to item B2-3).

2.2 Oil change / oil filter replacement

Attention Oil change and oil filter replacement every 900 operating hours; at least, however,
once per year.
However, these intervals apply only in conjunction with oils according to DB approval
228.5.
The specifications of consumables of the engine manufacturer must be complied with.

NOTE To facilitate collection of the used oil during engine oil


changes, the oil drain plug installed as standard equip-
ment can be removed during the first oil change, and
replaced by a drain valve provided with the tool kit.
To this effect, first drain the used oil, then mount the
drain valve with packing ring instead of the oil drain
plug.

During subsequent oil changes, only the cap (1) of the drain valve (2) need be
removed and replaced by the oil drain hose (3) which is supplied with the took kit. As
the hose is fastened, the drain valve opens and the oil can be drained through the
hose into the collect vessel provided to this effect.
After these operations have been finished, remove the drain hose, clean the thread
using a clean piece of cloth and retighten the cap screw.

! Used oil and filters must be disposed of in an environmentally responsible fashion !


2.3 Inspection of hose clamps of the charge air hoses

Attention The hose clamps of the charge air hoses are equipped with cup springs on the
threaded housing. When re-tightening the hose clamps, make sure that the maximum
tightening torque of 10.2 Nm is not exceeded.

• The hose clamps of the engine charge air hoses must be checked for tight fit according to the maintenance schedule.

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2/10 2003-01
C2-2

2.4 Fuel tank


2.4.1 Draining condensation water

Under extreme weather conditions, condensation


may form in the fuel tank.
Operate the vehicle until the tank is emptied to
reserve; unscrew the drain plug (1) from the tank
bottom and drain condensed water into an
appropriate vessel. The drain port must be left
open until clean fuel flows out.
Before retightening the drain plug, clean the
sealing surface using a lint-free cloth.
- Check and clean sealing element (2); if
necessary, replace.
- Insert plugscrew (1) together with the sealing
element (2) and tighten it.

2.4.2 Clean fuel strainer**) in the filler socket

The filler socket for fuel is located on the left side, behind the superstructure cabin.
- Open the cover, remove the fuel strainer (5) and clean it in a clean vessel using a cleaning agent or diesel
fuel; check and if necessary, replace it.
- Subsequently, blow the fuel strainer (5) out using compressed air.
- Reposition the fuel strainer (5) and mount cover.

2.4.2.1 Ventilation filter

- Check the aeration filter (3) for damage and contamination; clean and, if necessary, replace it (refer to item
C1-9).
- When replacing the ventilation filter, check and clean sealing element (4); if necessary, replace it.

**) Optional equipment


0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2003-01 3/10
C2-2

2.4.3 Fuel strainer

NOTE The fuel strainer is located below the air cleaner


fairing.

- Open servicing lid (1) after having released the lock (2).

The fuel strainer (3) is accessible for maintenance purposes.

2.4.3.1 Draining condensation water

- Open the drain valve (1) and allow the collected condensation water
to drain into an appropriate vessel.

NOTE Before the cold season begins, the condensate


must be drained. If necessary, repeat this step
several times.

2.4.3.2 Replacement of fuel strainer

- Drain the entire filter contents as described under item 2.4.3.1.


- Disconnect the filter (4) from the filter top (5) together with the filter base (2).
- Disconnect the filter base from the filter; clean the filter base (e.g. using diesel fuel).
- Clean the sealing surfaces.
- Grease new sealing elements with diesel fuel and insert them into the gaskets (3).
- Screw-fasten filter base (2) by hand to new filter cartridge, and screw-fasten filter cartridge (4) to filter top
(5).
- Tighten all components securely.
- Bleed system, as described in part B2, item 4.5.3.

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
4/10 2003-01
C2-2

2.5 Coolant

NOTE The expansion tank is located below the


servicing lid (2).

- Open servicing lid (2) at the handle (1).


The expansion tank (3) is accessible for maintenance purposes.

2.5.1 Check coolant level

DANGER Open cover of filler socket carefully and only at a coolant temperature below 90°C.

The cooling system is filled correctly if the coolant level is bet-


ween the "Max. (1) and Min." (2) marks on the expansion tank
(3).

If necessary, add or replace the anti-freeze agent approved by


the engine manufacturer.
Check the anti-freeze protection using a test instrument. The
components must be frost-proof down to -37°C all the year
round.

When the coolant is replaced or the cooling system has to be


refilled after repair, the whole cooling system must be bled.

NOTE In case of possible leakage at the radiator hose couplings, do not only retighten or
replace the hose clamps, but check also the pressure relief valve in the valve cover
for proper working order. A defective valve may cause excess pressure in the coolant
circuit and consequently leakage.

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2003-01 5/10
C2-2

2.5.2 Drainage of coolant

NOTE Before the coolant is replaced, the


vehicle's warm water heating must be
open.

The drain plug is located at the bottom of the radiator. It is


located in the lowest position of the cooling system.
- Open the drain plug (1) and the cover of the overflow tank;
drain coolant into a suitable container.
- Fasten the drain plug and pour in coolant mix via the
overflow tank.
- Start the engine, make it run at various speed levels for
approx. 1 minute.
- Stop the engine and check the coolant level in the overflow
tank; if necessary, top up.

! Coolant must be disposed of in an environmentally responsible fashion !


NOTE For instructions how to drain the entire coolant from the engine, refer to the engine
manufacturer's operating manual.

2.6 Cleaning the radiator

Depending on the dust collected, the cooler fins of the charge air and water cooler must be cleaned by
flushing with compressed air or using a paint brush.

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
6/10 2003-01
C2-2

2.7 Air cleaner

DANGER The air cleaner may only be serviced while the engine is not running. Switch battery
main switch off.

Attention Do not start the engine while the air cleaner cartridge is not installed.

NOTE In addition to the normal replacement intervals, the air cleaner cartridge needs only be
serviced if the icon "air cleaner" in the FAUN Control and Service System goes on
while the engine is running (refer to part "B2", item 3.1 and 4.6.2.5). However, the air
cleaner housing may have to be cleaned at shorter intervals as an intermediate
measure, depending on the operating conditions and on the dust collected.

Attention The air cleaner housing must be checked for


damage and cracks whenever the air cleaner is
serviced.

NOTE The air cleaner (3) is located below the air cleaner
fairing.

- Open servicing lid (1) after having released the lock (2).

The air cleaner (3) is accessible for maintenance purposes.

2.7.1 Removal / installation of the air cleaner cartridge

- Open the retaining clips (1) of the cover.


- Remove the cover (2) from the air cleaner housing.
- Pull the air cleaner (3) out of the air cleaner housing.
- Clean the air cleaner housing and the sealing surfaces of the air
cleaner housing, as well as the cover carefully using a lint-free
piece of cloth.
- Insert new air cleaner cartridge carefully into the air cleaner
housing. Make sure that the sealing surfaces are in perfect
condition.
- Mount the cover. To this effect, place the cover onto the air cleaner
housing and fasten it by means of the retaining clips (1).

- During assembly, perfect fit of the air cleaner cartridge and the air
cleaner housing cover must be ensured.

Attention Do not blow-clean using compressed air!


Make sure that no dust can enter the engine's air
intake system while the air cleaner housing is
being cleaned!

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2003-01 7/10
C2-2

2.7.2 Checking the air cleaner cartridge

Check new air cleaner cartridge before installation.

Attention On no account may an air cleaner cartridge be used which shows visible damage -
dents, deteriorated filter surface etc.
Replace damaged air cleaner cartridges immediately.

2.7.2.1 Maintenance instructions

Air cleaner servicing requires absolute precision and reliability. Inappropriate air cleaner servicing may
damage the engine.

Do NOT perform maintenance depending on the result of the visual inspection of the air cleaner cartridge. If
an air cleaner cartridge is functioning properly, it must look dirty.

Never clean an air cleaner cartridge by


• knocking,
• washing,
• blowing,
• or other cleaning procedures.

2.7.2.2 Disposal

! Air cleaner cartridges must be disposed of in an


environmentally responsible fashion !

2.7.3 Check air intake pipes and hoses.

- Check all hose connections between the air cleaner and the engine and the charge air hoses for tight fit.
Use screw-type hose clamps only.

- Check hoses and pipes for porosity and cracks.

2.7.4 Inspection of electric vacuum switch on the clean air end of the air cleaner housing

If the pilot lamp "air cleaner" does not go on despite the air cleaner being contaminated, the electric vacuum
switch must be checked for proper working order. The pilot lamp may also be defective.

2.7.4.1 Monitoring of air cleaner - check for proper working order

- Engine running, reduce air cleaner intake opening gradually by covering it (e.g. using cardboard or sheet
metal), until the air cleaner icon goes on.

Attention Once the air cleaner icon is lit, the intake opening must not be reduced further.
Risk of damage!

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
8/10 2003-01
C2-2

2.8 Exhaust system

The exhaust system consists of special steel. It does not require any particular service or maintenance.

2.8.1 Servicing the silencer spark arrester **)

Cleaning the soot collector

To remove the soot particles collected in the soot collector (1),


remove the cap (2).

To ensure that the spark arrester is always in proper working


order, the soot recipient must be emptied at regular intervals.

**) Optional equipment


0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
2003-01 9/10
C2-2

Memo:

0365_EN_FA029_C2_02_00_00.DOC
10/10 2003-01
C2-3

3 Hydraulic system

DANGER Work on the hydraulic system may only be performed while the engine is at a
standstill.

- Check hydraulic system for leakage at regular intervals.

•Checking and retightening the screw couplings of the hydraulic assemblies and pipes, see item C2-3.6.

Attention The shut-off cocks may only be closed in case of repair work (e.g. at the hydraulic
pumps).

3.1 Check the hydraulic oil level.

• Check the hydraulic oil level while the engine is at a


standstill and while the telescope cylinders and the boom
elevation cylinder are retracted.
• The hydraulic oil level is indicated at the sight glass (2).
• The hydraulic oil level should be in the center of the
inspection glass (2.
• Oil is poured in via the port of the ventilation filter (1)

- Unscrew the ventilation filter (1) and pour in hydraulic oil


through the port.
- Reposition and fasten the ventilation filter (1).

Attention Make sure that only new hydraulic oil is poured in from clean vessels.

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/8
C2-3

3.2 Replacement of filter cartridges

DANGER Replace the filter cartridges only while the engine is at a standstill.

NOTE The individual components installed in the valves, pumps and hydraulic motors have
deliberately narrow tolerances. Even very small impurities penetrating the hydraulic
system may cause malfunctions.
The filter cartridge must be replaced simultaneously with every oil change to the
hydraulic system, if the icon “Contamination of hydraulic oil filter” (see item B2-3.1,
Control and Service System, and item B2-4.6.3.1) or the warning lamp 3 “Central
warning” goes on, and according to the maintenance schedule.
Do not clean the filter cartridge.

● The tele and boom elevation cylinders are retracted.

- Release the securing bolts and remove the filter cover (4).
- Remove the filter insert; allow the residual oil to drip.
- Clean, check and, if necessary, replace the seal in the cap.
- Insert new filter cartridge carefully into the housing.
- Clean the filter cover seal (4) and the sealing surfaces using
a lint-free cloth.
- Make sure that the sealing element fits correctly.
- Position the filter cover (4) and re-tighten the securing bolts.

3.2.1 Replacement of the ventilation filter

- If the ventilation filter is contaminated or clogged, open the ventilation filter (5) and replace the filter element
by a new one (refer also to item C1-9).

3.2.1.1 Clean filling strainer


- If the filling strainer is contaminated or clogged, open the ventilation filter (5) and clean the filling strainer (6).

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
2/8 2003-01
C2-3

3.2.2 Replacement of sinter filters

Depending on the design of the hydraulic system, sinter filters are installed in the valves and control blocks.
The installation position of the filter in question is specified in the appropriate hydraulic piping diagram.

NOTE Whenever an operating malfunction occurs in a function circuit (loss of power etc.),
replace the sinter filters before taking other action.

! Filters must be disposed of in an environmentally responsible fashion !


3.3 Oil change in the hydraulic system

DANGER Perform hydraulic oil change only while the engine is not running.

- The tele and boom elevation cylinders are retracted.


Close the stop cock (7) in the suction pipe.
- Remove the cap from the drain plug (8).
- Release drain plug (8) - do not unscrew it - until hydraulic
oil is leaving. Drain the hydraulic oil completely into a suit-
able container.
- Close the drain plug. Reposition the cap.
- Replace the filter cartridge as described under item 3.2.
- Eliminate any impurities after having removed the cover (9).
- Rinse the tank using diesel, petroleum etc.
- Make sure that no impurities remain in the tank. Eliminate
rinsing liquid completely.
- Clean sealing surfaces, clean sealing element, check and - if
necessary - replace it.
- Re-mount the cover (9). Tighten securing bolts safely.
- Pour in new hydraulic oil as described under item 3.1.
- Open the stop cock (7) in the suction pipe.

Attention Before starting the engine, check whether the stop cock in the suction pipe of the
hydraulic oil tank is opened (lever parallel with reference to the piping).

NOTE It is recommended to have the oil analysed by the oil supplier before carrying out a
scheduled hydraulic oil change, or at regular intervals, to see whether a hydraulic oil
change is necessary. The purity degree must comply with ISO 4406 grade 18/16/13.
Only clean hydraulic oil must be poured in during the oil changes. Depending on the
degree of contamination and the thermal load the hydraulic oil is subject to, shorter
oil change intervals than those specified in the maintenance schedule may be
required.

! Filters and used oil must be disposed of in an environmentally responsible fashion. !

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
2003-01 3/8
C2-3

3.4 Changing the oil type

The hydraulic system can be converted to biodegradable hydraulic oils according to VDMA 24568.

Attention When changing over the hydraulic system from hydraulic oils based on mineral oil to
biodegradable hydraulic oils, compliance with the directives of VDMA 24569 must be
ensured.
(Use the recommended oil types.)

3.5 Replacement of filter insert of pressure filter

- Unscrew the filter housing (1) and replace the filter cartridge.
- Clean sealing surfaces before assembly using a lint-free cloth.

3.6 Checking and retightening the screw couplings of the hydraulic assemblies
and pipes
• Check piping systems for leakage according to the maintenance schedule.
• In case of leakage of the adjustable screw couplings and assemblies, proceed as follows: first release the
cap nuts on the piping systems or hose pipes, then tighten the adjustable screw couplings in the
assemblies safely, finally fasten the cap nuts of the piping systems and hose pipes again.
• Perfectly sealing condition is only ensured if the above sequence of operations is observed and complied
with.
• In case of leakage at the cap nuts of the piping systems, check cap nuts for tight fit; if necessary, replace
the screw coupling.

3.6.1 Check screw couplings on the piping systems

Release the cap nut and check whether the gap between the packing ring and the
retaining ring is closed.

If necessary, replace the screw coupling.

3.7 Oil cooler / supplementary oil cooler **)

• Clean cooler fins with compressed air, depending on dust accumulated.


• Check fan and thermostatic valve for proper working order.

**) Optional equipment


0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
4/8 2003-01
C2-3

3.8 Maintenance instructions for hydraulic cylinders

• Before commissioning, make sure that the hydraulic cylinders are bled.
• Bleeding may only be finished when no more bubbles appear.
• Bleeding must be repeated whenever hydraulic components or pipelines have been assembled or
disassembled.
• When machines are operating outdoors, bleed the hydraulic cylinders at regular intervals.

3.8.1 Bleeding the boom tele locking mechanism

The boom tele locking mechanism only require bleeding after:

- repair or replacement of hydraulic components, or after hydraulic lines or screw couplings have been
opened or replaced,
- malfunctions of boom tele lock due to air entered into this part of the hydraulic system

Prerequisite:

• The vehicle has been stopped, the gearbox is set


to neutral, the engine in the chassis is at a
standstill, the parking brake has been engaged.
• The boom is directed over-front and stowed in its
rest, all tele sections are retracted.

- Remove the cover (1).


- Start the engine in the superstructure – as
described -; have it run at increased speed level.
- Put the tele section emergency control into
operation as described under item B2-6.4.3.1.

- Release vent screws (1-4) from the locking unit.


- Actuate the switches of the various locking
functions, as described under item B2-6.4.3.1, until
a solid stream of oil leaves at the vent screws.

Attention Any spilled oil must be absorbed


immediately.

- Close vent screws again.


- Check function. If necessary, bleeding must be
repeated.
- Stop the superstructure.
- Reset the emergency control to its former state.

- Mount the cover.


- Check the hydraulic oil level, as described under item C2-3.1. If necessary, add hydraulic oil.

Functions of vent screws (in driving direction):

1 = cylinder – pin locked.


2 = cylinder – pin unlocked.
3 = boom – pin locked.
4 = boom – pin unlocked.

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
2003-01 5/8
C2-3

3.9 Speeds of the working hydraulics of the superstructure

The table indicates the specified speed set-point of the working hydraulics in sec./min., at max. engine speed,
for testing purposes.

NOTE Precise measurements are only possible after the system has been rinsed and bled.
The hydraulic oil temperature should be approx. + 30 to + 40°C and the engine speed
should be 2300 rpm. Setting tolerances: Pressure and time values +5%, engine speeds
-5%.

Speeds Set-point Engine


Boom elevation “up” Normal 95 sec. Max.
“up” High speed 50 sec. Max.
“down” Function speedily, smoothly
Telescope extending Normal approx. 800 Max.
sec.
extending High speed approx. 400 Max.
sec.
retracting Normal Max.
retracting High speed approx. 350 Max.
sec.
Winch (only for hoisting!) Normal 42 rpm Max.
High speed 64 rpm Max.
Auxiliary winch (only for hoisting!) Normal 42 rpm Max.
Swing mechanism 38 s/rot Max.

99707775393/B/0205

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
6/8 2003-01
C2-3

3.10 Pressure check in the hydraulic system of the superstructure

In the case of an operating malfunction of the hydraulic system of the superstructure, the set-point pressures
of the various pressure ranges can be checked at max. engine speed, by unscrewing the pipes from the
measuring connectors on the valves and control blocks, which are marked with "M" in the figure, and by
fastening hydraulic pressure gauges to these connectors.

NOTE Precise measurements are only possible after the system has been rinsed and bled.
The hydraulic oil temperature should be approx. + 30 to + 40°C and the engine speed
should be 2300 rpm. Setting tolerances: Pressure and time values +5%, engine speeds
-5%.

For pressure values for the hydraulic system of the superstructure, refer to item C2-3.10.1.

I For pressure setting, refer to the separate documentation. These documents are available via
the TADANO_FAUN After-Sales Service.
II During pressure setting, the connector of the proportional valve for “boom elevation UP”
/ ”winch UP” must be removed.
III During pressure setting, the hose for the winch brake must be removed.

3.10.1 Set-point pressures in the hydraulic system of the superstructure

Pressure ranges Set-point Measuring Engine


connector
Control oil supply max. (fixed setting) 40 bar M4 Max.
Control pressure, telescope locking mechanism I 75 bar M9 Max.
Triple control block, tele section 1 / boom elevation / II 350 bar M3 Max.
option primary
Tele section, secondary retracting I 240 bar M12 Max
Tele section, secondary extending I 170 bar M12 Max
Tele section, pressure reduction extending I 120 bar M12 Max
Boom elevation, secondary “down” 30 bar M12 Max
Boom elevation, secondary “up” 310 bar M12 Max
Triple control block, tele section 2 / winch / auxiliary II 350 bar M6 Max.
winch primary
Winch, secondary “down” III 100 bar M11 Max
Auxiliary winch, secondary “down” III 100 bar M11 Max
Triple control block, swing mechanism/counterweight 280 bar M5 Max.
Counterweight, primary “up” 250 bar M5 Max
Counterweight, secondary “down” 100 bar M13 at idle
99707775393/B/0205

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
2003-01 7/8
C2-3

3.12 Measuring connectors

NOTE The measuring connectors are marked with an "M" in the hydraulic piping diagram for
the superstructure.

0370_EN_FA029_C2_03_00_00.DOC
8/8 2003-01
C2-4

4 Swing mechanism

DANGER Perform works on the swing mechanism only when it is at a standstill and not subject
to load.
Before commencing the works, take precautions to prevent unintended start-up.
Before starting the vehicle after maintenance or repair works, make sure that there is
no person within the danger zone.
To enhance safety, the swing mechanism should be checked visually (inside and
outside) at intervals of three years.

4.1 Check for correct oil level and leakage

• Check the swing mechanism for leakage at regular intervals, according to the maintenance
schedule.
• Defective seals may affect the service life of the swing mechanism considerably.
• Loss of oil or an insufficient oil level in the gearbox may result in damage.

• Check oil level at regular intervals according to the maintenance


schedule, while the gearbox is not moving and after the oil has
cooled down.
• After removal of the inspection plug (4) (M 10x1), the oil level in the
gearbox must reach the inspection port or the inspection glass (5);
if necessary, add an appropriate amount of oil via the expansion
tank (1) using a funnel or a hose. To this effect, remove the
ventilation filter (2) and the plugscrew (3).
• Check oil level once more, if necessary, replenish.

Attention Different oil types – even if from the same


manufacturer – must not be mixed! Moreover,
mineral and synthetic oil must not be mixed!

4.2 Oil change

• Perform the oil change at regular intervals according to the


maintenance plan when the system has its service temperature.

DANGER Risk of scalding.

- Drain oil into an appropriate vessel through the drain port by


removing the oil drain plug R ¼“ (6).
- Clean, check and, if necessary, replace the seal. Close drain port
again.
- Pour in new oil via the expansion tank (1) after removing the ventilation filter (2) and the plugscrew (3), until
the oil escapes through the inspection port (4) or until the oil level is visible in the center of the inspection
glass (5). Immediately after start-up, check the oil level once more and, if necessary, add oil.
- Clean sealing surfaces, clean sealing elements, check and - if necessary - replace them.
- Close inspection and filler ports again.

NOTE Check oil for foreign matter whenever an oil change is performed.
Drain oil when it has its service temperature. Caution - risk of scalding!
If e.g. coarse impurities are detected, they may be due to excessive stress or improper
operation. Determine the cause and eliminate it. Dismantle the hoisting gear, check it
for damage. If necessary, have a general overhaul be performed by the manufacturer.
Check oil for possible blackening and foreign matter, if necessary, reduce oil change
intervals.

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/6
C2-4

4.2.1 Inspection of the swing mechanism

DANGER Before or after any extended continuous operation, and in case the maximum load is
reached frequently, the screws and bolts located within the power flow must be
checked for tight fit.

- Check all screw couplings for tight fit.


- Check swing mechanism for abnormal sounds.

4.2.2 Ventilation filter

- Check the aeration filter (item 4.2, pos. 2) for damage and contamination; clean and, if necessary, replace
it (refer also to item C1-9).

4.3 Inspection of the hydraulic oil in the working brake circuit of the swing
mechanism

• The supply tank (3) must be filled with hydraulic oil up to the measurement mark.

Attention Do not use brake fluid. In case of a loss of oil (e.g. leakage), eliminate the damage
immediately, fill the supply tank and deaerate the brake system.

4.3.1 Bleeding (deaerating) the service brake circuit

The working brake must be bled after repairs to the hydraulic components of the
working brake circuit, before putting the gearbox into operation again.
- Fill supply tank (3) in the crane cabin with hydraulic oil.
- Remove protective cap from bleeder valve (1).
- Place transparent hose on the bleeder valve and open valve by approx. 1 turn.
- Hang the hose into a vessel which is half-full with hydraulic oil.
- Actuate pedal (2) until bubble-free oil flows out of the hose.

NOTE During this deaeration, the oil level in the


supply tank (3) must be checked or topped
up continuously.

- With the pedal depressed, close breather valve, remove the


hose and reposition the protective cap.
- The pedal must not be released until the breather valve is
closed.
- Check hydraulic oil level in supply tank once more.

Function test: The pedal must not have an inadmissibly long


"dead travel" or an excessively long travel, or rebound during
actuation; if necessary, the system must be bled once more.

! Used oil must be disposed of in an


environmentally responsible fashion !

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
2/6 2003-01
C2-4

4.3.2 Inspection of the swing brake

Check for proper working order and leakage during operation. Once per year, the internal parts should be
checked for wear.
Please do not hesitate to contact your TADANO FAUN After-Sales Service in case of queries or problems.
They will be pleased to perform for you all the servicing, maintenance and repair work required.

4.4 Check tooth face backlash on swing motor gearbox drive shaft

The swing motor and the brake should be removed and the splined shaft connections on the drive end
checked at regular intervals.

No excessive tooth face backlash is admissible.

After the running-in period, the tooth faces show a


smooth, bright surface in case of normal wear. If
there are other phenomena, such as scrub marks,
seizing, pits, flaking, blistering, cracks and plastic
deformations, the gear wheels must be replaced.

A = gearing in proper working order, B = gearing


damaged, C = step

Please do not hesitate to contact your TADANO FAUN After-Sales Service in case of queries or problems.
They will be pleased to perform for you all the servicing, maintenance and repair work required.

4.5 Swing mechanism - greasing ring gear and pinion

The lubrication intervals depend on the slewing frequency. The special lubricant is applied to the gearing
using a paint-brush or a spray gun. It must be ensured that no blank areas are left on the tooth faces.

NOTE After each cleaning operation of the machine - especially after using a steam-jet unit -
check the lubrication of the ring gear and pinion of the swing mechanism. The ring
gear and the pinion must always be supplied with lubricant.

4.6 Greasing the ball bearing slewing ring

NOTE The ball-bearing slewing device is supplied with grease via the centralized lubrication
system.

• Shorter lubricating intervals may be required in tropical areas, at a high relative humidity, under ambient
conditions entailing lots of dust or dirt, and in the case of significant temperature fluctuations.
• Before the crane is put out of operation for an extended time, and before it is restored to operating
condition, re-greasing is essential.
• Caution when cleaning the crane - make sure that no water enters into the raceways.
• Once cleaning is finished, lubricate the crane thoroughly.
• The grease filling is to prevent friction, to seal and to protect the assembly against corrosion.
• Sufficiently ample amounts of grease must be used, so that a grease bead forms around the whole
circumference of the bearing grooves.
• To achieve uniform grease distribution, support the crane by outriggers and slew the superstructure while
re-greasing.

DANGER CAUTION during slewing operation ! Nobody is allowed to stay on the chassis ! For
slewing, it is essential that the crane is supported by outriggers!

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
2003-01 3/6
C2-4

4.7 Greasing the swing lock pin

• The lock pin of the superstructure locking system must always be easy to operate.
• Grease the pin at regular intervals.

4.8 Check mechanical superstructure lock and proximity switch for proper
working order.

The superstructure is locked by means of the lock pin. Checking is possible via a proximity switch provided in
the chassis. The functions of the lock assembly and the proximity switch should be checked before each
crane operation.
For locking the superstructure, refer to part B2, item 2.9.
If the icon "swing mechanism locked" does not go on in the Control and Service System after actuation, this
may be due to the following reasons:

• The icon is faulty.


• The lock has not been engaged.
• The proximity sensor in the chassis is faulty.

4.9 Lubrication of the swing mechanism multi-disc


compartment

To ensure corrosion-protection inside the multi-disc compartment and to obtain a


constant friction value, 0.1 l of hydraulic oil must be poured in before assembling
the motor.
The multi-disc compartment does not require an oil change.

However, it must be ensured that the same type and quantity of oil are poured in
after repair or after replacement of the disc package, before the motor is
assembled.

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
4/6 2003-01
C2-4

4.10 Checking the ring gear connecting bolts, the securing bolts of the hydraulic
motor and the gearbox flange bolts for tight fit

• Check screws of rotary coupling, of hydraulic motor and gearbox flange bolts for tight fit according to the
maintenance schedule; if necessary, re-tighten.

Attention It is essential to use a torque wrench for checking or re-tightening the screws and
bolts.

Tightening torques of
• ring gear connecting bolts M 30 = 1805 + 95 Nm,
• hydraulic motor securing bolts M 12 = 89 Nm + 5 Nm,
• gearbox flange bolts M 16 = 266 Nm + 14 Nm.

4.11 Checking the slewing device for wear

During the many years of operation, the wear of the raceway system, and consequently the tipping backlash
of the slewing device increase.

The maximum admissible increase of the bearing backlash, measured below the raceway, is 2.9 mm.
The specified value is not an absolute value, but indicates the increase of the backlash, referred to the
bearing backlash of the component when new.

DANGER If an inadmissible increase of the tipping backlash or advanced wear is suspected,


please contact the TADANO-FAUN After-Sales Service.

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
2003-01 5/6
C2-4

Memo:

0375_EN_FA029_C2_04_00_00.DOC
6/6 2003-01
C2-5

5 Hoisting gear and auxiliary hoisting gear **)

DANGER A double ladder must be placed on the superstructure for maintenance work to be
performed on the main or auxiliary winch. The double ladder is located below the
driver's cab and secured by means of supports (see part B2, item 11.2).

DANGER Perform works on the hoisting gear or on the auxiliary hoisting gear**) only when the
vehicle is at a standstill and in no-load condition.
Before commencing the works, take precautions to prevent unintended start-up.
Before starting the vehicle after maintenance or repair works, make sure that there is
no person within the danger zone.
To enhance safety, the hoisting gear and the auxiliary hoisting gear should be
checked visually (inside and outside) at intervals of three years.

5.1 Check for correct oil level and leakage

• Check the hoisting gear for leakage at regular intervals, according to the maintenance schedule.
• Defective seals may affect the service life of the hoisting gear considerably.
• Loss of oil or an insufficient oil level in the gearbox may result in damage.

• Check oil level at regular intervals according to the


maintenance schedule, while the gearbox is not moving and
after the oil has cooled down.
• The oil level must be between the two marks “minimum” and
“maximum” at the inspection glass (1). If necessary, add an
appropriate quantity of oil via the filler plug (3) using a funnel
or a hose.
- Check oil level once more, if necessary, replenish.
- Clean sealing surfaces, clean sealing elements, check and -
if necessary - replace them.
- Close filler ports again.

Attention Different oil types – even if from the same manufacturer – must not be mixed!
Moreover, mineral and synthetic oil must not be mixed!

**) Optional equipment


0380_EN_FA029_C2_05_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/4
C2-5

5.2 Oil change

• Perform the oil change at regular intervals according to the maintenance plan when the system has its
service temperature.

DANGER Risk of scalding.

- Unscrew filler plug (3) and drain plug (2).


- Drain oil in an appropriate vessel.
- Clean the sealing surfaces.
- Clean the seals of the drain plug (2), check and – if
necessary – replace them, then re-tighten the drain plug (2).
- Pour in new oil through the filler plug (3) by means of a
funnel or a hose, until the oil level on the inspection glass is
between the min. and max. marks.
- Clean the sealing surfaces, clean the seal of the filler plug
(3), check and – if necessary – replace it, then re-tighten the
plug.
- Check oil level once more, if necessary, replenish.

NOTE Check oil for foreign matter whenever an oil change is performed.
Drain oil when it has its service temperature. Caution - risk of scalding!
If e.g. coarse impurities are detected, they may be due to excessive stress or improper
operation. Determine the cause and eliminate it. Dismantle the hoisting gear, check it
for damage. If necessary, have a general overhaul be performed by the manufacturer.
Check oil for possible blackening and foreign matter, if necessary, reduce oil change
intervals.

5.3 Oil level inspection in motor coupling of hoisting gear motor

The oil level must be checked at regular intervals according to the maintenance schedule.
- Open the oil level inspection plug (4) at the overflow port. The oil level must reach the lower edge of the
overflow port. If necessary, add oil (use the recommended oil types) via the filler opening (5).

5.4 Oil change to motor coupling of hoisting gear motor

The oil change must be performed at regular intervals according to the maintenance schedule.
- Drain oil via the drain plug (6).
- Check oil for impurities. If coarse abrasion or flat spots are detected on the tooth faces, the splined shaft
connection must be checked.
- Pour in new oil via the oil filler port (5), until the oil flows out of the inspection port.

0380_EN_FA029_C2_05_00_00.DOC
2/4 2003-01
C2-5

5.5 Check tooth face backlash on hoisting gear motor gearbox drive shaft

The hoisting gear motor and the brake should be removed and the splined shaft connections on the drive
end checked at regular intervals.

No excessive tooth face backlash is admissible.

After the running-in period, the tooth faces show a smooth,


bright surface in case of normal wear. If there are other
phenomena, such as scrub marks, seizing, pits, flaking,
blistering, cracks and plastic deformations, the toothed wheels
must be replaced.
A = gearing in proper working order, B =
gearing damaged, C = step

Please do not hesitate to contact your TADANO FAUN After-Sales Service in case of queries or problems.
They will be pleased to perform for you all the servicing, maintenance and repair work required.

5.6 Greasing of hoisting gear drum bearing


bush

NOTE The bearing bush is supplied with grease


via the centralized lubrication system.

- Grease the bearing bush on the bearing end via lubricators


(1) according to the maintenance schedule.

Make sure to apply only just as much grease until it flows out
uniformly at the bearing bush.
(Use recommended grease type).

5.7 Preservation of the hoisting gear drive

If the machine is to be decommissioned for an extended time, preservation of the hoisting gear is
recommended.
- Drain the used oil and pour in half the quantity of preservative oil.
- Actuate the hoisting gear for approx. 5 to 10 minutes, winding and unwinding the rope without load, using a
high number of rope falls.

- On re-commissioning the machine, drain the preservative oil and pour in the specified oil type.
Only such types of preservative oil may be used as emulsify with the lubricating oil, according to the oil
manufacturer's specifications (use the recommended oil types).

5.8 Inspection of hoisting gear brake

The hoisting gear brake should be checked for wear once per year.
The hydraulic multi-disc brake of the hoisting gear is subject to a certain wear. For inspection, unscrew the
hoisting gear flange together with the engine. In case of wear, the complete set of brake discs must be
replaced.
At the same time, the free wheeling of the hoisting gear brake must be checked.
To this effect, proceed as follows:
To check the free wheeling, pick up a load which amounts to 125 % of the max. rope pull force via the boom
elevation using the short boom, and suspend it just above the ground. The distance which is now existing
between the lifted load and the ground must not change within 15 minutes.
However, it must be taken into consideration that the angle included by the boom elevation cylinder does not
change due to temperature influences. If the load moves down, the free wheeling must be replaced.

0380_EN_FA029_C2_05_00_00.DOC
2003-01 3/4
C2-5

5.9 Check hoist limit switch for proper function.

The hoist limit switch prevents the bottom block from hitting against the rope
sheaves.

- Raise the bottom block carefully, until the releasing weight (1) is lifted and
the spring-loaded limit switch (2) is set free.

Now, the crane movements "hoisting gear up", "extending telescopes"


and "boom elevation down" must be switched off.

- Lower the bottom block until the releasing weight is suspended freely; now
all crane movements are possible again.

5.10 Checking the hoist limit switch on the hoisting gear

The rope limit switch is set so that at least three safety rope windings remain on the drum.
- Extend the telescopes and wind off the rope until at least three rope windings remain on the drum.

Now, the hoisting gear must shut off.

NOTE Before winding up the rope, check the rope drum and the rope grooves for wear. While
spooling up, check the rope and, if necessary, grease it.

5.10.1 Setting the rope limit switch

- Wind up at least 3 rope windings on the drum.


- Unscrew the cover (1).
- Turn the gearbox cam disc (2) via the setscrew (3) until the cam (4)
actuates the micro switch (5). (Clicking sound in the switch).

The gearbox cam disc does not require any maintenance.

0380_EN_FA029_C2_05_00_00.DOC
4/4 2003-01
C2-6

6 Winch rope

NOTE The winch rope servicing and maintenance operations specified under item 6 must
nd
also be performed for the winch rope of the 2 hoisting gear.

DANGER A double ladder must be positioned at the superstructure to enable placing the winch
nd
rope of the 2 hoisting gear. The double ladder is located below the driver's cab and
secured by means of supports. (Refer to part B1, item 11.2).

6.1 Inspection

• The winch rope must be checked visually before and after each application.
• When the winch ropes are evaluated and inspected at regular intervals, the legal regulations (in FRG:
according to DIN 15020, page 2, and VBG 9a) must be observed scrupulously.
• Winch ropes must be discarded if one of the following deficiencies occur: breakage of a winch rope,
breakage of a strand, stepping up, bruising, traces of corrosion, wear, reduction of the winch rope diameter,
lasting deformation, etc. (For further details, refer to part "E, Crane Testing Instructions", item 3, "Inspection
of winch ropes").
• The winch ropes must be checked along their whole length, even at the fastening devices.

6.2 Cleaning and lubrication of the winch rope

• To prolong the service life of the winch ropes, wash severely soiled winch ropes down with clear water at
regular intervals, and grease them after drying. To protect the winch ropes against humidity and corrosion,
grease them at regular intervals using an adhesive grease.
• It is not sufficient to grease the winch rope only on the outside. The lubricant must penetrate into the winch
rope.

Attention To increase the winch rope's service life, keep it tidy; do not drag it over the ground.

6.3 Removal (replacement) of the winch


rope

- Place the bottom block on the ground.


- Detach the winch rope socket from its bolt fastening devices
and remove it.
- Remove the winch rope from the hoist limit switch weight
and detach the winch rope falls from the bottom block and
the guide pulleys.
- Wind off the winch rope until the winch rope limit switch
shuts off.
- Loosen the residual winch rope windings.
- Release the winch rope end by loosening the threaded (2)
pins (1),
- remove the winch rope.

6.4 Inspection of winch rope drum

• Before placing a new winch rope of the same type (refer to crane inspection booklet), check the winch rope
drum.
• Clean the drum thoroughly, removing dirt, old paint and foreign matter.
• Check the winch rope drum grooves for wear.
• If necessary, check the oil level via the inspection port (3).

0385_EN_FA029_C2_06_00_00.DOC
2003-01 1/2
C2-6

6.5 Placing a new winch rope

NOTE The service life of a winch rope depends essentially on the way how it is handled on
positioning. For replacement, make sure that only metallic winch ropes of the same
type and strength and the same diameter are used.

• If possible, place a reel stand below the boom head when performing this work.
• The technical data of winch ropes are specified in the crane inspection booklet.
(The corresponding pages are available via the TADANO-FAUN After-Sales Service.)
- Route the winch rope end over the boom head and pull it through to the winch rope drum.
- Pass the winch rope end through the bore-hole of the clamping piece, tighten the threaded pins (1).
- Wind up approx. 6 winch rope windings; wind off the winch rope until the winch rope limit switch shuts off
as soon as 3 windings are reached; if necessary, re-adjust the switch.
- Wind up the winch rope slowly on the winch drum. (Place winch rope under a certain pretension.)
- Tap the winch rope into its proper position using only a hammer of brass or lead.

• The winch rope is only wound up properly on the drum when the correct turn directions are selected.
• When winding up the winch rope, make sure that it is under tight tension (if necessary, grease the winch
rope).
- Route the winch rope through the weight in the hoist limit switch, reeve the various winch rope falls in the
bottom block and fasten the winch rope to the winch rope socket.

Attention Initially, the new winch rope may only be moved under moderate load and the load
must be increased gradually to its maximum rating, so that the winch rope is allowed
to run in, to settle and to lengthen.

6.6 Care to the winch rope

• Regular care to the winch rope helps ensure safety during crane operation and is essential for enhancing
the winch rope's service life considerably.
• Metallic winch ropes must be re-greased at regular intervals, depending on the operating conditions, this is
especially important in the bending areas at the drum and the pulleys. The agents used for re-greasing
must be compatible with the original winch rope lubrication.
• Under identical test conditions, well-greased winch ropes provide four times the fatigue strength under
reversed bending stress than non-greased winch ropes.
• Metallic winch ropes which are subject to severe dirt accumulation should be cleaned at regular intervals,
best using a brush and washing with clear water.
• If the lower winch rope layers on the drum are nearly not used or not used at all, they must be unwound
from time to time and re-positioned under pre-load. A winch rope will operate with optimum economic
efficiency if its entire length is always used. Therefore, it is recommended to use a winch rope length
suitable for the work to be performed if crane operation will take an extended period of time.
• The winch rope must be checked visually at regular intervals, especially during the first time after placing.
Moreover, it must be checked visually after extraordinary stress, in case of supposed, but not visible
damage or if there are first signs of damage at the winch rope.
• If the same hoisting movement is executed frequently, the winch rope may be dislocated longitudinally from
time to time.

0385_EN_FA029_C2_06_00_00.DOC
2/2 2003-01
C2-7

7 Electrical equipment

Attention When work is effected at the electrical equipment, or during welding work on the
superstructure, the current circuit must be interrupted by disconnecting the negative
terminal "-" cable from the batteries (marked with a minus sign [-] on the battery).
Never disconnect the batteries while the engine is running. This might destroy
electronic components.

7.1 Batteries

DANGER When checking the acid level, do not smoke; do not use open flames!
Due to chemical reactions, batteries emit highly explosive hydrogen gas!
Spilled battery acid must not touch the skin, the clothes or the vehicle's paint. Battery
acid may cause injuries. Wear protective glasses!
If acid has got on your skin or in your eyes, wash these areas immediately with ample
quantities of tap water and, if necessary, consult a doctor!

Attention Used batteries must be disposed of in an environmentally responsible fashion.

The batteries are installed on the right side of the superstructure


(viewed in driving direction), on the front end, below the cover.
For battery maintenance, open the servicing lid (1) by unlocking
the square-head bolt (2) and remove the battery cover (6) by
dismantling the ring nut (4) and the washer (5).
If the vehicle operates under normal conditions, the batteries
require only little maintenance.
A well-charged battery helps improve the starting process and
has a longer service life.

• The acid level must be checked at regular intervals (visual inspection). The acid level must be approx. 10 to
15 mm above the top edge of the cells.
• Only top up distilled or demineralized water. After replenishing, wait approx. 30 minutes, then check the acid.
• The acid density in the individual cells must be measured using an aci

You might also like